KNEEtalk

The OSTEOARTHRITIS DEPARTMENT => KNEE ARTHRITIS - Unicompartmental knee replacement => Topic started by: Mr.F on March 04, 2011, 11:34:38 PM

Title: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 04, 2011, 11:34:38 PM
Simple facts:
1) I had bilateral PFR about 5 and a half years ago
2) My right knee has had some problems over the past 3 years
3) Last week I did something to my right knee at work
4) Since then the pain has gotten worse
5) I am experiencing sharp pain along the sides of the knee cap, there is grinding going on under the cap (just started), I can not
    get comfortable (either sitting, standing, sleeping, etc), I am having difficulty standing for longer periods of time (15 minutes +),
    walking is becoming a problem, when my knee hurt the skin around my knee got cold...now I feel the cold inside my knee (not   the skin around my knee), there is popping and cracking in the knee, and I you place you hand on my knee you can feel the
    "catching" and "popping".

Thank you for your assistance,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: snorunner on March 12, 2011, 08:06:47 PM
You should get in to your doctor and make sure the implant hasn't loosened. I would think any sudden severe pain warrants a trip to the surgeon. Good luck and hopefully its not loosening. Scar tissue can cause a lot of pain too.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 12, 2011, 08:25:07 PM
I have an appointment in 2 weeks.  Moved so I needed to find an OS who I feel comfortable with.  I am hoping for the best and preparing for the worst.  I will post what is going on.  Still having the same pain with more weird sounds and catching in the knee.  (My son thinks its the patella button).

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 15, 2011, 03:01:21 PM
I'm with your son on this one.  Have the doc check the button, it may be wearing out.  If that is all that it is, it should be pretty easy to replace it.  That may depend on the type of implant used though.  They can also clean out any floaters from the bearing wear.  Good luck finding an OS.

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 15, 2011, 11:18:48 PM
Thank you for your advice 2-bad-knees-

I have an appointment with an OS next week.  I am feeling pressure under the patella, there is popping, catching, and cracking noise.  Also the implant feels cold (yes I can feel cold coming from inside my knee).

I hope that what is happening is not causing more, or massive, damage under the knee.  If you have had many operations you prepare for the worst and hope for the best.  If its the patella button I can live with that.  If it is more, what can be done (I want to know my options)?

I will keep you posted.

Thanks,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 17, 2011, 12:57:05 PM
Maybe more of the knee joint is arthritic now and they may need to change it over into a total replacement.  See what the OS has to say.  Good luck.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 27, 2011, 02:32:18 PM
Well the waiting continues....

I went to see my OS.  His assistant came in and asked questions, took notes, checked out the knee and asked more questions.  We found out one thing that there is extreme pain when the patella is moved side to side.  (I already knew where the other pain is).  The doctor came in and asked questions and examined my knees.  He was taken aback by the area and intensity of my pain.  I was sent to X-Ray.  When the X-Rays came back we talked.  He mentioned that the patella button might be too high (causing problems).  He scheduled a CT scan (did that Friday).  Now waiting on the results.

I was given a shot and a knee immobilizer (I refused the prescription for pain).  I left, drove to work, and made it in the building by the time I was ready to cut the knee immobilizer off.  The pain was intense (worse than my last operation).  I could barely make it through that day.  (NEVER...NEVER...NEVER use this type of brace!) 

I am still experiencing the pain I had.  Except now my knee is making more cracking noises, I can feel the catching, and I am waking up because of the pain.

If anyone knows what this could be please give me advice....

Thank you,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 30, 2011, 03:54:55 PM
Just got back from picking up my CT Scan report....The one item that stands out is joint effusion.  Now I need to talk to my OS and find out the next steps. 

I am in more pain today than the past 2-3 weeks.  I could not sleep last night.  I can not find a position that my knee feels comfortable in.  Also the joint feels ice cold (my skin is normal temperature).

I will keep you posted.

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 30, 2011, 05:33:19 PM
I hope they can figure things out with the CT scans.  I also hate imobilizers.  I was very happy when I could remove mine after surgery.  Thankfully I only used it when moving around at the hospital, once I got home I think I used it once to sleep in and stuffed it in the closet.  It works nice holding wrapping paper up in the closet.  It probably put a lot of pressure on the kneecap.

Post back what you find out at the OS office.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 31, 2011, 06:19:24 PM
My OS called around noon.  He wanted me to keep my knee in the brace for 4 weeks, with a gradual progression to normal activity.  And if I was in pain he would refer me to another OS in his practice.  I informed him that the shot and brace did nothing.  And the knee brace did more damage than good.  I have an April 12 appointment with his fellow OS.  So the saga continues...  I will keep you posted with what happens next.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 09, 2011, 05:21:20 PM
New sounds and feelings coming from the knee.  I have what I call the double crack and pop.  When I bend my leg back and move it forward the knee catches twice and pops twice.  I have no idea what is going on in my knee.  Tuesday is my OS appointment.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 10, 2011, 03:44:14 AM
Good luck on Tuesday.  Hope the new OS can figure things out for you.  Not sure what the popping is, but may be the kneecap subluxing and going back in place.  Just a guess.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 13, 2011, 12:24:08 AM
The saga continues...again!  I have an appointment for a bone scan on Friday.  My new OS is not sure what is going on in the knee.  He took x-rays and looked at the CT scan.  He told me that these types of images are not showing what he is looking for.  The type of replacement I have he does not use so he wants more information.  Its up to the image on Friday, someone reading it, and the waiting game for the results.  I will keep you all posted.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 13, 2011, 01:38:29 PM
The waiting game is the hardest.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 16, 2011, 02:27:10 PM
I had blood taken (to check for an infection) yesterday.  My OS said he wanted this to rule out an infection (I was told I would not be able to walk if I had this).  Remember the saying it is better to be safe than sorry.  Later on I had my 3 phase bone scan.  The earliest I will know something is Monday.  (That is if the results are sent to my doctor by then).  Have a fantastic weekend and I will keep you posted.

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: webbiecindy on April 17, 2011, 05:26:10 AM
Hello Mr. F, I'm sorry to hear that you still haven't found out what is going on with your knee. :P I had a bonescan to see what was causing me pain and of course it showed that the implant is loose. It really is the waiting that is hard to deal with, I had to wait three weeks before I found out my results. I'll cross my fingers that you find out faster than I did. Hang in there!~
Cindy ;)
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 29, 2011, 12:51:08 AM
Doctor appointment tomorrow...Hopefully I will find out what is going on in my knee.  I will keep you posted.

Thank you,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 29, 2011, 11:21:41 PM
Well I went to see my OS today.  He examined my knee again.  Again the same pain (no swelling, doctor could not fell or see anything wrong).  We talked and he said that he did not understand why I had so much pain in my knee (my other knee had very little pain).  The doctor had this confused look on his face (I knew he thought I was crazy).

At this time he looks at my chart and notices that the first doctor I saw (a doctor in his practice) finally forwarded my records.  Next he gave me a shot (which did not do anything for the pain).  He left the room, read my chart, and came back in.  More x-rays were taken.

Now when you look at the x-rays from 2 weeks ago and today you can see a difference in the knee.  You can see that the patella button has been worn down (there could be bone on metal).  This explains my pain and catching feeling in the knee (my son and myself called it).

Now the fun begins.  I have another appointment for next week.  We will discuss my options and next steps.  As the OS said "I guess we will have to open you up."  I am hoping for just replacing the patella button, but we will not know the fill extent of the damage until I have an operation.

I will keep you posted.......

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 02, 2011, 01:46:03 AM
At least the doc has figured out the button is worn down.  Hope all they need to do it replace it.  Maybe they will need to clean up the cartilage too.  Hopefully it will be a simple thing to fix for you.  Good luck.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 07, 2011, 01:31:07 AM
OK...Its update time.  Let me see where do I start????  My OS wanted some information from my OS down south.  First the person I talked to had no common sense (to be PC).  I needed to find the make and model of my implant.  Instead of talking to the OS she told me I had a ___ implant (I had PFR the replacement was for a total knee).  Next I need 2 x-rays.  She refused to send them.  And finally I needed information (which they faxed almost everything with no questions asked).  Now I had to jump through hoops. 
So since I did not get the information I needed I sat and waited and waited and waited.  Finally I was placed in an examining room.  There I sat and waited and waited.  Finally my OS came in and we talked.  He did not understand what was going on.
He left the room and called the OS down south.  He waited and waited until one of the people in the office took the phone and waited for 15 minutes.  Finally we got the information he need (and the x-rays are on the way).
So we talked and we decided on surgery (a no brainer).  I wanted my operation late this month.  I was laughed at.  When, was my reply.  I was told that he was booked through July.  Just my luck.  He checked his schedule and said that he had a opening in about 6 weeks.  So, 6 weeks it is.
Then we talked about what could happen.  Option one- just the patella button needs to be replaced.  We think the patella is rubbing on the metal implant in my femur.  Option two- more damage in the knee and we move to total knee replacement.  I am leaning to TKR.  My doctor showed his point of view when he said, "I have never just replaced a patella button.  If I did this it would be a first."  Which leads me to believe that he is leaning towards total knee.
So its time to prepare for surgery.  There is a class for TKR where I will meet the team that will be working with me.  New exercises to build up leg muscles, and all the fun blood work, physical, etc.
I will keep you updated....
Have a fantastic day,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 07, 2011, 02:11:28 AM
At least you now have a game plan.  Even if there is a bit more waiting.  Hopefully you will only need the little fix, but if not you are getting prepared for the alternative.  What a pain with the other OS's office and getting records.  Good luck and post back any news.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 07, 2011, 10:12:56 PM
Overcast all day.  Also its cold outside.  In a lot of pain.  How many more weeks until surgery?  I know its just a bad day.

Can not wait until tomorrow.
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 08, 2011, 09:47:54 PM
HAPPY MOTHER"S DAY TO ALL MOTHERS   :)   .........

Better day, in the 60s-70s, and sunny.  Tonight overcast, hopefully I will be asleep before the pain kicks in.

Have a fantastic and relaxing day.

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 10, 2011, 03:37:46 AM
I was searching websites and found this one...Have fun!

http://www.edheads.org/activities/knee/

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 13, 2011, 10:39:03 PM
Rough day today.  My students were freaked out when they heard my knee cracking and popping while walking.  I told them it is more painful than it sounds.  They were shocked that I was not taking pain killers.  I am glad the week is over.  I will be spending lots of time on the sofa this weekend.  I hope your weekend is better than mine.

Have a fantastic weekend...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 18, 2011, 02:31:01 AM
Well its almost a month until my TKR, and I can not wait.  The past 3 days of cold, overcast, and rainy weather.  Spend much time in pain, meditation, deep breathing, chewing gum, and sleeping (passing out in pain).  I can not wait until I can enjoy a meal and gain weight again (not eating that much do to pain).  Last time I had surgery I gained 25 pounds (and was still under what I should weigh).

I go next week for the first round of pre-operation appointments, need to find a knee rehab center, and to make sure I have what I need when I get home (passive motion machine and the cooler that ices the knee).  I just hope my left knee holds (I had bilateral patella femoral replacement in 2005.)

Have a fantastic day...take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 18, 2011, 08:12:11 PM
The waiting is the most difficult I think.  A month should go fast though.  I have some trouble with the damp weather too. It is tough to enjoy anything when you are in pain.

Hope the month goes by quick.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 21, 2011, 02:33:13 PM
Well another week down and about a month until my operation.  With cold, and wet ,weather  and hours on my feet I cannot stand the pain.  I am stuck on the couch again (this weekend).  I do not want to take pain meds since they drug you out of your mind, you cannot function, and there is the possibility of doing more damage to the knee.  (The pain is so bad that I pass out after work and I am eating less and less.  All I want is comfort foods.)

Next week I start my pre-operation appointments and visiting knee rehab centers.  Oh the fun I will have there.

Have a great weekend...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 22, 2011, 04:08:50 PM
Spent the majority of the day and all night on the couch.  Had my dowjoy iceman working overtime.  It took 4 hours of icing the knee to feel some relief.  This morning used my stim unit and watched movies.  I can place little pressure and weight on the knee.  I am hoping I can make it through work tomorrow.  I see more ice and movies in my future.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 23, 2011, 03:27:45 PM
Sounds like you are where I was just before my partial.  Just wiped out from pain.  Had to really pick and choose what got done.  So laundry got done, and the dust bunnies grew.  Getting through work is really rough.  Even for me with a mostly desk job.  Still painful to keep the knee bent under a desk.  Did a lot of pacing and proping and iceing whenever I could.  I think the polar ice machines are wonderful.  Fewer trips to the freezer!  Hope work wasn't too terrible.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 23, 2011, 10:13:47 PM
Well I made it through today.  Knee pain is bad...chewing gum, deep breathing, and meditation helps (I am not into pain meds).  My family is helpful, but I hate to be waited on.  (Reminds me of my high school years...On pain meds, crutches, and operations).  I am not the "stand still" type of person.

Just grit my teeth and push on through.  I have my first pre-surgery doctor's appointment tomorrow.

Have a fantastic day...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 24, 2011, 10:11:23 PM
Had my pre-opt doctor appointment today.  Nothing exciting except I got my paperwork for a 6 month handicapped parking pass.  I had blood taken today.  What is worse than blood being taken?  Taking the tape off my hairy arm (ouch ripping out hair on my arm).  Less than 25 days until surgery.  Now I am walking with a cane.  I do not know if I will make it to my surgery day.  Also I hope my left knee holds up until surgery.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 25, 2011, 02:11:09 PM
So the blood draw was ok, just not the tape?  ;D  Really though, blood tests are a drag.  Does the cane help at all, or just allow you to get from point A to point B?  Feels like it won't last, but somehow you'll get there.  When it gets really bad you can only take things a bit at a time.  The next 20ish days will seem pretty long, but they will pass.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 25, 2011, 11:08:33 PM
I have been fortunate the last 2 times I had blood drawn the nurses have had a good touch.  There was minimal pain.  Now waiting for the results.  The cane helps some.  I am able to get through a work day with less pain.  I am hoping to get through the next 20ish days.
Today was better than yesterday, but still painful.  People were concerned and very helpful.  Some thought I had my operation (I wish I could be walking and back to work within a week after TKN).
I keep positive thoughts and am grateful that my only problems are my knees.  So many more people have it worse off than myself.  I try to smile, be positive, joke around, and help others.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 26, 2011, 01:18:52 PM
Staying positive is the hard part sometimes.  I did go back to work (desk job) in three weeks after my partial.  So I guess it would depend on how you are doing and type of job.  Two weeks may be really pusing though. ;D  Glad the cane helps some, takes some weight off it I suppose.  Hang in there...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 26, 2011, 11:25:47 PM
Some positives today:  1) I received a call from my doctor all pre-op test look good, so surgery is a go, 2) my insurance company approved the procedure, and 3) I obtained my handicapped parking permit today.  Along with all of these items, tomorrow I am going to check out a knee rehab center.
On the other hand, still in lots of pain, walking with the cane, and stuck on the sofa.  I see my future...Monday on the sofa with my iceman cooler and electric stim machine.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 27, 2011, 02:09:14 PM
Well at least the surgery is a go, with the doc, hospital and insurance.  Every day is one day closer.  As for staying on the couch Monday, well I know at least in my area, they have some great war movies on TV all weekend.  If you like watching those.  I like the old WWII John Wayne one's myself.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 27, 2011, 10:38:56 PM
I have not checked the TV line up for this weekend.  My son will suggest movies from Netflix or DVDs we have at home.  Also I have databases I need to create for work.  I am just happy to be off my feet for an extra day. 

Last night was bad.  I could not get comfortable, rolled and rolled.  Every time I moved my leg my knee would catch and pop.  Very painful.  I am surprised that there is no swelling in the knee.  I am just hoping the knee holds out until surgery.  Within 3 weeks until the big day.

Enjoying the beautiful weather...I was sitting outside with the family when I came home from work (no more rain).

Have a fantastic weekend...Get out and enjoy some time with friends and family,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 29, 2011, 02:11:39 PM
Having another bad weekend..lots of pain.  Although I am enjoying the incredible weather we are having.  (Sat outside, enjoyed the sun, and felt somewhat better...beats the sofa).

Since the pain is causing limited mobility I had to do something I did not want to do.  I have a manual transmission car.   (Try driving a manual transmission vehicle after knee replacement.  Bad enough...right.  Well I am feeling lots of pain in my left knee.  I am feeling sore in certain areas in the patella.  I believe my left knee will need to be replaced within a year.)  I love my economy car (fun to drive and very good gas millage). Traded it in yesterday and got an updated version, of the car, in automatic transmission.  Very good car, same gas millage, just less pickup.  The kickers were the trade in value and the incredibly low interest rate.

My son was excited about getting a new car.  Since he loves the color, and thinks he is going to get the car when he turns 16.

Get out and enjoy the great weather,

Mr.F


Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 29, 2011, 06:15:01 PM
A manual transmisstion with a bum knee is bad.  I've tried it.  That's why I've had an automatic for years.  It has become painfully obvious that my right knee needs some work.  I drove a 4 hours round trip to see a cousin of mine yesterday (in a rainstorm too) and my knee is very unhappy with me today.  Popping and wanting to give out at random moments.  I guess a trip to the doc is on the agenda in the near future.

At least you could get out of the house.  A change of scenery helps you feel better.  The poor sleep does not help.  I think the more tired you are the more it hurts.

Plan to grill tonight with at least one of the kids.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 29, 2011, 06:47:06 PM
Get the knee looked at, and taken care of.  Enjoy the grilling tonight.  My wife and son are at the movies.  I am doing the laundry (and yes I will be in pain later), at least it keeps my busy.

We are taking a trip later on this year (driving).  Yet another reason to get an automatic transmission car.

Take care, and enjoy time with your family...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 30, 2011, 06:52:36 PM
6 loads of laundry yesterday and now icing the knee while watching Star Wars movies.  Left knee is starting to give me problems.  Iced it for about half an hour and feeling good.  Hopefully that is all I needed.

Have a great day
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 01, 2011, 03:07:57 AM
At least the movies help you take your mind off the knee a bit. I will get the knee checked out and when I have the time built up I will take care of it.  The holiday weekend was great, spending time with the family.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 02, 2011, 10:35:16 PM
Going to the doctor tomorrow for a pre op physical.  Let the fun begin.  On Saturday I will be visiting another knee rehab center.  Into the 2 weekish period until surgery.  It can not come soon enough.

I think I am going to get hair cutter this weekend.  I am going to shave my head prior to surgery.  (No need to wash my hair...It also helps that I have a receding hairline).

Take care,

Mr.F

PS-Enjoy the weather, go out and do something with the family.  I am going to try this weekend.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 03, 2011, 02:36:29 PM
The surgery date is getting closer for you.  I think the hair cut is a good plan.  Not only less to wash probably cooler in the summer heat.  Just don't forget sunscreen! 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 03, 2011, 10:41:38 PM
Went for my per op physical...Everything is fine.  3 tests (blood tests) were still needed.  At the end of the second tube and removing the needle my blood sugar bottom out.  Wow what a weird feeling.  I was given a drink that was full of sugar.  Two sips and I was back.  Still I felt a little out of it the rest of the day.

Now I have one more doctor appointment next week and then my operation.  This is the pre op visit with my OS.  More x-rays and making sure: the right knee is not getting worse and to make sure the left knee is holding up.

Next stop rehab center in under 24 hours.

Have a fun weekend,
Mr.F

PS-I will get sunscreen and a nice hat.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 04, 2011, 08:00:34 PM
Last night was not good.  I could not sleep.  I can not get comfortable.  My knee feels, for a lack of a better word, heavy.  Also I am having trouble bending, sitting, and standing.  Visited the second rehab center today.  I liked the first center better than the second (my better half preferred the second over the first).  Our son came with us and he was supper clingy.  Now its decision time.

With 20 minutes after arriving home I passed out (sheer exhaustion).  Enjoying beautiful weather outside.

Have fun,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 05, 2011, 09:10:27 PM
Beautiful weather outside so me and little man went outside and tossed around a "football" (sorry to all the true football players but the last time I kick a football with my son I could not walk for a week...Football [as the world knows it] is my son's favorite sport).  I was outside for maybe 8 minutes before the pain was too much.

I came inside and researched several topics and came upon this...
  http://www.vjortho.com/2009/06/revision-of-a-failed-patellofemoral-arthroplasty-to-a-total-knee-arthroplasty/
Check out the video.  What I heard near the end was not so good for me..."...changing a PFR to TKR is not that difficult as long as the patella does not need to be replaced..."  Just my luck.  When looking at my x-rays my replaced patella seems to be rubbing and needs to be replaced.  So much for a simple operation.

Have a great day,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 08, 2011, 01:11:17 AM
Had a bad day...Knee is killing me.  I am feeling my knee crack and pop as I rotate my leg (not bending it).  I was talking with a fellow employee, asked if he was squeamish..he said no, and had him place his hand on my knee as I bent it.  I wish I had a camera and was able to post his facial expression.  I was grossed out.  He could not believe I was walking, standing, or even not using pain meds.

I made it through the day and 2 after work meetings.  I had to leave my second meeting to go home and ice my knee. 

Tomorrow I have my total knee replacement class.  2 hours of fun.  Friday I have my pre surgery appointment with my OS.  Time to put the game play into effect.

Have a fantastic day,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 08, 2011, 01:16:26 PM
Sorry to hear you have been having such a difficult time.  I hope that it's just the plastic button that needs to be replaced on the kneecap.    I do understand the heavy feeling.  Can't say it is out right pain, but it does not feel right, stiff and clumsy.  Any braces at all help?  I used a Breg PTO to help keep the kneecap centered.  Sometimes it would drive me crazy because the kneecap was so sensitive, but things were worse without it.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 08, 2011, 10:03:49 PM
Unfortunately no brace has provided assistance.  I am chewing lots of gum, icing the knee, meditation and deep breathing.

Today was my Total Knee Replacement class.  And yes I was the youngest person in the class (by many....many...many years).  My new chant is Bliss 4 Center 8.   Repeat after me Bliss 4 Center 8...Bliss 4 Center 8.  (I will be seeing one of you in about a week).  If you must know these are the entrances that one will pass through on the way to surgery.

Friday is my pre surgery appointment with my OS.  Any suggestion on what I should ask.

Thank you,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 11, 2011, 01:45:42 AM
Well were do I start...I saw my OS today.  Because of my situation I am the last person to be operated on in less than a week.  The reasons why: I am the youngest, I am healthier than the others, and he has no idea what he is going to find until he opens me up.  The upsetting news: my last visit the options were patella replacement or total knee replacement.  Today a third option was added, patella-femoral replacement.  The reason why it was added:  you are young, if you have this and there is a problem you can have another operation.  I pressed some for total knee and was told "...I do not want to cut into healthy bone."  Other OSs have told me the same thing.  My point of view is PFR did not work, I am mal-tracking and I think TKR would assist with this.
So I am going to surgery with the knee replacement buffet open.  There will be a stryker patella button.  Along with this there will be a patella-femoral replacement.  And to round out the buffet there will be a total knee replacement.  Once I am opened up, my OS sees the damage, and checks the bones will he determine what he will use.  So I will be the last one who knows what is inside of me.
Did some shopping today to get ready.  Tomorrow I am going to get a hair clipper.  Next week comes the fun of shaving my head. 

Enjoy your weekend,

Mr.F 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 11, 2011, 07:49:20 PM
Started the surgery shopping today.  During the first round we purchased pillows, shorts, shirts, new balance sneakers, hair clippers, and some other small items.  Unfortunately it was raining and cool.  I was having difficulty walking so we had to cut off shopping earlier than expected. 
I have been spending most of the day on the sofa, sleeping.  I will be soooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo happy when I can get up and do anything without this pain.

I hope your day is better than mine...
Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 13, 2011, 01:58:36 PM
It was rainy and cold here on Saturday too.  Makes me stiff and really sore.  I think a PFJR will work if there is little or no damage in the other compartments.  Mal-tracking should be addressed in whatever surgery is done.  My OS always likes to be sure the kneecap tracks properly before closing up.  He will do whatever soft tissue stuff is needed or even a TTT if needed to line things up.  No sense to change the tires if the alignment is bad so to speak. 

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 13, 2011, 10:31:55 PM
I know my OS will do what is necessary for me.  I just do not want a stop gap measure (as he put it "if we do PFR and you need more surgeries we can always do a total knee later.  You are young.")  If PFR will last up to 5 years and then I need a TKR lets just skip the middle man and go straight to the Total Knee. 

My mother-in-law is coming up in a couple of days.  Can not wait to see her.  Yes we get along.  My son can not wait to play with grandma.  My wife and her mother will be dress shopping while I am in the hospital.  (We are going to a wedding in November).  We are thankful for her assistance.

At work people are realizing that my surgery is less than a work week away.  They ask me what I am having and I have to give my standard answer "The knee replacement buffet.  A stryker knee replacement, a PFR, or a TKR (depending on what the doctor finds).
I will be happy when I can walk without assistance (I am using a cane).

Hopefully in July, at work, I can either get an iPad or a MacBook that is much lighter than the PC I am using now.  (I believe my PC weighs between 8-10 pounds).  Less weight to carry around.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 14, 2011, 02:11:16 PM
Wow it's getting close!  At least you would be able to get a laptop, I'm stuck with the old desktop.  Ah well.....MacBook sounds pretty good, a bit more versitile (sp?) than the iPad.  I can understand not wanting to have to go to another big surgery in a short time.  I went with the PFJR since the rest of the knee was in great shape.  If not, I would have pushed for a TKR as well.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 14, 2011, 10:19:41 PM
Milly I just noticed something in your last post.  You mentioned having TTT.  I believe that is Fulkerson procedure.  I had that back in 1989 and 1990.  Did not work.  Will not do this again.

One more day of work, mother-in-law coming in tomorrow, hospital called to confirm date and "type" of surgery.  Tomorrow I will get the call telling me what time to arrive and where to go (when I get to the hospital).  Shaving my head tomorrow.  Going out for the "last meal" at an Italian restaurant. 

I am finishing up several projects for work.  It feels good to have everything complete prior to surgery so I do not have to struggle to complete items while trying to keep my mind on physical therapy.

Has anyone had knee surgery, released from the hospital, and then went to a rehab center?  What should I expect?

Thanks,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 15, 2011, 10:40:28 AM
In 10 hours grandma will be here.  My son is soooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo excited to see his grandma.  My wife is excited, yet she won't admit it, that her mother will be here soon.  I am happy we all will get to spend time together before my operation.  We all miss her since we moved north. 

Today I find out if I the door I will enter through.  Which part of the hospital will perform the operation.  I am excited and starting to get nervous.  The one good thing about not knowing what surgery I will have is it keeps you guessing.  I have researched PFR and TKR, watched videos, performed virtual surgery, and read tons of articles.

All I know is that I will try to stay up all night, I do not want to sleep, so I will be nice and tired when it comes time for surgery.  This will be the first time I do not have to, or I wanted to, shave my leg.  I have hairy legs.  The hospital has its procedures and stressed that they will take care of this (part of their "militant" procedure to stop infections).

Once I find out more information I will keep you posted.

Have a fantastic day,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 15, 2011, 06:29:41 PM
If a TTT did not help, would not make sense to do one again I agree.  I was only pointing out that my OS likes to make sure everything is lined up.  I thankfully did not need one with my PFJR.  Hope the visit with your mother in law is a nice one.  Can't answer about the rehab center as I stayed 3 days in the hospital then went home. 

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 16, 2011, 02:06:22 AM
Well last meal was not Italian.  I was taken a back when my mother-in-law suggested a hamburger restaurant.  (We do not eat red meat).  I had fish, my wife had fish, my mother-in-law had fish, and little man had chicken.  YES we did eat at a restaurant known for its hamburgers.

I used the hair clippers and cut my hair short.  My literature says not to shave with a razor the night before surgery, so I am waiting on a call to see if I can finish the job and shave my head.  Also I am preparing for tomorrow.

I found out that my operation is at 1:45 pm tomorrow.  So I am trying to stay up all night.  So maybe you will see one or two more post prior to surgery.  I found out I will be released from the hospital on Sunday.  So either Sunday or Monday will be my first post surgery postings.  From the hospital I should be in a knee rehab center.

Today was my last day with one department (on July first I am transferring to another).  So I had to turn in my keys, parking pass, and computer.  It was strange not feeling the 10 pound laptop as I walked with my computer case.  I could get use to a lighter computer.

Well its off to spend time with family....Expect a post in 4 or 5 hours...

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: KW on June 16, 2011, 02:14:31 AM
Best of luck tomorrow.  I remember the nerves the night before my replacement...glad you have family around to keep you mind off thing (even if only a little)

Karen
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 16, 2011, 04:02:05 AM
Thank you Karen.......

I just ate my last meal before surgery.  After dinner we stopped at Whole Foods.  I got a vegan carrot cake and turkey salami and turkey bologna.  I have about 1 hour until midnight.  After that no food until after surgery.

So I read in my knee surgery book, well its not a book, that I should not shave before surgery.  Does this include your face?  (Do not shave your body with a razor).

My son, wife, and myself are all happy to see grandma.  My son played with his snap circuits with grandma.  My wife and her mother are having a nice long conversation about politics, family, upcoming social events, knitting, and television shows (like river monsters...one of our favorites). 

In 12 hours I will be on my way to the hospital.  14 hours and 45 minutes from now I will be in the operating room.  It seems like time is moving slower the closer it comes time for a major operation.

Well I am signing off for now.  I will be back in several hours (if I am still up).

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 16, 2011, 06:29:27 AM
Well it is close to 1:30am and I am still up.  I had to go online to keep myself awake (I've been up since 5:20am...20 hours).  TV has nothing good on this early in the morning.  Time seems to be moving slower and slower.  In 10 hours I will be at the hospital.  And the waiting game will continue there.

Well nothing more for now....

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 16, 2011, 01:07:38 PM
Stayed up all night...I have been up for almost 27 hours.  Hopefully I will go to sleep after I check in.  My son and I waited for his bus and I received my first father's day gift (an original art work for my office). 

I am cleaning, doing laundry, and packing for the hospital and rehab.  In about 2 hours I will shower and make one final check before departing.  This will be my last post until Sunday or Monday (depending on when I can get to a computer).

Have a fantastic weekend and play with your kids....

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 16, 2011, 02:41:51 PM
Good luck today.  Will be waiting to hear how it all went.  I have some originals from my kids still hanging in my office.  Even though they are old enough to want me to take them down.   ;D  They are my favorites.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 22, 2011, 02:53:27 PM
Hello everyone,

I am back.  Well let me see where do I start off.  I am in good spirits and walking around.  Physical therapy, more exercises, and trying to be mobile. 

On June 16th I arrived at the hospital at 11:45am.  By 11:50am I was taken to the pre opt area for knee surgery.  My nurses were great (they all had a good sense of humor and put up with my sarcasm).  They loved the fact that I have been through this before (just my 7th knee operation).  I got my designer gown, IV, and was asked tons of questions.

Next my leg was shaved; I met the doctors who were going to give me the anesthesia, and the packet of questions to see what would be used.

(All this time everybody was shocked at how young I am with so many operations).  I kept getting the same questions…”Were you in an accident?  Or Did you play sports?”

From here I was moved to the area that prepares you anesthesia.  I was given some medicine that made me sleepy.  I was given a nerve block and other medicine that made my leg numb and then was put to sleep.  At some point I was give a catheter (not fun…especially when trying to get in and out of bed or walking).

From there I was taken into surgery.   When I came through it was after 4:30 pm.  My knee was wrapped up in many layers and the leg was totally numb.  (What the nurses called “Dead Leg”).  I could not feel anything from my thigh to my toes.  I was told the surgery was a success.  I was asked my name, my phone number, what day is it, and what surgery I had performed.

Here is the kicker.  Prior to going into surgery I was told I could have my patella button replaced, or a patella femoral replacement, and at worse a total knee replacement.  When come back to reality I was not told, or I do not remember being told, what surgery I had.  I was happy I was not in the pain I had prior to the operation.

So I am in the dark about what happened.  Was it a minor or major operation?  Well I did not have just the patella button replaced.  Put away the patella femoral replacement.  What is left?  Total knee replacement.  Well if you think it was this you are wrong.  I had none of the above.

Yes, we had no idea what we would find when opening up my leg.  What the doctor came across was bone growth under the patella that was catching on the femoral plate.  He removed the growths and performed a lateral release. 

After surgery we talked about this.  He looked at the tibia and saw no damage, so he did not want to cut into a healthy bone.  Then he looked at the patella femoral replacement that is in me.  He saw nothing unusual.  He asked himself would there be any help or harm coming to me if he replaced the replacement.  His answer was he could do more harm than good with removing what was in me and replacing it with new parts.

So my operation was minor compare to what it could have been.  Before celebrating and cheering for a minor victory, there is a major drawback.  The boney growth that caused this sever pain can grow back.  So in 3,5 or how many years later I can be back removing more boney growth.  Fun…fun….fun.

On Friday the stint was removed and my “dead leg” was gone.  I started my PT at 9:00am (bed side).  At 1:30pm I walked down to the PT room, was given exercises and started my hourly exercises.  By Saturday morning I was feeling better.  I walked down to PT, was able to bend my knee at a 50 degree angle, did my exercises, walked stairs, and walked to my room.  My IV, drainage tubes, and other items attached to me were removed.  So I was able to get in and out of bed by myself, walk around the room, and use the facilities by myself (finally feeling clean…sponge bath and shaving).

I was discharged on Saturday.  I was home before noon.   I was able to move when I wanted.  Hourly exercises, meds when need, and tasty food.  (I am eating much more food since the operation).  On Sunday I had a home nurse come out and check my knee out.  He was impressed at my progression and how my wound looks.  Yesterday I had my first home PT visit.  The person who came out was impressed with my progress.  (I can bend my knee at an 86-degree angle).  She had me go up and down the stairs, walk with the walker and cane, bend, perform different exercises, and asked tons of questions.  She will be back on Friday.

The items I am not happy with:  the muscle spasms I have, the compression stockings, and not having a passive motion machine.   Other than these items I am happy with my progress so far.

I am glad that I shaved my head.  Still getting use to this.  Living on the first floor.  I have a queen size fold out couch, a bathroom, open space, close to the kitchen, and easier for me to get around.  Once my wound is closed I will move back into our (my wife and my) bedroom.  (I can feel any movement on the couch so having someone in the bed with me would not be a good idea).

My next doctor visit is July 1st.  I am hoping to get my stables out at this time.  Then I can go to PT, I can start driving, and I will be able to get out of the house.  Yes I am getting cabin fever (my doctor wants at home until the wound closes).

I do not know what else to tell you.  If you have any questions please ask.
Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 24, 2011, 05:15:16 PM
Physical Therapy in an hour and 45 minutes.  I am able to bend my knee at over 90-degree angle.  Getting strength in the leg.  I am able to lift the leg (from a bent position).  I am able to move the knee back and forth (similar to a kick).  But a much slower pace.

Able to go longer without pain meds and muscle relaxers.  Able to bend the leg and keep comfortable.  My major issue is my leg hair is growing back and is very itchy.

I will post after PT....

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 25, 2011, 03:36:14 PM
Hello all,

I can bend my knee at a 94-95 degree angle.  During PT I was given more walking and stretching exercises.  These take a lot of energy out of you.  I am walking more and more with a cane or on my own.  Feeling more secure with the strength in my leg (still weak but improving daily).

Last night I could not get comfortable.  I believe it was from the new exercises.  I moved around the house but not bed or couch seemed to help.  I watched several bad movies.  This did not help.  Finally I passed out.

I was woken up by a Shrek movie and my son sitting in the chair next to me.  He was happy the tv was on and there was a movie he wanted to watch.

Other than this I am still stuck inside.  Raining everyday so I can not go to the patio and sit outside.  Hopefully on Monday the weather will clear up.

My next PT is Monday (and hopefully Wednesday) of next week.  On July 1st I have my next doctor appointment.

That is all for now...have a fun filled weekend...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 26, 2011, 11:03:50 PM
So we all know those of us who have had a knee, or two, replaced will never run in any sporting event.  Well today one of my former students made the Olympic team (USA).  He competed in 2008 and now in 2012 in the men's 400 meter hurtles.  He won the bronze metal in 2008 (he ran with an injury).  I was so excited watching him finish second (very close to first).  I am very proud of Bershawn for sticking to his dream and watching him grow, personally and professionally, along the way.  I am feeling old as I pulled out the yearbook I have of him way back when he was in 6th grade. 

As for me I am starting to be able to do about 10 strait leg lifts.  I have been given other exercises to help me progress.  Unfortunately these new exercises take a lot of energy from me.  Also I have been experiencing swelling in the knee.  So I have spent several hours icing the knee today.  (Beats pain meds).

I can not wait until the staples come out.  Yes I am still shaving my head.  I am getting use to seeing myself without hair.  It is comfortable on hot days.

Oh, yesterday I got to go outside and sit on the front porch.  Finally it did not rain.  So I enjoyed that time in the overcast, and limited sunny, weather.  Today it is overcast and looks as if it is going to rain.

Other than this nothing new and exciting.  Have a fantastic Sunday, I did....

Mr.F

GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO  BAT MAN....See you in the Olympics 2012!!!!!!!!!
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 27, 2011, 03:53:43 PM
Sounds like things are going pretty well.  So nothing as drastic as everyone thought.  That is good, too bad it may grow back.  Cabin fever is one of that hardest parts to recovery I think.  Sometimes a new addition to the PT routine can irritate things and make you very uncomfortable.  I call it twitcy rather than painful (at least for me, feels like I gotta move the knee, but don’t want to because it hurts).   I know for me many of the exercises tired me out after a LR.  Sometimes the quads don’t want to play nice either.  Hope you progress every day, and that the staples come out soon.  Those things must be uncomfortable.  Thankfully I’ve never had the pleasure.

It is so neat you have an old student in the Olympics! It can be fun to say you remember them when. 

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 28, 2011, 04:48:58 AM
I had PT today.  I am walking without the walker or cane.  I was given more exercises.  Working on walking, exercises using stairs, and stretching the quad muscles.  They have been the weakest.  I am somewhat sore and using my iceman more and more.  After some swelling in the knee, and sore muscles, I was able to bend at a 94-degree angle.  My therapist is impressed at my progression, so no increase in bending the knee was not considered a set-back.

The weather is improving so I am outside walking 2-3 times a day.  It is good to be outside.

My next PT will be on Wednesday or Thursday (leaning towards Thursday).  My therapist said I should ice the knee before going to my OS on Friday.  This will help ease the pain when removing my staples.

Talk to you later...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on June 28, 2011, 02:56:47 PM
Staple removal is a breeze.  I took one Tylenol beforehand and didn't really need it.  It feels like "snip. . . sting", repeat.  Very minor sting, sort of like a fingernail pressing down on your skin very quickly.

Good luck with your rehab and luck to your runner at the Olympics - impressive!

SJS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 28, 2011, 10:50:20 PM
In Nov, or Dec, 2005, I had staples removed from both legs (bilateral patella-femoral replacement).  Somewhere around 40 per leg.  Was not a pleasant time.  This time my wound is healing better than last.  The scar will run part of the length of the scar from 2005.  The staples do not hurt, or itch, as much as they did in 2005.  (But this time I have a leg to stand on).  So I am hoping it will not be painful when the 34, or so, staples are removed.

Yesterday and today I am down to 1 pain pill a day, more ice and elevation.  I am hoping I can keep this up.

Has anyone tried electric shock, electric stim, to the leg at about 2 weeks post opt?  How did this affect the leg muscles?  I am getting stiffness and cramping in my quads something terrible.  Any suggestions?

Thanks,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on June 29, 2011, 04:11:29 AM
Massage the muscles -- helps some.  I had a lot of muscle twitching, cramping and found it helped.  Hadn't done any elec stim since I wasn't supposed to work the quads until my knee heals . . . and the stim would cause muscle contractions.

SJS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 30, 2011, 08:23:56 PM
Well today was my last day of at home PT.  My physical therapist was very impressed with my progression.  (Remember my operation was 14 days ago).  I am walking without any assistance (no cane or walker).  I was told I have a good stride, and nice motion when I walk.  As for my range...I can now bend (without assistance and limited pain) at a 105-degree angle.  I am feeling good.

I am down to one pill for pain a day.  I still am having pain with my quad muscles (to be expected).  I can not wait until tomorrow.  Hopefully the staples will come out.  Leg is healing nicely.  The scar will not be that bad.

I have been icing my knee more.  I will do this prior to my doctor appointment.  (Along with Tylenol).  Also I have some candy.  (When pain occurs blood sugar levels drop.  Chewing on candy increase sugar levels and levels out the pain (this worked for me when I got my tattoos).

Have fun and get out this weekend...Hopefully I will be doing this.
Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 30, 2011, 10:00:10 PM
Sounds like you are doing pretty good!  The quads may be sore if they used a turniquot (sp?).  It can leave the muscles pretty stiff and sore for a while.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 01, 2011, 05:57:35 PM
Just got home from "running" around.  Yes folks I am out and about.  I had my OS visit.  All 35 staples are out.  The person who removed them had a good touch.  He was able to remove the staples with minimum pain (not the pulling and yanking of the 80 some odd staples that were removed in 2005).  I will be able to take a shower tomorrow (no more washing from a sink).  After that were X-rays.  When the doctor came in he showed the before and after x-rays.  You could see where the bone grew in and now the nice clean grove. 
That was not all.  When he checked the knee he was concerned about the swelling.  (Blood that had accumulated in the knee).  He was able to remove 2 syringes full of blood.  Wow what a difference.  I was able to move the leg with less pressure.  Also having the staples removed made bending easier.  I would say I am at 110-degrees minimum.
After that we left and walked down the hall to the physical therapy area.  I made several appointments.  I am looking forward to building up the strength in my quads.
Tomorrow is a festival where I live.  It will be nice getting out of the house and experiencing life again.  I was getting cabin fever.

Take care and enjoy the weekend,
Mr.F

PS-For those who have been following this thread...Yes I am still shaving my head.  I am nice and cool during the summer.  I will have to apply sun block so I do not burn.  Any suggestions...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 02, 2011, 05:18:19 AM
Congratulations on becoming "zipper" free . . . and nice that you had a talented snip and puller.  Suggestion on sunblock for your head?  A hat <gr>

Have a wonderful, free and out in the crowd weekend.

SJS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 02, 2011, 01:15:55 PM
Thank you SJS...one problem I can not wear a hat at work. 

Last night I had the worst night.  My quad muscles kept contracting and I could not get comfortable.  I took my meds and that did not work.  I woke up and iced the muscles, and knee.  Any suggestions about what happened?  Has anyone else had this problem?

The good news...I can shower this morning.  Finally no more wash clothes and a sink.

Get out and have fun (I am)...

Thank you,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: KW on July 02, 2011, 03:32:36 PM
Try increasing your hydration and potassium.  Both of these being low can lead to muscle spasms. 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 02, 2011, 04:56:57 PM
KW,
Thanks for the information.  I am drinking lots of water.  I have a 18 ounce cup and fill it up at least 6 times a day.  I need to increase my potassium intake.  (I will get bananas and start taking my vitamins).

Thanks....
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: KW on July 02, 2011, 05:03:43 PM
You may even want to think about substituting some Gatorade/Peidalyte for some of the water....I mixed 50/50 with water after my replacement.  Too much water can dilute electrolytes, sodium, potassium......all kinds of thing you need to heal.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 03, 2011, 06:00:10 AM
Another thought besides adding sodium/potassium . . . you're waking up sleeping giants of muscles . . . sounds like they're saying "hi" at inappropriate times.  It is normal for muscles to spasm if they've been "out" for a while and are just being re-kindled.  Not fun, but not a problem.  I had several days of it in the first week post-op.  It drove me nuts . . . then the quads went into a Rip van Winkle mode and haven't woken up yet . . . just getting started on quad strength (of which there is none) . . . once they awaken I'll be moaning about the spasms, I'm sure.

Sue JS

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 03, 2011, 03:13:55 PM
Thanks Sue JS...I did not have this happen last time I had PFR.  I just wanted to make sure there was not a problem.  I am feeling somewhat better (more water and potassium).

Yesterday we, the family, when to our county's summer festival.  There was music ( a dj...which was very good.  More mode music than anything else).  They set up 2 bars and food from 13 restaurants.  We ate our way through the night.  It was great getting out and having fun.  Oh, the funny part of the night...about 10 minutes prior to leaving a couple sat down with their mother (well the wife's mother) and she had practically the same model of walker I have (and yes they are the identical color).  No, I do not have the hospital version of the walker.  My wife purchased one on e-bay (upgraded model with a basket and a seat).

Today we are headed out to a farmer's market.  Each one has a different theme so I will have to post later and tell you all about it.

Yes I am using suntan lotion so I will not burn. 

Have a fun day, get outside and spend time with friends and family,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 04, 2011, 02:01:12 PM
Let me start by saying Happy 4th to those of you who celebrate this day...

The farmers market was fun.  It is a small historical area of the state.  Local farmers and merchants.  Hand made products.  There were people with their pets: dogs, birds, and goats.  My wife was looking for goat cheese and yarn.  My son was looking at the food (desserts).  I had fun getting outside and walking.  The main problem for me was the area was grassy and not level (and full of rocks).  After 30-45 minutes I needed to go back to the car and sit.  Too much for my leg.  I iced my knee when we got home.

As for the quad pain.  Everyday less and less pain.  The water, salt, and potassium seem to be working (along with exercise).

I do not know what we are doing today, but it is sunny (and not humid).  So I will be outside today.

Have fun with friends and family....

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: KW on July 04, 2011, 03:44:24 PM
Congrats on the outing!  Glad to read things are getting better and you are making progress.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 05, 2011, 02:44:10 PM
Farmer's market sounds like fun.  30-45 minutes of walking on uneven ground is not too bad.  Keep hydrated and the electrolytes up.  I had trouble with that in the hospital, they would not give me anything but water.  First thing I did on the way home was stop and get gatoraide!  Felt so much better after.

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 06, 2011, 12:26:14 AM
Thanks to everyone who has been responding...As for the gatoraide I learned about this first hand last time I was operated on.  Personally, I think gatoraide should use knee replacement people in an ad. 

I think I over did it today.  Ran around (mall, toy store, and BJs) and exercised today.  I have been drinking fluids, eating foods with potassium and sodium.  I have had lots of muscle pain and stiffness today.

I start my PT at the OS's office on Friday.  Looking forward to new exercises to strengthen my quads.  Last time I went through this I took my pain meds after PT.  I am wondering if any of you took your pain meds prior to PT and what was the outcome?  (I did this because I was afraid that I would not feel any pain and do something that would hurt myself).

Thanks for your suggestions and advice,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 06, 2011, 06:30:49 AM
Hi

I've taken a couple of tylenol prior to PT and haven't needed anything afterwards.  My OS is conservative and doesn't want forced manipulation beyond what I can manage to do myself . . . and is slow going in terms of gaining ROM.  I haven't had painful PT . . . so may not be a good reference.  I've just been slow and steady -- I'll be going at it for months I think.

Your outings sounded like fun . . . and uneven ground wears your body and psyche out.  Glad wisdom prevailed and you found a place to rest.  Good luck this week!

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 06, 2011, 02:05:56 PM
Thanks to everyone who has been responding...As for the gatoraide I learned about this first hand last time I was operated on. Personally, I think gatoraide should use knee replacement people in an ad.

Mr.F
Right next to the big all star athletes.  If they think their workouts are hard. HA!   ;)

As for PT and meds, it just depends on how I felt.  At first I would take them before as I knew they would be working on ROM and it would be too painful without.  Later I would take it later since all the working made things a bit grouchy.  You can ask your PT what they suggest or see for yourself what works for you.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 08, 2011, 04:54:57 PM
First day of PT at the doctor's office.  My main concern, and focus, is building up the quad muscles.  I will be seeing different therapists.  Today mine was good.  She was a good listener and set up some basic exercises for building up the quads and stretching the hamstrings.  I felt really good after leaving PT.  It has been 2 and a half hours and now the leg muscles are "revolting".  Soon it will be time for my meds.  I am on twice daily exercise.  (Which means I will be doing them 3 times a day).  What is nice is the place for PT is about a mile away.  Oh, today was the first time since surgery that I drove.
Other than this nothing exciting and new.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 08, 2011, 11:42:49 PM
Driving is so exciting and new -- Yippee!!! 

You might want to double check with your PT about doing the rehab routine longer or more often.  I asked mine about that and he nixed the idea . . . except I can add the warm water pool stuff everyday and still do the "land" exercises.  My quad woke up this week . . . so exciting to do a quad set and actually see my foot come off the bed.  I found that I felt stronger today -- big progress for a mini-step.

Good luck with rehab and enjoy your new-found freedom to roam via car.

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 09, 2011, 08:17:24 PM
Sue,
Great to hear your results.  It is fantastic that your quads are stronger.  It is exciting when you can lift the leg and get the foot off the bed.  Prior to any PT I always ask my therapist about how and in a set, how many sets and how many times a day I should work the muscles.  Since I have been through this rehab 5 times (out of the 7 operations) she said if I feel up to it I can do PT 3 times a day (she said I should not push myself too hard so I will not cause damage).  Yesterday I only did PT twice (since at 8pm my quads revolted and I difficulty moving).
Today has been a lot better.  We ran around in the morning.  Once we got home I stretched some and then did my PT.  I have drinking more water gatoraide (after PT).  Today I feel better than yesterday.  I am hoping by Sunday I will be able to get in PT 3 times in one day.  Monday, Wednesday and Friday of next week I have PT. 
Oh...is anyone following the women's world cup?  Did you see the match between France and England?  Fantastic.  My son asked to watch a Harry Potter movie so I am not able to see the match between German and Japan.  (I will check in during commercials).
Take care and keep the leg moving...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 10, 2011, 02:16:14 PM
Good morning,

I woke up this morning with my leg muscles in "revolt".  OUCH!  I had to take pain meds.  I am icing the muscles and knee.  Some relief.  I am watching HBO family with my son (also eating breakfast). 

Yesterday was a better day.  I had more mobility and flexibility.  I did my PT 2 times.  I was feeling good.  No meds..only ice.

I am hoping I can manage the pain so exercising will not be painful today.  Right now I am using ice packs.  If the pain gets worse I will have to break out the iceman cooler and really freeze the muscles.

Have an exciting Sunday...watch the women's world cup and have fun,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 10, 2011, 03:23:50 PM
I hate it when the quads revolt -- it's such a big muscle that it overtakes you.  The good news is the World Cup can keep a sedentary person entertained . . . enjoy and rest . . . tomorrow the revolution should be over.

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 10, 2011, 03:49:13 PM
Sue,

I think the revolt will be on for a week or two.  My quads are weak.  They need to be built up.  I was having trouble lifting the leg with a very light weight shoe on.  So this week will be fun?  interesting?  painful?  We will have to wait and see.

Have a fun Sunday...

Mr. F

Oh...I still have an ice pack on the leg.  Feeling better.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 10, 2011, 07:21:40 PM
If you missed the Women's World Cup today you missed an incredible match.  USA tied in regulation.  Goes down 2-1.  Ties the game in the 122 minute (extra time added on for injury time).  And then wins in PK.  Brazil goes home.  Amazing!!!!
USA plays France next.  Japan will play Sweden.  If the USA and Sweden win you will see a rematch (of a 2-1 Sweden victory). Wow what a sport.

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 11, 2011, 02:54:36 AM
Amazing match vs Brazil - though it seemed one-sided in the official's calls.  If we meet Sweden again I predict a big game for the US.  Plus, my fellow-Madisonian Steve Stricker chips in on 18 to win by a stroke at the John Deere.  I spend time in the warm water pool with a kickboard - helps the quads (I think).  Good luck w/your quads - I'm the tortoise here, keeping on inching along.

Have a fun week; hope the revolt simmers a bit for you.
Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 11, 2011, 01:16:27 PM
Those pesky quads...they can really find the worst times to take a vacation.  Slow and steady seems to work better than trying to push them too much.  I also found for me that any kind of swelling, even the knee being a tad puffy, will make them try to shut down.  Keep plugging at it and you will find the balance between just enough and too much.


Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 11, 2011, 08:19:54 PM
Sue,
Great to hear that the warm water, and the kick board, helps your quads.  I have not had much luck with water PT.  Wow a chip in on the 18th for a victory (impressive).  Golf is one sport I would rather play than watch on TV (my father and brother can watch hours of golf.  Unfortunately I fall asleep after about 15-20 minutes).

Milly,
Great to hear from you.  I agree slow and steady seems to work.  My swelling is not to bad.

Today I went for my second day of PT.  I had a fantastic therapist.  My day was as follows: heat, exercise bike (1.9 miles in 14 minutes...no I was not pushing myself.  I noticed the numbers when I was called off the exercise bike), then leg and hamstring exercises (them hamstring exercises felt good).  One exercise, it was one with a leg ban and using my good leg to stretch it while standing on my right leg, placed too much pressure on the knee and muscles (stopped after 5 tries).  I will not be doing this exercise for some time (ouch).  Other than that I was pushed at a very comfortable rate.  Feeling much better.  I am waiting until tonight to see if the revolt calms down.

Well my son just got home from camp so it is play time...take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 12, 2011, 01:54:20 PM
Hello everybody,

I woke up early this morning to a cramping right knee.  My right hamstring is feeling good.  Yesterday's PT was what was needed.  As for my quads, well there is some revolt.  I am in some pain (not as bad as Sunday).  What is interesting is the swelling in and around the knee is down (severely down).  I can start to see the outline of my kneecap.  What is interesting the strips that were put on my leg, after the staples were removed, are still attached (11 days and counting). 

I am getting my son ready for camp so I have to go....Have a fun day.  Get out and enjoy the beautiful weather.

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 13, 2011, 01:27:11 PM
Good morning,

Well today I have PT.  I can not wait to be stretched.  I woke up today a little sore.  I am avoiding the stairs for a bit.  I will exercise some prior to walking downstairs.  I examined the knee.  No swelling, no specific area(s) of pain, and no cracking. 

Besides this nothing new and exciting.  I will post again later today with reports from PT.

Make sure to drink lots of water and stay hydrated when going outside,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 13, 2011, 07:34:19 PM
Good afternoon,

So the USA wins 3-1 versus France (even though France out played the USA).  Now waiting for the Japan-Sweden match.  What a day for women's football.

PT today was just what I needed.  No new exercises, just adding a little more resistance.  Stretched out the hamstrings again.  This helps with my lower back, hips, and legs.  Alignment is getting better.  What I miss, through all of what has happened since June 16th, is my passive motion machine.  Why?  I am waking up stiff with muscle cramps.  With the passive motion machine I would not have this problem.

Next PT is Friday.  I will have a different therapist since mine is going on vacation.

Nothing else new and exciting here.  I am going to make lunch, so enjoy your day.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 14, 2011, 11:27:40 AM
Good morning,

Woke up to an alarm this morning.  Sore again.  I wish I had my passive motion machine.  Minor swelling.  But that is expected.  Nice to have increased my weights yesterday.  I went from 2 to 3 pounds.  Might not sound like much, but it is significant at this point.  (Yesterday was my second day at PT...not home bound). 

Really nothing else exciting.  I do have one question: besides weights what can be used to add so resistance to your leg exercises?

Thank you and have a fun day,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 14, 2011, 05:03:40 PM
Ask your PT if you can try so thera band exercises.  These are like large rubber bands that provide some resistance.  Sounds like you are doing quite well. I think the waking up stiff will happen for a while yet.  Annying though isn't it?

Hope you son had fun at camp.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 14, 2011, 06:25:16 PM
Milly,

Good hearing from you.  I hope all is well with you and your family.  I asked my physical therapist about the morning soreness, pain, and stiffness and he said it is very common with people who have had this type of knee surgery.  (He did agree with me that a passive motion machine would help with decreasing these types of pain).

As for waking up to an alarm, my wife had a minor procedure today (at the same hospital I had my operation).  We are all home.  She is comfortable (well as comfortable as she can be).  She is sleeping so my son is on the computer (playing his new favorite game angry birds.  My wife and son love this game).  I am in the bedroom on the laptop.  Trying to keep it as quiet as possible.

With all the walking and being in a freezing cold environment I am somewhat crampy.  I wish I had a nickle for everyone who commented on my leg.  The good part is that the tape finally came off and the wound looks great (that was what most of the comments were about).  The other comments dealt main with my OS.  (Everybody had fantastic things to say about him).

Well nothing else exciting here...Wait I can hear sound effects coming from my son.  I need to make sure he is not turning into an angry bird.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 15, 2011, 04:06:33 PM
Good morning everybody,

Well my son did not turn into an "angry bird".  The sounds I heard were either: him trying to copy the sounds from the game, him celebrating a victory, or the agony of defeat.  (It is nice that he still has his childish imagination).  He gets so excited when he gets a new bird or finds something new.

Again I woke up crapy and in pain.  Walking and stretching does help relieve the pain.  (I can not wait until this goes away).  I have PT in about 4 hours.  (I am looking forward to that).  Today is the first day (since surgery) I do not have to wear my comprehension stockings.  Yes I get to show off my stylish stubbly leg and one hairy leg.  (Yes you can laugh at this).  I am waiting for the comments as I am out and about.

As for my wife, she is recovering nicely.  When we got home from the hospital she fell asleep on the sofa.  She ate eggs, toast, and was drinking lots of fluids.  In the middle of the night she came upstairs and feel asleep.  Today she is up and about.  Limited cramps and less pain than yesterday.  By Sunday, Monday at the latest, she will feel no pain.

Other than this nothing exciting and new.  Have fun, get outside, and remember to drink lots of water.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 15, 2011, 09:52:08 PM
Hello all,

I just got back from PT.  The good news is that my walking and leg movement looks really good.  The not so good news is that the quad muscles are not "waking up".  Heat, electric stim, 7 exercises to activate the quads, and ice.  Now I am how and crampy (quads are sore but in a good way). 

My wife just asked me if I want to go out for dinner.  I hope my quads cooperate.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 16, 2011, 04:48:45 AM
Oh, do I hear what you're saying about your quads.  I've named mine Rip (as in Rip van Winkle).  Good luck teasing them into behaving - 2 year old children behave better than my quads.

Hope dinner was wonderful - keep walking, keep believing and keep prodding.

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 17, 2011, 10:32:04 PM
Hello all,

Well that was an exciting world cup.  Congratulations to Japan.  The match went to PKs.  The USA did not score on their first three kicks (you can not come back from that).  My heart rate is back to normal now.

As for me I had to take it easy this weekend.  On Saturday we went to see the new Harry Potter movie.  Prior to going to the movies my son bumped my right knee.  During the movie my wife bumped my right knee.  When I got home I iced and elevated the knee for several hours (not to mention taking pain meds). 

Today my family went to a farmer's market.  I stayed home.  Instead I did 4 loads of laundry.  My knee is feeling better.  I am working on my quads.  Which are starting to wake up.  (I can see the quad muscle when I contract the leg muscles).

Nothing else exciting here.  Take care...

Mr.F

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 18, 2011, 01:42:20 AM
Suggestion: bump somebody else's knee and let them do the laundry <gr>.  Agree on the World Cup, but can't help but think destiny was pulling for them.  Good on you for waking up your pesky quads . . . not an easy task I've found.  Enjoy the coming week and all those fresh, clean clothes

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 18, 2011, 03:31:06 AM
Sue,

About the laundry...my wife had a procedure done on Thursday so she could not lift the laundry baskets.  I have discovered away of being able to move the baskets.  (We have tall,not wide laundry baskets).  So if I lift one up and move it without taking any steps I do not feel the wight in my leg/knee.  On the steps, I place the basket down 3 or 4 steps and then I walk.  Yes this does take some time to get the baskets from upstairs to the basement, if not I can not have my family in smelly clothing.

I have found that leg lifts, with focusing in on the quads, and while stepping down apply pressure to your quads will help wake up the muscles (well it did for me).  Do you have an electric stim machine (or access to one...doctor/therapist's office)?  Use this and when the quad muscles contract you focus in on the quads and contract with the machine.  (I believe you can purchase a tens unit.  An electric stim unit might require a doctor's request, and possibly an out of pocket expense...much more expensive).

Well I have PT 3 times next week.  Monday bright and early.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 18, 2011, 04:45:39 PM
Good morning,

I just got back from PT and breakfast.  Today my therapist pushed me.  Heat, electric stim (with focus on the quads), and then exercises.  The first was a quad focus strait leg exercise (band around the leg to create resistance, step up with the right leg, then left, 5 second hold, down with left leg and then the right-15 of these).  Next was a series of band exercises.  Band around the left ankle.  Standing on right leg, focusing on quads, and either extending (forward or backward), then switching my position 90 degrees until I had to cross my left leg across my body.  Then stretching the hamsting (which felt good).  Then there was the machine that you had to bend the leg back and place the foot in a slot, hold it for 30 seconds and repeat 3-5 times...I did 5).  Next to last exercise was 55 pound leg squats (using the press machine)...3 sets of 15.  And finally 20 minutes on the exercise bike (3.7 miles).  Ice was greatly needed.

I met an older gentleman today.  I was noticing his exercises.  I asked if he just had a replacement.  I could tell he was either 3 or 4 weeks post op (He was 3 weeks post op).  I was having flashbacks of 2005.  We had a nice conversation.  He, and especially his wife, were happy to talk to someone and get input into what to expect.

I am going to ice my knee and watch the news....Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 18, 2011, 05:47:21 PM
Sounds like quite a work out!  Seems like you are doing pretty well though.  Hope the knee does not protest too much tomorrow. 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 19, 2011, 03:05:27 PM
Good morning all,

Well I was able to exercise the leg on and off during the day.  I had to ice the knee and muscles several times yesterday.  Pain meds before bed.  When I woke up the leg muscles and knee was sore.  I did a lot of walking (the stairs) this morning.  I was requested to analyze and provide data for work (nice to provide solutions).  I will start my PT after this message.

I have PT tomorrow (at the hated time).  My PT normally lasts over an hour, and my PT starts at 6:00 pm.  Well it could be worse.

Take care...I will post later...

Mr.F

PS-Watching the news...I will keep my mouth shut.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 19, 2011, 10:46:23 PM
Hello all,

Lazy day today...Very hot (like the rest of the states).  Exercise today was good for me.  Except one...the one that you bend your leg back, place your foot on something, and hold for 30 seconds.  I did this one 5 times and boy could I feel this.  And I am still feeling this.

One positive note...I applied for a job inside the company I work for, and I found out today that I got the job.  It is an 11 month position.  I talked to my new boss today and we are working on a starting day.  I want to start ASAP.  I need to get in, set up, see what is established, conduct a needs assessment, start on databases, and work on several projects.

I love being able to provide solutions in an extremely short turn about time frame.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 19, 2011, 11:58:07 PM
Congrats on your new job and with your PT success!  I'm envious and ready to begin the hard part now that my OS gave me clearance to go beyond 70 degrees.  It's cooler in FL today than WI - how outrageous is that?
Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 20, 2011, 01:38:56 AM
Sue,

Good luck with your PT and moving your knee, and leg, greater than 70 degrees.  You need to tell us what your PT exercises are.  It is amazing how the mid west is hotter than the south.  I am hoping that the weather cools off some in the next couple of days.  My son is feeling it when he comes home from summer camp.  He is falling asleep earlier and has no problem coming home and taking a long cool bath.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 20, 2011, 03:09:16 AM
I get my new PT stuff on Thursday, so will post it then.  So far I was doing heel slides, sitting knee bends, reclining knee bends, squats in the warm water pool and bending with bad leg on the first step.  For strength I'm doing kicking laps in the pool (listing to the bad leg side), bicycle pumps, out of the pool leg raises, quad sets, single leg standing (bent knee), balancing on rocker board - this really uses the muscles that stabilize your knee.  So - will fill in on any additional ones in a couple of days.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 20, 2011, 02:03:56 PM
Good morning,

Last night was not good.  I could not get comfortable.  Not matter how I slept I kept waking up.  And on top of this one of our cats decided, last night, she was going to sleep on my right leg.  (She normally sleeps on my stomach, chest, or pillow).  Why my leg (and knee)?  Why now?

So I am icing the leg, and knee.  I am hoping that this is temporary.  I would like to go to work today.  And later tonight I have PT.

Let the fun begin,

Mr. F
PS...
Sue-What a workout routine.  At least you can get in the pool.  In this time of extremely hot weather the dip in the pool sounds good.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 20, 2011, 05:16:00 PM
It's a warm water pool - 94 cookin' degrees.  But it does feel great - I can bend much more there than on land.  Plus it feels so good and chilly to get out ;)

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2011, 12:30:15 AM
Hello everyone,

I just got back from PT.  I am working with the same therapist for the rest of my PT.  She is fantastic.  She pushes me every time I go in.  Today she was going to push with the ankle slides.  (When I was in on Monday I was at 116 degrees).  She said that since I was not at 125 degrees we would start with ankle slides.  Well she took a measurement, during the first ankle slide and I was at 125 degrees (9 degree increase with exercise at home).

Today my PT went this way: heat, 1 ankle slide, strait leg stand (hold for 5 seconds) with the other leg raised (standing on a small foam mat- Makes you focus on the quads), squat machine (both legs at over 70 pounds 1 set of 15 and right leg only 30-40 pounds- 2 sets of 15), band around right leg (therapist controls pressure)-step up with right leg (on a step) hold leg strait-then left leg step up hold-step down with left leg-step down with right leg-straiten out leg and hold for 5 seconds-20, then exercise bands, bike for 10 minutes (2 miles), and finally ice.  Yes I am muscle sore.

I was given something to act as an exercise ban for home use.  Let the fun begin.  The next PT is Friday morning.

Have a good night,

Mr.F

PS-Remember to hydrate.  Tomorrow, where I live, will be 100 degrees.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 21, 2011, 01:40:01 PM
Progress sounds good.  Not sure why the cat suddenly decided to sleep on the knee, but when mine is really bugging me one of mine will curl up behind it and purr.  I think I read somewhere that the is something to the sound frequency of the cat purr that can help you feel better.  Don't remember where I read that though.  Maybe they just want to let you know they care.... 

Keep up the good work with the PT.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2011, 05:24:44 PM
Hello everybody,

Milly good hearing from you.  I hope all is well with you.  I just got back from seeing my new boss (well sort of).  He was not in so I was not able to get in and set up.  I will do that tomorrow.  I also went running around with my wife (she needs yarn for a project she is working on). 

Woke up this morning feeling better.  Not in as much pain as the past 2 days.  I need to exercise.  I was given a ban yesterday so I need to tie it off to something and work the right leg.  Next will be leg stretches on the steps, followed by walking, and then the hamstring stretch (ouch!).  Finally ice!

Oh...I forgot to mention today is my birthday so we are all going out for Italian tonight.  My son always makes me a card and gives me a kiss for each year.  This year he said "Do I really have to give you that many klisses.  Wow, you are old!"  I said thanks...I don't feel old.

Have a fantastic day and remember to stay hydrated,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 21, 2011, 05:42:13 PM
Happy Birthday,  enjoy your dinner and your card. 

The streaches can be a bit painful, but it seems to feel so much better after.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on July 22, 2011, 03:58:46 AM
Wishing you a very Happy Birthday -- you are doing so well with your PT!  Giving yourself the gift of a good knee . . . ahhhh

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 22, 2011, 06:35:56 PM
Good afternoon,

I just got home from PT and lunch.  Feeling good today.  Started off with heat, stim and quad squeezing, straight leg quad squeezing with stim (standing on right leg with left leg bent), barrel exercise (bend right leg back, place foot in slot, and stand up and lean back... measured at 125 degrees...hold for 30 seconds...4 sets), single leg on the leg press machine (45 pounds....3 sets of 15), using the medicine ball...lay on your back, place both feet on top of the ball, lift with your gluts, and roll the ball into your body and then back..3 set of 5), on a step place feet near the edge lift up with the ankles and allow feet to drop as far down as possible ( 20 of these), step exercise (set up backward with the right leg, make sure the leg is straight and contract the quads (hold for 5 seconds), lift the left leg up, and step back down (15 of these), and then the band exercises (standing on right leg-contract the quads and kick the left leg- 4 different exercises- 20 of each), and 10 minutes on the exercise bike (over 2 miles).  NO ICE TODAY...yes I said no ice.  Feeling really good.  Muscles are feeling good.  We will see how my body reacts later on tonight.

Went into work today.  I was given several assignments to work on.  Feels good to be back at work.  My next PT is Tuesday.  Will be back to work on Monday.  If I feel good I will take my son to a museum tomorrow.

Take care and stay hydrated...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 22, 2011, 11:14:59 PM
Hello everybody,

HOT...HOT...HOT...its about 100 degrees and we are trying to stay cool.  We all went out to run around and get something to eat.  It was nice to be in cool buildings and not worry about the heat.  What is nice is that with a shaved head you can get a hand towel, wet it with cold water, and place it on your head (or just splash water on your head) and stand under a ceiling fan.  Cools you off.

Well it has been 6 hours since the end of my PT and feeling fine.  (NO ice today).  My leg, and muscles, are feeling good.  Driving more, walking more, and I am hoping that the pushing at PT is working past a minor plateau (116 degrees).  I would really like to see 127-130 degrees next time I am at PT.

Other than that nothing new and exciting....Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 23, 2011, 09:42:20 PM
Good afternoon all,

I woke up this morning feeling pretty good.  Limited pain and muscle stiffness.  Stretched out and leg and was ready to go.  With it being 100 degrees we decided to take a trip and go to the Eric Carle Museum.  So I took my aspirin and we headed out.  After breakfast I was going to take my muscle med and ibuprofen.  (I have discovered that if I take 800 mg of ibuprofen it works better than the pain meds the OS prescribed). 

So off we went.  I was feeling good and ready to go.  After the road trip I was still feeling good.  After about 25-30 minutes in the museum I was in pain.  I could not figure this out.  After we left the museum, and were heading home, we passed a sign for a yarn store (my wife was dying to see this but figured I would not want to go).  I told her we should go.  She was in sensory overload.

When we left my son was hungry so we stopped to get him something to eat.  My leg muscles were sore.  It was puzzling me why this would happen.  We finish eating, pay, and head home.  When we get home I am emptying my pockets and see the container I brought along with my pills.  Yes, I forgot to take the pills. 

Now it makes sense.  I have not taken anything for my legs since I came home from PT yesterday (around 12:30pm).  So I was able to withstand the PT, walking around yesterday, sleeping, the car trip, and part of the time at the museum without any meds.  Nice to know I am progressing.

I will be icing the knee shortly...and yes I took the ibuprofen.  I will let you know how this worked.

Take care, enjoy the weekend, and stay hydrated...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 24, 2011, 04:45:16 PM
Good morning,

So I woke up this morning feeling pretty good.  Limited pain and stiffness.  Stretched some and was feeling better.  Since I took the ibuprofen yesterday afternoon I have not needed anything else.  I am glad to be off pain meds (pain meds that are habit forming).

So far avoiding the 100 degree weather.  Laundry....Laundry...and more Laundry.  At least the basement is cool.  Hopefully today will be the last triple digit day for awhile.  Nothing new and exciting planned.  After laundry just working on 2 assignments for work.

Have a fun and relaxing Sunday,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 25, 2011, 06:20:10 PM
You know you are really on the mend when you forget to take your pain meds.  ;)  I find that unless it is bone pain, ibuprofin works best for me too.  You should get past the 116 with all the hard work you are putting into it.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 25, 2011, 10:27:37 PM
Hello all,

So I woke up early this morning with a cramping knee.  I rolled over and was sleeping on my right side (bad move...painful).  As I moved my leg one of the cats kept grabbing my foot and biting my toes.  I kept moving my leg and the cat kept coming back, grabbing my foot, and biting my toes.  When I woke up hours later I was still in pain.

I did go into work today.  It was nice to get out and accomplish something.  I was given new assignments along with the 2 that I was previously given.  When I was working, I looked at the clock and it was 11:20am.  I went back to work and looked up and nobody was around.  It felt good to get back to work.

Knee was in pain all day.  Came home and iced it.  Now feeling better. 

PT tomorrow morning (early).  Then off to work.  Looking forward to another productive day.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 26, 2011, 09:04:48 PM
Hello all,

PT early this morning...My therapist pushed me today. New exercises, well new for this surgery.  I haven't done some of these exercises since 2005 or 1990.  I was able to bend my leg back 130 degrees (5 more than Friday).  Was stretched out and a little sore after PT.

Went into work today.  Feels good to be out of the house.  Working on new assignments.  Will be learning new applications this week.  (One person I am working with is going on vacation so I will be learning new programs and inputting data). 

It is great not having 100 plus degree weather.  Two days in a row with comfortable weather.  Well got to go...taking little man outside to play on the slip-n-slide.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 27, 2011, 09:54:30 PM
Hello all,

It was a beautiful day today.  In the 70s when I woke up.  Strange thing.  One of our cats thinks my right leg is her place to sleep.  WHY?  I have to keep moving her.  She thinks my right knee is her bed.  I keep on waking up with pain because of her.  She did not do this prior to my surgery.  Any suggestions?  (The other cat sleeps in my son's room or on the sofa).

Work was fun today.  Learning new things, creating presentations, excel spread sheets, word documents, and filemaker databases.  Time flies when you are busy.  Only problem is the temperature.  You never know what it is going to be.  Yesterday we were sweating and today we were freezing.  Your guess as what the temperature is tomorrow.  HR got back to me and my starting date was July 25 (it is good that I started back this week).

I have PT early tomorrow.  Looking forward to this.  Somewhat crampy, and a little swollen, so I am hoping PT can relieve the pain.

Nothing else exciting and new...Oh no pain meds or other pills today (well so far.. I am going to exercise after this post so I expect something will be needed for pain afterwards).

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 28, 2011, 10:01:49 PM
Hello,

Well today's PT kicked my butt...sort of (really it worked my leg muscles).  New exercises.  Really engaged my quads.  I felt really good after PT.  No ice and no pain meds.  Wow moving forward.

Went to work today.  Several people out (assuming at meetings).  Lots of work going on, but there were some limits.  Also very cold.  (One office had a heater on....Yes a space heater).

Nothing else exciting and new.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 29, 2011, 08:58:26 PM
Hello everybody,

PAIN...PAIN...PAIN...did I mention PAIN!  After yesterday's PT, and the new exercises I did, my leg muscles are in pain.  Wow...I know I had a good workout, but I wish I could stop the pain.  I know by the next time I have PT (next week Tuesday) I should be feeling better.

I am hoping to ice the leg and an hour or two later be able to exercise.  I know sleeping tonight should be a painful experience.

Take care and have a fun weekend...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 30, 2011, 01:10:31 AM
At least the pain is muscle pain, not the knee itself?  If it is just muscles, it should feel better soon.  Hope it gets better soon.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 30, 2011, 09:23:09 PM
Milly,

Nice hearing from you.  Yes I am happy it is only muscle, but the pain....wow!  Remember what it feels like going to the gym and start working out and your muscles revolt in pain.  That is the same stage I am in (leg muscles not used properly for 6 months).  Ran around with my son and wife.  In the middle of shopping at Ikea my leg muscles decided to revolt.  I just got through shopping.

Now I am home icing my leg again.  I am hoping that by Monday I will feel better.  Well such is life.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 31, 2011, 06:13:30 PM
Good afternoon,

Well I have been doing the laundry all day long.  (I just got through hanging up, and putting away, all the clothing and towels).  Oh what fun!

I am feeling somewhat better today.  My muscles are still sore.  But feeling better.  I was able to work in about 10-15 minutes of exercise today.  I need to ice my knee and I am hoping, in 4 hours, to be able to exercise for another 10-15 minutes.

It is a beautiful day outside.  So I might take my son to a park later today.  I will see how the leg feels.

Take care and enjoy your Sunday,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 01, 2011, 11:55:36 PM
Hi all,

Well I had PT early this morning.  Wow my muscles are getting a workout.  (I woke up crampy from all of the new exercises).  So I started off with heat (feeling good).  Then several different leg lift exercises (still feeling good...starting the workout).  Then several different exercises on a machine (higher levels of resistance...metal springs).  Now we are getting the leg muscles working.  After this the leg press machine.  50 pounds- 3 sets of 15.  Next step downs (holding the bend and creating resistance).  Getting close to the end with the exercise ball and squats.  Finally 10 minutes on the exercise bike.

No ice and no pain meds.  Feeling sore, but an "I have accomplished something" sore.  I will ice the knee later.

Only problem, after PT a full day's work.  Wow am I tired.  I came home, was watching a movie with my son, and I passed out on the sofa.  I was woken up to "Papa, do you see that".  And I was just reading about this in the book.

Well take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 02, 2011, 06:17:19 PM
Sounds like things are going in a good direction.  It can be very tiring with work and PT and everything else.  Hopefully that gets better.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 04, 2011, 08:57:55 PM
Good afternoon,

Well I had PT after work yesterday.  During every exercise my therapist kept saying "You don't seem so enthusiastic and full of energy.  (The reasons why: 1) my normal PT time is 8:00 something in the morning and 2) I have not been analyzing data, working with excel sheets, creating databases, and compiling research all day prior to PT).  Besides this PT went well.  I was given some new and some old exercises.  After my PT the therapist taped up my knee.  Nothing sever.  This will help with controlling the swelling in my knee (hopefully).

My muscles are still waking up.  I can see the muscles firing away when I am exercising on the step or contracting the leg muscle.  The muscles want to wake up....its just taking a little longer than the other 3 times.  It does not help that I keep rolling onto my right side at night (waking up with an sore knee).

My new job is exciting and challenging so I am learning new things every day.  Keeps you wanting to go to work. 

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 05, 2011, 03:01:50 PM
It is tough to be excited for PT after a long day at work.  All that thinking can make you very tired indeed.  It can be as tireing as a day in the yard.  I noticed that I had a longer time getting the muscles to play nice this last surgery too.  But then it was surgery number 4 on that knee (7 total). 

Have a great weekend!

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 07, 2011, 02:16:29 PM
Good morning all,

We PT last week was good.  I have PT later this week and an OS appointment.  The last 2 mornings have not been good.  I am waking up and finding I rolled onto my right knee.  I am in pain and have to work out the leg muscles.  Why is this starting now?
On top of this, yesterday while walking down the stairs my left foot slipped and I had to put all the pressure on my right leg.  No problem (I am glad this did not happen a month ago).

What is new...well awhile ago one of my former students made the US Olympic team (track team).  I found out Friday that another one of my students was the #1 pick of a pro football team.  Yes I am proud of my students who are in the military, who are back in school (studying to be a doctor), those who have graduated, those who got married, those who had children, and those who are taking care of their responsibilities.

With my new job, I am working on a poster, video, and staff development.  Very challenging work.   New requests and responsibilities.  I love a good challenge.  I am learning so much.  This is great to keep you motivated.  Did I say I love my job. 

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 10, 2011, 07:58:39 PM
Hello all,

Well I got back from, what could be my last physical therapy.  I am bending at 145 degrees (up from 130 degrees...previous measurement).  Still my quads are weak.  Exercising, icing, stim, and heat.  Still the quads are progressing slowly. 

On to something new, the past 3 nights I can not sleep.  Leg muscles feel like they are contracting and I can not get comfortable.  I can elevate the leg, lower the leg, ice the leg, or exercise the leg prior to sleeping and nothing helps.  The only thing that works is pain meds.  I do not want to rely on them to sleep.  I see my OS on Friday.  I will be inquiring about this.

Work is going well.  Still love my new job.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on August 14, 2011, 01:07:11 AM
Hi - hope your muscles have simmered down by now.  I know mine get antsy when woken up from a nice long rest (like months of inactivity) -- so it might just be that the muscles were over-used after being out of commission.  If so, you're better by now. 

Hope the rest of your weekend is fun and wonderful.

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 18, 2011, 03:05:41 AM
Hello everybody,

Well let me see what is new.....I am home working out, physical therapy, and loving it.  And yes I am still loving my new job.  Unfortunately the elevators are being worked on so I am walking up and down (and up and down) all day long.  I am somewhat sore because of this.  (Yes I am still experiencing muscle pain at night and waking up...Still part of the recovery process).  On top of this we are getting ready to move (this weekend).  So we are boxing up everything.  And on top of all of this I am working on a video (script, video taping, editing, musical arrangement, etc) which will be shown next Tuesday.

So needless to say I am very busy and slipping in PT when I can.  I do not know when I will be able to post next, since cable is coming out next week to connect us, so I hope you all have a fantastic Thursday, Friday, and weekend.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 22, 2011, 09:32:53 PM
Its alive...Its alive...

Hello everyone,
We have moved and the internet is up and running.  So Friday I got home from work and had to do some last minute packing.  We were moved in 4 hours.  Saturday was running around to establish our new address, clean the other property, return our keys, shopping, and starting to unpack.  Sunday was more unpacking and building furniture.  (What a fun weekend).

At work I am in the middle of 2 projects (a powerpoint and an iMovie).  I found out today that I am not presenting (the evaluators are presenting).  My role was creating a user friendly, easy to understand, and motivating powerpoint that brings all teams together (what a small task).  I am putting the finishing touches on the video.  This will be shown to everyone.  Less serious and somewhat comical.  Everyone who has seen it is very happy with the final product.

Through all of this my knee is sore.  I have been icing the knee, elevating it, and yes pain meds (at most 1 per day).  Today it is feeling better.  BUT....there is always a big but....my left knee is sore and I am feeling pain in the joint.  Hopefully this is just from over use this weekend.

Other than that nothing new and exciting...

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 23, 2011, 09:28:00 PM
Whew!  Moved in 4 hours!  Hope you have a lot of help with the heavy stuff.  Also hope the knee pains are mostly from the moving.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 26, 2011, 01:03:06 AM
Hello,

So last night I rolled onto my right side and woke up with a very sore knee today.  I was able to make it through the day and most of the afternoon in limited pain.  Around 5pm everything changed.  So I am sitting around and working (up until I logged on).

As for work my video and powerpoint were hits.  I am still getting positive feedback on these and people what to work with me on multimedia productions.  (Also I video taped the presentation and created a video for my boss).  He is very happy and excited.  As I have said, and will keep saying, I love my job.  I have a ton of work tomorrow so I am going to get a good night's sleep on Friday.

Other than this the knee is better this week.  I am feeling better everyday.  I hope what happened last night does not occur tonight.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 26, 2011, 08:06:28 PM
Hopefully the pain on rolling on the knee should get better over time.  It's good when you like your job, makes it fun to do!  Glad the presentation went well and the multimedia items were a big hit.  Don't have too much fun and work to hard!  Have a great weekend.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 30, 2011, 10:40:38 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I am back to the world of the living.  No power for several days.  When we got power back we lost the internet.  Nothing new and exciting to report.  The knee is coming along slowly.  Somewhat frustrating, but that is life.  I am getting a good workout at work (elevator was out for several weeks).  Still love my job.  It is feels great to be appreciated, and wanted. 

Sorry nothing else exciting to report....

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 05, 2011, 04:06:10 AM
Hello everyone,

We just got back from a family function in the mid-west.  Over 11 and a half hours there, and ten and a half hours back.  Yes it was the car ride from hell.  And speaking of hell I have some interesting news...My left knee started giving me problems:  cracking, popping, double catching, sore and aching, and cold.  (If anyone can explain why the knee cap gets cold please give your advise).

Other than this pain and discomfort in the car ride up and back.  I am glad to be home. 

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on September 05, 2011, 03:18:37 PM
oooo, Mr F . . . I will be driving from WI to FL this month . . . advice on avoiding the knee pain?  Did you stop very often to walk a bit?  Ice while in the car?  Currently I've been packing lots of boxes and on my feet a lot.  I haven't experienced any undue pain -- iced the one evening it did hurt/sting a bit.  Only issue has been a bit more swelling than normal.  I was planning on driving alone (as I'd always done) -- now I'm a bit concerned.  I would appreciate your input/thoughts.  Many thanks!

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 05, 2011, 05:48:14 PM
Hello Sue,

We live a remarkably similar life.  I just moved, packing lots of boxes, and I iced my knees every night.  I was not experiencing any pain in either knee.  (We hired movers to help with the heavier items).  We had a family event this past weekend so to save money we drove.  My wife gets motion sickness so she drove the entire trip.  My left knee (the "good one") started to give me problems about an hour and a half into the trip.  I did not have any meds, my stim machine, or brace.  I did not think to use ice since my knee cap drops in temperature when I have problems (no swelling or fluid in the knee).  It gets so bad somethings you can feel the coldness through clothing, or a blanket.  Yes we did stop and stretch along the way.  No matter what I did I could not get comfortable.  Finally we arrived and I iced my knees (that did help the left knee).

Sue if you are staying in the South Florida area and need a good OS I can provide you with the name of my former OS.  I was impressed with him, his PA, nurse, and PT staff.

All I would say is stop frequently, stretch, and do what you normally do.  Just make sure to listen to your body and take your time.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on September 06, 2011, 12:23:42 PM
I'd love the name of your surgeon - especially if he also does shoulders.  You can message me if you'd rather. 

I've a torn rotator cuff, x-ray said complete tear, but I'm waiting for the MRI tomorrow for definitive results.  I injured my shoulder in "the" fall, kept mentioning it to my knee surgeon, who kept telling me to keep moving and rotating it . . . finally this past month it got significantly worse so I saw my GP in WI.  All in all I wish the knee guy would have x-rayed it in July when I was walking ok without assistance . . . and could have had any surgery then.  Now, it's ugly trying to juggle moving things from WI to FL, from my rental house here in Sarasota to the new one and somehow manage to get the shoulder fixed (if that's possible to do).  My knee OS (in SRQ) is great for knees, not thinking I want him to do the shoulder especially after he said "we don't usually repair a complete tear" . . . especially since I blame him as the cause of it being a complete tear.

I'm a widow, live alone and am not moving the stuff, having the movers do it all . . . and will probably hire someone to help unpack (not my cup of tea, but may be necessary).  Looking outside for blue skies -- ahh sunrise is gorgeous.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2011, 02:49:40 AM
Sue,

Sorry I did not check my post earlier.  (My last post did not go through).  My OS has a website:
   http://www.soflasportsmed.com/contactUs-sports-injuries.php
His name is Kevin Kessler and he is located in South Florida.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2011, 03:05:08 AM
Hello all,

Well it has been some time since I last posted anything.  I have been extremely busy at work.  I still love my job.  I am learning a lot and have a fantastic boss and an even better team.  My right knee is progressing slowly (2 months post op tomorrow).  I am at the point where most of my pain comes when I sleep on my right side. 

NOW for the NEW news.  If you ever had knee problems (bilateral), you know know what happens to one knee eventually happens to the other.  Well a couple of weeks ago we went to Ohio to visit my brother and his family (my wife drove).  An hour and a half into the trip I could not get comfortable.  I noticed that my left knee felt cold to the touch, I felt pain along the sides of the knee, and when I would bend my leg back the knee cracked...and it popped twice on the way forward.  I called my OS about this.

Well today I had my appointment.  And guess what we found.  My left knee has shifted and there is bone growth.  This is what happened to my right knee earlier this year.  Then the fun began.  My OS had to check the knee (applying pressure to the area and moving the patella side to side).  This time my OS knew what to look for (and feel).  Once the press was applied I felt some discomfort.  The side to side movement was EXTREMELY painful.  He felt the grinding and popping.  I nearly jumped off the table with pain. 

We both knew what is going on.  We talked about what our game plan is.  We both agreed that it is too early for surgery (the right knee needs more time to heal).  So we are going to x-ray the knee again in October (when I have my follow up appointment for my right knee).  We feel that if surgery is needed we can schedule the surgery for December.  (What away to spend the holidays and new year).  I am not look forward to this.

At least I can be scheduled for the earliest surgery time (7:00am).  As my OS said "I know what to look for...You are an easy operation".

Well I gotta go.....
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on September 16, 2011, 11:11:05 AM
 :'( so sorry to hear about your "good" knee going bad.  It must have been running with the wrong crowd (apologies - I'm ditzy at this hour).  Keep up the good healing work with your right knee.  I'll be pulling for you

Sue JS

PS. Thx for the referral info!
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 16, 2011, 06:39:43 PM
The bilateral "curse"!  I understand it so well.  My right knee is very unhappy and even worse with the weather change.  Should settle a bit once Mother Nature decides what the weather will be.  Sounds like the op knee is doing pretty weill.  I would agree that it is too early for more surgery, even if it is the other knee.  Hope it stays manageable until then.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2011, 10:42:12 PM
Hello everybody,

Well the pain of the examination and letdown of more surgery has passed.  I am trying to stay positive.  This time I do have a game plan for the left knee and there is not the "unknown" of what will happen once I am opened up.

On the other hand, when I woke up this morning and was walking down the steps my left knee made a nice popping and cracking sound on every step.  (The cats did not know what the noise was so they came running towards me).  I think they thought I had some toy for them.  (Yes they were confused over this).

Other than this nothing new and exciting.

Take care, have a fun weekend, and enjoy time with friends and family,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 24, 2011, 02:18:36 PM
Yes its that time of the day again...Hello all,

Well let me see what is new since last time I posted.  Thursday morning one of the cats decided she was going to run under my left foot, as I was walking up a step.  To avoid stepping on, and crushing her, I took a wider step.  When my left foot touched the step I heard my favorite cereal (snap, crackle, and pop).  My left knee shifted, popped, shifted back, and popped again.  Needless to say the pain was incredible.  Since this happened I have been walking with a cane.  (Besides work my wife is driving everywhere).

What is amazing about me knees.  No matter what happens they new swell, no fluid is retained, and they look "somewhat normal" (well as normal as a knee that has had 4 operations).  This is one of the reasons why doctors do not believe me when I tell them my concerns, problems, and issues dealing with my knees.

I do need some assistance.  I have had my knee problems for 70% of my life.  When I have, or hope to have, my surgery in December this will be my eighth knee operation (4 on each knee).  Yet in my home state I am not considered handicapped.  I have talked to, explained my case, and proved I was handicapped in another state yet I can not get a doctor to sign my paperwork.  Have any of you had to plea your case to a doctor, what did you say/do, and what was the outcome?  (My next appointment is in October and I want to get my doctor to take this seriously).

Thank you for your support,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 01, 2011, 12:03:21 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I am glad that it is an end to a long and painful work week.  I went from being in moderate pain, and discomfort, to unbelievable pain and discomfort.  On top of all of this one cat feels it is her job to lie down on the steps so either I have to avoid her or step right on her.  Oh, I forgot to mention, last night there was a nice storm and the temperature dropped.  Afterwards I could not walk (and yes the doctors still say I am not handicapped).  Last night the pain was so bad I woke up several times after rolling onto a side (if I roll right I am on the knee that is recovering...and if I roll to my left I wake up in pain from my knee that needs surgery).  Through all the problems, recoveries, and operations you would think I could sleep on my back.  No such luck.

I barely made it through yesterday and today at work.  Walking, walking, walking, meetings, meetings, meetings, databases, walking, meetings, walking, and did I mention more walking.  I am so glad I will be able to sit on the sofa and ice my knees. 

Other than this nothing new and exciting here.  We are (well I am) going to attempt to go to a crafts festival this weekend.  That is if my knees let me.

Have a fantastic weekend and enjoy life,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 04, 2011, 10:52:23 PM
Hello everybody,

Well it is cold and rainy here. So, needless to say, I am in pain.  I  am not using my cane because I noticed that I was loosing leg muscle (limited use).  So I am suffering through the day.  Trying to use the leg muscles as much as possible. 

On the positive side I have an appointment with my OS this Friday.  I am hoping to discuss what can be done to assist me (no I do not like pain pills).  I want to keep a level head (or what is left).  I hate taking pain meds and not remembering what happened, not being able to function, or being drugged.  At work my friends say I need to get a rascal motor chair.  (I am too young for that).  The next item on their list is a wheel chair or a walker (what surprises them is that I have a walker with a basket.  Yes my wife got the basket so she could make fun of me).

Other than this life is good.  I still love my job.  Everyday is something new.  It keeps me "on my toes" (and off my knees).

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on October 05, 2011, 03:05:53 PM
Hey Mr F
So sorry to hear Mother Nature is smacking your knees so hard.  I hope you have clear skies and a great weekend at the Crafts Festival.  Good luck with rebuilding leg strength-it's such a chore to rehab - constant attention.  And, better a basket than a bag to carry things.  You don't want anyone calling you a "Mister Bag Lady".

Se JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 05, 2011, 04:52:40 PM
I am not a fan of pain meds either, but often enough I can take a half a dose or less and the edge can be taken off, but still be mostly clear headed.  I also find that if I really don't want to be groggy at work, I will at least take a pain pill so I can get a few uninterrupted hours of sleep at night. I seem to be in more pain when I am too tired.  Just a couple of things to think about.  Cold, damp and rainy weather knock me out too.  I know it's just the arthritis not being happy with the weather, but still makes me painful and crabby.  Hope the weather gets better for you soon.  Enjoy the craft festival if you go.  It is tough to keep up muscle strength when it hurts so much.  I also discovered that even a tiny bit of puffiness (that no one but a PT or doc would notice) can be enough to shut my quads down.  I get the leg up when it starts acting weak and see if it improves.  It stinks when you feel so old, yet are still on the young side.  I won't say young side of what  ;).

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 06, 2011, 10:17:50 PM
One more day and counting.............

Tomorrow is my OS appointment.  Hopefully a decision will be made.  I would like to have my operation (I can not believe I am saying this again) sooner, but recovery stopped this.  (Looking back at this message thread and seeing the progression seems like it was yesterday that I was posting about having my right knee operated on).  Now I am hoping for a December surgery (now I have a cleaver answer for people who ask me what I got for the December holidays). 

But this is not the only decision.  I am going to print out a handicap form (from my state) and bring it with me.  This time I am going to stand (no pun intended) my ground.  Having knee problems for 70% of my life and now on my eighth surgery I feel it is time my OS looks at all the facts.

I still love my job.  The only exciting news is that some sickness is being passed around and I caught it.  Fun...Fun...Fun.  Such is life.

Milly we did got to the crafts festival (it was a rain or shine event).  Unfortunately it was raining on Saturday.  Less vendors than last year.  The vendors that were there had an appeal to a much smaller market.  There were several of the same types of vendors (how many pen vendors do you need...I counted 4, photographers selling similar photos...I counted 6, and custom razor vendors...I counted 3).  There were less food vendors.  So you could purchase fast food items (no gourmet or specialty food vendors).  Hopefully next year it will be better.  The good news we will be having an apple (well several apple) festivals in the upcoming weeks.  Good food, music, and so crafts.

Take care,

Mr.F

PS-I will post with the results of my OS visit tomorrow
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 09, 2011, 11:58:32 PM
Well I went to my OS on Friday and got the news I did not want to hear...............

When I got there no x-rays were taken (this was the scheduled follow up for my right knee and decision time for my left knee).  The x-rays looked good for my right knee.  Muscle strength is getting better.  More mobility and flexibility.  Still I need more time to recovery and build strength. 

So why this in mind guess what the decision is for my left knee.  You guessed it let us wait and see.  What do I mean?  My OS is not so sure that the surgery in the right knee is the way to go again.  Since he has not seen or heard of the bone growth around a petalla button he wants to wait until I am a year out prior to operating.  So this means he will not operate (unless necessary) until June 2012.  I was given an injection and placed on Mobic.  (I was given a script for PT twice a week for a month and a half and a follow up appointment in January 2012). 

The interesting news was when I asked him about a handicapped pass I was rejected.  Why, well in my state if you can walk (it does not matter the degree of pain or complication) you are not handicapped.  I brought up the fact I am handicapped and came to the new state with a handicapped pass.  I was informed that he only gives handicapped passes to people who are in wheelchairs and that does not apply to me (he only gives the pass to people in wheelchairs not age or number of operations).

The interesting (or should I say confusing) statement came as I was leaving.  He said "Make sure you have a primary care physician".  As my PC moved to another state.  Why would he say this if 1)he is not going to operate on me (well not for another 8 months), 2)not going to sign off on handicapped status, and 3)not planning on doing any procedure that requires a primary care physician.

As for the injection and Mobic, they have taken the edge off (just a little).  I can still feel everything moving in my knee and the pain.  So now I am in the hurry up and wait time.  Boy do I hate this.

I hope you had a better weekend than mine...Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 10, 2011, 04:34:09 PM
Well that was all a bit dissappointing to say the least!  For your own sake I would look around for a good primary doc.  He may be able get you the handicap pass.  Going to the market should not be a trial by pain for goodness sake. 

As for me we had a leak in the bath tub (in the wall to the basement, what a great mess!).  So I spent the weekend cleaning that up.  Thankfully it was not too bad, but still more water than needed in the basement.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 14, 2011, 09:07:37 PM
Hello everybody,

Hi Milly...hopefully everything in the bathroom is fixed (glad the clean up was not so bad).  As for me another week of work is over (yes I love my job, and thanks for asking).  I am learning so much.  I was working on another video that was used in trainings today (it went over well) and somebody else created the powerpoint.  The issue I had was delivering modules to different rooms (moving boxes of books up and down the floors...Yes I used the elevators).

I am getting over my disappointment of my OS pushing off surgery.  I can still feel the knee cap shift when I bend and the bone rubbing on metal.  It is worse in the morning (when I get up) and at the end of the day when I am watching news.  I can not believe that I will be "celebrating" my 6 anniversary of the bilateral patella-femoral replacement in 17 days (yes Oct.31 was the day when the PFR occurred).

As for the weekend I have nothing special planned.  Maybe I will surprise the family and take them to the Science Museum.

Take care and enjoy your weekend...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 16, 2011, 12:40:51 AM
Hello all,

Well I did not take the family to the Science Museum.  My wife reminded me that this weekend we have our local apple festival.  So the family went to this instead.  There is food, crafts, arts, stuff for the kids, and rides.  What the festival forgot to inform the public about is the terrible condition of the ground (rain during the week and a sunny weekend makes a great combination for soggy, mushy, slug that looks like mud and grass.  I had a "fun" time trying not to get caught in the thick, sticky mud that we almost everywhere.  (Your shoe would sink into the mud and you really had to pull to get your foot, and shoe, out of the mud).  Needless to say we did not stay long.  You should have seen all the people struggling to walk around (I felt bad for the people in wheelchairs and the parents pushing, or should I say pulling, strollers).  It was amazing to see people covered in mud.  (I would love to see what the field looks like tomorrow after everyone leaves and the place is cleaned up).  What I could not figure out is someone placed hay in certain areas to soak up the water and protect the lawn, but other areas had no hay or a hand full of hay.   My suggestion for next year would be to place hay everywhere prior to setting up.

My wife was not as careful as I was and had mud all over her shoes and pants.  She suggested waring our snow shoes next year.  I thought that was a good suggestion. 

So I am home in bed, typing on my laptop, with a heating pad across my knees.  I am in pain and can not make the journey down the steps to watch TV.  So I will most likely connect to one of several web sites and watch a game online.  I am hoping that my knees cooperate tomorrow.

If all goes well in 9 months I will get some relief.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 25, 2011, 02:25:13 AM
Hello everybody,
Sorry for not posting in awhile.  I am very busy at work.  I have been working on more videos and powerpoints for my boss (he is,was, very impressed with my work).  Also I am creating databases and working with employees on how to effectively use them.  Yes, I still love my job.

What is new and exciting?  I am glad you asked.  I started physical therapy for my left knee today.  The office I go to for PT was confused "I though you had your right knee operated on?" was what was said when I showed up today.  I had a new therapist working with me.  She said "I knew I recognized you from this summer".  Most of the time was spent evaluating my knees.  Move this way, bend the leg, straighten the leg, walk over to the counter and back, bend, lift the leg, and all that other fun stuff.

You know your knee is messed up when the therapist says "stop bending your knee" and starts turning a shade whiter than before.  Or your therapist says that's enough..I am feeling the catching, popping, and kneecap moving (she was holding my leg and knee and she was in pain).  Her words "I am feeling your kneecap moving, I am feeling pain in my knees, so I know you are in pain".

So I came home, made something to eat, took a shower and sat on the sofa.  (I guess the work I took home will wait until tomorrow to get done).  Yes I am in pain.  I hate it when the person examining my knee has to move the cap from side to side and around.  I can feel the grinding in my knee.  (It does not help that the temperature was dropping and it was about to rain).

Other than that nothing new and exciting...Take care...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 27, 2011, 02:48:15 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I am on day 2 of physical therapy.  I have my therapist from after surgery.  Before I get into what happened I need to tell you about our conversation.  We were talking about my knees.  I told her about my last OS appointment.  She said it is a good idea to wait until June, for my surgery.  (I did not tell her about the original plan of surgery in December).  I asked why.  Her response: 1)The surgery you had was something different.  (I asked what she meant).  The type of problem I have/had is not common and the doctor does not know if this was the correct procedure.  A year gives a better tie frame to see if the operation was successful.  2) Also your right knee is recovering and the year mark your leg muscles and knee will be stronger.  (Very interesting).

So I was examined again.  The pushing and poking and moving and shifting of the left kneecap.  What FUN!!!!!!  Again I had a therapist who asked to stop bending my knee.  "Well there is definitely maltracking, you can feel the kneecap catching on something, and you can hear the pop.  So I was given 4 simple exercises to strengthen the leg muscles.  I was brought over to the exercise bike (HA!HA!) to see what I can do.  Again the pop occurred every time I would hit a certain point.  After this my knee was taped up (to help with pain management) and I was placed on the exercise bike again.  Same results (but we expected this).

So now I have a lovely shade of pink tape around my left knee.  (I told the therapist "It is national breast cancer awareness month so I am doing this to support women, and men, everywhere."  Her response "At least you are secure in being yourself."  So now we will wait and see how long the tape will last (both in time and if it bothers me).  Oh...did I say that I have hairy legs.  This is going to be fun to peal off.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 27, 2011, 05:50:52 PM
Interesting conversation alright!  If they tape it next time, can they put the foam stuff under first?  I've used this before, keeps the tape from sticking to your skin (mostly).  Sometimes though I know you need it direct to the skin, so just a thought.  A little baby oil (or olive oil) around the edges and under if you can, will help the tape come off better.  Too bad about the popping with exercise.  That can get very painful.

My right has been doing a lot of that lately.  We have also been moving cubes and offices here, so I am the one that gets to crawl under the desks and hook up the computer.  Needless to say the poor right knee is not too happy with me right now.  The moves are almost done anyway.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 02, 2011, 02:13:32 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I am part of this great northeaster....We have lots of snow, cold weather, laundry, but no POWER!  Yes I am one of the about million without power.  And it looks like its going to be a week until we get power.  We are at a Panera Bread (heat, food, power, internet, etc).  So this is how I get my info from the outside world.

So it has been between 46-54 degrees in the house.  Yes it is colder in my house than outside (during the day).  At night it has been between 18-29 degrees.  YES 40-50s during the day, and 18-29 degrees at night.  No relief in sight.  Power company says all power will be up by Sunday Midnight (I am not counting on this).

Physical therapy for this week is a no go.  No power in the town that my therapist is located in.  As for my knees I am surviving.  My right is better than my left.  I am having difficulty sleeping.  It is soooooooo cold that I wake up, after sleeping several hours, in pain, cramping, and on the verge of tears.  I have to force the leg forward, popping the knee cap, and forcing me to walk around in an icebox (my bedroom...yes you can see your breath).

At 3-4 pm I finally will feel some relief.  This is just in time for the sun to set and the cold temperatures to set in.  What fun.  But it still beats hurricanes and 100 percent humidity.

Take care...I will post again when I have power and internet...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: gocrossfire on November 02, 2011, 06:22:09 PM
Hi Mr. F,
I got on this site to connect with anyone who has had a patellofemoral replacement and learn of their satisfaction/dissatisfaction with the procedure. I am hoping to have both knees done soon.  Arthritis has destroyed most of the cartilage under my patellas, but the femur and tibia are pristine (like a 20 year old as my doctor said (I'm 61)).

So prior to your recent issues, were you satisfied with PFR?  Given a choice, would you have gone for TKR rather than PKR given your subsequent problems?

Hope you get electricity soon.  I was born and raised in the northeast...Which is why I now live in sunny, dry and warm southern Nevada.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Suejs14 on November 03, 2011, 04:22:57 AM
Hmmm, Mr F . . . don't know if freezing your body parts is better than hurricanes and humidity.  I moved from Wisconsin to Florida because I hated frozen body parts - especially if they were mine.  The humidity is good for your skin; it's nice on my knee; and (knock on wood) I haven't had to deal with a hurricane since I moved here in 2005.  Good luck with power, staying warm and mobile.

Sue JS
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 05, 2011, 02:42:21 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I finally got power back.  Several hours later I had to go to work.  I do not understand while everything is closed and close to half the population does not have power I had to go to work.  Such is life.  I was given another powerpoint and video assignment.  Meeting with the team they wanted to create 3-5 more videos.  (Since the storm I have less time to complete my current video assignment...along with whatever my boss gives me and my regular work, plus creating databases).  So I was able to have the extra videos placed on hold until I can complete the current video.

So my left knee was giving me moderate pain, which I can deal with (it is amazing what you can get use to).  Until Friday afternoon when the temperature dropped again.  WOW the pain.  I hate having bone growing around the patella button.  (Imagine bone rubbing on the femur plate).  OUCH!!!!!!!!  Needless to say I am home today.  (I will try to get in some PT today). 

I did complete one work assignment this morning (I love solving problems that frustrate others).  Along with this my son and I are watching Myth Busters.  Interesting episodes.  I just hope he does not try any of these at home.

Take care...enjoy the weekend...and stay warm,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 06, 2011, 10:34:19 PM
Hello all,

Well we ran around today.  I needed to rent a tux for a wedding (in about a month).  Very formal.  We went to one of my favorite clothing stores.  The Men's Warehouse.  If you are tall and thin I recommend you shop here (no I am not paid to say this).  I also got several nice sweaters there (I love when clothes are on sale).  We also went to Target, DWS, Macy's, Payless, Lowes, and 3-4 more local places.   Needless to say my knees are hurting.

Now I am washing clothing.  On my third load of laundry.  That is not the problem.  It is the going up and down 14 steps. 

At least the weather is warming up.  At night it is in the upper 20s, low 30s in the morning, and highs around 60.  (From night in the teens, 20s in the morning, and highs of 40).

Gotta go...my wife just got back from the local supermarket...I will find out what's for dinner.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 11, 2011, 12:14:07 AM
Hello everybody,

I went to physical therapy yesterday.  First off, let me say I have a fantastic therapists.  So we started by using heat to warm up the leg muscles.  Then we moved onto the leg press machine to see how much a can press (using one leg).  I started off at 20 pounds and increased the weight by 5 pounds each time.  I started with my right leg.  20, 25, 30, 35, 40....working my way up 80 pounds (getting tired), 85, 90, 95, and finally 100 pounds (and running out of strength).  So we moved onto my left leg.  On the first rep 80 degrees and pop.  No my knee did not blow out.  I could feel the catching in my knee.  I had my therapist feel my knee and she said "That's all..no more.  Let's move on."

I was put through the paces with quad stretches, bands, lifts, ankle weights, and dips.  After all the exercises I was iced down.  I was hoping that I would not be in too much pain today.  I am experiencing muscle soreness and limited pain.

As for work I still love my job.  Still learn more everyday.  I am getting a new "office" tomorrow.  I try not to spend to much time here.  Out working with others, solving problems, motivating, creating, and getting others involved.  (It is much better than sitting on a computer).

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 14, 2011, 03:01:40 PM
Glad the PT only gave you muscle sore for now.  That's a good thing, since that is what you are tying to work.  I will have a new office too.  Waiting for maintenance to fix up a couple things in it first.  Don't look forward to moving all my equipment though. 

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 14, 2011, 11:57:34 PM
Hello all,

Milly, I just moved my office (I had a shoebox sized office).  I am in the middle of moving everything (and yes I was able to obtain assistance with the heavier items).  Good luck with the move and I hope you enjoy your new office.

As for PT things have been going extremely well.  I am building up my leg muscles.  The down side is that my left knee is still up to its old popping self (at 80 degrees).  I can mess with people's minds when they feel the knee pop.  I have had several therapists and others tell me to stop bending and jerk their hands back in disgust.

I do not have PT this week.  Though I do need it after this weekend of running around (going to the science museum, stores for items for work, shopping, and spending time with my son) and the 6 loads of laundry (also climbing up and down 13 steps...going from floor to floor in the house).

I need to get back to work...several new assignments and a video.  The excitement never ends.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 15, 2011, 06:14:38 PM
I hope the new office is ok too.  I will get a lot of help if I ask for it, so not too worried.

After my last LR I could wiggle my kneecap around, it just grossed the kids out!  It is nice and solid now thank goodness.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 20, 2011, 07:16:22 PM
Hello everybody,

Well this week has been a long and exciting week.  Let me see...where should I start.  I was at a computer/technology training this week.  We are going to implement new software.  So this means more assignments for me (5-7 more).  I also pick up a major task prior to this (we could not find anyone so my boss calls me in and I could tell he did not want to give this to me, such is life).  I still have all my other assignments and task.  So I can say never a dull moment at work.

We all went to a fundraiser this week (my family).  My son wanted to bid on a family pass to one of the local museums.  We won the bid, so that is his birthday gift for this year.  Needless to say he was very excited.

Did you ever have to deal with someone at work who has no idea how to deal with reality?  I moved my office recently (for many reasons).  I searched 2 floors for an empty room.  Once I found one I checked to make sure nobody was using it.  I was given the green light to move.  During the week my boss calls me in and tells me that someone else (who already has an office) wants to use mine for storing things.  Not wanting to cause a problem I went to talk to this person.  After explaining my situation and assuring this person I searched 2 floors, all he was able to come up with is that this is a conspiracy and that I was put up to taking the office.  (I felt like I was dealing with a 2 year old).  After 3 minutes of conspiracy theory I said thank you and left.

Yesterday we surprised our son and took him to a Phineas and Ferb show.  He had no idea what was going on until we walked into the auditorium and he saw the banners and toys (completely shocked).  He had a blast.  (He does not know that I saw him singing and dancing along with the music).

Today is a knee recovery day.  I am taking it easy after 5 loads of laundry, spending time playing with my son, and cleaning the house.  (If you can call that taking it easy).  I will do some PT in about an hour.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 23, 2011, 10:31:09 PM
Hello everybody,

Happy Thanksgiving to all.  I hope you enjoy your time with friends and family...

So I started off this week with some "excitement".  When I woke up Monday I got out of bed, stood up (or attempted to stand up), and fell back into bed.  I do not know what happened but I could not put any pressure on my right leg.  All day look people came up to me and said "you look terrible...you look like you are in so much pain...go home (or go to the doctor)."  Tuesday was not so much better.  At least I had PT. 

I made it though work and finally arrived at PT.  (I knew this must be in my leg muscles because of the location of my pain).  People I worked with thought it was nerve damage.  After examining my legs, checking the location of my pain, and messing with the bones and muscles it was determined that I must have strained the muscles in my leg and need to "work through" the pain....OUCH!!!!!!!!!!!!!

So I have been walking, exercising, and dealing with this pain for 3 days.  (We could not determine what I did to cause this to happen).  We have a wedding on Saturday so I am hoping that the pain subsides so I can have fun with friends and family this weekend.

Other that this nothing exciting and new.  Enjoying the cold weather (if only the rain would stop).  It is nice to have a 4 day weekend.  (Much needed with this new limitation).

Have a fantastic turkey day...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 25, 2011, 06:43:01 PM
Thanksgiving was nice and quite here.  Spent time with my mom and ate too much!  Moved part of my stuff to the new office day before Thanksgiving, but must wait until maintenance has come and fixed the desk before I move more.

Hope the pain subsides so you can enjoy the wedding.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 28, 2011, 01:37:47 AM
Hello everybody,

We got back from a fantastic weekend.  We left Friday and headed to New York.  We arrived early at the hotel so we had time to go to Central Park, walk around, let my son play, and still make it back to the hotel to meet up with family.  Which we brought back to the park for more play time.  Later on we met up with more family and the wedding party for dinner (at least 60 of us).
Saturday we went back to the park and the kids played some more.  We had to be at the Manderian Oriental Hotel early for pictures.  The wedding did not start until late afternoon.  (There was an incredible band playing all of the music).  The ceremony was a mixture of different cultural, spiritual, and religious practices (very interesting and kept you involved in the wedding).  The ceremony was about 1 hour. 
Then there was the dinner and dancing.  And yes I did dance.  Well as much as my knees would let me.  (Yes I am sore today).  The couple that got married went all out (they are involved in the Wedding industry).  It was the most incredible wedding I have ever seen.  As for the band, it was the best wedding band I have ever heard.  (Sounded better than some bands I have seen in concert).
Today we went to the Museum of Natural History.  We walked around for several hours before my wife complained she was getting tired (at least it was not me).  Oh if you are ever in the area try Isabella's for breakfast (I recommend the egg sandwich with Turkey bacon). 

My son passed out about half an hour ago.  So you know he had a fun weekend.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 28, 2011, 04:06:47 PM
Sounds like a wonderful time all around!  Now let that knee recover.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 10, 2011, 10:52:33 PM
Hello everybody,

Well its been some days since my last post.  Work is keeping me busy and on my feet.  Yes, I still love my job.

Unfortunately my knees are not loving it.  I have given up walking with a cane.  Left leg muscles were weakening.  I am not trying to compensate with carrying too much weight on my right leg. 

Physical therapy has come to an end (for the moment).  I have an OS appointment in January and we will go from there.  Wednesday was my last day of PT.  My right leg is starting to make more and more progression.  (It seems like it took forever for the quad muscles to recover).  As for my left leg that is an entirely different story.  Between the catching, popping, and clicking you can only imagine what is going on inside my knee.  Every time they wanted to take a strength test there was some impediment that would stop me from completing one rep of an exercise.  So now I am doing at home PT.

And now the weather is turning.  It is cold (and sometimes rainy).  No snow.  And the left knee has this funky double cracking going.  Either you can feel the knee pop when I bend and then it cracks again when I straiten the leg.  Or the knee pops twice when I bend the leg back and once when I straiten the leg.  (Let the fun begin).

Other than that nothing new and exciting....Just lots of laundry.

Have a fun weekend...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 21, 2011, 11:28:46 PM
Hello everybody,

Wow it has been awhile since I posted.  I have been extremely busy with work.  (Yes I still love my job).  Working on our server, testing, analyzing data, writing programs, working with teams, modeling, mentoring, and scheduling.  (And I sill have my work that needs to get accomplished daily).  Along with all of this we have been experiencing cold...cold weather (and it started to rain today).  So needless to say my left knee is in revolt.  As for my right knee along the surgical scar I am feeling something that should not be there.  I am hoping everything is fine.  (Minimal to no pain in the area...only minor discomfort).

So with the left knee in revolt I have been spending lots of time on the sofa (along with an electric blanket).  The cats love this.  I taught one cat how to press the on button.  So now when my wife comes home from work she finds the cats on the sofa curled up together and the blanket on. 

Being stuck on the sofa has its advantages.  I have been watching some great division 2 and division 3 college football games.  You will never see these players go pro so they play for the love of the game.  The coaches are not making big time money.  So you get to see the game for what it should be....FUN. 

I need to go...wife is calling me.  Have a happy holiday season.

Take care...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 22, 2011, 01:34:27 AM
Happy Holidays! 

Wishing the upgrade waited until after the holidays!  The old PCs don't like the new switches and had to play musical connections to get a couple to stop dropping the network.  Too weird!

The kitties sound a bit spoiled as it should be.  Mine keep getting in the tree!

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 25, 2011, 05:26:21 PM
Hello everybody,

I have a serious question for all you in cyber land.  I have terrible knee pain when I wake up.  The pain ends up in the knee that I sleep the most on (example-if I wake up on my left side, and spent most of the night sleeping on my left side, I have trouble moving my left leg...and placing pressure on the knee).  What bed/mattress would you recommend?

I am in extreme pain and am having difficulty walking, sitting, standing, and moving this morning (If I had pain meds I would be taking them).

Thank you for your suggestions....Happy Holidays, Merry Christmas, and a Happy New Years...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 29, 2011, 08:51:40 PM
Hello everybody,

I guess nobody has a bed/mattress that they could recommend for knee pain relief.  We let me see where should I start.  I have been attempting at home PT.  Is not that I do not want to do PT, its the fact that my knee pops every time I bend it.  (While weight is being applied it hurts even more).  I have an appointment with my OS in a couple of weeks.  I already know that he wants to wait and see (what happens to my right knee), so he will examine the left knee, see what progress (or lack there of), and recommend more PT.  He is going to recommend that I come back in a couple of months for another visit and we will go on from there. 

As for the weather it is getting colder and colder.  Snow is in the forecast.  Which means I will be in more and more pain.  I have been living on the sofa during the day (heated blanket and a heating pad) so I can unfreeze the knee(s).  This is a temporary relief.  Once the heat is turned off my pain comes back withing 5-10 minutes.  No I do not have any pain meds.  The one pill I was given was an anti-inflammatory (which made my acid reflux kick in something fierce).

On a more positive note...today is my brother's birthday.  Also I took my son to the library to meet one of his favorite story characters.  Afterwards we went to the science museum.  Unfortunately we stayed at the museum for 3 minutes (there was a line and the wait to purchase tickets was about 2 hours).  I have never seen this place so packed.  We are planning to go back another day this week.

I am enjoying my time off work.  Sleeping in (if you call waking up at 7:00 or 7:30 sleeping in...normally up around 5:15 to 5:25), not waking up to an alarm clock, and having more than 20 minutes to eat lunch.  Monday will change all of that.  Oh, I got a new assignment during my time off.  So I will be prepping for this.

If I do not get back on line have a fantastic new year and speak to you next year.  Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 30, 2011, 02:31:41 AM
Happy New Year!  Hope the new assignment goes well.  I hope the OS can get your knee figured out.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 05, 2012, 11:42:44 PM
Hello everybody,

Doctor appointment tomorrow.  I can not wait.  I have something new in my stitch scar.  I can feel something that should not be there.  I have no idea what it is.  (Scar tissue???)  So I am hoping to find out what the unknown is.

It is also amazing how the human body adapts to pain.  My left knee is giving me problems.  So, with all the pain and problems over the last year (and then some), my body has now come to terms with this.  I know what I am doing is painful, but the pain is not so bad.   (Yes I can still hear and feel the pop and crackling).  I know my OS will take this as a good sign.  (For once I wish he could feel what I am going through).

Over my holiday vacation my son gave me his cold.  So returning to work was fun.  I had a training today and the building lost power so I was able to go home and rest.  At least I have tomorrow off.  So I can rest and do some PT before my OS visit.

We spent new year's at home.  I do not like being on the road for new year's celebration.  Just a nice family dinner and t.v.

I hope you had a relaxing new year's and take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 06, 2012, 09:55:51 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I went to my OS today and I have a story for you.  Before I get into this story I wish I wrote down what happened to me along the way.  I could have written a book and nobody would have believed this was a true story. I have not told anyone my age.  I am young to have the types, and amounts, of surgery on each knee.  Unfortunately doctors look at me as an age not as a person.  I am in "good" health (except my knees).  I do not complain, cry, or whine.  If my OS said run 3 miles I could do this.  I would be in tremendous pain, and he would not see me cry, complain, or whine.  Because of this I am looked as a hypochondriac.

So today I went to my OS.  I went into x-ray and had 4 different views of my knees.  One view was problematic.  After the 4th x-ray the person finally got the angle correct to see the back of the patella (the sun set view).  Actually this is my favorite since you can see the groove between the patella and the femur.  And yes the right knee had the smooth grove.

I was sent to the little examining room.  So here I was sitting and waiting.  And waiting.  And waiting.  Oh, did I mention waiting.  (I was the last person seen so how come I was kept waiting?)  When the OS came in he went right to the x-rays.  I tried to see them.  I noticed when I moved so did he.  (Everything is done electronically so they were on the computer).  I finally was able to see 2 of them.  (He knows that I can read an x-ray so he does not like me seeing them.  Which is the same of almost all OS I have ever seen). 

He asks me "It was the right knee that I operated on?"  Hello, you have my file, you are looking at my history electronically, and you have to ask me this.  Wow!  He tells me everything looks fine.  Any questions.  (He did not touch my leg, knee, bend anything, ask any questions).  Remember this is a follow up from surgery and a let's see what is going on with the left knee and prepare our plans for what is next (left knee). 

I have felt something not natural in the right knee (along the scar line).  I could not make out what it is (feels like bumps, almost knots).  My therapists felt this and said it was man made.  They were not sure what it is.  My OS felt the area and tells me they are sutures.  They will be in you the rest of your life.  Wow! Thanks for telling me this 6 months post op in a follow up visit.  Not before surgery, a week or two after, or one of my last 2 visits.  Also this area is sore and I have pain sleeping on it.

Well he tells me the pain in my knee could be short term (well if it was short term wouldn't have gone away already), last a couple of years, or I can have this the rest of my life.  Only time will tell.  WTF????????????????  Are you kidding me.  (I am still calm and rational).

At this point he checks my left knee.  Again since I do not complain, whine, or cry (but he can see the look on my face and I am in pain as he manipulates the knee) he feels there is nothing wrong.  Anything else he says.  I tell him that the meds he gave me caused my acid reflux to kick in something fierce after 1 week and that I stopped taking them.  We talked about this and he said there are 5 meds and all have the same side effects. 

I was hoping he would get the hint and talk about my left knee and our new plan.  That was what this visit was for.  I decided on a new hint.  I told him that at physical therapy the left knee would catch and pop at 80 degrees so we worked around this.  He shook his head in agreement.  He said I guess you'll just have to live with this.  WTF????????????????  "I GUESS YOU WILL JUST HAVE TO LIVE WITH THIS."  In other words I refuse to do anything since you are young, I have never seen this problem before, I do not want to deal with you, and/or I am afraid of a lawsuit.  (This is not the first OS to do something like this to me).

So I gathered my things together and head out to the front.  Remember to come back in 6 months he said as he left the room.  I went up to the front of the office, talked to the receptionist, and she gave me a card to call in May (his appointment book was not set up for that far in advance). 

I got home, told my wife about my ordeal, and threw away the card.  Why would I go back to this.  I need a second opinion.  Now the "fun" really begins.  I need to find an OS who will look at me not a number (my age).  The one thing I miss after this move was my OS, at least he listened to me.

And on a totally different event I would like to take my son to the Science Museum this weekend.  That is if my knees let me.  We already made it to our local library.  We saw the pictures they took of an event last weekend we went to.  And yes we made it in some of the pictures.

Take care and have an adventurous weekend,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 09, 2012, 02:32:14 PM
No pun intended but I feel your pain.  Before I had my PFJR my prev OS suggested I take pain pills and come back in 10 years for a TKR.  At least he did say there was no more he could do surgically for me at this point in time.  So I went hunting for a new OS. 

My trouble is not that I found him, we have new insurance he does not take, so am waiting and trying to figure out what to do with my right knee.

Good luck finding anohter OS.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 22, 2012, 03:17:37 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry for not posting in awhile.  Work, work, work, and more work.  Also I was sick and running around with the family.  I still am enjoying my job.  I have been given 2, possibly, 3 more new charges.  One is working on a website (just got this charge yesterday).  Let the fun begin.

So I wanted to post some updates.  I am still on the hunt for a new OS.  After being blown off I am a little weary about recommendations (I am much younger than most people who had replacements so age is a factor).  I have talked to a couple of friends who are calling around for me.

This week we got hit by snow so I have had the fun of shoveling us out.  Not so bad this year.  Last year we had 3-4 feet of snow.  It is warming up so some of the snow melted and we are heading out soon.

Which brings me to the next update.  I have been waking up with terrible knee pain.  So today we are going mattress shopping.  Hopefully we can find a mattress that helps reduce knee pain.  (No recommendations for this).

Well I have to go breakfast is calling.....Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 28, 2012, 04:58:53 AM
Hello everybody,

Well let me see...where do I start.  I believe one of my supervisors must have felt pity for me.  He ended up falling at work.  We talked and he said it looks like the knee is bruised.  He gets his MRI results next week.  I guess he never realized I had both knees replaced, so he is waiting on the results and then we will meet again.

As for my need charges at work.  One never got started since the accident (mentioned above).  And the second one was postponed until Monday.  As for the third it has been hectic.  New work, presentations, and follow-up daily.  On top of this new programs and databases.  The fun never stops.

I have been so busy I have not had the opportunity to seek out a new OS.  And this is coming back to "kick" me in the knee.  (I am serious).  Today when I got home from work I was getting ready to go out to dinner with the family.  My wife was on the computer and I was walking towards our bedroom when "CRACK", and down I went.  I felt my left knee give and I could not put pressure on it.  (It felt like someone hit or kicked me in the knee).  So all night I have been dealing with the terrible pain.  (I had my son feel my knee when I tried to bend it and he was disgusted with all the cracking and popping in the knee).

The good news is we are getting our new bed tomorrow.  I will keep you posted on the type of bed and how it impacts my knees.  I do not want to post anything about the bed until I have slept on it for awhile.  Then I will tell you all about it.  (If it is as comfortable as it was in the store I will finally wake up with no knee, and related back, pain.

The excitement for this weekend so far is my knee pain, the bed being delivered tomorrow, and five loads of laundry (and 2-3 more loads waiting).  I did clean out what I take to work and lighten my load to a third of the weight.  My back, neck, and knees were thanking me.  Wow the stuff I carried around.  (I found at least 3 books, tons of paper, a serge protector (for the computer, LCD, speaker, and printer in my office), and 4-5 legal pads.  (Not to mention the laptop, power cord, 4 folders from trainings, paperwork on the new software and database, along with other miscellaneous items).

Well this is all for now.  To all of you who are reading this have a fantastic weekend.  Go out and enjoy so quality time with your family.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 29, 2012, 04:39:06 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I said I was not going to post any information about the new bed for awhile....But I had the best night's sleep in years.  Wow what a difference.  (I am not going to post the name of the company or anything like this...yet).  I know the bed is 1 day old but here are the ways it has helped: 1) Less, severely less, knee pain.  The major pain I have is in my right knee where my OS left stitches in my leg.  2) Lower back-wow no pain from pressure points in the mattress.  3) Ease of comfort and falling asleep.  4) Finally no tossing and turning.

I slept about 10 hours last night.  (Normally I sleep 5-6 hours).  What a difference a good night's sleep makes.  Oh, I forgot to mention one benefit for us knee people.  The foot of the bed is adjustable.  We moved our feet up and this impacts sleeping.  Also after surgery no pillows under the legs (which can be moved by tossing and turning).

Have a fantastic day...I am....

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 10, 2012, 01:45:56 AM
Hello everyone,

Well its been awhile since I posted.  I am still loving the new bed.  It is a memory foam bed.  I do not experience the pain of the regular mattress (not the same pressure points as a regular bed).  My back is feeling so much better.  No knee pain when I roll during the night.  And a much better night's sleep.

As for my left knee.  WOW I AM IN PAIN.  I have no idea what happened.  The other day at work I started to feel the pain level rise.  And today it new heights.  During lunch 2 people came to my office to talk.  One was telling me about his move in March and the other was checking on a lunch we are scheduling for next week.  I moved to my left and bent my left leg....pop, pop, pop went my left knee.  After his I have had difficulty walking and standing on my left leg.  (It got so bad I am using my cane).

I had a meeting after work Monday, Wednesday (a 13 and a half hour work day), and today.  It was difficult to remain focused and on task.  The pain is consuming my thoughts.  When I got home I was thinking about going to a hospital.  I hope I do not have trouble falling asleep.

I am going to call hospitals tomorrow to see if I can get a recommendation for an OS.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 12, 2012, 03:53:36 PM
Hello everybody....

I have a question for all of you out in cyber land.  I am going to get a second opinion on my left knee.  Unfortunately all the doctors that are recommended work out of the same practice.  (I have been told of 4 doctors that have operated on people who are younger with knee problems, talked to them, and had very good results).  Normally this would be fantastic news.  BUT I have already seen two doctors out of this practice.  I set up an appointment with one of these doctors (not for another month).  I am thinking about how I should approach these issues: 1)continuing knee problems, 2)bad advice from the doctor (play any sports, no limitations, no impact on implants), and 3)doctor's bedside manner (attitude towards himself and others).

Yes I am looking for another doctor outside of this practice.  Unfortunately this group has the best OSs in my area.  I am looking out of state and asking around.  I have been given the names of hospitals, not doctors.  I do not want to drive 2-4 hours (one way) to end up with the same doctor blowing me off attitude (age related) I can get here.

Thanks for the advice...
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 19, 2012, 02:49:23 PM
Hello everybody,

Well this week has taken a turn for the worse.  My left knee is now "going".  I am having a difficult time standing and walking.  During the week my knee popped 3 times when I moved my left leg during lunch.  Since then I have been in pain.  (Knowing that I have had 7 operations, 2 knee replacements, and dealing with knee issues almost 70% of my life this lets you know how bad it really is). 

Since my old OS told me "I will just have to deal with it", I have been on the hunt for a new OS.  I have been on-line, asking friends and family, and co-workers for recommendations.  I finally found a new OS.  The down side is that I have to wait another month for my appointment.

The pain in my knee has become so bad that I am passing out on the sofa when I get home from work.  On Friday I called my new OS about what he can do.  Unfortunately his office gave me the answer I thought they would.  "Since you have not seen the doctor we can not prescribe any medications".  (I figured this would be the case because he does not want a lawsuit).  I was hesitant, but caved and called my old OS.  After waiting over an hour I finally got a call back with the answer that he would call in an NSAID, Mobic.  (This is how "fantastic" my old OS is...He gave me Mobic in December and I had to stop taking it after 3 days...acid reflux.  What makes this even worse is that I had a January appointment and we talked about this.  Great listening skills, note taking, and keeping my records current).  So the nurse changed the meds to another NSAID.  (Not working)

Oh...I forgot to mention that I woke up at 2 am on Friday to find that I could not move my left leg (knee was stuck).  It took some time put I got a nice crack and pop out of the joint and I could not fall asleep after that.  (I call my left knee the rice crispy knee.  If you are not sure why go to youtube and play a rice crispy commercial, what is their catch line?  That is how my knee feels).

So here I am today in unbelievable pain.  I can not get comfortable.  Every time I move my leg I can feel the knee shake and pop.  It does not help that the weather is cold and somewhat overcast.  I am going to call an urgent care center today to see if I can make an appointment and see what they can do.

Fun...Fun...Fun...

I hope you have an enjoyable weekend...spent it with friends, family, or someone you love... Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 20, 2012, 03:04:21 AM
I am sorry to hear about your knee issues.  I hope the new OS can do something for you.  It's too bad you have to wait so long to see him. Maybe urgent care will be able to get you a stop gap of some kind.  Hope you get something positve soon.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 20, 2012, 03:15:15 AM
Hi Milly,

How are you doing?  I am glad to see your post.  The pain meds I was given are a stop gap measure to make it through until I can be seen by a new OS.  It did take some of the edge off (for several hours).  The main downside is that you can not drive, work, or think on your feet when you are on this type of medication.  (Also you can become addicted, become reliant on them, and go through withdrawal if you are not careful.  This is why I take one a day).
Through all of this I try to keep a positive outlook.  I know that this is a temporary issue.  I will find an OS who will work with me and that I will get relief soon.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 24, 2012, 01:28:20 AM
Hello everybody,

Well yesterday I walked and walked and walked.  I do not know the actual miles I walked but it was amazing.  (Along with chasing buses).  I did enjoy a good meal with a co-worker, other people, and our boss.  It was great to get out and have so fun during the day.

Unfortunately I came home and could not walk.  I was stuck on the sofa with ice packs and pain meds.  It was very difficult to hold a conversation with my and son.  All I could hear was blah...blah...blah.  It was difficult sleeping.  I could not get comfortable.  Rolling to my left put pressure on my bad knee.  Rolling to my right and I put pressure on my recovering knee (bad news...I spent most of the day applying more pressure to my right knee to assist with taking some pain away from my left knee).

When I woke up today I was moving slow.  My right knee was feeling much better.  My left knee was still in pain.  Today I was moving slowly (feeling the pain).  I am looking forward to this weekend for some down time with my son.  We are going to build (hopefully) a water rock.  We are planning out our design and launcher.  Should be fun.  (Just need to find an open field to launch it...and away to store water so we can launch the rocket several times).

Have a fantastic day and a fun weekend...Enjoy your Friday,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 29, 2012, 11:58:32 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am sorry for not posting in awhile.  I have been very busy at work.  New presentations, databases, power points, ideas, trainings, etc.  On top of all of this my knee is killing me.  I passed out on the sofa today.  The pain in my left knee was unbarable.
Oh, I forgot I got a new toy.  Well I was loaned a new toy.  I am playing on right now.  My boss gave me an iPad to see what it is capable of, how we can use it at work, and reengage those who need motivation.  I am loving the iPad.  (And now the news that the new iPad 3 is coming out March 7).
Besides this nothing is new and exciting here.   Oh, do to inclement weather my son and I never had the opportunity to make a water rock, and possibly a launcher for the water rocket.
Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 01, 2012, 01:33:55 AM
New toys are fun!  I have a new laptop at home and am liking it so far.  What would the iPad be used for at your office.  Can you do word processing on it out of the box?  Just wondering as I have not had the chance to play with one.

Too bad you did not get to make the rocket.  Sounds like fun!

We are working on a big system conversion still.  Lots of leg work for me in the next few weeks.  Not sure how happy the back and right knee are going to be, but will find a way.  The new system sounds interesting, but will wait and see.

Hope you can get the rocket launched this weekend.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 03, 2012, 01:18:26 AM
Hello everybody,
Milly it is great hearing from you.  Sounds like you will be busy at work.  Hopefully your knee and back wont let you down.  Which laptop did you get?

The iPad does not come with Microsoft products.  There is a great app called Docs to Go.  You get word, PowerPoint, excel, and access for about $17.  I have been playing with this for about two days and I have found out how to create useful documents and presentations.  I was at a traing yesterday using my iPad (while others were taking notes).  So I could research topics, create documents, take pictures or videos, and e mail them to all present.  (There are some slight differences between what a laptop can do and what the iPad can do).

Another app I purchased is for FileMaker Pro.  I can create a database and sync it with my iPad and run the database from my iPad. Or I can connect to a server and run the database.  Very cool app.

As for my knee that is another story.  I am sure anyone with knee problems is tired of hearing this (or feeling this), I hate arthritis.  My arthritis has kicked in something fierce.  I asked this all day, does anyone have a hacksaw?  I feel a very bad night coming on.  Either that or I will pass out in pain.

Since horrible weather is predicted this weekend it looks like the water rocket is put back on hold.  All we need is some sunny weather.  We do not care if it is cold or not.

Well have a fantastic weekend and enjoy some time with friends and family....

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 03, 2012, 01:53:34 AM
I got a toshiba satellite with an AMD quad processor for a bit o101aming at home.  Love the backlight on the keyboard, makes typing in darker areas so much easier.  It also has the keypad.  The ipad apps sound pretty cool.  I can see some possibilities, but trying to convince folks that it it not magic right out of the box.  Got the basic conversion stuff worked out with the new windows server, next week we put all the PCs on the new domain.  Working on adjusting the meds for pain and been a bit more comfortable.  Just hope all the leg work does not kick up the arthritis.  Know how it goes, it really stinks.  The weather is quite cold and damp today so the pain is a bit more than usual.

Wonder if there is some sync process or app for Access and the iPad?

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 05, 2012, 12:49:24 AM
Hello everybody,

Milly the back lighting so the keyboard lights up is a fantastic idea.  At work we have motion sensors, and my desk is not near one, so I have to get up and walk around so I can have light to type.  (Yes if someone comes in that does not happen).  When my door is closed and I am busy working I forget about the motion detector and have to get up and move about.  (If I do not close my door then people are constantly coming in and calling).  People always comment on my phone ringing, e-mail binging, cell phone going off, and the amount of people in my office during one day.  I always joke and say if I had a dime for every interruption I would be a millionaire.

There are many ways to sync with an iPad.  Like other Apple products once you sync to a certain type of computer you can not sync to another (iPad to Mac or iPad to PC).  I have a Mac at home and a PC at work.  I synced the iPad to the Mac and now I need to find away to sync it to the PC.  If you drive a lot you can use the iPad as a GPS, use Pandora music, and anything else you need while traveling.  I am looking into educational uses, movie and music services, presentation software, etc.

As for my knee it is somewhat better today.  At least I can walk without yelling.  I did 5 loads of laundry.  I was going to drive to Office Depot to get a VGA SVGA LCD Monitor Extension Video Cable.  I decided not to go since I did not want to take a chance and hurt myself (cold, raining, and icy outside).  I will see if we have an extra one at work.

After spending most of the weekend on the sofa I am hoping that tomorrow is a better day at work.  Meetings in the morning, around noon, and after work.  Let the fun begin.  I need to bring a set of ear buds and play some good music to get me through some of these.

Take care.
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 06, 2012, 02:17:22 AM
Started the desktop conversions today.  Lots of excitement!  Hopefully now that we have the hang of it, things will roll faster tomorrow.

Wish I had and iPad to fool with to see if it would be of benefit at work, but at 500-600 each, they are still as much as a basic laptop.  So not sure if it would be worth the swtich yet or not.   Funny we had a user wanting to sync her iPod to her work, home PC and home Mac computer too.  Never did figure this out.

I work with task lights only at work so I tape off my motion sensor so the big bright lights don't come on and blind me.  LOL  I prefer less light, as I am more that a bit photosensetive.  Know how all the bells and buzzes can get to some people. just part of my job.  It all fades into the background for me.

Once I get the conversion at work done, will likely play catch up on the other stuff that I could not get to.  I also think I will have to work on converting all our Access databases from 2000 to 2010.  There are so many!  Well it will keep me busy.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 07, 2012, 12:26:13 AM
Hello everybody,

Milly sounds like you will be kept busy for some time. I do not know if you can sync an iPad to a Mac and a PC.  If the person has a WiFi connection only he/she can teather a cellphone to e iPad and it will be able to connect to the Internet anywhere there is cell phone coverage.  Now that is cool (no you do not need an iPhone).  You need a smartphone or an android. 

Yesterday my boss gave me a new charge that seemed somewhat impossible.  The databases we are using were created by a company that has no idea how we work.  Some output is in PDFs (when I next excel sheets... using it with FileMaker ), excels when I need pds, and if you can figure out how it is programmed you can create custom databases.

As for me I am surviving daily.  My knee is allowing me to make it through the day and home.  I spend most of the night on the sofa.

I have a meeting after work that could lead to something interesting later on this year.  Also I am training a friend at  work on new technology.  It feels good to assist others and welcome them into the 21st century.

I got to mess around more with the iPad.  I presented a PowerPoint, used the iheart radio app, incorporated 2 other apps, pictures, and misc other functions into my presentations.  And yes I heard "so are you trying to show off" coming from people in the audience.  Was exciting to be the first to use this technology in a presentation.

Other than this nothing exciting and new....

Take care,
Mr.F

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 08, 2012, 09:17:49 PM
Exhaused!  Got a few stragglers on the conversion and a couple of apps that need tweaking with new profiles and settings.  All in all not too bad.  A lot of where do I find???  But not terrible, most hate the new e-mail etc.  I will give them a few weeks and once the changes sink in most of the complaints should die down.  Much smoother that I planned so I am pleased.  Still some mopping up to do.

I like to play with the tech first myself. That's one reason I went into IT after all.  Knee is holding out ok.  The right one that is, a bit peeved at night but not too bad. The left with the partial is not having any trouble being run around.  So glad of that too.

I don't think you can sync the iPad to two machines of any flavor, you could not with the iPod.  You must diable one machine for it to work on the other machine.  We had that when my daughter got a new laptop and we moved her iPod from the family computer to the laptop.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 10, 2012, 11:26:49 PM
Hello everybody,

Milly glad to hear the knee is holding up through all the work you are doing.  Sounds like a major undertaking (both on your knees and for the company you work for). 

I made it through my week of [email protected] and preparing for another one.  Work, meetings, trainings, prepping  power points for others, embedding video, making sure that the slide transition seamlessly so it looks like a move, starting and stopping the video to show important points, adding music (and the person presenting had no idea what she wante...about an hour to pick one song), and conducting surveys.  That is how my week ended and I have a similar beginning this week.  Fun, fun, fun.

On top of all of this my left knee is killing me.  (I had trouble sleeping last night).  I am just glad it is the weekend and I am not running around for 9-11 hours at work.

Today I went with my wife to a yarn shop.  She is knitting several projects and needed more yarn.  It was nice to spend some time together.  (I passed out on the way home do to knee pain).  I am trying not to take pain meds because the limited time I did, I was getting use to it (only at night). 

I have several weeks until I have my OS appointment.  I am hoping the new doctor will be able to help me.

Take care and enjoy your weekend...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 11, 2012, 11:38:20 PM
Hello everybody,

Well in the middle of laundry....laundry...and more laundry (working on my fifth load).  Watching college basketball.  Some great games today (SEC and ACC games). 

Started off the moning going out to breakfast with my family.  Then it was off to BJs.  Wait we had to go to Target.  We were not done.  Next we went to a loca supermarket.  I thought finally we will be heading home so I can start laundry.  No such luck.  Coffee was calling to my wife, so we had to stop and get a cup.  What started out as a simple family breakfast became a day of running around.

After experiencing winter warnings, freezing mornings, and possible snow Friday night I was able to go out and toss a football with my son.  (And I am in shorts).  I am looking forward to this week's weather.  Warming up significantly warmer.

Well the laundry is calling me, so have a great night.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 13, 2012, 09:01:51 PM
Hello everybody,

Well were do I start.  OK.  Yesterday I am at work talking with some people.  We are finishing up our conversation.  I get up to through something out.  I take a step by to check my phone.  At the same time a person in the room in walking backward (not facing me) finishing the conversation.  He spins around and , I need a Batman BAM, he slams into my right knee and leg.  At the moment it happened I was in very little pain.

After work I had a workshop.  Which was very informative.  I get home to a call from my sister.  Some family issues.  My family put the fun in dysfunctional.  At this point I guess the pain has not totally sunk in.  Several hours later I take my meds and go to sleep.

This morning was a totally different situation.  I could not put much pressure on the leg.  I went to work today and made it though the day.  (And yes I did get paperwork for work men's compensation).  I feel I will need to see one of the OSs on this plan.  What is amazing, and still holds true, no matter what my knees do not swell.  I am in so much pain.  Yet my knee looks like it did what I had no problems.  (If a doctor looks at my knee he/she is going to think I am making this problem up).  I just hope I do not need another operation.

So much for having fun this weekend.  I was looking forward to making a water rocket with my son.  We are planning on how to make the rocket and a launcher.  If the pain is not so bad we might be able to make these.

Well that is all for now....in extreme pain but still trying to smile.

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 14, 2012, 04:20:43 PM
I don't usually swell up either so quite often I am not believed either.  So I know how you feel there.  Hope whatever happen to the knee settles down for you.  Yeah the "shop" doc is not alway helpful especially since the knee already has quite a history.   Hope the weekend turns out ok for you.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 14, 2012, 09:15:36 PM
Hello everybody,
Milly, it is always great to hear from you.  I hope all is well with the new server, e-mail, and apps are all well.  Well enough so you are not running around.

So today I was supervising several items at work today.  Lots and lots of time on my feet.  So I am sitting on the sofa with ice bags on my knees.  Freeze the pain away.  I feel it starting to kick in.  Five minutes with the ice.  Later tonight pain meds.  I an see the weekend...ice, sofa, chicken, and college basketball.

I am going to say good-bye for now.  In pain and having difficulty thinking.

Have a fantastic night...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 15, 2012, 09:03:48 PM
Yeah things are slowing down and folks have found their "stuff", just some bits of clean up.  I think tomorrow I can even relax a bit at work.  Not much because of course 4 laptops went down during the transfer.  2-3 need reformatting (joy!).  Ah well keeps me in a paycheck and most days I really like it.

Hope the knees are better this weekend.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 15, 2012, 10:19:44 PM
Hello all,

Milly have fun with the formatting.  Glad to hear most all the technology is up and running.

The knees are still hanging in there.  I had a meeting after work today.  I forgot my cane at home.  So all day people were commenting, looks like you are feeling better...no cane.  Just because you are walking does not mean you are not in pain.  Also I am smiling.  I know sounds strange that you are in epic pain yet you are smiling and have a sense of humor.

I am glad to be at home and out of my dress shoes. Yes I have a sort of custom pair of dress shoes.  So I am looking forward to the weekend and college basketball.  Maybe, yes maybe we will get to build the water rocket.

If not I know my son will be on my iPad playing Gardens in Time, Angry Birds, and 3 other games.

Take care and have fun this weekend,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 16, 2012, 08:36:48 PM
I found that if I don't keep trying to keep up the sense of humor and smile as much as I can, it all starts to get overwhealming.  Of course I am walking because I have to, cane or not..so maybe I don't feel better.

Know how that goes.  Hope the weekend is good and you can build the rocket finally.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 17, 2012, 11:04:15 PM
Hello everybody,

Well my son and I are preparing to build our water rocket.  We researched the parts for a launcher today.  We are planning to build tomorrow.  Overcast weather, so we need to work outside and did not want to get rained on.

I wanted a family day, so we all went out to breakfast.  From here we went to a seaquarium.  We had a great day.  Weather was slightly overcast, and no rain.  The overcast weather made it comfortable when walking around.  We had fun.

From here we went to Ikea.  Wife and son needed some items so they got to shop.  I waited in the cafeteria area.  Knees were starting to hurt.  By the time we got home I was in some discomfort. 

Now it is laundry time...5 loads.  On top of this my son and I are playing several different games on the iPad.  Yes he is an Apple fanatic, like his father.  Every time I pick up the iPad he asks can we check to see if there is an app for ....  It gets annoying after the fifth time in a day.  (He does ask for some interesting items).

Well that is all for now.  Most likely icing the knees later.

Enjoy your weekend and watch lots of college basketball...I have been.  Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 18, 2012, 10:32:31 PM
Hello everybody,

T minus 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, wait a minute.  So today we had fantastic weather.  Little man and I decided today was the day to build the water rocket.  So we start our journey at Walmart.  We get our valve stems, electrical ties, and bicycle pump.  We pay and head out to Home Depot.  Along the way I realize we forgot the two 2 liter bottles and a funnel.  So we stop at a local supermarket and get the missing items.

No off to Home Depot.  Now for the imortang items.  We find some help and get down to the major items: a ten foot PVC pipe (we get it cut 4 times...5 parts), 2 end caps, a 2 inch section on a bigger PVC pipe, a clamp, PVC cement, duct tape, teflone tape, and a t juction.  The guys helping us were really into this.  So we need to go back and explain our success or failure.

From here we went out and got something to eat.  By the time we got home it was around 2 pm.  So we get our tools we need and some plastic bags to contain our mess and get to work.  One end cap and one section glued together.  Well that was easy.  Next the t junction.  We glue one end in and we are looking for another peice, small section, of PVC.  Wait it does not fit.  I look in and one part is threaded.  We need unthreaded.

So off we go to a local Ace Hardware.  We find the correct t junction, a saw, and some sandpaper.  We pay and head home.  I cut off the part the is not needed.  We glue the t in place and we are on our way.  Next we need to add the end cap with the valve stem in it.  I open the pack of valve stems.  Take one out and try to pull it through.  Now way...the valve stem does not fit.  (I checked it and it should fit).

So now we have to find a store that has valve stems.  So I go online and look up loca auto parts stores.  I find one less than a mile away.  I pull out my cell phone and make the call.  The signal fails.  Not once, twice, but three times.  I move around the front yard.  No bars and no connection.  What is going on.  I open my cell phone connections to see the network has been turned off.  How did this happen?  I have no idea.  I got my reception back. 

The first place I called was a general automotive store.  Good they should have the part we need.  I get a person on the phone.  He had no idea if the store has a valve stem.  He checks...do we have valve stem covers.  I say...not the cover, but the actual valve stem.  He checks again.  Nobody in the store has any if they carry valve stems.

I find a store within four miles.  This time they have valve stems.  We head out again.  Our frustration level is at an all time high.  We get to the store.  I show them the end cap and explain what we are building.  One gentleman gets a valve stem and it fits perfectly.  We go to pay and they say it's on the house.  We thanked them and headed home.  Our luck is changing.

We get home and start our work again.  This time things are going much better.  The parts are going on and fitting with no problems.  We are done glueing everything.  So now we have to work on the launch release device.  We need to make some slight modifications and it looks like everything is going well.  At this point I look down and see that the PVC cement has spilled everywhere (it was contained to the plastic bags).  Final attachments and taping and we are ready.

Little man and I filled up a 2 liter bottle with some water.  We take it outside.  We place the bottle on the end of the launcher, stand it up, and attached the bicycle pump.  Little man pumps up the pressure and nothing.  Wow all of this for nothing.  I disconnect the pump.  Rest everything and try it.  After some pumps I hear the pressure building up and with the pull of a string....pop...the bottle takes flight.  Water spraying a path along the cars and grass.  It's a success.

We grabbed several bottles and filled them with water , our launcher, pump, and bottles.  We headed out to the local elementary school (big open field).  We had three successful launches.  We discussed them and we came up with some slight modifications.  Overall a fun day.

We are planning more launches this coming weekend.

I hope you had a fun and exciting weekend...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 21, 2012, 11:46:42 PM
Hello everybody,

So here I sit on the sofa with a confused heart.  I need advise.  (Let me set the stage so you can provide feedback).  Today I had an appointment with a new OS.  I was looking forward to this appointment.  I was told how great he is, how he fixes what others mess up, and how he helps others.

So I went to the appointment.  I get there early to fill out paperwork.  Not much was needed this time.  I get sent back pretty quick.  After about 7-10 minutes the nurse comes in and asks questions.  She was very attentive, taking notes, and (in my opinion) was one of the most professional person I delt with.  She leaves the room and I wait, and wait, and wait, and wait, and wait.

The doctor comes in and appoligizes for the wait.  He looks through my chart and old x-rays.  He asks questions about my past 2-3 surgeries.  He asks about medications.  And then he examines both legs and knees.  As we talk he is saying what he feels.  He goes on to tell me that he would not operate on me.  He says that what the surgery may provide (limited relief of pain) does not out weigh the long term affects.  He mentions the very slim possibility of infection and problems in my implant.  He goes on to mention the Hippocratic Oath, and that there could be harm so he can not operate.  (Have you every heard of a doctor saying this?).   

We talked some more.  He mentioned pain management, acupuncture, or alternative medicine.  He said that I will be dealing with this the rest of my life.  I asked about knee brace, at what point does he recommend operating, or anything else to deal with the pain.  No suggestion on a brace, no way would he give a situation when he would operate, and he differed to the three items mentioned previously.

What amazes me is that these doctors say I am not handicapped, yet they tell me I will have knee issues, problems, difficulties the rest of my life.

So my question is what would you recommend that I do next?  I am thinking about calling my health insurance and see if there is a nurse I can talk to, find a research hospital and see what they can do, contact a pain management company, and talking to me friend who is a nurse.

Well that was my exciting day...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 22, 2012, 02:17:28 PM
Here are my two cents for whatever they may be worth.  I can at least appreciate the doc saying he does not want to cause further harm.  That is not necessarily a bad thing.  I had an OS tell me there was no more he could do for me surgically and I could respect that.  I kept searching and seeking other opinions until I found and OS that I believed could help me. 

It may not be a bad idea to seek out pain management to at least make an attempt to get the pain more controlled.  Chronic pain is not easy to deal with and it wears you down.  Even if all that it succeeds in doing is masking the pain, at least that part will be one less hurdle to struggle with.  You also need to be realistic about the kinds of meds that control your pain.  I think there are few that really want to take strong narcotics, but sometimes that is what will make the pain manageable.  There are issues with other providers when you take them too.  You get labeled quite often and dismissed sometimes, but you much do what is right to control YOUR pain.  Not the pain some else thinks you have.  In the meantime I would do as you said and check into a teaching hospital or other OSs and get other opinions.  It can take a while to find the right one.  I have had some luck with a couple OTC braces, not ideal but they are helpful.  Maybe a PT can reccommend one?  I have had docs in the past dead against braces of any kind, so...it happens.  Keep researching it.

I have found personally on any funtionality questionaires that you be very honest in reporting things you can do.  For example if there is a question about being able to climb stairs don't leave it at a Yes check mark, explain that yes I can but I avoid them whenever possible and when I use them I have terrible pain and cannot properly go foot over foot... I think you get the idea.  You really have to point out the limiitations. Make sure you indicate what you cannot do as well.  If walking from a parking lot causes lots of pain make sure to say so.  I think we tend to be too positive on these things and they get a skewed idea of our true functional level.

Being in a lot of pain is difficult.  Quality of life becomes compromised and we need to fight for it. I hope this helps.  Good luck in your search.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 22, 2012, 11:31:44 PM
Hello everybody,

Milly that you for the recommendations.  When I fill out surveys or talk to a doctor or nurse I always tell them what I am going through, my pains, issues, concerns, limitations, etc.  That has not helped with the doctors up here.

As for the new OS yesterday he contradicted himself.  He said most of his work is knee revision.  Yet he tells me he would not do my revision because of the chance of infection (because I have an implant).  So he will open other people up and work on their replacements, and risk infection, and my problem is a no go.  And he made comments about my 2005 replacements.  He said he would not operate on me in 2005.  Yet he did not view one x-ray of my knees from 2005.  He had no idea what my knees were like in 2005.  (My wife was telling me that after the surgery, 2005, the OS came out and talked to her and said the damage was much worse than expected).  The new doctor said the last 3 operations were not needed.

What was amazing he did not take an x-ray of my knees.  The one x-ray he put up was on from Jan 2012 (two and a half months ago).  And it was the strait of view.  If you looked at my x-rays, the same view, in June 2011 they would look the same.  The one view that was needed was, and is, the sunset view.  He did not look at that one.  He did not have a new sunset and compare the two x-rays.

As for pain management I will not, outright refuse, the heavy drugs.  I will not be drugged out of my mind.  I will not become addicted, a junkie.  I want to be able to know if I did some more damage to my knee.  If you are drugged up you can not feel this.

What is interesting last year at this time my knee x-ray did not show the issue.  By April and May the knee cap started to move (mall-tracking of the knee).  I believe that my left knee is in the same spot as my right knee.  I feel in the next 2 months there will be changes.  My left knee is proceeding at about the same rate as my right knee. 

Next week I have some time off of work.  I will be contacting research hospitals and seeing what can be done.  Unfortunately I have to cross one off the list before I get started.  The OS I went to yesterday trains doctors at one research hospital.  Bummer.

I have no problem with a doctor not operating.  Give me important information and let me be informed.  No x-rays, crazy assertions, and an excuse that means I will never operate on you is not what I waited an hour and half for.  You could have done this in 5 minutes.

Take care...and enjoy the weather,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 23, 2012, 03:39:26 PM
I hear what you are saying.  Frusterating to say the least.  I would have expected an OS to take or order new x-rays myself, so agree with you there - get a whole new set before you see me.  As for pain meds, if you take them as directed and with a docs supervision most will not become a junkie; your body gets used to them like many meds and a controlled taper needs to be done.  Same thing with many other drugs; there are quite a few you should not stop.  You are not a junkie the body just does not adjust well to having certain things taken away abruptly is all.  I can understand the concern with for sure.  Any powerful drug needs respect.  You are right that the drugs cover the pain, but amount of pain is not always a good indicator for amount of damage.  I would not want to be over medicated either.  It's tricky thing.  It is also quite discouraging to feel like you wasted your time.  Each doc has their own protocol and opinion.  Have you had TKRs or just partial replacements I cannot remember?  I know many docs won't touch anything after a couple revisions with TKRs.

Good luck with your research.  It is so hard to find the right OS especially when you are a "difficult" or non standard case.  Not having the quality of life you want to have can be a real downer.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 25, 2012, 04:52:54 PM
Hello everybody,

Good to hear from you Milly.  I am not saying everyone on pain pills/pain killers are junkies.  I am saying what the medical companies who make the pills put in chemical combinations, if you are not careful, can make you addicted to the medications.  If you take 1 to 2 cycles you need to stay on the meds for 30-60 days or go through withdrawals.  (Similar to being a junkie).  I have had to many doctors prescribe heavily narcotic (opium or morphine based...or synthetic opium or morphine).  I refuse to take these.

On a happier note...yesterday we modified the water bottle launder.  We traded out the connectors (air tight...not loosing air pressure now) and enlarged the straps that keep the bottle on the end of the launcher (again keeping in more air pressure).  Much better launches.  More air pressure is being kept in the bottle.  We got soaked when the bottle launches.  (It was in the mid 50s yesterday).

This week the weather has been fantastic.  In the 70s and 80s, sunny, and a slight breeze.  Now that it is the weekend its in the low 50s, overcast, and raining.  This week the weather is in the 40s and 50s.  I finally have time off and the weather is going to be overcast, windy, and cold.  I just wish we would have better weather for this upcoming week.

We are hoping to go to the local park, this time with my wife, and launch the water bottle.  This time we will get video of the launches.  We are waiting to see if the rain goes away.

Well that is all for now.  Get out and have some fun with the family.  Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 26, 2012, 02:47:43 PM
Sounds like the water rocket project is a great success. Too bad the soaking part had to be on such a cold day!  Would be great fun on a hot summer day.  Seems like the poor weather days fall most on days off of work.  Not sure how that works, but seems to be the case.  Have fun with the water rockets.  Hope the knees are behaving enough to really enjoy the family time.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 26, 2012, 10:15:49 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I have some time off.  So today has to be cold, windy, and overcast (could still rain).  Tomorrow will be sunny, but colder.  So I was looking forward to shorts, or jeans, and t-shirt weather.  I guess I will just get jeans.

My son and I wanted to go to the local park and video the water bottle so family and friends can see it.  We will have to wait until this weekend to get the video.  I will be going to my son's school on Friday to show off the bottle launcher.  We have to present what we did and why we built this.

So I am sitting in a chair with a heating pad.  I am nice and warm.  I can hear the wind outside.  We are going out soon so I am not looking forward to driving. 

Loving my time off, relaxing, playing on my iPad, and looking into swapping my cell phone so I can create a wireless hotspot.  I want to be able to take my iPad out and use it without having to purchase a wireless hotspot.  (Not looking forward to $50 a month bill, without taxes, for 24 months).

Well that is all for now...Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 27, 2012, 03:57:55 PM
Enjoy your time off!  Even if it is not shorts weather yet!  Have fun with the presentation, sounds like fun.  Kids seem to really love stuff like that.

I like the idea of the cell phone as a WiFi spot.  Watch the data charges though, I've heard that it can run up a bill, but I may be thinking of just a phone data plan.  I stick to using my Nook at Barnes and Noble right now, I'll admit I am to cheap to get a smart phone at the moment.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 27, 2012, 06:01:23 PM
Hello everybody,

As always good to hear from you Milly.  With connecting my iPad to my cell phone I am hitting some hurdles.  I went into a cell phone store and talked to a sales rep.  The company I have has a $15 a month plan (cuts you off once you hit your limit, so no overages).  I like this.  My problem is that I have 5 months left on my plan. So I need to go on line and find the phone I want and bring it into a store.  This way th cell phone company will activate it.  I will add the shot spot feature.  Then I am good to go.

Enjoying the 20 degree weather.  Sunny, breezy, and cool. 

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 28, 2012, 01:55:49 AM
Hello everybody,

I am looking into mobile hotspots.  Is anybody using a hotspot?  What do you think about this?  If you are happy with your device and provider, please let me know what device you are using and your hotspot provider.

Thank you,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 30, 2012, 08:45:45 PM
Hello everybody,

We the I have no idea what time of year it is strikes again.  Last week we had summer weather, this week its been in the 20-40 Monday and Tuesday, Wednesday through today its been 30s-50s, and tonight and tomorrow it is going to snow.  Wow talk about watching the weather.

Well today was the last day off for me.  At least it ended with a bang.  Or should I say a splash.  I went to my son's school and we showed off our water bottle launcher.  We had a short information session, explained our build, the successes and problems we encountered, and what we did to solve them.  Next it was out to the PE field.

We had 5 successful launches (that is all the water we had).  We all got drenched through the launches.  The kids had a blast chasing the water rocket.  At least it was 48 degrees outside (sunny and windy).  I finally have some video of the launches. 

We are going to try and get out this weekend for more launches, if the weather is in the upper 50s-60s.  So tonight and tomorrow I will be washing clothing.  (I figure about 5 loads of laundry).

Have a fun weekend and enjoy time with friends and family,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 31, 2012, 01:28:36 AM
Hello everybody,

Well after having a "good" day the knees act up.  Not my knees.  My brother's eldest has knee issues.  Well I found out that she will be having her first operation on the 11th.  Now here's the kicker.  Her knee issues have the onset at the same age (and almost the same time as my issues came about).

My brother called today and we talked.  I mentioned certain things that impressed, and messed, with him.  She has the same problems as I had at her age.  Mal-tracking, bending issues, constant pain, and using a knee brace to help assist the knee. 

The doctor is going in to explore the knee and see what is going on in the knee.  I have a feeling of what the doctor will find.  Cartilage and a lateral release would be my guess.

Tale care and have a fun weekend...

Mr. F

PS...the temperature is dropping, and yes I am feeing this in my knees.  Let the fun begin.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 03, 2012, 12:02:24 AM
Hello everybody,

So I ended my vacation time with my son and some of his friends.  On Sunday we went to the local elementary school to launch our water bottle rocket.  The weather was overcast, slight breeze, and cold.  I expected nobody to show up.  We did a test launch to make sure all systems were a go.  My sin played and ran around for awhile.  We started to launch the bottle when a student, and her father, showed up.  A few minutes later another student, his sister, and mother showed up.  We all had a blast.  We must have launched the empty soda bottle 18 times.  The kids got wet, we got drenched, and they had a great time.  After they ran around, played some games, and nobody wanted to leave.  (If all goes well we all will meet up this weekend to play again).

Work was good.  Slower day than normal.  Less time on my feet. Less up and down time.  So by mid-say my knees were still doing well.  After that lots of time on my feet and walking all over.  By the time I got home my knees were starting to hurt.  We went out to eat (local grocery store with hot foods).  On the way home I went to bend my left knee and POP.  The pain was, and is, unbelievable. 

When we got home I climb the steps, one at a time.  I took a shower.  And now I am in bed and EXTREME PAIN.  But according to my last two OSs I will just have to live with this.  I hope they are never in my position and have to deal with @ss like themselves. 

I hope your Monday afternoon was better than mine.  Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 03, 2012, 12:34:05 AM
The rockets were a success at least!   Too bad about the popping knee.  That really hurts!  Hope it is better.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 03, 2012, 01:36:18 AM
Hello everybody,

The pain is worse...much worse.  There is new catching, cracking, and popping.  On top of this stiffness in the joint (this is new).  Thinking about, highly considering, going to the emergency room.  Waiting 10 minutes to see if the pain calms down. 

We are checking on line what hospitals to go to.  I called my insurance company.  Nobody answering the phones.  So I know 2 hospitals that are covered under my insurance.  I know people where I work have had, or have had family members, operated for knee issues at one of the hospitals.  So I know where I am going.

I refuse to call in one of the two OSs I have seen in the past 3-4 months.  I am hoping the hospital can recommend someone from outside this practice.

I will keep you posted.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 03, 2012, 02:26:21 PM
Darn!  Hope things are better now.  It's just a shame when you get the nothing can be done thing. Feel better.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 03, 2012, 07:09:09 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I got home about an hour ago.  (Went to the emergency room at 9am).  X rays were taken, I saw a nurse and a PA.  Unfortunately I could not see my x rays.  They are digital x rays.  They did give me a knee brace (which I ripped off after about 10 minutes) and a prescription for pain meds. I was given the name an OS.

Prior to leaving I called the new OS.  I have an appointment in about a little more than a week.  So I will go from there.

This morning I was on line and came across patellar clung syndrome.  Does anyone know anything about this, or had this?  Does scar tissue show up on an X-ray?

Well me and my extreme pain are going to take a nap now.  I am having difficulty staying focused.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 03, 2012, 08:38:30 PM
Too bad the brace was not helpful. I don't ususally find them comfortable myself and have different ones depending on what the knee is doing.  At least the OS appointment is not too far out. 

I don't think scar tisssue will show on an x-ray, it might.  It may show better on an MRI, but not always there either.  Sometimes the only way to find it is to scope it out literally.

Good luck and hope the meds give some relief.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 04, 2012, 10:58:30 PM
Hello everybody,

So there is some new drama.  Why can't anything with my knees be easy...

Yesterday I get home from the emergency room.  I am taking it easy and trying not to aggravate my knee any more.  I am sitting on the sofa with a heating pad.  Still excited that I have a new OS and an appointment in about a week.  As the night goes on I am feeling pain and realize I need to eat prior to taking the new meds.  I eat and take the new meds.  10 minutes pass and nothing.  20 minutes pass and nothing.  30 minutes pass and nothing.  I am wondering when the meds will kick in.  45 minutes and nothing.  About an hour after taking the meds the room starts to spin.  (Huston we have lift off).  I can not get up.  I am afraid I will fall.  So I attempt to play a game on my iPad (well I attempted to play).  After an hour I am feeling like I can make it to the bedroom.

I feel asleep sort of quickly.  That is the good news.  (Normally I wake up between 5:00 and 5:15 am).  This morning I wake up to my alarm.  (It was going off for 3-5 minutes).  Not good.  All day long it felt as if I did not sleep.  I joked around at work and said I could fall asleep on the floor when I arrived at 6:50am.  I do not like taking pain meds, it makes you feel not like your self.

The monkey wrench in the story.  When I was in the emergency room the hospital recommended at doctor for me.  (Somebody outside the practice I was going to).  So I am at work today and a friend of mine comes over and asks where I was yesterday.  I tell her about my knee ordeal and she can understand my frustration.  I mentioned that I was given the name of a new OS and I am excited to have a doctor that will listen to me.  She laughs...a nervous laugh.  What?  The new doctor you have, she says, guess who he was trained by?  NOOOOOOOO...Yes, he was trained by the doctor you saw about 2-3 weeks ago.  Are you f#@%^*g kidding me?  Nope.  He was the one who got the new building built at the hospital.  He trained and trains all the doctors at this hospital.  He also works with a local research university (this was my backup plan).  He is the lead OS, teaches, and trains the OSs in the area I live in, oh and his practice is involved with almost all practices in my area. 

So I have to travel to get a new OS.  So I am back to square one.  Let the FUN begin.

I hope your day was better than mine...Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 06, 2012, 12:07:37 AM
Hello everybody,

Some good news...I was talking to a fellow employee, this morning.  He asked about my knees.  I told him about my ordeal.  He told me that his mother was in a similar situation.  Knee problem, nobody would operate on her, and she was younger (younger than 60).  They found an OS who looked at her and her knee issue.  They discussed her options.  In the end they chose surgery.  I will be calling him tomorrow.

At work I did have some issues.  Around nine am my knee popped and the pain was severe.  (the pain is so intense that I forgot what three items I was working on).  I had to start all over and work back to the point I was at.  (I am comparing this to a computer issue that causes the computer to reboot and you have to start for the beginning).

By the end of the day everyone was saying why are you still here...you should be at home.  I am saving my sick time in case I need surgery.  I am glad I have tomorrow off to put up my feet and relax.

Right now my left knee is in, well there are no words to describe the pain I am in.  It feels like there is pressure coming from under my patella.  It also feels like the patella is going to pop up, explode off, the track and I will not be able to bend my knee.

With this intense pain I am having trouble concentrating.  So I am going to leave you here with a have a great day,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 08, 2012, 05:21:48 PM
Hello everybody,

Well today has been a very trying day.  Extreme pain....left knee is making strange sounds.  I am feeling more catching and popping.  On top of this the temperature around my knee is dropping.  (Skin is feeling cloder and colder).  I have asked many doctors and PAs and nobody knows why this happens.  I am having difficulty standing, sitting, walking, etc.  (I am glad I did laundry yestday).

My son and I went to a local park yesterday.  We did get to launch our bottle rocket.  Everything was going fine.  Until we had an incredible launch.  The water bottle not only had great height, it caught a breeze and had great distance.  (Yes us geeks found the perfect combination of limited water and more air pressure).  The plastic bottle hit the pavement at cracked.  Huston we have a problem.  We lost not only air pressure, we lost almost all our water.  He found some kids and played with them for awhile.

So here I sit on the sofa, with a lack of concentration.  I have several papers I need to write and check out tech research my boss sent me.  I know he wants to know how we can use this at work.  And me with no concentration.

And yes I still love my iPad.  Using it most of the time.  I have almost given up my PC at home and work, and my laptop at home.  My back and knee is very thankful (less weight, pain, and stress).

Have a fantastic day and enjoy time with friends and family...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 10, 2012, 04:38:06 PM
Too bad the rocket is having technical difficulties.  Sounds like you have the formula pretty much figured out though.  Hope the OS reference you get pans out.  Intractiable pain is tough to live with and it does make it very difficult to concentrate.

Hope it's better this weekend.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 13, 2012, 12:04:58 AM
Hello everybody,

Well the past few days have felt like _______...I can not fill in the word so you need to.  I have had extreme pain in the knee.  Today I was in a training all day.  Between the rooms being super cold and it has been overcast, great combination for a bad knee, I was having difficulty moving.  So I am sitting on my sofa trying to work and not being so successful.  I am having difficulty concentrating.  I would love to take tomorrow off but I have a 3 day training next week and I need to get certain projects completed prior to this. 

I have a new noise and pain in the knee.  Now when I bend my leg back and forth you can hear the crunching, and feel something in the knee mal-tracking.  Wow the fun in my knee.  I call it the rice crispy knee (snap-crackle-pop).  And I have no problems.  All I have to do is deal with it.

I need to figure out something for the pain.  I will get back to you later.  I hope your day was better than mine...

Mr. F

PS-I got to see 3 people I worked with last year.  It was great to see them.  One person and myself got our geek on with our iPads and his MacBook.  FileMaker Pro, databases, apps, pictures, videos, etc.  Yes this was fun.  In another office I was told I look much younger than my age, and in the other I was told that the videos we created last year are still being used.  At least some good came of today.  Not to mention a very interesting, inspiring, and motivating training.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 15, 2012, 12:21:19 AM
Hello everybody,

So last night was movie night at my son's school.  We took a friend and my son to see the latest Muppet Movie.  When you have hundreds of kids watching a movie you will not have total quite and all eyes watching the movie.  Hearing people complain was amazing to me.  Do you know how children act and how they behave?

My knee was killing me from a Thursday's training.  I managed to make it through work and the movie.  I passed out from pain.

Today I have been managing the pain.  We all went to my son's school to launch the water bottle rocket.  Me have been thinking about design changes and creating a new launcher.  Which we will be working on this coming week.  After this we attempted to play 4 square and shoot some hoops.  I had to stop because of knee pain.

This was a break from the papers I am writing.  I love writing that is just a sample of how you write.  (The questions are normally something you say "Are you kidding" or "WTF").  The questions I had to answer were not that bad.  Next month I will be meeting with the administrative team and I have to answer a laundry list of questions (last count about 20).  I do not know how they are going to handle listening to several departments full of people answering the same 20 questions.

So now I am sitting on the sofa, watching a movie with my son.  I am going to make dinner soon, so take care and have an exciting weekend.

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 17, 2012, 11:00:57 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I am attending a three day computer training.  The person leading the training was all over.  (We were given aa 70 page document and he was all over the place...page 22, page 58, page 15, and then page 42).  After 3 hours of trying to follow along I noticed people zoning out.  Tomorrow is day 2 and I am hoping we will play more.

So my knee was feeling good today.  I woke up in pain, but less pain.  I went to work and feeling ok.  Less pain during the training.  Walked to lunch with a group of people.  After lunch we walked downtown for 20 minutes.  Still feeling good.  Then we get backup to the training.  An hour in I can start to feel the pressure building up under my knee cap.  I am hoping that would not last.  After, I have no idea, some time I have to bend my knee (the pressure is now hurting).  So I bend my leg and pop, pop, pop.  And I bend it back..pop and pop. 

The rest of the training I feel the pressure under my knee cap. The training ends and I walk to the parking lot with a friend of mine.  Less pressure under the cap, but still pain.  As I get into my car I feel the pressure building.  Driving home was painful.  I was having trouble finding a comfortable way to sit.  I get home and limp into my house.

My wife and son want to go out and eat.  I hobble to the car, and feel every bumb we drive over.  I make it through dinner and home.  So here I sit on the sofa with my leg on a foot stoll.  I am hoping that my pain goes away soon or tonight will be fun.  Either I will pass out in pain or not sleep at all.  Only time will tell.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 22, 2012, 02:02:51 AM
Hello everybody,

Here I am in bed.  No I am not stuck here. Well I sort of am.  My son is watching some terrible television show so I am sitting in bed.  I was watching a movie on the iPad.  I know I have said this before and it still holds true I love my iPad.

Today was eventful, and somewhat painful.  We started out this morning with an early breakfast.  (Oh, I forgot to mention that I passed out on the sofa early last night do to pain.  I could not get comfortable when I woke up so I took a pain pill.  It did absolutely nothing).  After breakfast we went to 2 paint stores and Home Depot.  My wife is looking at paint and patio furinature.  While she is doing this my son and I are in the plumbing department looking for supplies for our next creation.

We are rebuilding our bottle rocket launcher.  We came up with some modifications.  No longer is the launder in two parts.  We were loosing air and water pressure. We found what we were looking for and ever cut the PVC pipe.  When we got home we parted the old launcher and trashed the leftovers. 

We needed a valve stem, so we went to a local gas station that does repairs and tire work.  I explained what we were working on and that we need a valve stem.  He was happy to assist us, but looked confused.  I asked what was the problem.  His response was "I can help you with the valve stem, but I have no idea on how to build the launcher".  I told him we had that covered.

In about an hour we had our new bottle rocket launcher.  We packed up our supplies and headed to his school.  We went out the the field and launched our soda bottle 10 times.  It work great.  Water was flying out of the bottle as it launched.  We got drenched.  After we played some basketball.  Well we stood on different numbers and shot some hoops.

From there we stopped for some fast food.  Yes fine dinning was on our list.  And then we watched, is becoming our standard Saturday movie, while eating.  After cleaning up we made it to the library  where my son checked out nine books and two movies.  That should hold him for about two weeks.

So that was my exciting day.  I hope I am able to walk tomorrow.  Since I have about six loads of laundry waiting for me. 

Have a fantastic Sunday and go out and have fun..Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 22, 2012, 07:56:23 PM
Hello everybody,

Just a quick update.  I did five loads of laundry today.  And what I feared has occurred.  My left knee is killing me.  So here I sit on the sofa watching Blue Planet with my son.  We have been playing Gardens In Time on the iPad.  Nothing else exciting and new here.  Just lousy weather outside.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 26, 2012, 01:26:34 AM
Hello everybody,

Work has been keeping me busy.  I have taken on, through my own wanting, three major tasks at work.  I am creating databases, working with 50-60 people, creating and putting into place new systems, and creating a mentoring program.  So you can say I have literally been running all over the place.  Yes I should have said hobbling all over the place.

I finally have a moment to breath so I called a new doctor.  I was given his name from someone I work with (his mother was operated on when nobody else would touch her knee...in her 50s and doctors said you will have to live with it).  I am excited and nervous at the same time.  I will be leaving work a little early tomorrow.

As for my knee I am ion extreme pain.  On Friday I was having problems and took a pain pill, which did absolutely nothing.  Saturday I went to the park and shot some baskets with my son.  And Sunday I paid for it.  Monday, Tuesday, and today I have been feeling the pain in my knee.  Epically when I go from a seated position to standing.  I have can feel the catching and cracking along with the popping.

Nothing else is new and exciting here.  Take care and keep smiling...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 26, 2012, 01:59:23 PM
Good luck with the new doc. Maybe this will be the one to help.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 27, 2012, 01:49:34 AM
Hello everybody,

So I went to my new doctor today.  My appointment was for 3 pm.  I get to the office early and fill out the paperwork.  Before seeing the doctor I was given a patience's bill of rights, well this was a first.  I was taken to a waiting room and I did just that.  The one thing I should mention my new OS did give every person his/her time, answered questions, and made everyone feel comfortable.
When he came in he had me move, walk, bend, walk on my toes, walk on my heels, and bend some more.  Then I got on the examining table.  He checked both knees.  He spent time examining me.  Finally he gets to the bending of my left knee.  He has on hand over my knee cap and the other moving me leg.  He bends my knee about 85 degrees, feels the crack and movement inside the knee, looks at me puzzled, and bends the leg again.  He keeps bending to see when the cracks, pops, and movement will occur.  He seems concerned.
I was then sent to x ray.  They took several different views.  The last view had me laying on my stomach,  knees on the cold table, and legs bent upward.  Then the nurse told me to go back to the waiting room.  I roll over and pop, the pain was incredible.  I make it back and wait some more.
The doctor comes in and gives me the news.  No way.  It can not be.  We talk somemore.  I ask to see my x rays.  He takes me into the room where they are displayed.  I see all 4 of my x rays.  Again, no f&@&9&:$ing way is what I am thinking.  I am back at the beginning.
There it is the smooth groove and the patella is centered.  Nothing in my x rays.  Nothing looks wrong.  What the hell?  What is causing this pain and discomfort?  We talk somemore.  He has no idea what is causing this.  He feels bad for me and is feeling my pain.  He said he is sorry that there is nothing he can do for me.
So this is how my day went.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 27, 2012, 04:29:36 AM
Well crap!  I give him this he took his time and did see/hear/feel the cracking and popping.  He was up front enough to say he could not help and did not offer another useless surgery.  Has anyone thought of AF or not?  Is is possible the tendons or ligaments are catching on the implants?  I will on occasion (when I have done a no no with the left knee) have the kneecap plate tweek the sinovium real hard and puff things up and make me linp.  Just some random thoughts.  Maybe scar tissue is interfereing and getting caught?  Sorry you did not get any more answers.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 28, 2012, 02:29:25 AM
Hello everybody,

Good to hear from you Milly.  Yes I did talk about scar tissue with my new doctor.  The unfortunate issue with scar tissue is it is difficult to see in x rays and MRIs.  I have been researching this topic.  Prior to seeing my new doctor I was researching this topic.

When I went to work today I explained the situation to my bosses and coworkers.  They were thinking no way.  I was asked what my next step(s) is?  I am back to the beginning.  I need to figure out how to handle this situation and my options.

I am thinking about contacting some pain management centers and seeing their practices and policies.  As I said before I do not want to be medicated out of my mind.  I do not want to be on man made pain pills that are highly addictive. 

Well nothing else exciting and new.  Take care...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on April 29, 2012, 12:32:59 AM
Mr. F,

The following is a link to a great article from Dr. Noyes on Arthrofibrosis.  It is great reading.  I have also included posts to Missmyknee's Blog.  This is all great reading by the very best and brightest in this forum.

http://www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/node/633

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/blog/2?page=1

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/blog/2?page=2

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/node/2289

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/node/2290

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/blog/2

www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEnotes/blog/2

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 29, 2012, 06:42:27 PM
Russ,

I just saw your post and I want to thank you for providing me with this information.  I am in the middle of laundry and working on 3 projects.  I will take a moment and read what you sent.

Thank you,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 01, 2012, 02:08:38 PM
I can understand the whole pain pill nightmare. It't not a good place to be and only covers up the pain anyway.  Does not fix it.  Keep trying and researching.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 06, 2012, 03:07:49 PM
Hello everybody,

Well work and pain are keeping me busy.  This week I have had, and lead, several meetings, working on 3-5 projects with a coworker, assisting with data, progress reports, updating databases, and trainings.  Along with this I am training a new person.  And I still have all the tasks assigned to me.  Needless to say I was looking forward to the weekend to relax.  And yes I still love my job.

As for my knee...well let me say the motto for this week was "a hammer and a hacksaw".  Knock my out and cut it off.  The pain has been getting worse.  I heard about patellar clunk syndrome.  Does anyone know anything about this?  I talked to people where I worked and I have the name of a pain management clinch.

Other than this I am trying to remain positive.  The weather this week did not help.  It was cool, rainy, and overcast.  Fun for a bad knee.  Yesterday I took it easy and relaxed.  Today I am doing my favorite thing... Laundry.  I am looking at 5 loads.  My son is helping me so that should make life easier (?).

I hope you have a fun and relaxing weekend...take care.

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on May 08, 2012, 04:24:52 AM
Mr. F,

I cannot accept your thanks for the information as it was provided to me by Missmyknee and the Moderator.  I do hope it helps you.  I thought scar tissue was the worst complication I could contract, but the growth of the bone in my soft tissue is not only painful, but for some reason both my legs are swelling daily.  I mean swelling from my thigh to my toes.  My feet swell so much I can't feel or wiggle my toes.  This is on my good leg (no surgery) and my bad leg.  The OS says he does not know what is causing it and I should stay in bed and elevate both legs with ice.

I am losing the best years of my life laying in bed watching the dreaded Golden Girls.  If you get a chance, check on Missmyknee's Blog.  It is so informative.

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 12, 2012, 10:37:09 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry for not posting in some days.  I have been very busy at work.  I have been cleaning up other people's mess.  I had to enter 8 months of data in 2 and a half days.  Let me tell you how much fun I had with this.  By 1:30pm I was brain fried.  And I still had all the other charges I had to complete.  On top of this it was the week of incompetent people.  I had a person tell me that one of my projects was running wrong.  She was looking at the draft model (and this was over a month old).  She would not listen.  Another person tells me at the last minute of a change and I have to modify my work on the fly.  After this I need to tell everybody about the change.  Yes everyone wanted to blame me.  I had a team leader tell me what I had to do since she and her team put in so much work so far.  (A power play...she wanted me to go back and figure out her data).  I came up with a simple solution that took me  5 minutes.

On top of this we are working on a new system.  The first run with it, and no problems.  Now, and we do not know why it is doing this, the first time you log in it boots you out.  So we set everybody up, and one by one they are booted off.  Once you log in again everything runs with no problems.

As for my knee I am in a new level of pain.  Thursday I feel asleep around 11:00 and woke up at 11:45 with my left knee locked up in pain.  My wife asked if I needed a pain pill.  I did not want to take a pill.  I needed to move my leg do to the pain coming from my knee.  It felt like the patella was shaking from pressure under the knee cap.  I moved my leg slowly.  Pop...and I stop moving.  Then I move the leg again..Pop.  And my wife goes and gets me a pain pill.  It did very little.

This morning my knee was feeling better.  We went out to breakfast, celebrating mother's day easily.  We went to the mall so I can try on  birkenstock sandals.  I put on a pair and walk around for less than a minute.  I am not sure if I want to purchase these shoes.  I put on my shoes and we leave the store.  I feel some pain in my left knee.  Are you kidding me?  I have worn Birkenstocks for over 10 years.  The foot bed is very harsh.  It is not forgiving.  So here I sit in extreme pain.  (It was a bad idea to try these shoes on).  I am hoping that the pain will subside by the time I go to bed.  If not tonight will be fun.

Well that is all from here.  Have a happy mother's day.  Take care and enjoy the beautiful weather....

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on May 13, 2012, 12:07:05 AM
Mr. F,

I have been wearing croc's as my feet are so swollen I can't wear socks or shoes.  I really don't understand it, but both my good leg and bad leg are swelling.

I am telling you brother...sleep and pain relief are two very important parts of your life.  You may not take much, but when you take something it needs to work.  Normally, I take it more when I want to sleep.  I am not driving so if it affects me I am home in bed.

If you don't get sleep because you are in pain, you will reach a point of exhaustion.  Be proactive on the pain. 

That is just my opinion and the do vary.

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 13, 2012, 03:33:00 PM
Hello everybody,

Russ thanks for the response.  You are th second person,in a day, to recommend crocks.  So next time I am out and about I will look for crocks.  As for pain and sleep, I am able to make it through the day.  I normally pass out around 8:00 pm and wake up around 11:00 pm.  What is strange, unique, different, is that when my pain kicks in I fall asleep.  What affects me is a lack of appetite.  I have to force myself to eat.

Before I go on I want to wish all the mothers, soon to be mothers, expecting mothers, and future mores a happy mother's day.  My son and I cleaned the house and took mom out for breakfast.  I am in the middle of 5-6 loads of laundry.

Get out and have fun on a beautiful day.  Take care and have fun...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 19, 2012, 05:59:38 PM
Hello everybody,

Well my two weeks of [email protected] are over.  I finally finished the data input.  Wednesday I woke up at 3 am and worked for 2 and a half hours.  I was at work by 6:45am to work on our network.  Computers still crashing, using new software.  I am almost 100% sure it is the other network's server that is causing us to crash.  On top of this I completed two other projects. 

I had a meeting Friday to see what will be my role in the future.  Unfortunately my boss had a rough Friday.  So our meeting was pushed to Monday.  So I will find my new role soon.  Also I was asked to join a new team that will be forming soon. 

So today is beautiful.  We woke up to 63 degrees and sunny.  The family went out for breakfast and was able to sit outside.  It was great weather.  Later on my son and I went to the park.  We launched our water bottle rocket at least 16 times.  It was great.  After we stopped for a "yummy" fast food lunch.  (Which I will regret in 2 hours).  We are watching a movie, I went up strains to get my iPad, and on the way back down my left knee popped.  The pain is extreme.  So here I am sitting on the sofa in agony.  Bending is a new experience in pain.  (And I was having a good day until now).

I hope your weekend is going better than mine.  Take care and get out and have fun this weekend..

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 21, 2012, 05:58:45 PM
Well dang all went well until the stairs eh?  Stairs can be evil things.  Glad the rest of the weekend went well.  Hope you can figure out the crashing issues.  Frusterating sometimes.

Weekend was good for me had a jewelry party Sat.  Nice girls day!  Bought some pretties for my self.  Spent Sun trying to recover, the rain made the arthritis kick in BAD.  Back was so bad walking was so tough.  Only got half the laundry done, but we had clean clothes for this week so don't feel too bad.

Hope the knee feels better soon.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 23, 2012, 02:30:42 AM
Hello everybody,

Here I sit on the sofa recovering from an extremely painful day.  The weather has turned.  This week its going to be overcast, rainy, and gloomy all week.  Bring on the pain.

So this morning I am sitting in a meeting and presentations.  I am feeling the pain come on.  In fifteen minutes the pain becomes worse.  Another twenty minutes pass and I can not sit.  I am moving and squirming in my seat.  By the time the presentations are over I can not get comfortable.

I leave and go up one floor to check in and go to my office.  I stop by my boss's office.  He is not in so I stop and talk to his administrative assistant, another secretary, and two other people.  We move into the hall because two people stop by to see my boss.  The three of us are talking and my left knee locks up.  I almost fall onto the floor.  I drop by briefcase and grab the wall.  Security is walking the floor and comes running over.  Two other people come to assist.  The pain is barely manageable.  I get a coworker to grab my ankle and pull me leg strait.  Wow the pain.

I spend the rest of the day limping around the floor, my office, and the floor above me.  I could not get comfortable.  Standing, sitting, laying on the floor, and rotating between the three.  No relief. 

I have been dealing with this pain all day.  And my luck the rest of the week will be the same.  Fun for me.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 27, 2012, 01:47:53 PM
Hello everybody,

I did not read my last post so forgive me if I repeat myself.  As I remember the weather was overcast and rainy for the week. The weekend was suppose to be sunny and warm.  Well never look at the weath for the weekend on Monday and Tuesday and take it seriously.  The weekend has been overcast, cloudy, and wet.  Monday does not look any better.

At work we had a celebration, on Friday, for productivity.  It was fun.  I was glad to see all of us get together and relax.  Nice break from the normal routine.  Everyone was less stressed out and smiling.  People were talking to each other and not keeping to their nitches.  Fun time for all.

As for my knees, that is another story.  I had one coworker stop me in the halls and ask me about my pain.  He was thinking about me when he saw the weather report for the next week and rain is in the picture everyday.  He asked if the pain I have ever goes away.  I told him not in this weather.

So I am in some, not sever pain, Friday at work.  We all leave for the weekend.  I go home and take the family out to dinner.  I am not a drinker, but my wife wants a drink with dinner so I drive (normally she drives because of my knees).  I am in minor pain, very mamagable until it is time to leave the restaurant.  As we walk outside the weather is changing.  Wow my arthritis is back.  Friday night I pass out in pain.

Saturday I wake up early and in pain.  I feel like I can not stand up strait.  My lower back is in pain, my knees are in pain, and I can barely walk.  I am forced to use my ankle weights.  6 pounds per leg.  I work through the pain to loosen up my back muscles.  After 20-30 minutes I decided to see if I can work my spine and get some relief.  Within 5-8 minutes I got at least 25 cracks out of my spine (through simple movement and stretching).  For about an hour I felt great.  Well at least my back felt great.

Today when I woke up my back was in less pain, but my knees are still killing me.  Overcast weather, rain, and more overcast weather.  So the rest of my family is going to see Me In Black 3.  I stayed home because I feel if I go to see the movie, and I am in this much pain, I might fall asleep during the movie.  I am on the sofa, with the cats, and typing away.  In a few minutes I will make myself something to eat and relax.  With all the pain at least I have the laundry to keep me company.

Have a fantastic Sunday.  Get out and spend time with the family like I wish I could.  Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on May 28, 2012, 03:34:52 AM
Mr. F,

Having a great memorial weekend watching all of the great people who sacrificed for our right to have bad knee surgeries!!  I did fell better about my situation and tried to take the kiddies to Clearwater Beach, but so many healthy people parking in handicapped so i could not get within 2 miles of the beach!

Thank you to all who have served their countries!!

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 28, 2012, 12:41:06 PM
Hello everybody,

First I would like to take a moment to pay my respects and honor those who are serving and those who have served in our military.  Without them our freedom means nothing. 

Russ I lived in the state you currently live in.  It is amazing how people abuse the handicap parking there.  I remember it was bad, very bad, at banks (epically the ATMs).  I had a handicapped pass when I lived there.  I would go to a bank and have to wait to get a handicap spot.  When the healthy person left and I got the spot the police would show up and bother me.  Like I was the criminal.

So sorry you could not enjoy the beach.  I hope you Nd the kiddies had a fun and relaxing day.  My wife and son went to the movies yesterday.  I was cramping something fierce.

Again I find myself sitting on the sofa typing this post.  I woke up in less pain today.  The pain is all in my left knee.  I am looking up pain management places where I live.  I was given the name of a pain management, PT, and doctor's offices.  Sounds interesting.  One major issue.  It is almost 35 miles from where I live.  I need to think about this prior tomakingan appointment.  I was hoping I could find a pain management place within 10 miles.  So the search continues.

On a happy note I was on Facebook and found a friend that I have not talked to in almost 10 years.  Once we started chatting another friend, again I have not talked to him in almost 10 years
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 28, 2012, 12:46:23 PM
Hello everybody,

I have no idea what happened.  I was typing and then everything was gone.  And I had my post go up without clicking on Post.

I was saying that I was chatting with one friend and another friend pops up.  It was great chatching up with people who you miss and think about.  (I had a difficult time finding these friends since they have common names and it seems like there are hundreds of people with these names.  Also, like everyone else, they limit what people can see if you are not their friend.  I can not blame them).

I hear movement upstairs so I need to go.  Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 28, 2012, 05:23:53 PM
Hello everybody,

I have a question for those people who have had PFR and went to a pain management clinic...how did you find your clinic?  I am looking on line and not finding any company that advertises for helping with knee pain (back and neck).

Thank you,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on May 29, 2012, 04:14:24 PM
Mr. F,

I usually ask my OS to recommend someone he is familiar with and has a good reputation. 

I have a Medtronic morphine pump that continuously injects dilaudid into my spine.  I have used Medtronics to provide names of good pain management specialists.

Other than that, the Internet seems to be a good choice.

russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 02, 2012, 01:18:20 PM
Hello everybody,

Russ, I have been to 4 OSs and none of them could recommend a pain management center.  I asked if they knew of one and no names were given.  That is why I was asking for recommendations.

Well where do I start.  The weather is overcast, rainy, and in general terrible if you have knee problems.  This entire week has been miserable.  And the upcoming week looks no better.  I keep waking up and feeling like a pretzel.  My back was, and is, killing me.  I have been suffering through ankle weights (6 pounds) to loosen up my back muscles.  Once this occurs I can get 15-20 cracks out of my back.  I feel good for 15-20 minutes and then I have to do the entire process all over.  Fun for me.

We is keeping me busy.  I am working on several projects at once.  My latest database is moving along nicely.  The data is following properly, (we have a grant so I need to report certain data and I am ahead of where we need to be), and we are where we need to be (so my boss is happy).  The other project well its moving at a snails pace.  We are waiting for the data from an outside source.  It is suppose to be finalized on Monday (we should have had the data weeks even over a month ago).  Now its a wait and see what happens next time.

This weekend the farmer's market opens.  So I will wait and see how the knees hold out.  Hopefully we can make this a family outing.  Well that is all from here. 

Take care and have fun this weekend...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 02, 2012, 11:45:09 PM
Same weather here, last of the week was same, so lots of pain.  Sorry about the back.  I see a chiro and feel better for a day or two and then start to get the knotted up thing again.

Hate when you are waiting on data to test the database.  That's why my last one did not turn out as well as I would have liked, no proper test data.  So found all the problems found on go live.  Lovely no?  Ah well, will be changing jobs soon myself.  Layoffs where I am, so need a new job at the end of the budget cycle.  Just hope one comes up at a good time, unemployment is barely enough to pay the bills and I don't have a mortgage or car payment anymore. 

Hope things feel better with some better weather comming your way.   What ins do you have?   You may be able to call customer service and get some PM clinics names.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 03, 2012, 08:54:24 PM
Hello everybody,

Milly sorry to hear about the job.  I left the South and headed to the NE because of layoffs.  My department was closed, I was surplussed, and was luck to get a job.  The next year the same thing was happening again.  That is why I headed north.

As for the data, we were suppose to get it about 2-4 weeks ago.  I will find out tomorrow if we have the data.  Then we have to sort through what we are given to see if it is accurate.  Let the fun begin.

Yesterday was miserable because of the terrible weather.  Today was better.  I am sitting on the sofa with ice backs because I walked in a parade today.  The weather was good, in the 70s, a slight breeze, and no clouds.  I am hoping a can walk tomorrow.  (I know I pussed myself too much today, but at least I had fun).

Have a fantastic Sunday....
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on June 04, 2012, 03:18:22 PM
I was a Lead Boat Captain until I took 6 weeks off to have a routine TKR.  Now I am still unemployed with a knee the size of Texas and taking my second semester of classes to change my degree.  I love driving boats, but as a Captain, I cannot handle the maintenance required to be a Captain so i am moving forward.

All because I listened to multiple OS about the almost guaranteed outcome of TKR's.  The really hard part to take each day I hobble around is I could have gone without the TKR and the OS's involved have actually no concern for my loss.  they have moved on and are busy operating on others.  Hopefully, a small number of those new patients will develop complications because I don't think any of these so called professionals have embraced the affects of AF or HO and learned what to do with each complication.

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 04, 2012, 04:00:25 PM
Well will just keep looking, something may come up.  Hope the data is good and you can get a good test of the system.

Sometimes you have not have fun, even if you know you will pay for it later.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 05, 2012, 12:07:14 AM
Hello everybody,

Captain Russ sorry to hear what you are going through.  I feel sometimes doctors forget what it is like to be a patient.  They think they are GOD and can do not wrong.  If you ask a question or question what they do you are banished and have to suffer because of this.  (I experienced it where I live...I had to leave a city and go somewhere else to find someone who would talk to me and treat me as a person not as a hostile patient).

Milly, hope you are able to find a new job.  As we got the data our boss put in a new twist so we have to modify the database before checking the data.  As I said let the fun begin.

Yes I did pay for walking in the parade yesterday.  My knees felt like 10 pound weights.  Sitting and standing up was painful.  But is was great getting out and supporting the community.

We have a grant and I am compiling data, at least this is moving forward and looking good.

Have a fantastic day,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 09, 2012, 03:15:15 AM
Hello everybody,

Well work is very busy.  I was given two new tasks by my boss.  One is working on a technology grant.  I have no problem with this.  (A co-worker and myself obtained a grant last year for technology).  The only problem I have is this time he has me working with someone who is not tech savy and does not listen.  We started this process on Thursday.  We were working for about 30 minutes before I got pulled to do something else.  I had 2 issues: first was that everything would have been dumped on me to run or we needed somebody to run the grant with a skill set we did not have and second what technology were we going to need and did this company supplying the money and technology have what we needed.
So I left and worked with several people for about 50 minutes.  When I was gone my coworker did some research and finally came up with the issues that I came up with.  I said "Welcome to the conversation".  She had no idea what I was talking about.  She thought that I was just being negative.  Today she came to my office and we talked about the grant.  She placed several calls and is awaiting more information before we proceed.
The other task I was given, and last minute, is to write our technology plan for the upcoming year.  I had a 2 hour training on Thursday.  I was glad to see others were in the same boat as me.  Given this last minute and unsure of the format and what to do.  I will be working on this over the weekend.
Oh...We finally got our data dump.  I did not know a meeting was set up until I received an e-mail from a co-worker about a meeting with a specialist to work with us.  (A different co-worker).  He was able to attend this meeting and provide me with updates.  (I was working on another database and grant).  The data dump was basically clean.  Now we need to add our part and run the program.  We will see our problem/errors once we run the update.  Then we have to clean them up individually.  (This should be fun). 
Our first set of data came in about a month ago.  We had over 200 errors.  We corrected them in about an hour to an hour and a half.  I love working with people who know what they are doing.

As for me well I am in some discomfort.  The family was at a Family Fun Night.  My wife volunteered.  So my son and I ran around.  He was in heaven.  I was on my feet for another 3 hours.  So needless to say I am sore.  Tomorrow we are going house shopping.  This should be fun.  And later on we will be stopping by a farmers market.  So I see ice bags in my future. 

On Wednesday I woke up with both knees sore.  I have never experienced this.  I have no idea why this happened.  I had to wear a knee brace on both legs.  I was fortunate that this help me.  I woke up the past 2 days with little pain and soreness. 

Well that is all from here, so get out and have some fun this weekend.  Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: captainruss on June 09, 2012, 07:46:03 PM
Mr. F,

Working with new co-workers is not easy much of the time.  I remember as a Captain some of the people I had to deal with.  Now, after being off work for going on 3 years I would kill for the hassle of employees just to marry another young couple at sunset or watch bottle nose dolphins playing around the boat.

I know it is frowned upon to speak ill of our God's in medical garb, but they just don't have a clue.  When I had my first TKR, my back doctor recommended the guy (he could not do it because his practice did not permit revisions) and the guy he recommended had had a TKR just like mine (with no knee cap) two years prior to my first one. 

My big mistake was NOT getting the doctor who operated on MY doctor!!  LMFAO so I don't throw things thru the front window.  After two (2) attempts, OS #1 was immitating my mother in law (ignoring my calls) and refusing to do any more.

It actually got worse as my back doctor (whom i believed to be a God) went out on his own and did the last 4 of my TKR's.  Yes, I am better than what OS #2 (egomaniac jerk) left me, but even OS#3 whines about not knowing what to do next.

I was thinking that they should have a TKR before doing TKR's, but my OS #1 had one identical to mine....well not identical....his works.

Mind over matter......they no longer mind because I just don't matter!!

Just keep looking for a new one.  My problem is I blew thru my 401k plan, retirement savings, and half of the kids college fund trying to get cured thru the 8 TKR's.  Now I am taking college courses just live off of the financial aid.

If my house and cars were not paid for and I have no credit card debt, we would be living with one of the in laws right now and I would probably be on the path for being divorced by my hot and healthy much better half.

Just have to keep the faith because going postal only works once!!!  Not that it is not on my bucket list, but want to see my two girls married and my son driving a submarine before I take the plunge!!!

Russ
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 09, 2012, 11:10:52 PM
Hello everybody,

Capt Russ eight TKRs...wow.  I can not imagine going through eight.  I am very sorry if I cross the line, but have you explored the idea of amputation.  I have had 4 operations on my right knee and 3 on my left knee.  My wife and I have talked about this.  If the time and situation calls for it.  I was even told that there is a chance that I would need amputation.  Not a fun thought, but if it means no more pain and more mobility I am up for this.

We, my family, went house hunting today.  Issues are all places we are looking at are multi levels and uneven parking.  (Living in a cold winter climate you need to watch out for ice during the winter).

I grew up in the south and can relate to missing being out on a boat, out in the sun, warm breeze, and dolphin watching.  I miss seeing flying fish, sting rays, and sea turtles.  Also fresh, just caught, seafood.

After all the walking and standing yesterday I am enjoying sitting on the sofa watching movies.  Take care Capt Russ and everyone else....
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 11, 2012, 09:45:13 PM
Finding a knee friendly house can be tough!  Well good luck with the search.  Glad work seems pretty much ok.  Always something new.  No more news on the job search.  Just keep plugging away at the search, something should come along.  I hope....  It's tough when the skills go down hill because of budget and they want to hire someone they can pay less.   Ah well, can only keep trying.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 15, 2012, 09:52:50 PM
Hello everybody,

Been very busy.  Work has been keeping on my toes.  Working on a new project.  I had to create a Filemaker database for this one (I love doing this).  The initial data was taken from a live database (meaning the data is continuously changing...not good for me).  So I was assisted by 8-10 other people.  So the data starts coming in, analyzed, changes, more analyzing, removing data, and waiting.  Finally I get the completed data.  Most of the people on the team did not check their final data.  So guess what I have been doing yesterday and today?

So Monday I get to see one of my creations go from the planning stages, to building the databases, hiring people, building teams, and now into the implementation stage.  I am excited.  My boss let me run this project.  Lots of data points along the way. 

My knees are holding up.  Taking life one day at a time.  Still have the pops, cracks, and catching.  The weather is improving so I am feeling a bit better.  We went to a farmers market yesterday.  It was small so I had no problem walking it. 

Finally to all the FATHERS out there (I am talking about the men who spend time with their families, teach their children, treat their wife with respect, and are role models for all) HAPPY FATHER'S DAY.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 17, 2012, 02:28:43 AM
Hello everybody,

To all the men who take care of their families, the men who raise their children, teach them manners, respect , and to accept and take on responsibilities happy father's day.

Today I spent hours working on the data for the grant I am working on.  I hate when people send out excel sheets that are password protected and expect us to input all information by hand.  (I created FileMaker databases to do this work....all I have to do is save it as an excel and copy and paste the data).  Unfortunately the excel sheets are protected and the data does not flow the way it should.  And yes I have requested clean excel sheets (no passwords needed).

Between this, the emails, and laundry my entire Saturday was taken.  I say taken because I should have spent 30-45 minutes maximum working on this project.  Tomorrow it's working on different data.  I was sent a new project on Friday.  So I will find out what is needed tomorrow.  Let the fun begin.

My family went out to dinner tonight.  We always go out the night prior to mother's day or father's day.  (We avoid the long lines and waits).  The weather was beautiful.  We ate outside.  The one good thing about this weather is that I am in less pain. 

Next weekend we are planning on going wale watching next weekend.  We have never done this.  Sounds like fun.  And we should be able to find some good places for seafood.

Happy Father's Day...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 18, 2012, 11:22:01 PM
Hello everybody,

Well today is the first day of watching my project come to life.  What is the saying the best laid plans go to waste.  First, nobody read their emails and did not follow the new schedule.  Second, there were some last minute data changes.  Third I received more data at the end of the day.  And finally I have people who want to revert the data to several days to a week ago.  I needed follow up data today, and what should have taken 5 minutes, took 40 minutes.   Other than this everything else ran smoothly.   My team met after work, had some discussions, and I told them the expectations so we will see how tomorrow runs.

The weather is beautiful so my knees are doing pretty good.  At work I spent a lot of the day with my head in-between my hands and noticed different foot ware.  I can not believe what people have on at work.  I was in pain just looking at these shoes.  I can not imagine the entire day with these shoes on.

Well I am waiting for a home cooked meal and a good beverage....Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 19, 2012, 02:22:15 PM
Love the shoe comment.  I nearly always feel that way about women's footwear.  I loved my spike heels when I was young, but even then knew better than to wear them 8 hours a day!  LOL Even some of the new men's styles do not look at all comfortable.


Fluid projects are so much fun (full sarcasm)!  Good luck with it.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 22, 2012, 02:48:29 AM
Hello everybody,

Well my project at work is coming along.  The data is being cleaned up.  We are almost there.  Now I have to deal with the grant data.  I was sent an excel sheet that was not very helpful (to much extraneous information.  So last night I spent 4 hours working on a new excel data sheet that has streamlined the info on the sheet, has two sheets that looks at the data, and a fourth sheet that analyzes the data.  I sent it in and got approval to use these sheets for data collection.  Tonight I started to input our data and the output came out clean.  (I loved it when I can make people's lives easier).

Other than this I am running like a mad man at work.  Well not running, maybe walking at a faster pace than usual.  The weather is really heating up.  In the upper 90s and very hot.  So this is helping relieve some of my pain.  I still have pain but I guess I am getting use to it.  (This is really sad).  One of my friend's at work is going on disability (he is having his second knee replacement soon).  I was told that he is getting  a certain amount of money, through workman's comp, since he hurt his knees on the job.  I could not believe how much money he is getting.  Once he has his operation, goes through his PT, he is going back to school and changing his profession.

So that is the excitement of today.  Have a fantastic day...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 24, 2012, 04:40:33 PM
Hello everybody,

We went whale watching yesterday.  It was unreal.  This was the first time any of us did this.  We started at the crack of dawn.  A two and a half hour drive.  Overcast and raining.  We get on the boat and start the hour ride to the area where the whales are feeding.  It is cold and raining.  We are at the spot for two hours (or longer I am not so sure).  All this time standing and moving side to side seeing the whales.  Then there was the hour long trip back.  (On the way back the skies clear and the sun comes out).

When we get back the skies turn dark.  The sun is still shining, but the clouds are appearing.  The rain never comes.  We go out to eat and I am in crippling pain.  We have a good meal (seafood) and walk around.  Then there is the two and a half hour drive home.  Needless to say the drive was not fun (yes, my wife drove home).  I passed out twice due to pain.

When we got home I spent the rest of the day on the sofa.  Our town had its annual street celebration.  We went last year (first time out since surgery) but not this year.  We were drained and I was in too much pain.

So far today I am feeling better.  It is not overcast or raining (so far).  I am working on my weekend laundry.  Also I am working on several data projects.  I sent out several lists and people keep wanting to changing things and make this impossible.  (Sometimes I wish departments would read what was sent out.  I can not offer what I do not have.  Send me more people, money, resources, and time and I can make this happen).  Other than this I am loving my new projects.

Take care...get out and enjoy your weekend...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 29, 2012, 01:03:12 AM
Hello everybody,

Well work has been getting extremely busy.  I am running with my new project.  So far everything is working well.  I have had several people coming up to me and saying how well things are going.  My boss has been impressed with what is going on.  Weekly data points for a grant.  I had to write excel sheets to provide the proper data.  Now I get my daily reports, review these for accuracy, and compile the data for our Friday data dumps.  I expect tomorrow's data to be in before I leave work.  (Last week I spent 10 hours to get the appropriate data).

Today I was given the tast of hiring a new person.  This was the first time, at this job, where I got to review resumes, call people, set up and interview people, and make the recommendation to hire (I have done this before in abbot her state).  I love hearing the voice of a person who finds out he/she has a job.

Later on in the day I got the news I will be taking on the lead with another project.  I met with my boss and another person who is in charge of this project (he is leaving us for another job).  So I will be taking on another major project this summer.  If I figure out my boss's thinking, he will be having me work almost all summer (my only down time will be the 4th of July weekend). 

On a happy note, my family put in a bid on a townhouse.  Our offer was accepted.  Our closing date is later on in July.  So having lots of work this summer is good for me.  We were out tonight looking at flooring and paint.  The one bad thing with knee problems is when you move you need to hire people to do some of the work on your home. 

Well that is all from here.  Take care and enjoy the beautiful weather (hopeful you are experiencing the same weather we are)...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 30, 2012, 01:25:33 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I was given another task at work today.  Yes I have been assigned to the website committee.  Soon I will be overseeing the creation and upkeep of our website.  Yes another major task assigned in several days.  As for the major task I am working on I got our weekly data sent in for our grant early today.  I still have one massive data dump left (new data should be coming in on Tuesday and Wednesday).  This time I created the data sheets I need.  So the data will come in cleanly.  And the database I created will input the data, calculate it, and disaggregate it.  All the data will be sent out shortly after it comes in.

As for my knees I have been getting us to the pain (it is amazing how your body gets use to certain things).  With the warm weather (and not having overcast days...I hope I did not jinks myself) I have not had the crippling pain. 

Since I have completed my programing for this weekend I can spend time with my family. 

Have a fun filled and exciting weekend...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 04, 2012, 01:18:41 AM
Hello everybody,

Well sent out my excel sheets...people got them, some followed directions, others made modifications (without telling me), others added info (without telling me), and some moved things around (without telling me).  I was able to see what they did and cleaned up the sheets prior to my data dumps.  Ran all the sheets through my database and amazing what clean data gives you.  Everything looks good.  Created one master excel sheet with all the information the grant needs and emailed it out.  Yeah that massive data dump is over.  Round two comes later this month.  And yes, I love creating solutions.

I got to hire a new person this week.  I love this feeling.  Giving someone a job is fantastic.  One the other hand I had to tell the other applicants that the job has been filled and its not them is horrible (since there were 2 great people).  Also I had to let a person go who was not producing.  My boss told me I had to do this.  Afterwards we talked and he said it never gets easy doing this (he wants me to take on more of an administrative roll..I am all for this) and I agree with him.

As for my knees I am taking it one day at a time.  I have pain and the other day I set it off while moving my wife's car.  At work I am so busy that my pain is in the back of my mind.  I am glad that tomorrow is a day off (and my only day off this summer).

Have a happy 4th...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 05, 2012, 08:42:56 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I am waking up with massive pain in my knees.  After I move, or do light exercise, I feel better.  At work I am very busy so I am not paying attention to my pains.  Feeling it now that I am home.

I found out that I have an new position, at my current job, today.  Exciting.  Not to mention the 6 hours I worked on data.  I am sooooooooooo brain fried now.  I hope that things will be better tomorrow.  I have to work on excel sheets for my employees tomorrow.  Yes, this will be used in weekly reports and grant data dumps.  I can not wait until the final report and see all of our hard work and effort paying off.  Initial data looks very good.

I need to do what I did yesterday...watch movies, eat, and sleep.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 07, 2012, 09:03:52 PM
Hello everybody,

I am sitting on the sofa enjoying the overcast weather, it is raining on and off today.  Since I can not got outside I am doing laundry and watching movies.  The rest of the family is out and about.  Nothing exciting going on today.  Earlier, in between folding clothes, putting clothes is the washer or dryer, I was stretching.  I counted the cracks I was able to get out of my spine.  Lately I felt stiff and would stretch in the morning.
So I started off with a bang...or should I say pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop.  Yes 9 cracks.  My spine was feeling good.  How many more could I get?  I kepted stretching and counting.  Soon I was at 15.  I stopped and drank some water.  I started to stretch and the cracks kept coming.  22, 23, 24.. I was not even close to the end.  After, I don't know, 8 minutes the total was 47 cracks.
I feel like a new man.  I feel relaxed and my back, and spine, is feeling great.  I can not believe how many cracks came out of my back.  I have not felt this good in years.  To celebrate I took a nap.
Have a fantastic day,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 15, 2012, 06:33:45 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I have been swamped under this week.  We have several special programs running this summer.  One of them just ended.  (People are going on vacation so we have about 15 less from this).  Then another group was out of town for 3 days (another 10 people were not here).  So we are running a the bare minimum number of employees to run everything.  On top of this we have had 2 medical situations and a change in staff.  While all of this is going on I had to send in more data, create excel sheets, update my database, add fields, and write code.  It was a good week for work, yet stressful.

On top of this I had dental work done.  It has been 2 years since I dental work.  Dealing with the knees, surgery, recovery, and possibility of more surgery I did not want to start some dental work and not be able to complete what is needed.  On Thursday I spent 2 hours at the dentist.  X-rays, deep cleaning, and other items and my mouth feels like new.  I have to make 2 more appointments for follow ups (checking one tooth...possible root canal and removing wisdom teeth..I have 3).  Yes insert your loss of wisdom jokes here (once removed you will have no more wisdom or right now you have 3/4 the wisdom of the average person, etc).

If several weeks we have the closing on our new place.  It is not a new construction, but it is new for us.  We are calling around to find a handy man to install flooring, paint in high up areas, and some other little items around the house.  (During the summer my only day off has been the 4th).  Through all my new responsibilities and items I am overseeing I have no time for vacation.  This means more money for the house (the money pit as I call it).

At work my boss hired someone new so I am one of the people assisting with training him (and getting him on all of your servers, website, email, wiki, blog, etc).  Yes let the fun begin.

Earlier today I was programing for 2 hours so I will have all the databases ready for our second grant data dump.  This will occur after the 24th.  This week I need to go through and analyze the data sent in, clean up the data, and eliminate what is not necessary.

The weather is changing again.  Now we are experiencing hot and dry weather.  We will be in the 90s this week.  I guess it is time to tint the car windows.

Have a fantastic weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 19, 2012, 07:02:04 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry for not posting.  I have been dealing with a tooth issue.  I went to the dentist for a cleaning and check up.  Nothing new and exciting.  X-rays, cleaning, and the regular conversation.  I mentioned that I had a small pain in the lower right jaw.  It felt like a pin prick.  I mentioned it because it was in an abnormal place.  A new 3D x-ray machine was used.  And look at that a dark spot.  Could be a root canal.  Oh what fun.

I was given the name of another dentist who could check out the tooth and perform the procedure.  An appointment for the 26th.  Tuesday night I was eating dinner and the pain that occurred was epic.  Wow, I never had this type of pain in my mouth.  As the night went on the pain was worse.  No sleep all of Tuesday.

Wednesday I went to work, called my other dentist, and got an appointment for that day.  I was examined and x-rayed.  Sensitivity to hot and cold.  And finally the light test.  Well there was no need for a root canal.  No celebrating yet.  I need to have the tooth removed.  I was given the name of an oral surgeon.

This morning I called and was able to be seen be the oral surgeon.  Not only did I have tooth 30 removed, I had my 3 wisdom teeth removed.  So here I sit on the sofa writing with 4 less teeth and a swollen face.  I hope your day it better than mine.  On top of all of this my birthday is Saturday.  Happy B-day to me, and yes I sure know how to celebrate.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2012, 07:38:17 PM
Hello everybody,

Well its 2 days after having 4 teeth removed and I am feeling good.  I felt like I could have gone into work Friday (but I did not).  We are purchasing a town home soon so we went shopping today.  We found several items we wanted and we will order them next week.  On Monday we have someone coming out to measure the place and we will order the flooring and paint. 

Today is my birthday so we went out for a b-day breakfast...eggs and a banana.  Lunch was chicken noodle soup.  Mashed potatoes for dinner.  Do I know how to live it up or what?  The good news is if everything goes as planned I will be back at work on Monday.

Tomorrow we are going to a Farmer's market.  Hopefully there will be food I can eat there.  There are lots of fresh food, organic and local farmers, selling products so I hope I can support our farmers.

Take care and have a fantastic weekend,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 22, 2012, 05:35:30 PM
Hello everybody,

We continue th birthday weekend celebration.  Last night was a dinner for two...chicken and mashed potatoes.  This morning the family went out to breakfast (pancakes and eggs).  Eating different foods.  My mouth is still sore from the 4 teeth being removed, at least I can eat different foods.  What is amazing is that my jaws, and face, did not puff up.

This morning we went to a farmer's market.  The foods smelled incredible.  Unfortunately none of which I could eat.  The kettle corn was the killer.  They were making this fresh.  Then there was the barbeque places and the Indian food.  I can not wait until me mouth is better so I can eat my way through the market.

I hope your weekend is exciting...take care,
Mr. F

PS- laundry time....at least 5 loads.  And one week until we get our new place.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 28, 2012, 07:02:55 PM
Hello everybody,

Well the work for the grant is in, on time, and approved.  To quote a line from a movie my son has been watching on HBO "I love it when a plan comes together".  What is nice is that if I need a team to work on this again everyone has already said they would come back and work with me.  (It is great to know I have a hard working and dedicated group of people willing to work for and with me).  Right now most people are on vacation, so very few of us are at work.  Very quiet, but still lots of work.

As for us, we had our closing.  Now it is time to get in and fix the place up: painting, new flooring, some odds and ends, and we are hoping everything will be ready in 2 weeks.  We have spent 11 hours (in the past 2 days) working on the place.  So far the knees are holding up.  I am experiencing limited pain.  I guess my knees know the place needs to be done in 2 weeks so after this I can give our (lol).  I have painted the ceilings in the top and entry levels.  (The basement does not need the ceiling painted).  Most of the work has come in the form of removing the window treatments and removing wall anchors.  There were so many window treatments that in one area I had to fill in at least 15 holes (and remove wall anchors).

We are getting ready to spend a little family time.  Along with this we need to do laundry.  So let the fun begin....

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 04, 2012, 12:31:25 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry for not posting in awhile.  I forgot when the last time I wrote something.  Let me see...where should I start?  OK...At work it is vacation time.  There are 2 of us now coming in daily.  I am working on a new project that somebody else started.  I do not mind these projects, unless it is like this one.  The person who started it is taking a job somewhere else.  He is good but there is no logic to his systems and methods.  It is like trying to follow a five year old through a story.  I asked my boss, and another higher up working on this project, if we can scrap it and start all over.  Unfortunately we are behind in time and can not do this, so the past 3 days I have been in programing h*ll.  I will work through this and the project will be successful.

We closed on our home last Friday.  Since then we have painted the ceilings, the bedrooms, the main floor, and the basement.  I have pulled up, cut up, rolled, and removed 1600 square feet of carpet and underlay.  Along with this my son and I removed all the nails,tacks that we in the floor.  My wife hired a college kid to help and he has removed all the wood and nails that held down the carpet, removed the baseboards, and the window treatments.  Yesterday we had to pick up 1500 square feet of flooring (wood) and bring this to the house (over 3100 pounds of flooring).  Monday it will be installed.  We had to rent a U-Hall to do this.  When we got it home we had to unload it (2 boxes equals about 60 pounds and there was about 100 boxes).  To say that I am sore today is an understatement.  I carried at least 36 boxes into the house.  Along with this I was in the U-Hall handing the boxes to the person who was helping us.  OUCH!.

I did not tell you about our flooring nightmare and the company that almost made us mess up our instillation, work around the house, installing new toilets, shelves, move in, move out, our current lease, etc.

Today we are painting and cleaning up the floors so when the guys come in to work on the wood and install the new flooring everything is ready.  Off to the local hardware store.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 11, 2012, 06:04:57 PM
Hello everybody,

Wow it's been some time since my last post and I have exciting news.  But before I get to this let me tell you how sore I am.  I am not talking about just my knees.  I am talking about my arms, legs, back, and knees. 

First off we moved last night.  There is some small items around the house that need to be done.  We have some people coming in this week to paint the staircases and walls that we could not reach, building built ins (shelving and bookcases), and someother odds and ends.

Yesterday it started to rain while I was at work (an hour before I was leaving to assist with the move).  By the time I left work it was raining harder.  I got home and had some minor packing, ran out of tape, and left for the store.  By the time I got out it was raining even harder.  By the time it was an hour until the move the rain was coming down even harder.  We started to panic alittle.  At a half an hour till the move the rain picked up.  You could see the flood starting.  Some of the movers showed up and it's still raining.  As the moving truck pulls up the rain stops.  We pack up the truck and move (about 5-10 minutes away).  We unpack the truck and set up the rooms (well set them up to the best of our tired ability).  At 9:30 we headed out to dinner.

Today (around 7:30 am) we are at breakfast and I overheard a conversation.  Last night a tornado hit our area, trees were toppled, power goes down, flooding, etc.  We were untouched.  We are getting our cable set up now.  Yes Internet went up with no problems.  Cable box, on the other hand, is not working.  For the next two weeks we will be in an unpacking nightmare.

As for work, I inherited a massive, major, huge, did I tell you incredibly important project.  One of my coworkers took a job somewhere else and I was the "lucky one" who got this project.  I met with my boss and another high up (under my boss).  The project was explained to me, what the coworker did was explained, and we worked on our plan to get this work accomplished.  I saw the big picture, while the other two just wanted to push on through.  Too much work to start this all over.  So I was overruled and told "we can not move backwards".  I said if we move forwards we are @$&?!- (word that would get me tossed from this message board).  Nobody listened.

So now I am in programming hell.  Nobody is in.  They are on vacation.  The entire database is messed up.  Data is not connecting, transferring, and missing.  I was told to keep moving on.  One person is coming back on Monday.  The unfortunate occurrence is that I am starting to oversee another project on Monday.  So it will not be until later on in the day that we can meet and discuss our strategy.  At least he will be able to see the problems and work on them before we meet.

On top of all of this I was selected to be part of a site review for another part of our company.  In November I get to travel and review policies, procedures, customer service, etc.  We are meeting with, having conversations with, asking questions, surveying, and writing reports.  (This will be my first down time since April or May).

Well I need to go....off to the store for a dishwasher (I thought that was my job) and other supplies.

Take care and go out and have some fun this weekend.

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 11, 2012, 10:30:04 PM
Hello everybody,

Well we are surviving the extreme weather.  Tornado warnings and watches, not to mention the problems with flooding in our new town.  Day one and the weather is still lousy.  Such is life.

We have two cats and they are trying to adjust to their new surroundings.  Today we spent the morning looking out a window (at the birds, another cat, squirls, and people).  One of the cats thinks I am her human so she was all over me.  The other was crying and just wanted to be around someone.  We did this until the able  guy showed up and got us connected.

We went out a ran around.  A new dishwasher, toaster oven, bird feeder and seeds, bathroom stuff, and other household items.  Of our travels our son likes to walk ahead of us.  He has this habit of walking in front of me and randomly stopping for no reason.  Today he did this when I was no looking.  I slammed into his foot  and stubbed my toes.  Now my knee is killing me.  I am having difficulty moving, walking, and in general bending.  The joys of knee problems.

Tomorrow is my wife's birthday.  What did I get her?  How about a new home.  We moved in 2 days before her birthday.  Tomorrow she wants to go to a farm for breakfast.  The reason you go here is mainly for the view.  Unbelievable view.  If I cannot walk we might not be able to go. 

What I am enjoying in our new place are the patios.  We have on down on the ground level and another on the second floor.  It is so nice sitting out in the shade, cool breeze, and being able to relax.  We have never had this.  Enjoying the sounds of nature while working or on the Internet.  I could get use to this.

Enjoy your weekend I know I will...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 16, 2012, 02:38:58 AM
Hello everybody,

Well the new house is keeping me busy.  My honey do list is getting shorter.  Last night and tonight I was working on the new Ikea furniture. Yes we made sure I had some assistance.  Last night, after working a 8 and a half our day I worked on assembling furniture for 5 hours.  We were able to put together 3 bookshelves, a night stand, and started the kitchen island.  At 10:00pm my knees gave out (which led to my back giving out and my hips misaligned).  I was in agony.  I took some pain meds and fell asleep.  When I woke up this morning it felt like I slept for 2 hours. 

I have no idea why someone would get addicted to these pills.  How can you survive on the feeling of no sleep, lack of energy, enthusiasm, and being positive?  It was like I was going through the motions and felt lethargic.  This is no way to live.  I had to take the meds because I struggled to walk to my room, take a shower, and going to bed.

As for today we continued working on the island (everything is ready and the counter top is coming in tomorrow...all I have to do is attach it to the island and we are ready to go), assembled the futon couch, and a make-up counter for my wife.  We have some tables coming in soon.  All that is needed are the bases for the legs and the legs.  This should take 10-15 minutes a table (we have 3 tables coming in).

Now for work.  We had several people transfer, move out of state, retire, and lost do to budget cuts.  So we are hiring new staff.  I got to meet some of these people today.  It is a great feeling to see such big smiles when you offer a helping hand, some advice, or recommendations.  Also walking people around and getting to know them helps clam their nerves.  And nothing major is going on.  Wait until Monday when the projects start coming at them.

As for me I am in programing h*ll.  My boss and the person above me who are overseeing and running the project that was left finally see how f-ed up it really is.  There was some major overhauling done to it.  Now I get to go in and clean up all the mistakes.  Again it should have been scraped and started over 3 weeks ago.  Everything would have been clean, numbers would make sense, and we would have been done shortly.  Instead I was pulled off of 2 projects and placed on this.

I found out from a co-worker that our boss wants a video shot, edited, music and graphics entered, and I have no idea what else added.  When does he want this?  By Tuesday.  He wants this presented to the entire staff.  Did I mention that I have to present to the entire staff on Wednesday, so I have to put together my presentation on top of this.  (All along I will be working on the messed up project).  And there is a training I have to put together for a department,  a cite review in November, staff development, establishing a mentoring program, and I just found out that I need to fill out payroll when I get in tomorrow.  Wow, I need a vacation.

Oh, did I mention my boss and the other person above me will be off site at a staff development tomorrow and Friday so I am left alone with the messed up project.  What fun will be happening in my office the next 2 days.  Any music that you can recommend that will help me keep motivated during this data nightmare?

I am hoping that my knees hold up throughout the rest of this week without more knee pain.  My family wants to go wale watching this weekend.  If my knees hold up we should have a good time.  And get to eat some seafood (and ice cream).

Take care and try to keep positive...That is our new motto at work (we will be positive no matter what),

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 18, 2012, 07:51:43 PM
Hello everybody,

Loving the new place.  It is so nice living in a smaller town where you can walk to almost everything.  No need to drive to the local grocery store, bank, pet store, library, hardware store, restaurants, etc.  We did find an exception to this last night.  We all went out for dinner.  Very nice Japanese restaurant.  It was a beautiful night when we walked to the restaurant.  When we left, well the weather was not so cooperative.  I received a server weather warning as we were leaving.  We go stuck at the restaurant for 40 minutes.  And yes we did walk home in the rain.

As for my knees I am still in pain.  All of the moving, cleaning, fixing up, and building (not to mention the 9 hour work day) have taken a toll on my knees.

At work I am still cleaning up the mess left to me.  Everytime I find that I have taken 3 steps forward I get kicked 5 steps backward.  I found out Friday that 2 days of work were cleaned out of the database because of input errors.  The database was not put together properly, the data had to be erased, and the database was fixed.  Now I have to re-enter the data.  I have to go in on Sunday to work on this.

On top of this I am assisting with shooting and editing a video being shown next week.  Also I have a presentation to the staff on Tuesday.  I am working on an interactive PowerPoint, with pictures, videos, other people's voices, and transitions so it looks more like a movie than a simple PowerPoint.

Well off to the laundry.....have an exciting weekend...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 20, 2012, 05:21:04 PM
I know the pain of inherited database syndrome.  Makes you want to bang you head on the wall sometimes.  I also get the "oh didn't we tell you we changed all our procedures, now the database does not work right".  Keeps me busy I suppose.  Hope the knees settle once the big moving and such is done.  Long work days do not help, but once the moving is really complete you can come home and give the knees a bit more rest.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 20, 2012, 10:49:26 PM
Hello everybody,

Milly...its great to hear from you.  I am in program, database, entering data hell.  Everyday that I work on this I find more and more errors.  I wanted to scrap the entire database and start all over.  The amazing thing is that the person above me, who thinks we can save this database, sees no problem with this program.  Unfortunately he is not a programer, showed the other person how to create a database, and has all these errors.  I emailed my boss and awaiting an answer to see what assistance I will be provided.

I am working on this and a presentation at the same time.  Also working with another group on a video, assisting with customers, providing data on demand, printing reports, reviewing reports, assisting the new people, and working with the community.  All the while I get to go home and work 4-6 hours more on the new house.  I need a vacation.

My wife took the cats to the Vet today and we found out that one of the cats has a heart issue.  We need to run tests to see the severity and cause(s) of the heart issue.  My wife will set up the appointment and then we have the hurry up and wait time frame.  Run to get the test(s) done and wait to see when the results come in.

Hope your week has been better than mine....But I keep smiling...

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 21, 2012, 06:02:27 PM
Wow long week already!  Hope the cat comes out ok and maybe just needs some medicine.  Poor things, they need us for so much!

Yeah we had our big conversion to virtual desktops and etc.  Been and interesting first week back a work!  Whew!  Everyone is still at the adjustment stage!  I can't find this, why does this not work like before.  Never a dull moment.  Good luck on the database, hope it works out somehow.  Juggling multiple projects is always the challenge isn't it?  Don't have a new house, but an old one that always seems to need something, so understand that too!  Don't forget to take care of yourself a bit too though.

Let me know how the presentation goes.  Good luck!

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 25, 2012, 12:25:53 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I gave my presentation to the staff yesterday.  At the last minute my boss changed the format, instead of presenting to the entire staff we had 3 smaller groups that the employees rotated through.  I was pared up with a new staff member.  He is a babbler, talked 45 minutes none stop.  Wow, I could not believe it.  Ask a question, keep moving on, ask another question move on, and ask a question and move on.  Never stopped and talked with the staff, never stopped and asked about an answer, and talked about the most random topics.

On the other hand my presentation was different from anything they have ever been part of.  PowerPoint with animations, words moving, spinning, changing colors, videos, pictures, transitions, and no talking from myself.  It was very motivating.  I had several people ask me to work with them on presentations and Powerpoints.  Afterwards I surveyed random staff members to obtain feedback.  I found that they want more training like this, they enjoyed being the active participants, and the videos motivated them. 

As for my project of [email protected] handed it over today and my superior is now responsible for threw mess.  My boss asked for one last data point.  I was able to provide updated data from our research department and was able to forward it to my supervisor and boss.  Also I am now the go to person for the public.  It is nice to work with the public and provide support, and empower, people.

Today was my only day off this summer.  I took my son into work for an hour or two.  Once I got there I needed a favor from the custodial  staff.  In return I assisted with setting up for a presentation.  Simple right?  What did I get myself into?  I had the computer, speeker, and LCD projector ready.  Down 2 floors and ready to set up.  Surge protectors, extension cords, etc.  All set up and no power.  One, two, three, four, five different power plugs later and no power.  20 minutes later we finally found an outlet that had power.

I went up to my office and started cleaning it.  I needed to moved 2 closets full of someone elses junk to another floor.  After this I need to rearrange my office.  During this time I was dealing with the public, fielding calls, providing data, reports, etc.  Dealt with several requests from the staff and my boss.  Got ready to leave and my boss wanted to meet  2 hours later.  Waited around, and then got an email (2 minutes before we were to meet to wait and meet in 30 minutes).  What?

On my only day off this summer I spent 8 hours at work...I came in for 2 hours at the most.  Fun.....

On Monday I had several major meetings to attend.  They were on opposite ends of town.  I received an email informing me that I have another meeting I need to attend on Monday.  I am so brain fried right now.

Tomorrow we are going wale watching.  Fun time with the family, and hopefully some good seafood.

Have a fantastic weekend,

Mr. f
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 27, 2012, 02:32:53 AM
Hello everybody,

We went wale watching on Saturday.  We were startled by seeing a sea turtle and a harbor seal on the way out.  The seal was laying around on on it's back floating along.  As for the sea turtle blink and you missed it.  We saw 3 different types of wales.  About 15 different wales in all.  We also saw tuna chasing bait fish.  Again if you blinked you missed it, we saw tuna jumping out of the water.

As for today, I received an email requesting my assistance with the messed up project.  I spent 5 hours working on this.  As for my other work that I spent the past month cleaning up went to [email protected] today.  I checked my work and noticed that my supervisor took controll of the project and f-ed it up.  I feel my last month of work was for nothing.  I need to make an appointment with my boss and see what is going on.

Frustrated, aggravated, and pissed.  Now I have a meeting tomorrow morning to discuss, plan, and work on a roll out of another project I am working on.  How am I going to sit through this?

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 27, 2012, 04:21:51 PM
Oh dear!  What an exciting day off!  I just love it when someone else messes with something and you have to go back and fix it.  Good luck.  Hope the knees hold out.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 01, 2012, 03:54:24 PM
Hello everybody,

Well it's been some time since my last post.  So where do I start?  Let me see.... I have it!  Remember the project that was messed up?  The one I worked on cleaning up the data for about a month.  The database I wanted to trash and start all over.  Well my supervisor took over the project and undid all of my work in 2 days.  Yes everything I did was trashed and the data that was entered is severely messed up.  Now my boss wants print outs of the data, and has a team of about  9-11 people looking at the data.  They are going to try to lean up what was entered.  (Wasn't that what I was doing over the summer?)

Now we have more data coming in and the program is still running improperly.  So the new data is messed up.  And this will need to be cleaned up.  Oh what fun.

I have been keeping busy at work.  I had to deliver small books to our staff.  Running up and down the stairs,  elevators sometimes working, and carrying books is so much fun.  The goos news is it was only one floor up and one floor down.  I delivered over 600 books. 

Along with this I am working on several databases.  And yes I am creating these.  I have several employees who want training in different software so I am working on a schedule for this.  It is nice to feel appreciated.  I am trying to get people to use PowerPoint in a different way.  Not just massive amounts of words and saying what is on the slide.  Bringing in pictures, graphs, charts, linking websites, embedding video and/or music, etc.  Using timing to bring in items, text, audio and visual items.  Making sure that they are using their timings properly, coming up with notes so the slide is not packed with words, and using transitions so the presentation looks more like a movie than a PowerPoint.  I am aiming to embed voice so they can play the PowerPoint and not have to say a word.

As for the new place we are wiring up the flat screen so it is mounted over the fireplace.  I am hoping we can have this done today.  I want to be able to watch college football later.  Since it is the start to the season there are few good games on.  Next week will be better.

Take care and enjoy the weekend...I will,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 08, 2012, 03:45:36 PM
Hello everybody,

I hope you had a more relaxing week than myself.  Remember the messed up project I was working on for about a month?  The one my supervisor took over and messed it up.  Well I was talking to some employees and they are going through the data and cleaning it up.  They are spending hours and hours looking over all the data, making sure the credits are clean, and if not  making recommendations.  All of which I cleaned up is summer.  What a waste of man power and time.

All this week, at work, I have new "fans".  These are the people who wanted my job last year because they thought all I did was sit around and play on a computer all day long.  Now that we are all back and there was a shake up in our offices, these people finally see what I go through in a day.  They are amazed at what I can accomplish in a day, what gets thrown at me, how I handle it, and that I have such a positive attitude.  On top of this my "work wife" is back.  (One of the secretaries had surgery and she is back).

On top of all of this I did something to my knee yesterday I and could not walk by the time I got home.  We'll close to home.  My left knee stiffened up when I was leaving work, still in the building.  By the time I got to my car I was feeling it more.  And by  time I was 50 feet from my home my left knee stiffened up so much that I could barely bend it.  I spent the night on the sofa.  I was eating comfort foods. 

When I am feeling is a tightness in the knee.  Pain is coming from the center and sides of the patella.  There is a stiffness in the knee and quad muscles when I bend it.  I have no idea what I did, at work, to cause this.  If you have experienced this pain please let me know what you did to compat this pain. 

My  brother came into town.  We are going to one of the Halls of Fame today.  What is great is that is a total guys day.  There are four of us going.  Yes I will suffer so my son gets to spend some time with his uncle. 

Well that is all for now....Have a fantastic weekend,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2012, 02:40:11 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I finally broke down and joined a gym.  My wife wanted to join a gym, but she could not find one like we had several years ago (before we moved).  She loves the classes and small group workouts.  Well she found a gym that has what she wants except the monthly fee was out of our price range.  She researched the gym and our health plan and found that a family membership, which has 3 people, is the same as an individual.  So we all joined a gym this week.

I have been at least 6 times with two days going two times.  Yes I am sore all over, but it is the good sore.  I can feel the burn in my arms, abs, legs, back, chest, shoulders, etc.  Typing is a "fun" experience.  I met up with a personal trainer on Saturday.  We talked and he was walking me through some exercises.  We get to the leg presses.  I explained that I have knee issues, have had several operations on each knee, which includes knee replacement, and he proceeds to place 140 pounds of weight on the machine.  At this point I am laughing because I can feel my knees exploding and a nice long recovery coming on.  I again explain my situation and he drops the weight to 60 pounds.  More like it.

We all have been loving the gym.  On top of this we are eating healthier and walking more.  It is nice that the weather has changed and it is actually cool outside.  So walking everywhere is no problem.  Exercising, it is a great stress reliever.

Speaking of stress I was dumped upon a new task and title (well 2 new tasks and one new title).  We are under review for accreditation, so I was moved off of one committee and placed in another.  Once I was moved to this committee I became the co-chair of the committee.  I was informed of the move the night before our committee meetings.  Yes I hand no prior warning and no information.  What a fun meeting that was.

The next new task is one that has a timeline and we need a data dump for it.  The timeline starts tomorrow, and our data dump (if we are lucky) comes in Thursday.  We have 20 days to complete our task.  One is strictly computer based.  The other is using forms, collecting and analyzing data, and inputting this data into a database.  We have no idea when we will be getting our printed copies.  The printed forms have never been used, no one has been trained, and we have rubrics with no exemplars to follow.  Can you say data nightmare, invalid data, and tons of complaints.  One question, why me?

Oh, remember the messed up project that I was given?  We it still lives.  I was taken off of it several weeks ago.  The month I worked on it, cleaned it up, and made it workable was trashed.  Now it is even more messed up than before.  And well not be cleaned up for months.  It is amazing to see this in action.

My wife came down to let me know I need to eat because she wants to head out to the gym in about an hour.  Off to the weight room.  Enjoy time with the family...

Mr. F

PS- Did my first leg routine on Thursday and everything went well.  Light weights, less repetitions, and stopping if I felt any discomfort or pain.   
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2012, 11:58:46 PM
Hello everybody,

Today we spent the later morning and early afternoon running around.  The trip was too far to walk, unfortunately.  I went to th gym today and had a fantastic workout.  What is amazing is how much protein and calories I have taken in today.  On top of this the amount of water I have been consuming is increasing immensely.  I noticed an increase in weight today.  Also I played basketball today.  Well it was more like attempting to find my shot again.  Nobody was at the gym, around 4pm, so I got a b-ball and tried to make a basket.  I probably hit 30% of my shots.  It felt great doing this.

Now I am eating tons of food, over 1200 calories in 40 minutes.  And I still am hungry.  My wife is making chicken.  I am hoping this will fill me up.  If not I might need to consume a meal replacement shake.  Also I am doing laundry.  Wow we are using lots more lclothing since we have started working out.  Even my son made a comment about his laundry and how much it weighed.  I am looking a 7 loads tonight.  (Or as many as I can get through tonight).

Tomorrow I start my new exercise routine.  I am so looking forward to this.  I want to feel the burn this week.  This weekend I have an appointment with my trainer and I want to impress him with my dedication and endurance.  I know he is going to work me until I drop.  I just want to be somewhat ready.

Take care and have a relaxing week,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 22, 2012, 06:27:00 PM
Hello everybody,

Well its been an interesting 2 weeks.  My family joined a gym.  My wife is looking to shed some weight and I am trying to gain weight, while increasing muscle.  I have increased my protein and calories over the past week (from 2,000-2,200 calories to 4,400-6,000 calories) while working out.  I met with a trainer who gave me several days of workout routines.  I have gained 7 pounds and feel soooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo much healthier and better.  On Friday I had to move manuals, books, carts, etc from one room to another.  I took 60 plus books up the stairs (in one trip) and got a flatbed and moved 5 loads without being winded (and limited pain).  Yes last week was good for the knees.

As for my leg workouts at the gym I am starting off light and more on form.  By Friday I have increased the weights, nothing that would be worth bragging about.  Still the legs are holding up.  And today I took a class with the wife.  (I was the only male in the room).  Great workout.  I am feeling it in the quads.

As for work, well things are going from bad to really bad.  I have our employees, the public, and others coming to me asking why I am no longer on the messed up project.  "You fixed this last time", "you were able to assist and get done what was needed", or "why can't you be in-charge" is what I am hearing daily.  My supervisor wanted this task and our boss wants him, and only him, handling it.  I feel so helpless when people come to me and ask for assistance on this project.  I have to defer to my supervisor and then hear the moans, complaints, or worse.

Today the weather started to change.  It was in the 40s when I woke up.  (I sleep in on the weekends).  So this is going to make it more difficult to get up at 4am, eat, and hit the gym early.  I will push myself to do this.  I feel better when I have worked out in the morning.  Also I am making an effort to get in two 2-a-days during the week (once at 5am and again around 5pm). 

My coworkers think that I am insane for doing this.  I tell them it is a great stress reliever.  The other comment I get all the time is "take it easy on the knees".  Like I would go in a squat 150 pounds or leg press 200 pounds.  I want to be able to walk.

I hear the laundry calling me so I will say good-bye (5 loads of laundry today)...

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 24, 2012, 02:42:29 PM
Glad the exercise is helping you feel better.  It does lift the spirits.  If the knees are not complaining too much then you are probably hitting about right.  Too bad about the project.  I know our folks are feeling that way with our new system that I don't have any admin rights to anymore.  Keep up the good work at the gym.

Milly
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 07, 2012, 06:32:36 PM
Hello everybody,

Well its been some time since I posted last.  The gym is going well.  I want to gain some weight (while building muscle).  I have gained about 8 pounds over the past several weeks.  I have been going to the gym at least 5 times a week.  My legs are still the weakest part of my body, at least my legs are getting stronger.  Adding weights to my exercises (small amounts at a time).

I know a band director at a local high school.  I walked in a parade today.  It was nice to be apart of the community and working with students.  This is the second week in a row I have assisted with the band.  I keep hearing the songs over and over in my mind.   (I feel like getting up and moving).

As for work I am working on a new project.  Yes this one is running better than the last project (because I am running this project).  The people I am working with are very happy  that I have been running everything.

The weather is changing and getting colder.  It is nice to have the windows open and feel the cool breeze.  This week it is going to be tough to get up early and go to the gym.

Take care,
Mr. F

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 14, 2012, 12:45:06 PM
Hello everybody,

Well my 3 weeks of hell are finally over.  We, myself with some assistance from another co-worker, finished a 3 week project in which I was in a small, not well ventilated room, working with 28 computers.  By mid day I was dripping in sweat.  Now comes the fun time of pulling apart the data and seeing what is reliable and what is not.  Also I am working with another department, getting them to input their data and then we will analyze what they have.  (We are using a new protocol and data system.  No trial, no baseline, no anchor data...this should be fun.)

This weekend I was out in the community recruiting.  I love doing this.  I get to meet all kids of applicants, talk to perspective clients, and show off my company and what I do.  I love doing this because I always change people's minds about what we are and what we do. 

Also our town had its local festival (yesterday and today).  We all went.  It was so nice to walk there (not having to fight traffic, find a parking spot, or park at a local mall and get on a bus).  Yes we ate our way through the festival.  For the first time in 3 years (that is how long we have been going to this festival) it did not rain and the ground was not covered in mud.

Oh, gym updates...I am leg pressing (on a machine not the actual leg press you find in the free weights area) 100 pounds.  I am slowly working up the weights I am using.  On the actual leg press, one would find in the free weights area, I am pressing 85 pounds.  I can hear my squeak in my left knee every time I contract.  I need some WD40.

Later on, Saturday night, everyone was sleeping and I was watching college football I noticed a light on in the basement.  I walked down the stairs to turn off the light.  Bad move on my part.  (It was cold out, and I had on socks...can you see where this is going?)  As I stepped on the third to the last step my foot slide off the step and down I went.  Slam...thump...thump....thump.  My wife comes running down.  Yelling "what was that" and "are you ok".  To my amazement I was ok.  Bruises on my ribs and arm where I landed but no knee pain.  (Wow did I get lucky).  Except two minutes later I could not bend my right pinky. 

I woke up this morning in pain.  My finger is mildly swollen, and limited mobility.  I believe I fractured my pinky.  I a little while I will go to a local pharmacy and check to see if there is anything I can do until I can see a doctor.  Today should be fun.

Well that is all from here.  Take care and have a fun Sunday.  I know I will...

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 20, 2012, 06:09:37 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I finally got back to the gym today.  My right pinky is getting better, but I still have limitations.  It was interesting at the gym.  I had to modify my workout as to not aggravate my finger.  And yes it's still swollen.

As for work, this week has been weird.  I have been fighting a bug for several days.  This made work fun for two days.  On Wednesday we had a system test.  Wow this was exciting.  Several hours of waiting and watching.  On Friday I had the surprise of the week.  My supervisor and myself were talking, after work...about our  families and stuff.  During the conversation he mentioned how impressed he is with my work and wants me to model what I do with others or have me work with others .  (Remember this is the guy I have had issues with...the messed up database).

Well that is all for now.  I am hoping to make it to the gym tomorrow.  Have a fantastic weekend.

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 21, 2012, 03:35:52 PM
Hello everybody,

It has been incredible weather here the last 2 days.  Yesterday we tried to go to one of our favorite museums, but it was closed.  (Preparing for a special event).  Instead we spent time at our local book store.  (Yes we are geeks).  We walked around town during the afternoon (the weather was perfect).  And we ate dinner out on the patio.

Today is a cleaning day.  5 loads of laundry (I am on the second load).  Also cleaning the house.  I just finished sweeping the floors (took about an hour and a half).  Love wood floors...nothing left behind (compared to carpet).  After this is dishes and sheets.  What a fun Sunday.

Nothing else exciting here.  Hoping to get to the gym later.  Have fun and get outside.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 29, 2012, 12:26:59 AM
Hello everybody,

Well we have been preparing for storm-a-gedon...Hurricane, a northeastern, and a high pressure system that is going to mix and come ashore soon.  It is amazing how people have no idea how to prepare for this storm.  A neighbor has a grill (big gas grill), potted plants, and two huge stacks of firewood outside on their patio.  We finally convinced our neighbors to bring everything inside.  Their daughter was over and gave me one hell of an attitude when I went next door and offered to assist.  "I don't need your help.  I work for the American Red Cross" is what I heard her saying as she passed me mumbling under her breath.  The husband was very upset since he had to come home from work and use up "too much breathes" to move the fire wood.  The wife kept apologizing for the other two's behavior.

All over the neighborhood are left out chairs, tables, toys, potted plants, grills, patio furniture, and other projectiles.  People have no idea what they are in for.  And they will not listen.  I guess when one of these objects goes through a window and destroys their home they will listen.

As for work...on Friday I was chosen to be part of a new administrative cohort.  I was very happy to receive this honor.  Our first meeting is scheduled for Wednesday.  As for the storm hitting, flooding, and power outages I believe that this will not occur.  The people I work with keep telling me "You got this because you are not that involved with anything that goes on here...they just wanted to get you involved"  followed by laughing.  Along with this I am pitching two new ideas to my boss for us to get the community involved with us.  One deals with library cards and a high school the other is a fund raiser for a local soup kitchen.

Working out has been "real fun" this week with my messed up pinky.  I was not able to use different equipment at the gym.  So I had to change my routines (which was good and bad).  I could not use any of the bars, only hand weights.  Also I could not lift more than 40 pounds without pain (extremely painful).  I did increase my leg weights this week.  And now the storm is going to hit, and if I am luck it will be either Wednesday or Thursday until I can go back to the gym.  If not I might be 7-10 days until I can go back.  All this progress and then nothing.

Well nothing else exciting here except that I did 6 loads of laundry to get everything clean prior to the storm.

Take care and be safe,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 10, 2012, 01:54:57 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry I have not posted in some time.  Work has been killing me.  And I do mean this.  I had a near death experience coming back from a work related trip.  I was caught up in the snow storm this week.  No snow tires on the car.  I was driving along, good half hour into my journey, and tried to apply the breaks.  All of a sudden my car was hydroplaning.  My car fish-tailed, turned, spun, faced the opposite direction, fish-tailed, the back end went off the road (I got some traction from the grass), felt like it was going to flip over, started to go down the embankment (this time it felt like I was going to flip backwards), and finally stopped 2 feet from a metal pole.  The entire time I felt like I was going in slow motion.  I could see the facial expressions of the people in cars around me. 
Once I stopped, I sat, put my car in park, shook for several moments, and said a prayer.  I could see the look of relief in the faces of people driving past me.  What was amazing was nobody was injured, no other cars were involved, and that my car and myself was not crushed.  The was one positive.  About 300 yards away was a fire truck, an ambulance, and a state trooper (an accident).
I was at an accreditation meeting for 4 days.  Let me tell you about how much fun and excitement we had.  From 6 am until 9:00-10:00 pm our days were filled with meetings, interviews, sample work, writing, and lectures.  Then we had to work on our own.  Reality was we were working 16-19 hours a day.  I am still mentally and physically drained from this.  (I told my boss he owes me big time).
When I was out my boss pass on two initiatives to me.  So, my e-mail was going wild.  I sent out a building wide e-mail, that nobody read, about not being in-town.  When I got back people are saying to me "when will you have my data".  The idea is to empower you.  I will show you where to go and how to obtain your data.  I do not have enough time in the day to get and analyze every employee's data.  I am not going to do your job.  Learn to read numbers and some charts so you can change the world.
Other than this I had to dig my way out of the snow on Thursday.  It was not so bad.  Less than 6 inches of snow.  And this coming week will be cool and beautiful.  Looking forward to some sunny and moderate temperatures.
Have a fantastic weekend...get out and have some fun while I recover...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 01, 2012, 02:37:40 PM
Hello every body,

Well its been some time since my last post.  Where do I begin.  I do not recall where I left off so here we go...My right pinky was broken (about 8 weeks ago I slipped and slammed my pinky into a step).  I went to a hand doctor right before Thanksgiving.  She said I had a break in an uncommon area of the finger.  The only way she was able to tell that the finger was broken because it was almost healing and that this showed up in the x-ray.  That was the good news, now I have to do PT for my finger and it will take 6-12 months to fully recover (still discolored and swollen).

During this time I did not go to the gym because I wanted to give my finger time to mend and recover.  I started going back to the gym 2 weeks ago.  As for my knees I am feeling somewhat better.  I started a new routine and I am squatting 90 pounds.  This my not seem like a lot to you, but I am doing the deep squats (no machine...barbell and weights).  I am not pushing myself to the outer limits, well not for awhile.  I want to build up my muscles that I have not worked out in years.

As for work, well I had staff training before Thanksgiving.  I was sent through each department reviewing, modeling, and providing next step assistance for a new protocol we have to use.  (It has nothing to do with anything we are doing, using, evaluated on, etc).  There is money tied to this program so I have to train all staff members. 

This week I have a training and roll out of this new protocol for next week (fun 2 weeks), PT for my finger, job fair (I am representing my company) in an area I have never been to (should be fun...I really mean this), possibly 2 staff meetings after work, and another professional development (there are 2 of us going and we have to present the project we are working on, our goals, outcomes, and next steps).  Also I just got involved in the review process for our new employees (I will not be evaluating them, but assisting, modeling, coaching, mentoring, etc). 

Yes I still have all of my "regular" work to do on top of this.  Oh and the following week I will be sent to another professional development on another protocol we will be using.  I believe this is the forth one this year.  And yes this has something to do with our work.  I am still trying to figure out what, but that is what I am told.  I will be part of the team that rolls this out to our staff.  (Sarcastically....Let the fun begin).

Other than all of this I am keeping busy.  My son has a birthday soon.  We will be spending family time together.  Which is always nice. 

Keep warm....I know I am trying to...snowing outside...

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 16, 2012, 12:08:00 AM
Hello everybody,

Well my two weeks of hell are finally over.  Work has me working overtime and then some.  I have had meetings before and after work, trainings, presentations, workshops, trainings I have conducted, conferences, and a public relations recruitment just to name a few things I was up to (on top of everything else I do on a daily basis).  I am working on a new major project with another person in my department.  We were trained on a new procedure and protocol.  We had to learn this, come up with a hands-on presentation (actively involve all departments who will and could be working with this system), present this to our boss, and turn key it all within one week.  On top of we are working on a major project with another department and our tech piece will not be ready until after new year.  Along with this I was sent to a training and have to work with my boss to turn key this initiative after the new year.  And yes I will have to put the presentation together (and make it hands-on and exciting). 

On a totally different note, my pinky is feeling better.  I went to the hand doctor this week and she said I just have to do my PT at home.  The finger is looking and feeling better.  More range and motion in it.  I guess keeping busy and not being able to go to the gym did help.  (I could not do anything foolish like attempting pull ups and making the finger feel worse).  I am still experiencing pain, swelling, and discolor in the joint.  (The dropping in temperature and rain does not help, but like everything else I will survive).

Other than this I am looking forward to some time off of work (holidays and new year).  I will be able to spend time with my family and work around the house (tackle that honey-do list).

I wish you and yours a happy holiday season....

Take care,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 24, 2012, 01:21:18 AM
Hello everybody,

So I have some time off of work.  Friday was my last day and I have sreveral days to unplug and relax.  For the past several weeks my acid reflux has been acting up.  I have been careful with my diet, I do not smoke, and I rarely drink.  I do not drink coffe or soda.  I am lactose intolerant so I do not eat dairy.  I thought that since my past serval weeks have been stressful that this was the cause of my problems.

Also since break has started I have been going back to the gym.  Stress, work, and being sick has kept me out of the gym for 2 weeks.  I do eat smaller portions multiple times a day, and have several healthy snacks.  I drink mainly water, if not soy milk.  This morning I eat, hydrated, and 45 minutes later went to work out.  I ate w snack on my way home.  I had a healthy lunch (turkey, grain bread, water, soy milk, and a hand full of potato chips).  I have been drinking water all day.  I have a snack around 3:30.  Around 7:50 I took out the floor mats to preform my daily ab exercises.  Half way through and I am belching up acid something fierce.  I had to stop my excises.
(If you want a fantastic ab routine let me know).

I thought about what I ate today.  No mint, no chocolate, no fruits high in acid, no coffee, nothing carbonated, no alcohol, so what would cause this.  Then I thought about my snacks.  I had peanuts.  Would peanut cause acid reflux?  Well yes they do.  So I now know I have been eating a snack that is making my acid reflux act up.  (I also bring peanuts to work to snack on, high in protein.  Now I have to find a new substitute for peanuts.

Other than this I am enjoying my time off and being unplugged.  No email, no cell phone, no meetings, no committees, no programming, no protocols...just time with my family.

Take care and happy holidays...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 16, 2013, 01:30:51 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry I have not post in some time.  I have been kept very busy and dealing with another health concern.  I have been dealing with acid reflux since I can remember.  In the past month my acid reflux has become progressively worse.  I have tried modifying my diet, less spicy foods, eliminating peanuts, less water during meals, and avoiding certain foods that would cause more acid to be produced.  None of this seems to be working.

As far as work is going...I am super busy.  I am working on a new database, sent to a community outreach program, trainings, trainings, and more trainings, staff development, train the trainers, new projects, meetings, training workers, and mentoring.  I am still dealing with the messed up database from earlier this year (I mean last year).  And yes the person who took over this database is still claiming there are no problems and everything is working out fine.  (Just wait until he has to go in-front of our boss and explain why everything is messed up). 

We were part of the snow storm so I am sitting home today (snow day).  Nice to sit back and relax. 

Oh I forgot to mention that I was able to convince my boss that I needed a team (set up, conduct, obtain and analyze data) for a project I am in-charge of.  Last time we ran this I had to be out of the office for 20 days while I was still responsible for all my other daily assignments and tasks.  It is nice to be able to do everything and just follow up on what was accomplished that day.  Nice to know that when you put together a responsible team things get done, and everything runs without a problem.

We the snow plows are coming down the street and I am in need of putting on something warmer, so take care and enjoy your snow day....

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 10, 2013, 12:45:39 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry for not posting for awhile.  I have been very busy and just forgot to post.  Hum, where should I start.  Let me see.  At work I was sent to a 3 day training (I know another one).  Now I can work and mentor new people in my department (officially).  I have been working with 2 people unofficially.  They are excited and we are coming up with some creative ideas.  Of course I am loving this.  I want to see them grow professionally, and personally. 
At work I am creating 2 new databases and trying to set up a server.  We have limited funding and resources so this makes it somewhat difficult.  A micro-tech an myself are thinking of how to set up the server and what apps can be used to input, store and track the data (leaning towards FileMaker Pro).  Pitching the idea to our boss next week.  Within 5 days the system should be up and running.
As for my family we are digging out of 24-30 inches of snow.  I spent 4 hours clearing a path to the parking lot and digging out my car.  We still are trapped since the complex is not completely dug out.  (Which might take several more days).  And through it all my knees are holding up (knock on wood).  I did experience cramping later on in the day (feet not knees and arms).

Question what does it mean when your knee goes completely ice cold and you have trouble bending and applying pressure to the knee?

This happens to me quit frequently and nobody has any idea.  Could it be circulation in the leg?  Something wrong with the implant?  If you feel my knee when this happens you can feel the differences in temperature between both knees.
On a completely different topic...the gym has been good to me.  I can squat 135 pounds.  No I am not talking about using the leg press machine, which I like.  I am talking about doing an actual squat.  And no I am not doing the half or quarter squat.  I am talking about the going vertical squat.  I am not pushing myself.  I am going slow and worked my way up to 135 pounds.  My wife thinks I am crazy for doing this.

Well that is all for now.  Have a fantastic day...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 22, 2013, 11:37:01 PM
Hello everybody,

Wow has time been flying by.  Very busy at work.  New project.  Working on this year's budget.  I never told you what I do or where I work.  Some things need are not needed to be said.  Back to the budget.  This year is not going to be fun.  We need to cut back and more is being demanded of us.  Yes it sounds like any other business.  Its going to be a fun year.  (And I found out that I am in-charge of summer again). 

I have been hitting the gym at 5am again.  I love this time.  Nobody is in the free weight area (the classes are packed).  I am in the weight room, taking my time, moving from one area to the next, no wait, no worries.  I am going 4-5 time a week.

Yesterday morning I went to the gym (arms and back), went to work, mentoring a new employee, had a town meeting, and went home.  Around 10:20-10:30 fell asleep.  Was woken up around 3:00am to extreme pain.  I bent my left leg and got 4 catches, cracks, and pops (what I call the rice crispy knee... snap, crackle, and pop).  Could barely stand.  Made it to the couch.  Used heating pad and let it sit for 2 hours.  Made it through the day of work.  And I am now on the couch again in pain.

I have no idea what I did for this to happen.  I hope that relaxing this weekend will help.  If not I might have to go to a hospital or clinic. 

Well take care and have a fun weekend...

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 08, 2013, 01:57:04 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry I have not posted in some time.  I have been fighting a cold this week.  It has kicked my rear end.  I have had no energy and barely able to make it though a day of work.  I come home and pass out on the sofa.  Finally feeling better.  And yes I have not been able to go to the gym this week.

At work I still love my job but I am getting frustrated.  It seems like every time I turn around people need something and I seem to be the only person capable of handling this task.  This week I had to take on a massive printing assignment (the person I asked to do it messed this up).  I delivered this massive job, over 15,000 copies, to my boss.  (Worked on this every spare moment).  This was the extent of my participation in this task.  Over the past 2 days I had people coming to me to ask where are the papers, why haven't they been delivered, and my boss asked why we were short copies (there were many pages and I was asked to make 260 copies of each...I made 280 of each...if we are short copies look in the mirror and see who told me to make 260 copies of each). 
Oh, remember the messed up project from the summer?  It is coming back to haunt the person who said there was no problem with it.  And now he is messed, the more PC word for what I really want to say, with my counterpart and myself.  He is purposefully doing things to undermine us and create more work for us.  Along with this there is a person in another department who can not handle her position who is now starting to interfere with me.  She has no idea how to run her team, micro-manages, and creates more work, and problems.  She is messing up what has already been established and has no idea what it means to be a team player.  (And she thinks she is moving into upper management soon).
During this week we are undertaking a new task.  It has been tiresome but in the end it will all workout.  While working on this project I had to go into my boss's office to deliver some data.  He was in there with a client.  I had no idea what they were talking about.  He saw me waiting and waved me into his office.  As I was setting everything up for him, the two men said we were just talking about you.  It was nice to hear compliments about my work (and work ethic).
This might be common for you, but my boss does not show any emotions, I have never heard him yell, and he never compliments anyone.  So it was a nice change.
Over the past several weeks the weather predictions in my area have not been so accurate.  Saying we will get snow and then no snow.  So for the past several days snow was in the forecast, and guess what, no snow.  So you can see what a surprise it was when I woke up to snow.  I had to dig the car out early this morning.  Only to find, a half an hour later, that we were not going into work.  I am not complaining.  Just sitting on the sofa enjoying my day off.
Oh...the knees are doing OK.  Lots of standing and walking this week.  With the sever dip in temperature last night I was in pain.  Feeling better today.  Nothing else new and exciting.

Take care and enjoy your weekend,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 23, 2013, 01:07:54 AM
Hello everybody,
Sorry for not posting much in the past couple of weeks.  I am going through some medical issues.  I went in for an office visit to deal with acid reflux and hair loss on my legs.  I know what is causing my acid reflux (which I will get to), but I had an idea of what is causing my loss of hair.  Ever since my knee replacements, done in 2005, I have had less and less hair on my lower legs.  I believe this is a circulation issue.  When the doctor was examining me he took my pulse, wrists, and then my legs, feet, and ankles.  In both of my legs the circulation in my feet and ankles are low.  The doctor believes this is what is causing the hair loss.
As for my acid reflux my father is dying of bone cancer.  He has bladder cancer and this got worse and turned into bone cancer.  When he had his bone scan the doctors found that his bone cancer spread throughout his body.  And today we got the test results back from the doctors and there is nothing left to do.  It is now a wait and see....all that is left is for him to die. 
I know this sounds morbid but that is the truth.  He can not walk.  He is stuck in bed.  When they were running the bone scan to see where the cancer was he was in agony.  The doctors x rayed his back and found the cancer ate away at one of his discs in his spine, so bad that it was broken.  He is at home, in bed, on pain meds, not eating, and drinking some fluids.
This is the reason I have not been on posting much lately.  On top of this my sister is pregnant and she is having issues.  She is early on and feels the stress is affecting her pregnancy.  She is extremely hormonal now, which does not help the situation.
As for everything else I am hanging in there.  I am hoping to get back to the gym this weekend.  It has been over a week since I went to the gym.  I am just going through the days and trying to support my family.
Oh, what did we get on the last day of winter...three to four inches of snow.  And more is on the way for Monday.  I thought winter was over.  I do not want another snow day for the schools.  They shady have enough days to make up.
Take care and get out and have fun this weekend...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mistyd on March 23, 2013, 03:05:07 PM
Thank you for being so diligent with your posting Mr. F!  I am so sorry to hear about your dad.  What a terribly hard time this must be for you, him, and your family.  I will pray for him and your sister, and you!!  Miracles DO HAPPEN, and God has a plan for all of you.  He loves you very very much  :)

While I can understand your frustration for snow so late in the season, I can't help but always appreciate any moisture that comes... I used to live in SoCal, and fire season was devastating!  I live in the Pac NW (east side) and while the weather can be a nuisance at times - it is always better than the raging fires I grew up with, lol.  Hang in there, spring truly is just around the corner!!

Take Care!
God Bless,

Misty
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 24, 2013, 03:41:02 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today is the first time in three to four months that the sun is up and there is not a bone chilling breeze.  I am sitting out on the upstairs deck enjoying the weather.  I almost forgot how nice it is to sit outside, enjoy the weather, and listen to nature.  Very relaxing.  (Not like the four loads of laundry I am washing).

Mystid thank you for your post.  I do believe things happen for a reason.  Not to sound morbid or negative,but this is his time to go.  He has been struggling with health issues for about 17 years.  He has had his ups and downs.  He was never one to complain nor seek help.  With bone cancer, epically the type he has, all you can do is deal with the pain and let nature take its course.

I talked with my family and we all feel this way.  Our father is not eating, and living (or should I say surviving) on fluids.  I do not know his mind set.  If it is a daily survival one he can go on for sometime before letting go.  If he is in the give up phase he might go in a couple of days or weeks.  (When my great aunt was in the give up phase she lasted less than a week...just surviving on fluids).  I am at peace with this.  I have closure, and I have said everything I needed to say to him.  All I want is that he does not suffer and that our mother is surrounded by people who love and support her.

On a different topic, yes it is still snowing.  Yesterday called for clear skies and no moisture.  Early in the morning, around 8am, we started to get some snow.  It was on and off again until around 10:30am. And snow is in the forecast for tomorrow. Again I love the snow, cold weather, and playing in it. But at this point I am looking forward to spring and being able to sit outside and enjoy the weather.  (Like I am doing now as it is 39 degrees and sunny with a slight breeze).

As work goes I am trying to pitch two new ideas to my boss.  I have a feeling something is not going well with him.  Normally here responds to my emails within a hour. Now days are going by.  If a meeting meeting is scheduled he sticks to the day and time.  Not now.  So I am trying again this week.  Hopefully a new week will be less stressful for all of us.

Nothing else new and exciting...enjoy the beautiful weather and get outdoors...I am.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 29, 2013, 11:47:00 AM
Hello everybody,

Well the saga continues.  For those who are not following my posts, my father has bone cancer.  He is near the end.  He is not eating or drinking anything and he is on pain meds only.  For the past month he has been in sever pain.  He has been in and out of hospitals.  During this week he was taken to a hospital again because of the pain.  On Wednesday (around 2am) he total lost it.
As my sister told me...our mother receives a call from the hospital to get their immediately.  She runs over to find him in the room naked, he took all the bedding off the bed, and is yelling and cursing at the nurses (he could not walk or stand for the past week or two).  He is yelling about being locked up and in prison.  Our mother gets all the nurses out of the room and tries to calm him down. 
He proceeds to climb up on the bed and tries to stand up.  Again our mother calms him down and gets him down.  She asks him questions to see what he knows.  He starts to answer them and then curses at her.  He says she is trying to lock him up.
Our mother steps out of the room to get the nurses to help her.  As this is going on our father makes a dash for the door.  While trying to leave he either lost his balance, slipped, or his spine gave and down he went...crushing discs in his lower back and neck. 
He is now in a room living the final days of his life.  Just on pain meds and a neck brace.  We will put down an animal for less, yet a human that is suffering, who is being eaten away by cancer, who has no chance to survive, we will keep "living" at any cost.
As for other news...the meds I was given for my acid reflux problem have been working.  I am eating foods that otherwise would cause me to be sick.  I am back at the gym, and yes I am sore.  Feels good to workout.  My wife and son go to the gym with me so they are happy I am coming along.
This week I tried several times to pitch new ideas to my boss.  He has been busy and every meeting that we scheduled has been canceled.  I finally just submitted my paperwork, letting him read my ideas over the weekend, and provide feedback when possible.  I have done this before so I am not worried.
The weather has finally changed and there is no more snow, well no more snow falling.  We still have snow on the ground.  I was able to sit on the patio and enjoy some sun.  It is nice to watch a movie or go online and feel the sun after a long winter.

Well that is all for now...enjoy the weekend and get outside and play...I will,
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 03, 2013, 05:35:02 PM
Hello everybody,

Finally some down time.  I am loving having some time off of work.  It is nice not having to wake up to an alarm, have a leisurely breakfast, and hit the gym.  I am working on my core so my abs are hurting.  Today was a day for a full body...legs, abs, arms, and chest.  Trying new exercises and feeling it.

I did not realize I have not updated you on the situation with my father's bone cancer.  He finally gave in and the cancer took his life.  My sister went up to our parents.  She had to have some closure.  Yell and scream at them, figure out why they did what they did, and tell off our father.  She got up there, spent less than a day, and he passed.  She did get her closure.

Spring started here.  Unfortunately the weather is still freezing.  31 degrees this morning.  High temperature 44.  I can not wait until next week.  In the 50s and 60s.  Finally outdoor weather...maybe even shorts.  We can not wait until the temperature warms up to launch our water rocket.  Fun time for all.

Well nothing else new and exciting...Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 14, 2013, 01:05:30 PM
Hello everybody,

Last year, around this time, I was given the lead for one of our major projects at work.  In the past the person (or people) running it messed up.  It was so bad that no one want to work on this project.  I did not know about this project's history, and being new to the company I took it on (new roll, running everything, getting to hire people [which was my favorite part], collecting and analyzing data, compile results, creating spreadsheets and graphs, etc).  When I started the process of recruiting people I had to beg and plead to get people to work for me ("nothing personal but in the past everything went wrong").  Last year people were impressed and were amazed how smooth everything ran.
Well fast forward a year and we did not hear anything about this project. Well not until Friday.  We got our guidelines for this project.  Normally we have this time to plan, create a timeline, work on our paperwork, recruit, plan some more, and by the end of May-beginning of June hit the ground running.  Not true this year.  We got the paperwork on Friday and everything has to be in by the 19th...of April.  I have to hire my staff (at least 30 people, establish our policies and protocols, and get people in).  What an unrealistic timeline.  (At least people are coming to me asking when this project will start back up because they want to work on it this year). I spent about 13 hours working on this yesterday (for recruiting).  Now I need to meet with my boss, maybe my supervisor, 5 mid-level people (support staff), and the 4 teams I will be working with to assist me in our endeavors.  On top of all that I still have my regular tasks, 3 meetings, personal trainer at the gym (I started last week...core training...feel the abs burn), 2 projects, and writing a paper for work.  Yes this week will keep me on my toes.
Along with the project we (I am going through my boss) to change some of the unrealistic guidelines.  Which we established by people smoking something that smells kind of funky.  This is what you get when people who are trying to run something forget how the business is ran.  I would love for them to come in and try to do what we are doing in such a truncated time frame.
Other than this today is laundry day, so I am expecting to wash 4-6 loads of laundry.  This will give me time to work on other items and enjoy some family time.  Have a great Sunday and if it is warm where you are (not here) get outside and enjoy the day.

Take care,
Mr.F 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 14, 2013, 12:08:12 AM
Hello everybody,

Well it's been awhile since I posted.  Sorry about the wait.  I have been extremely busy at work.  I had a presentation to my department about my role for next year and what I would like to accomplish (and expand and take on).  I am working with another person and he has never done this type of work (taking on a quasi administrative roll).  So I am having to train him as well.  On top of this I am working on a paper we have to present to the state (with 2 other people).  I am taking on the same project as I did a year ago and I have to hire a staff (about 30 people), create a database to store and track our data, supply the grant we are working with daily reports, weekly reports, monthly reports, overall report, and our data (at least 3 times).  I am working on the database I created last year (with some major modifications).  I submitted my supplies budget.  I am working on payroll sheets (both for daily sign in and out and weekly payroll).  I am working on a daily schedule and trying to get an extra hour of pay per day (this would be nice).  And we are in the middle of a data collection cycle.  On top of all of this our serve went down today.  Oh the joys of technology.
As for my knees I had a minor set back last week.  I have been going to the gym and working out my legs.  Nothing to wild, just the exercise machines.  I have been increasing my weights and feeling good.  Last Monday I got out of my car at work and stubbed my right front toes.  For three days I could feel the pain in my knee (trouble walking, standing, sitting, bending, basically everything hurt my knee).  This week I am feeling much better.  I was able to exercise using 110-240 pounds of weight per exercise.  Also this is keeping me from feeling the back pain I had prior to working out.
We are enjoying the warmer weather (ha ha ha...there is a frost warning tonight).  Still we are in shorts and t shirts and outdoors.  We are walking everywhere.  We went out to lunch this weekend and walked to the restaurant and back (about a mile and a half).  It was great being out in the sun.
Once it warms up a little more my son and I are going to launch our water rocket.  We built it over a year ago.  It had been in the garage because its been too cold for lift off.  He wants to modify the design to see if we can get more pressure and hirer lift.  (I am going to let him work on this by himself and see what design he can come up with).
I hope everyone had a pleasant Mother's Day.  Take care and get outside and exercise....I will because I am taking a core training class Tuesdays at my gym.  Our instructor takes us outside to workout.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 16, 2013, 10:05:35 PM
Hello everybody,

Sorry I have not posted in sometime.  Work has been hectic.  It is that time of year again.  I am completing several tasks at once while starting my summer program again.  We had our summer budget slashed drastically and I still am pushing for more money.  We need to hire more people and provide support for our community.  My boss is backing me on this.  I have been working 10-12-15 hour days.

Besides this I have been hitting the gym as a stress reliever.  My gym has an abs of steel contest.  If you can hold a plank for 5 minutes, with a trainer timing you, you win 2 free training sessions.  Well I have never timed myself nor have I tried this.  My wife said "you have this with no problem".  So on Friday I timed myself and I held a plank for 6 minutes.  We went back to the gym on Saturday and I took the challenge.  The trainer who timed me looked at me like "what?  this guy will never make it".  I put on a song (5 minutes and 6 seconds long), set my stop watch, and got into plank position.  5 minutes and 20 seconds later I beat the challenge.  (If you are wondering I gave the training sessions to my wife....I will explain in 3 paragraphs).
When leaving I mentioned that my summer goal is to hold a 10 minute plank.  Please no laughing.  Several hours later I had my son video me trying to hold a 10 minute plank.  Well 3 minutes in he hits the power button.  I waited 30 minutes and tried again.  I got to 7 minutes 20 seconds and hit the floor.  So my first attempt was a failure. 
This morning I tried again.  We set up the room, put on a movie (to prove there was no splicing), I turned on my music, and hit the plank position.  At 4 minutes my arms started to shake.  At six minutes I could feel my abs starting to burn (arms shaking worse).  At 8 minutes my arms were ready to give, my legs were shaking, and abs burning.  At one point I ask for the time....8 minutes 48 seconds.  There is no way I am giving up, but my body feels like 200 pounds, arms trembling, ready to give, legs shaking uncontrollably, and I am ready to fall to the ground.  I summon all my strength and will power.  Next thing I hear is my son saying "I need a new goal this summer".  I fall to the mat at 10 minutes 13 seconds.  (I willed myself to hold the plank for the final 2 minutes).
As for giving my wife the training sessions, 2 weeks ago she is at the gym and the managers and trainers (who teach group classes) convince her into taking class and becoming an instructor for the power class.  So she is training even harder to accomplish her goal.  This weekend is her training so I want her to have the trainers kick her butt prior to this weekend.
As for myself there is our annual festival this weekend.  So Friday night my son and I will be eating our way through downtown.  Today we at our way through a farmer's market (all 3 of us).  Now its loads of laundry and work.
Oh...I started my 100 x 100 challenge on Saturday.  I am throwing this challenge out to everybody out there (check them out on FaceBook 100x100challenge).  100 push-ups a day for 100 days.  I am on day 2.  Bring on day 3.
Happy Father's Day to all the real men out there.
Take care,
Mr.F

PS-the knees are doing ok...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 13, 2013, 12:38:58 PM
Hello everybody,
Sorry I have not posted in a month, but what a month it's been.  I will start with my knees and the gym.  I have been consistently hitting the gym at least five days a week.  And sometimes a two a day.  I am working out my legs twice a week.  I am not using any free weights or bars.  I am using the machines so there is control and stability.  I am using anywhere from 130-400 pounds.  Yes you read that correctly....depends on the exercise.  My knees are feeling the best they have in years.  (Which if you knew my knees is not saying so much but it is better than what 3, 5, or 10 years ago).
Along with this I have several new "obsessions" at the gym.  One are push-ups.  I have been doing the 100 x 100 challenge (check them out on Facebook .... 100x100challenge).  On day 28 I did my 10,000 push-up.  (You are suppose to do 100 push-ups a day for 100 days...I am trying for 30,000).  72 more days to go.  The second "obsession" is what my son calls the "Killer 30 second ad workout".  There are 6 ab exercises you perform for 30 seconds each and rest 10 seconds in between.  When you have performed all six you rest for one minute.  Repeat 2 more times.  I want to see what I will look like after a month.  Currently on day 13.  And my final "obsession" are planks.  I started this summer with my gym's plank challenge.  My goal was a 10 minute plank.  I did that by mid June.  I did a 12 minute plank near the end of June.  Shortly after I held a 15 minute plank.  Not bad for an out of shape guy...well how about a guy getting back into shape.  Yesterday I had a very stressful day, and week, at work.  Did not want to go to the gym.  So I started with planks.  I held my personal best 20 minutes 30 seconds.  The only reason I stopped was the mat was rubbing my arm and I felt that my skin would rip off.  Otherwise I could have held another 2 minutes.
This year my summer project/program is going well.  Lots of new people involved.  They have been telling me their ideas for next year.  i might have gotten one of them a job where I work.  (my greatest joy is being anble to hire someone, or assist in the process).  My boss is impressed.  He will not say so, it's not in his nature.  I can tell because he is dressing down and smiling all day long. 
I have multiple data reports due every week.  Again we are normally the first to produce these reports and with great accuracy.  There are multiple sources of data, from unknown starting points, hundreds of people involved, and countless entry points.  It's a data nightmare.  With assistance, training, coaching, and modeling we are producing incredible results.  (I have a fantastic team).  Spending over 10 hours a day working on this project/program.
Other than work, family, and gym nothing new and exciting here.  I hope all is well with you. 

Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2013, 03:47:21 AM
Hello everybody,

Well it's been a week since I posted last. Some bad news for all of you in cyber land.  At work on Friday I had the return of "rice crispy" knee.  My left knee started to go.  I felt it snap, crackle, and pop.  Not fun when you are working on 3 floors and one elevator is not working properly.  I barely made it through the day.
No gym and limited exercising at the moment.  On top of all this the temperature here,was about 100 degrees today. Yes I am telling you the truth.
Today I was taking it easy.  Some light shopping (clothing for me and my son, bedding, and supplies for an upcoming trip).  We all had a relaxing dinner.  I did some laundry when we got home.
Other than this nothing excitng and new.
Have a fantastic weekend...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 06, 2013, 05:06:45 AM
Hello everybody,

It has been several weeks since my last post.  My summer project has been completed.  Data in, database completed, grant info sent, and the results this year are better than last year.  I did not think that would be possible with an almost entirely new staff.

Took a vacation.  The first one in three years and guess what happens the Friday before we leave.  You got it.  My left knee is killing me.  Trouble bending, sitting, standing, walking, driving, sleeping, eating.  Constant pain.  Not only cam you feel the clicks, catching, and popping (in my left knee), now you can hear them.  (Wife was grossed out by the noises my knee was, and is, making.

I have a question for all you travelers, when you are flying does your knee give you more pain.  I could not get comfortable on the fight down and back home.  Stretching out the leg I would feel and hear the pop.  Constant pain, and pressure under the knee cap.  Has anyone else had this problem?

I am looking for a new OS.  My wife knows a neighbor who had a fantastic doctor from a local research hospital.  Hopefully I will be his name tomorrow.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 11, 2013, 12:30:44 AM
Hello everybody,
Well the pain is still in my knee.  Yesterday was a better day.  I was able to go to the gym and workout.  Yes I did take it easy.  Watched what exercises I did and limited the weight.  Today, on the other hand, has been a struggle.  Knee is catching, cracking, and popping all day long.  Having difficulty standing, sitting, walking, laying down, and everything else.  Now on a sofa stretching my leg out trying to get comfortable.  No success as of yet.  Tonight is going to be rough.

Hopefully your weekend is going better than mine.  Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 12, 2013, 11:17:05 PM
Hello everybody,

Knee pain is beyond control.  I can not get comfortable.  One question...what can be causing the pain when you feel pressure under the knee cap?  I am at the point I wish the knee cap would just blow and I could be out of this pain. 

Thanks for any suggestions...
Mr. F

PS-I have an appointment with a new OS on the 22.
I wish my wife a happy birthday (we went whale watching today)
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 18, 2013, 04:09:25 AM
Hello everybody,

Well my knee feels like it is going to explode.  Let me explain what I feel under the patella.  I can feel pressure  underneath the knee cap.  I can not get comfortable.  It hurts when I bend the knee, sit, stand, straighten the leg, on move it in any direction.  The pressure keeps building up.  When I bend the knee I feel catching, you hear clicking and crunching noises, and then there is the poop.  The pressure lessens for less than two minutes and then starts building up again.  Eventually this leads to me bending the knee and the pain and process starts all over again.  Does anyone have, or had, this?  What is it?  Any suggestions?  What was done to solve this?  I thank you for all your assistance.

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 18, 2013, 05:25:31 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I woke up in more pain.  My knee is making all sorts of noises.  Walking around it pops every time I bend it past 85-90 degrees.  I can feel something grinding in the joint.  I am totally against pain pills, but at this point I am willing to try almost anything to easy the pain.  (I will not drink to numb the pain).  I have tried ice.  Nothing happens.  I have tried heat.  Nothing happens.  Light weights.  Nothing.  Elevated the leg, I have an adjustable bed changing the angles and positions I rest in does not help.  I am back into the constant pain mode.  At this point it is almost unbearable.  Any suggestions......?

Thank you,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 21, 2013, 10:41:30 PM
Hello everybody,

Well the knee is still killing me.  When I walk I can hear and feel the pop.  It is really bad when the cats are wondering what is going on in his knee.  I am trying to keep up with some moderate leg exercises so there will not be a loss of leg muscle (or very limited).  And even though I am going very light on the weights and limiting my exercises my knee is still in pain.
On the brighter side of my knee pain...I have an appointment tomorrow with a new OS.  Hopefully this one will look past age and see the bigger picture.

Talk to you later,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 22, 2013, 11:02:50 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I just got back from seeing a new OS.  Before I get into the results I have to comment about the visits to an OS.  Why is it that there is more pain with the examination then the pain I have been experiencing?  Bending the knee back and forth.  Popping and cracking over and over.  Then pressing down on the patella and moving the knee cap side to side.  Feeling even more pain.  Doing these over and over.  The pain becomes more intense.  At one point on the verge of tears.
The good news.  I got to see my x-rays.  The implants look good in both knees.  I saw the smooth groves in both legs (Between the patella and femur).  I was exhaling a sigh of relief when I saw my x-rays.
The bad news.  After the examination we talked.  My OS can feel where the popping occurs.  There is something in the knee.  He, and myself, feels that there is scar tissue causing this problem.  I am in a brace.  Yes a new brace.  One I have never worn.  This will limit my ability to bend.  Hopefully relieving some pain and inflammation.  At least one month in the brace.  Hopefully no surgery.
Take care,
Mr. F 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 29, 2013, 03:09:59 AM
Well I am back at work and had my office moved on Monday.  This was not so bad.  The issue became 10 people were moved.  One move was based on another move which was based on another move which was based on another move, etc, etc, etc.  This was not so bad.  Once the moves were started the major problems occurred.  This deals with how much junk, supplies, books, technology, reports, binders, etc people store and have to move.
When I got home from work Tuesday (that was the day I moved all my belongings from one floor to another) my knee was killing me.  I ate a snack and sat down on the sofa.  Within 15 minutes I passed out from the pain.  Today was better.  I did not push myself as much.  I did fall asleep at 8 pm.  I was looking forward to getting 8 hours of sleep.  Around 9 pm I rolled onto my right side, bent my left knee, and pop.  Since then I have been in excruciating pain.  I cannot get comfortable.  I will either pass out in pain or not sleep at all tonight. 
Work is going to be fun tomorrow.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 01, 2013, 08:03:20 PM
Hello everybody,

What can I say?  One word....OUCH!!!!!!!!!!!!! The weather turned last night (around midnight).  Since then it has been raining and overcast, raining and overcast, and then raining and overcast.  I can not get comfortable.  I am in constant pain.  I am not a complainer, so I am stuck on the sofa.  Watching movies and college football (for my international friends..American football).  I am in so much pain I am on the verge of tears.
Yes I do have my knee brace on.  This is not helping.  Ice does not work.  Heat does not work.  I am totally against pain meds, but if I had a pain pill I would take it today.  (Normally I can use meditation, place myself somewhere else mentally for a short period of time, and this helps the pain go away.  Not today).  I am hoping this is not a sign. 
I do not know if I can take another operation.  My last surgery took the longest time to recover and it was not as severe as the other 3.  (It took over 1 year to recover, with PT at least 4 days a week).  It was very trying, both mentally and physically.  I am not looking forward to being sliced into again.
Sorry for the complaining but this pain has gotten me down. 
Spending time with my family earlier today was nice.  I could not do much.  We spent time on the sofa.  The only problem was that every time somebody moved, who was sitting on the sofa, I could feel the pain increase in my knee.
Hope your Sunday is better than mine.  Take care, get out, and spend time with friends and loved ones....
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 15, 2013, 04:27:36 PM
Hello everybody,
Started off this week feeling better.  I had a work meeting that would not end on Monday.  Tuesday through Friday I went to the gym.  Increased my weights and feeling good.  No I did not do any exercises at my legs were the main focus.  Friday had a relaxing dinner with the family.  Saturday started my campaign, door knocking.  Came home and watched football, did my push-ups, and laundry time.  At one point, during walking over to the washer and dryer, my left knee cracked and popped.  Not fun.  About 20 minutes later, while moving clothing from the washer to the dryer, this occurered again. 
Since then I have been in constant pain.  I had difficulty walking up the steps to my room.  I could not sleep so I went down to the sofa.  (This was around 11:30 pm).  I was awake until 2:45 am.  Everytime I started to fall asleep I would bend my knee, roll, or move and the pain would come back.  Rough night.  Nothing is helping me.  I have no plain meds and I do not know if I can withstand another day and night in this type of pain.  Any recommendations? 
I hope your weekend was better than mine.  Spend it with family and friends.  Well it's back to the sofa and sports center.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 25, 2013, 12:48:15 AM
Hello everybody,

Knee is still killing me.  Pain is almost unbarable.  Twice this month I lost the ability to weight bare on my left leg.  Fortunately I have a doctor appointment tomorrow.

I will keep you posted tomorrow evening.  As for now I am just taking it one day at a time.

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 27, 2013, 11:01:55 AM
Hello everybody,

I got the news yesterday.  Saw my OS and it looks like another operation for me.  I am having problems with scar tissue in my knee.  It would not seem that bad.  Go in and scope it out.  Micro surgery.  Limited recovery and back to your life.  But wait, with my knees life is not that simple.

I was told that the area that the scar tissue is in is not easily cleaned out.  My OS says he can go in but he feels that where the scar tissue is located and that I have a knee replacement micro surgery will not do.  He is referring me to another doctor in the practice.  This OS specializes in knee replacement revision.  Basically he will open me up like I am having a knee replacement, remove the scar tissue, check the implant, and do any revisions necessary.

I am not looking forward to this.  Looking at 4 weeks on crutches and then the months of PT.  This will be my fourth operation on my left knee and 8th overall.

Has anyone had this type of operation?  If so what do I have to look forward to, what where your results, and what do I need post operation?

Thanking you for your comments....

Mr. F

PS- enjoy time with your friends and family this weekend
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 01, 2013, 12:49:52 AM
Hello everybody,

Well here I am in bed on my iPad typing away.  I have come to the conclusion that there is so many things I hate about having knee problems I placed it on Facebook.  It is not the constant pain.  It is not the limitation to the join.  It is not the physical problems that come with knee pain.  It is not the limited appetite.  I It is the disalinement of the ankles, knees, hips, lower back, and spine.  It is the constant stretching and exercises to loosen the muscles and spine to get everything back into alinement.  No matter how many times you have your spine adjusted you feel like you can get one more crack out of your back.  It is the constant feeling of not being able to get comfortable.  (As I am typing this I noticed that I am stretching, twisting, and trying to get out that one last crack from an area in my spine that can not be reached).
Other than this I am taking it one day at a time.  I told my best friend about having to have another operation and he said "when are they just going to amputate the leg?"  (He and his wife are in the health care industry so I found it refreshing that I finally have a person who sees things from my point of view).  He also said this will not be your last operation.  Not even close.
I am not looking forward to my next doctor visit.  The grinding, pressure, manipulation and undo movement of my knee so the OS can tell me what I already know.  I would like an X-ray of the patella and femor.  I have a feeling that there is more than scar tissue in this area.  I have about one week to my next appointment. 
Well that is all for now.  I am going to try and get some sleep tonight.  Ha! Ha! Ha!  I will be up at least three times do to pain
Have a good night...I know I will not,

Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on October 01, 2013, 02:49:54 AM
Mr F., your pain is so distressing - why can they not find an answer?  I'll ask again-have you been tested for sensitivities to either the metal implant, or the bone cement?  Both can cause delayed allergic reactions, and it's so odd the way you have been affected - hair loss and coldness  - something ain't right there.

I am scheduled for a right knee PF implant on the 17th.  I begged him to do both, he said no, he wants to see how I do with one, because if both fail, I'm screwed.  Well, I'm screwed either way, I have no other options except for TKR which I am too young for and "too good" for.   I've had the implant sample taped to my belly for five days - no reaction.  Next week I go to an allergist and have the test for the bone cement.  My dentist said that temp crown I had in my mouth for two months was made of bone cement, I had no problems with it at all, so I'm hopeful.  There are a LOT of instances of allergic reactions post surgery, I think you should see an allergist before you do anything else that uses the same materials.

http://forums.webmd.com/3/knee-and-hip-replacement-exchange/forum/385/3 (http://forums.webmd.com/3/knee-and-hip-replacement-exchange/forum/385/3)

anything familiar here?
http://www.totalkneeweb.com/knee-replacement-allergies%E2%80%A6nothing-to-sneeze-at (http://www.totalkneeweb.com/knee-replacement-allergies%E2%80%A6nothing-to-sneeze-at)

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 03, 2013, 01:20:59 AM
Hello everybody,

Yankee thank you for your post.  I have a problem with scar tissue in my left knee.  It is primarily in one area.  The problems are where is it (in relations to the implant), how much scar tissue is there, and has this caused any damage to the implant.  All of this, and more, will be answered when my knee is cut open.  Let the fun begin.  My next appointment is on the 8th.  I will post updates as I know more.

I have begun to live life again with constant pain.  It is amazing what the mind can process, ignore, or get use to.  I have noticed that I am eating less.  For me this is not a good thing.  I eat very health and watch for processed goo, sugars, no dairy, no red meat, no white bread/rice/pasta/potatoes etc.  Last time I had surgery I was down to 150 pounds.  When I had my knees replace I was closer to 140 pounds.  I weigh 162 pounds.  I am having a hard time maintaining this weight.

I am still going to the gym.  I am not performing any leg exercises.  And if I attempt any I use limited to no weights.  As I type this I am thinking about the break through I had yesterday.  I held a plank for 33 minutes.  (If you are not sure what this is YouTube or google video this).  The final 3 minutes were the worse.  I could not believe I could hold this pose for so long. 

Well that is all for now.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 06, 2013, 07:39:36 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I woke up to rain.  And it continued to rain, and rain, and rain.  About 7 hours later and it is cloudy.  The rain finally stopped.  During all of this the temperature dropped.  I was sitting on the sofa and bent my leg. POP! and there goes my day.  Sitting in tears trying to make it through today.  Extreme pain.  Hopefully no new damage in the knee.  2 days and I will find out more.
I hope your Sunday was, and is, better than mine.
Take care and enjoy your day,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on October 07, 2013, 02:15:40 AM
Mr. F, I feel your pain, at least where the weather is concerned. It was rainy all day here as well and I was ready to take some Medrol because I couldn't stand the pain in my joints, but remembered I had a flue shot yesterday and it wasn't probably smart to assault my immune system when it was busy trying to protect me from the flu. 

Please promise me you will discuss the possibility of a metal or cement allergy with your new surgeon - the reactions you have had are just not normal, and they might not be common but they aren't rare either. Scar tissue is a reaction to something.  There is a blood test to do for the metal allergy- wouldn't you want to know before any more time passes what's really going on in there?  I hope you find out and get some much deserved relief with this new doc.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 07, 2013, 02:41:00 AM
Hello everybody,

Being in pain most of the day I noticed two things: one I kept falling asleep and two I  have no appetite.  Does this occur when you are in extreme pain?  If not what do you go through?

Talk to you later,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 08, 2013, 09:21:52 PM
Hello everybody,
Had my appointment with my new OS.  He was honest, we talked openly, and he was, and is, hesitant about operating.  He gave me a Cortisone shot.  He wants to see if this gives me some relief.         

We talked about my knees, operations I have had, and he did an examination.  Let me tell you this is more painful than walking all day.  He wants to try something before surgery.  (He never took surgery off of the table).  He said let's see what happens in 3-4 days.  He said there is a sort tissue concern in the knee.

When leaving we talked to the physican assistant and she said when this does not work call for an appointment.  My wife caught this, and we laughed about this as we were walking to the car.  If the injection does not work I guess I will call Friday or Monday.

Talk to you later...writing from the sofa,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 08, 2013, 11:42:29 PM
Hello everybody,

I have questions...when should I know if the Cortisone shot worked?  Have you have a Cortisone shot and been in more pain shortly after?  I have not been able to get comfortable since the injection.  Actually I am in more pain since the injection, over seven hours ago. 
I did not watch the injection...how far into the joint does the needle go?

Thanks for your feedback,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on October 09, 2013, 03:28:06 AM
Mr F,
It will be a day or two before you feel some difference. Usually it feels worse at first, like they've pumped your knee full of fluid (actually they have, a bit). When I've had both injected at the same time, I have kind of a hard time walking out.  If you are very lucky they added some Marcaine with the cortisone, which for me gives some instant relief from the pain - a much needed break.  The needle goes into your joint space, quite a way, it's a big needle.  It should knock down any inflammation you have in there, and for me, I usually feel better all over as well, that used to be one of the side benefits of getting my knees injected, I felt like a million bucks afterwards, all my rheumatic pain and stiffness was gone for a few days. I could garden and bend over without rigor mortis when I stood up.  You might want to try some warm compresses on your knee, or ice if you think it will feel better.  I think you'll feel better tomorrow. 

Curious as to what the Doc thinks the soft tissue problem is?
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 09, 2013, 10:40:32 PM
Hello everybody,

Yankee than you for your response.  I am even more pain today than I was yesterday.  I can feel something moving around.  I am having a difficult time walking, sitting, putting any pressure on the knee, it feels sore, and cracking/catching/popping like crazy.  I have no idea what is going on in my knee.  I am hoping that my OS has a plan and does not want to jump to injecting me with something else.  He, and I, feel the same way about pain meds.  No way.

The soft tissue problem-well the old and new OS feel that there is most likely a build up of scar tissue.  They are hesitant about operating for several reasons.  (One I already knew...8 year old implants and I am very active and there could be short term relief with long term damage). 

I am working so I need to see what type of surgery he recommends, the time for PT, and overall recovery time.  Then I talk to my boss and set up my surgery.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 13, 2013, 05:33:01 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I finished off this week working.  For several days I was not sure if I would be going into work.  I have several commitments for Monday, if not I would not be going in to work tomorrow. 

I can feel something under the patella.  Now you can hear the crunching under the knee when I am bending the leg backwards and moving the leg forward.  It is nasty.  My wife and son heard this and yelled at me to stop.

I will be calling my OS first thing on Monday morning.  I am hoping he can see me ASAP.  If he wants a MRI I want it to be ordered, and performed, on the same day.  This way the OS has the results and me can move forward.

Was out with my son for a little more than an hour.  Knee acted up and I had to go home.  Not fun.  Sitting in the basement, on my iPad, watching TV, and doing laundry.

Hope your Sunday was better than mine.  On a positive note, the weather here is incredible.  Cool, sunny, and a slight breeze.  Take care and enjoy time with your family.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on October 13, 2013, 11:38:40 PM
When you had your surgery, did you have the kind with the polyethylene button on your kneecap?  Could it have broken?  Hard to believe that scar tissue makes that kind of crunching noise without sending you through the roof at the same time. 

You're very patient, I would have been camped out in the doctor's office by now, until they did something.  Sometimes I don't think doctors understand the patient's sense of urgency - as I said to my [former] doctor, "you don't 'live' here, I do, and when I tell you the level of pain is unacceptable, I expect you to take some action, not tell me to try waiting a few more days or take more ibuprofen".  I have had enough of doctors who walk out the door practice the 'out of site out of mind' method of patient care.  I hope you get some answers and some relief, it seems as if this surgery or whatever is going on in there has been nothing but misery for far far too long.  That's no way to live. Good luck....

I'm still making preps for mine on Thursday, never did get tested for the bone cement allergy, because it wasn't on any of their panels, even though it should have been, and he said having it in my mouth for that long was a much better indicator than putting something that is essentially caustic on my skin and judging that reaction.  I still wish he was doing both because the left one isn't going to hold out for much longer.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 17, 2013, 05:34:33 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I just got home from the OS and lunch with my wife.  The new doctor is a very relax and open person.  He walked in and started throwing out options (no limitations).  We talked about the injection not working.  That he loves a good challenge and mystery once in a while.  He is looking at exploratory surgery.  With an implant, possibly scar tissue, and/or bone an MRI will not be helpful.  So we are looking at operation number 8. 
He did examine the knee and leg.  He took it easy and did not grind out the knee.  He said "I am not going to press down on the knee and cause pain."  He wanted to check two areas.  He said to to my PA, pick a day, and we will see what can be done.  (No promises because he has no idea what he will find).  Wow...no problems.
We talked about my last operation.  1)I will get a passive motion machine. Even though he is not a fan of them.  (Last surgery no passive motion machine).  2)Anything that will be placed in my knee we will discuss prior to the operation (this was not done last time and items were left in my knee without my knowledge).  3)if more that a replaced part is needed I will not be woken up and have to go through another operation. And 4)An open staff that is willing to work with you.  Not having to wait 4-5 weeks to get something done.
We are talking together, as a family, looking at work, vacation, and family time prior to the operation.  Looking at a month to recover.
I will let you know more later.  Take care...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 17, 2013, 09:08:25 PM
Hello everybody,

Just to keep you posted...surgery in about 2 months.  If all goes as expected (and nothing with my knees are routine) I am looking at 2-4 weeks to recover.  I can not take a month off of work.  I have about 2 weeks off in December.  Easy to make that decision.

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on October 19, 2013, 01:49:00 PM
"Items were left in there without my knowledge"....sounds quite ominous, but it sounds like you've found someone who isn't going to let you down - I hope you get some relief after this next op. 

I had my surgery Thursday, post op diary here if you can bear it!
http://www.kneeguru.co.uk/KNEEtalk/index.php?topic=63047.0
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 01, 2013, 01:21:30 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I was woken up at 2:30am with extreme pressure under my left knee.  My leg was bent at least 95 degrees.  I moved my leg forward and POP.  I knew today was going to be a bad day.  I limped down to the sofa and watched TV.  I was in too much pain to fall asleep.
Work was not much better.  We are going through an audit this coming week (Monday through Wednesday).  I would have stayed home but I have several items I am responsible for.  After the audit I will take time off.
Now I am in bed with a heating pad on my knee.  (The weather is cold and it is raining outside).  December can not get here fast enough.  About a month and a half until I get sliced open again.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 09, 2013, 02:27:04 AM
Hello everybody,
Well today was a terrible day.  While at work my knee could not take the pressure of me standing.  I had to sit on the floor to find some relief.  I had trouble concentrating and reading reports, this does not include responding to them.  It feels like somebody has taken toothpicks and placed them under my patella.  I can feel the pressure of the points and wood in my joint and under the patella.  When I got home the pain only got worse.  I can not get any relief.  I have surgery scheduled in about a month.  I am hoping to make it to my assigned date.
I hope your weekend started off better than mine,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 15, 2013, 03:05:25 AM
Hello everybody,
Well my knee is getting worse by the day.  When I bend the knee past 80 degrees you can see, hear, and feel it displace.  And it does the same thing on the way back.  The other day the noise was so loud my son could hear the crackling and popping over the television.  He commented that the noise itself was gross.  And he has seen surgery of my knee, scars, open wounds, infections, and knee displacement.
At work it is affecting some of my mobility.  The main problems occur when I get home.  At around 8 pm it gets more difficult to move and by 10 pm the pain is at a new level.  Pain meds take the edge off, but impact my sleep.
I am not looking forward to another operation, months of PT, learning to walk, bend, sit, etc all over again. I can not wait until I am "pain" free again.

Good night and take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 16, 2013, 04:11:05 AM
Hello everybody,

In bed watching a movie with my wife.  My knee is killing me.  I can feel the pressure under the knee cap.  All I can do to aliviate the pain is bend the leg.  When I bend the leg back crunching, crackling, and popping noises.  And the same thing happens when I bend the leg back to a straight position.  My wife says "was that your knee?"  I answered yes.  She said "that is disgusting."  I said you should feel the pain.  It is getting worse by the day.  I am on the verge of tears.  The sad news is that I took pain meds an hour prior to this.  One more month until surgery.

I hope your weekend started better than mine,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 16, 2013, 02:06:07 PM
Hello everybody,
Last night was horrible.  I was in so much pain that I broke down and took pain meds.  After an hour I was in pain and could feel the pressure under my knee cap.  Two hours later the pain intensified.  All night long I woke up and my had pressure under the cap.  Cracking, popping, and locking (not break dancing).  This happened throughout the night and morning.
Now I am sitting on the sofa in pain.  I am hoping that I can make it about a month to my operation date.

I hope your weekend is better than mine,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 23, 2013, 03:45:35 PM
Hello everybody,
Well good news...I had to get my wife to pick up my paperwork so I can get my X-rays, blood and urine tests done prior to my Pre surgery doctor appointment.  All was taken care of my Wednesday.  So I have my appointment with my general surgeon on Tuesday.  I had my Pre surgery appointment with my OS this week.  Everything is still on for next month. 
He still believes that there is only soft tissue damage.  I think there is scar tissue and bone issue.  Until I am opened up we will not know.  With the weather changing, cold and rainy and soon snow, I am in extreme pain.  We talked about this and what pain meds I am taking.  He said I need a more intense pain med.  I was given a script for vicodin.  Worked great for one day.  Took the edge off and I was able to sleep without pain.  Last night a totally different strory.  No relief, I did not sleep well, and kept waking up in pain.
I am not looking forward to my operation.  But I am looking forward to not being in pain.

I hope your weekend is better than mine....take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 27, 2013, 02:59:46 AM
Hello everybody,
Well today was my last doctor appointment prior to surgery.  Everything is a go.  All labs, X-rays, and reports look great.  Less than a month and I will be sliced into and recovering.  Not looking forward to have to learn how to do everything all over again.  (Five months of walking, sitting, standing, basically doing everything wrong to compensate for the pain and discomfort of the left knee).  Once recovery is on its way and I am feeling up to it I am going to get my back adjusted.  My hips, back, and ankles are not aligned and I am feeling this.  Having an adjust(s) now is just a waste of money (in less than 5 minutes I will be back in the same pain I am in now).
Not look forward to the massive amounts of staples that will be in my leg.  Not looking forward to the month long clean from the bathroom sink.  Not,looking forward to the first month of PT were you are measuring your progress in centimeters and then inches not by steps and greater mobility.  Not looking forward to being stuck inside until cleared so no infection.  Not looking forward to being stuck on the main level of my house (can not go into the basement or the upper floor...the climb early on takes to much energy and the steps are narrow).  I guess the only thing I am looking forward to is being pain free...and that is why the operation is worth it.
What are some of the items you did not look forward to and what made the operation worth while to you?

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 28, 2013, 02:21:52 PM
Hello everybody,
Happy Thanksgivukkah to everybody...
Well I am into the 3 week range.  My boss and myself had a talk yesterday.  No, nothing bad.  I have been looking at other companies, and he is supporting me.  I feel I can not grow anymore with this company, and there is no more advancing with this company.  So we were talking about my recent interview, the process, and the possibility of moving.  (Yes I do have a company that is interested in me).
While we were talking I brought up my pending operation.  He said "can you postpone it until the summer?"  (It was raining all of yesterday).  I said "I should not be here today.  I can barely walk."  He was surprised and agreed that my operation could not be postponed.
I am sitting on the sofa enjoying the smells of cooking food.  Even though I am in constant pain I still have the rest of my health and family.
Enjoy your time with friends and family...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 30, 2013, 02:23:29 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I woke up cramping, knee feels like it is locking, and in pain.  This problem does not feel the same as 2011 (bone and scar tissue).  I have been researching what could be going wrong in my knee.  (Yes I am leaving the surgery and figuring out what is going wrong to my OS, but I like to be informed).  I have researched several topics ranging from knee replacement failure, infection, bone growth, to scar tissue.
What I think could be happening is loosening of the replacement.  I have all the signs except swelling.  Through my 7 other operations, problems. PT, ect I never had swelling.  When I had both my knees replaced, at the same time, there was no swelling the year prior, through the year of PT, Pre surgery, and limited swelling post survey.
Has anyone had this problem?  When you were operated on what did your OS do?  What was the PT?  How long was your recovery?  How bad was the pain?  How long until you could walk, bend, and function?

Thank you for your time...enjoy the weekend with friends and family....take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 05, 2013, 11:06:04 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I am into the home stretch...less than 14 days until I go under the knife.  I am experiencing a new level of pain in my knee.  Here are my symptoms: I am barely able to make it through a day of work (limited weight baring), loss of range of motion, OS thinks there is a pocket of scar tissue along the top right area of my knee, squeaking (when the leg is bent), and mal-tracking.  What do you feel my problem is?  (I believe I know the answer).
I was looking at my knee replacement last night.  I could not find any recalls for my knee replacement.  There were a couple of law suits, but no recall.  There is a recall for a bone cutting plate (I believe pattern).  My knee replacement came out the same time of this recall.  I need to find out if this plate was used during my operation.
I took 2 vicodin last night and then researched my knee replacement and any recalls.  Even 2 pain pills did nothing to lessen the pain.
The pain I am experiencing is something new.  The last couple of days I have come home from work and passed out on the sofa.  No I am not tired.  I am in sooooooooo much pain my body is deal with this by going to sleep.  (Not a good way to spend the next 14 days).
Well that is all from here.  I hope you are doing better than I am.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 07, 2013, 02:15:39 AM
Hello everybody,

We all got back from a family dinner.  Walked to a local restaurant.  On the way back it started to rain and the temperature dropped.  I started to feel the metal plate in my femur.  By the time we got home, 5 minutes, I could not stand the pain.  So here I am reclining in bed with my iPad,and a hearing pad on my knee, typing away. I am hoping the heat will offset the bad weather. (We are expecting snow later tonight.)
On some more depressing news, sorry no other way of saying this, I got my paperwork from my OS for my medical leave today.  (Little back story for those who have not been following.  Around November 20 I had an appointment with my OS.  We talked about my surgery.  He thought that I would need scar tissue removed and I would be home in a day or two.  I thought that there would be something more involved, scar tissue and bone).  So I get my fax and what does it say????  2-3 month total disability...what the [email protected]!.  Where did we go from simple procedure to total disability?  Is he thinking he is going to have to remove my femur plate and put in new parts?  Is he looking at a PFR to a total knee?  Is this do to use or mechanical defect?
At dinner tonight my wife brought up the fact that shortly after my last surgery, June 2011, my left knee started giving me problems.  I have seen 2 or 3 doctors about this knee and I ended up in the emergency room (knee stiffened up and I could not move it).  One doctor, who was,very sympathetic and understanding, said "I can not find anything on your x-ray so the insurance company will not let me operate.
I initially thought this problem started over the summer.  That is when I started to feel the pain in my knee and noticed a difference in my life.  So I now believe I have been dealing with this knee problem for more like 2 and a half years not just 6 months.
I have less than 2 weeks to my surgery.  I trying to stay positive.  At work I was telling bad jokes, and getting everyone to laugh.  People were happy to see me in such a great mood, instead of the pain I have been in for weeks now.  I told them that I was joking around so much because I am in pain.  If not I would have been crying.
Oh...I did not mention the icing on the cake.  During my revision the rep from the knee replacement company will be in the operating room.  Why would the rep be there?  I believe I could possibly have a recalled knee.  I did try and reach people at the company, who manufactured my replacement, with no luck. 
My weekend will be in bed or on the sofa.  I hope your weekend will be better than mine.  Get outside and spend time with friends and family.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 10, 2013, 02:09:21 AM
Hello everybody,

Well it's getting closer.  I am flipping out.  I am still pondering what the physican assistant told me on Friday.  You will be totally disabled for 3-4 months after your operation.  WTF????? About 3 weeks ago the OS said "we will clean out the scar tissue and you will spend one maybe two nights in the hospital".  I asked if he thought there was anything else wrong with the knee. He said no.  To 3-4 months totally disabled.  And now she is saying there is a slight possibility of moving from PFR revision to a total knee replacement.  On top of this a rep, from the knee replacement company (the replacement that is currently in my leg) will be in the operating room (why?).  Big difference in such a small time frame.
So the past 3 days I have been researching recalls, FDA website, lawsuits, and causes for PFR failing or needing to be revised.  One thing I read about is the possibility of the femur bone breaking.  Have anyone heard of this or experienced this (yourself, family, or friend)?  What happened?  What type of operation was performed, and is there a chance of amputation?
And yes I am in bed typing this with a heating pad on my knee.  The heat helps, very little, but at least I am not addictied to pain meds (they do the samething as the heating pad).  Lately I am loosing more and more ability to walk, weight bare, range of motion, and now there is a third (and sometimes fourth) catching and popping in the knee (one as I bend the leg and two as it comes forward....on occasion I will get two as I bend the knee).
On top of this, yes there is more, my knee cap is shifting.  I can feel, touch and see, the knee cap shifting to the right (if you are looking at my knees you would be able to see this).  A coworker asked about my knee.  I had him feel both knee caps and he was sickened by the left knee cap.  He said..."is this normal?  What would cause this?  And don't ever have me do this again.
As the weather turns I am feeling the metal in my knee more and more.  Today was winter mix, mainly freezing rain, and my knee was killing me.  Tomorrow it is suppose to snow for 8-9 hours.  Oh joy, it is going to be a fun day.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 12, 2013, 12:42:16 AM
Hello everybody,

Well we are entering the home stretch...about a week until I go under the knife.  I am starting to get nervous.  Not knowing what the OS is going to find.  Not knowing what type of operation, recovery time, and PT is somewhat nerve racking. 
I finally got a Stryker rep to call me back.  I found out their protocol for finding out if your implant has been recalled.  I already contacted my former OS who did my PFR in 2005 (we moved).  I need the PFR number and Stryker can tell me if there has been a recall.  Simple enough.
Continuing on my preparing for surgery mode, I went to the DMV during lunch.  Expecting a long line.  When I finally reached the second floor (slow elevator) I saw nobody standing outside.  I walked up to e counter, got a number, waited 5 minutes, and was called to a window.  After a nice conversation, with a very happy and pleasant employee, I now have my disabled parking permit.  It did come in handy twice tonight while "running" around.
On a not so good note...I was getting ready for work today, as I stepped into the shower I felt like my left knee was going to give out (I am not talking about the knee buckle thing, I am talking about going-going-gone with the knee).  I could barely stand in the shower.  All day I struggled at work.  At one point in the morning I was barely able to hold back my tears while dealing with a client.  I believe she knew I was trying not to show how much pain I am in.
On a brighter note, one of my administrators came back today.  You might ask where he was.  Well, he just got back from total knee replacement.  He went out back in June.  It was great seeing him today.  He was smiling and happy to be back.  We talked for sometime. He injured his knee on the job. He had one operation to see if this would fix the problem.  No such luck.  He told me he is feeling better.  There is some pain issues he is working through.  I am glade he is back.
Other than this I am lying in bed relaxing, with a heating pad on my knee.  I hope your day was better than mine.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 13, 2013, 12:07:49 AM
Hello everybody,
Not a good day today.  When I got to work this morning my left knee cramped up.  I had difficult times, walking, sitting, standing, bending, weight baring, and basically anything else.  The pain was so intense that my body is shutting down.  I mean I am falling asleep so I do have to deal with the pain.  This occurred twice.  Once when I had a  minute break.  If it was not for a friend, another employee, coming into my office I would have passed out.  And this happened again close to the end of the day.  During a meeting I was fighting to stay awake (and I was leading the meeting). 
When I got home I could not get comfortable.  I am now in bed, reclining, and typing away.  Forcing myself to stay awake (If I sleep now I will be up early and in misery).  I am having difficulties walking, anything with steps, and bending.  I can feel my knee cap shifting.
With all of this going on I have no appetite.  All I have eaten today is a small bag of chips, an apple bar, almost an entire pb & j sandwich, and 2 cinimon rolls.  I have no desire to eat.  I have lost at least 10 pounds in 2 months.  (I can not afford to drop any wore weight...I weigh around 150-155 pounds).  This will help with the recovery but not good for me (already too skinny).
I am working on my final preps prior to surgery.  I wanted to know if my PFR was recalled.  I called my OS down south.  (I had bilateral PFR in 2005).  Today I spoke with a nurse and she informed me that the doctor purged the records (legally they have to hold on to the records for 7 years and its been 8).  So I can not get my PFR numbers and contact the company.  This sucks (as my wife so elegantly stated this sentiment earlier tonight).
Well the pain is acting up so I will let you go.  I hope your day was better than mine.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 13, 2013, 11:55:05 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am one day closer to knee surgery.  Barely made it through the day.  It is getting so bad that I have to balance almost all my weight on my right leg.  When I put pressure on the left knee it feels like it is going to give out.  The pain is not like anything I experienced before.  People where I work can see the pain in my facial expressions.  My coworkers are always willing to help.
My son's birthday falls about a week after surgery.  We went out and celebrated tonight.  He was happy, because we will celebrate his birthday after the operation (when I am mobile again).
I have been preparing our house for the post surgery return.  I have been getting everything ready at work.  And I did all the Pre paperwork for the hospital today.  Just waiting for the call to tell me what time my surgery will be.
I was looking at the weather for tomorrow and we will be getting hit by lots of snow.  6-12 inches tomorrow, and we should be getting snow on Sunday.  Glad we have a fire place. 
Other than this nothing new and exciting.  Trying to stay positive and make it 5 more days.
Enjoy your weekend with family and friends....take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 14, 2013, 01:36:49 PM
Hello everybody,
I hope your Saturday is off to a better start than mine.  I woke up after 5am with my left knee locking up.  Walking was, and still is, painful.  The squeaking in my knee has become more pronounced.  The cats are looking for a toy.  They are very confused.  They are looking at me like "where is my toy"? 
I had a very difficult night.  I could not get comfortable.  It seems the closer I get to my surgery date the more pain I experience. 
Last night I was talking with my mother-in-law.  I did not know what my wife told her.  (Apparently not much).  We had a 45 minute conversation about what has been going on with my knee and the possible operations.  She was left speechless (and that is saying a lot...you have to know my mother-in-law).  She will be coming up soon to help out my wife while I am being sliced and diced.
On to a total different topic, the snow is starting.  6-8 inches are expected.  This will be the first time I will not be shoveling snow.  The rest of the family is planning to play (sledding and building snowmen).  I am too nervous to go out in it.  Do not want to rest slipping and falling.
That is all for now...have a fantastic week...get outside and have fun,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 15, 2013, 09:11:24 PM
Hello everybody,
Well in the past 7 hous I have been extremely busy.  I have been working on several projects for work, and cleaning up my work area, laundry, and cooking a soy pizza.  I finished all the laundry.  I was able to carry my clothing upstairs and put it away.  All the other items are still in the basement (family will assist with this).  I was sitting on a couch and at the computer working (limited pain).  Cleaning up the living room (taking items out of my briefcase and off the floor...putting them away).  Again limited problems.
Finally I was walking up the stairs, to cook my pizza, one step at a time.  I have no idea what happened.  I walk right foot first followed by the left.  Left knee is not being used, bent.  Somewhere along the way I stepped up and my left knee decided that was enough for today.  So here I am in extreme pain.  Why?  Because I placed my foot on a step and my knee did not like this.
I was feeling better...in pain, not in extreme pain...today.  What away for the day to end.  Well at least I got my work and chores completed.
Hoping your Sunday was better than mine...and less than 5 days to the knife...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 17, 2013, 10:47:26 PM
Hello everybody,

In less than 17 hours I will be in the hospital.  Hopefully within and hour or two I will be under the knife.  I still have no idea what is wrong with my knee.  I believe I am the last person scheduled for surgery by my OS tomorrow.  I will not have my iPad with me.  I am hoping that my wife will be able to bring it to me.  When I am coherent and know the surgery performed I will post.
Today we were able to leave work early because of snow.  No snow in the forecast tomorrow.  I am in more pain today than any other day.  Earlier when I was sitting and talking to my son I bent my leg and POP.  He thought the noise came from the TV.  This messed with him because he has never heard my knee POP like that.  PAIN, pain, and more PAIN. 
I wanted to give you an update.  I might post later tonight.
Take care, and see you on the other side...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 18, 2013, 07:51:45 AM
Hello everybody,
Well there is 7 hours until I have to be in the hospital.  I am getting a little nervous.  I still do not know what surgery is going to be performed.  Revision of the PFR...a part, another PFR, a TKR, or something else?  Only time will tell.
If I am up to it I will post later....take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 21, 2014, 09:39:28 PM
Hello everybody,
Yes I am back.  Sorry for not posting since the night of my operation.  Let me start off from December 17-18, 2013.  I got to the hospital where I had the greatest, and most sarcastic, nurse.  We had similar sense of humor and sarcasm, so we were joking around and making each other laugh. Also having my wife with me kept me calm.
Oh...the nurse was looking through my paperwork and almost fell over.  He was like wait, this is your...WHAT..am I reading this correct?  This is your eighth surgery.  Well I guess I do not need to go over protocol with you.  We laughed.
At a certain point I had to put on the paper thing garment for surgery.  When I saw the gown I notice some plugs on the gown.  I never saw this on a hospital garment.  When I got back to the bed the nurse hooked up the gown to the hoses and in 5 minutes hot air was filling up the gown.  I would be kept warm until surgery. 
Next came the set up for my IV.  The nurse was able to handle this with no problems.  (My veins are easy to locate, and see).  Most nurses stab my vein and cause brushing, not this one.  Then the ER nurse came over and talked with me.
At this point we asked for a hospital rep to come down so I could fill out the paperwork so if anything happened to me my wife could make my decisions.  This would take some time so we all were saying movies lines to see if others could guess the movie.
(The hospital I was in was a research hospital...well it is a catholic hospital which was purchased by a research university).  I am not a religious person.  I am a spiritual person.  A minster came over and talked with me.  After a couple of minutes she wanted to say a prayer with me.  I can always use a prayer, or two or three, prior to surgery.  (I believe it was my third  operation when I stopped breathing after surgery, so I will always accept and say a prayer prior to surgery).
After this the anesthesiologist came over and we started talking.  He started looking at my chart.  He said we are going to talk about how we are going to put you out for surgery.  I know you have had an operation in the past, what did the other anesthesiologist do?  I said which one?  He said how many operations have you had?  I said seven. (At this point the conversation turned).  He asked if I had an operation like this?  I said yes and explained what happened last time.  He wanted to do something different.  I WOULD NOT have a nerve block or a pump (pumps medicine in without having to press anything, no separate injections, or pills...I always had these).
This time around things would be different.  The anesthesiologist said we are going to start with making you drowsy, then an epidural, and finally we will put you to sleep.  Never experiencing this I agreed.  So off went the anesthesiologist.
Soon after came a representative from the hospital with my power of attorney forms.  As we start filling out the paperwork my doctor walks over.  He asks what we are doing.  I tell him, and he looks confused.  I have to explain what happened after surgery number three.  He still looks confused.  I said I have all the confidence in you, but after experiencing what I did I have a power of attorney form filled out prior to each operation (4-8).  We talked and he I will see you in the operating room soon.
I am not sure how much time passes (it was not much longer) I was on my way.  It is always a trip laying down and looking up (blurry vision without glasses) passing doors, different color walls, people in different color surgical "greens" "blues" etc.  Finally we enter the operating room.
This was the first time I was not drowsy or passing out when entering the operating room.  The first thing I noticed was the hard rock cracked up.  I forgot the song, but I was singing along and everyone was "do you want something else on"?  I just kept on singing and a couple of the people working in and setting up the OR joined in.  The next thing that hit me was how cold the room was.  (The hoses were disconnected and I was moved onto the operating table).  Wow the room was freezing.  The anesthesiologist came over, started to tell me what he was going to do, moved me on my left side, and that is all I remember.
The next thing I can recall was coming through in the recovery room.  I could not feel anything from my toes to my hips.  Wow that was wild.  It was great...well at that moment it was great.  No pain, no meds, and addiction.  My wife stayed as long as she could.  She was with me for over 8 hours and had no food or coffee (for someone who is addicted to caffeine no morning coffee is amazing she lasted this long).  I was still somewhat out of it so I said sure go and get your legal addiction and I will see you tomorrow.
It must have been 1 and a half hours in the recovery room and I was getting antsy.  (I could not go to my room until I could move my toes).  At this point I could move my hips and nothing lower.  (Around 4:00 pm).  Eventually I was able to bend my right knee (left knee bandaged up).  It was not until around 6:00pm until a could wiggle my toes.  (Almost 3 and a half hours is the recovery room).
I was moved to my room.  The epidural finally wore off.  THE PAIN WAS UNREAL.  I have never experienced pain like this.  Now I can see how people get addicted to pain killers.  I did not have pain like the when I blew out my knees or after my bilateral knee replacement.  All I wanted was this pain to stop.  I DID NOT CARE HOW THIS HAPPENED.
Once situated I called for the nurse and got an injection of something (I will not place my medicine in a public blog).  I was told that I could get pain meds every 3 hours.  45 minutes later no relief was insight.  I waited another 45 minutes and called the nurse.  She increased the dosage and I had some relief.  3 hours later I was almost in tears and calling for another injection.  This went on 2-3 more times.  The nurse said we need to get you on some form of oral meds to send you home on.  Wait...I was not in the hospital 1 day and you are talking about sending me home?  Yes.
I do not recall the time,but we finally found a combination of oral meds that worked.  Well it took the edge off.  I was still in pain.
The next morning the physical therapist came in.  He wanted to get me out of bed and walking.  I was thankful that my wife was with me.  He said we will get you a walker, out of bed, and into the PT room.  Shortly after the walker arrived.  He was ready to just throw the leg over the bed and get me up (no assistance).  I stopped him and had my wife help.  She grabbed my ankle and I moved my leg.  We worked together to place my left foot on the floor (no pain...no problems). The physical therapist smiled and said thanks for teaching me something new.  I asked where we were going.  He said forward, to your right, our the door, turn right, and down the hall.
I had one of those walkers you see people place tennis balls under the legs.  It was slowing me down.  The drag it created kept me from moving forward.  So I picked up the walker.  I could move faster.  The therapist was laughing and kept saying you do not have to pick it up.  I said it was slowing me down.  We exited the room and turned right.  I was following the hallway.  We passed the area where the other physical therapists were working.  They started to laugh and yelled take away the walker because it is not useful.
We made it to the PT room. Sit down, stand up, move to your right now left, bend, sit and lift your leg.  Now get up and move over there.  Get back up on the table.  Three or four other movements.  Finally the big test.  Walk up and down those steps.  I asked does it matter how I do this.  No just walk up and down the steps.  Two minutes later done.  Physical therapist says you are ready to go home.  What it is not even noon and you say I am ready to go home?  (I walk back to my room).
Around noon my dressing was changed.  The knee looks like a swollen balloon.  While cleaning me up I started to bleed a little.  My leg was cleaned and wrapped up again.  The the parade of people came in.  Setting up home bound care, home bound physical therapy, blood pressure and vitals, a nurse came in with the paperwork of all my meds, lunch, cleaning, discharge paperwork people, and finally a nurse to take out the IV and the unmentionable (if you do not know what this is think about a male going into a hospital and not being able to get up to go the the bathroom).
Take a deep breath and get ready.  One...two...three...and pull it out.  OUCH.  Not fun.  Next comes the IV.  This came out without pain.  I normally hate this.  Pain in the vein and black and blue marks.  IV is out and I am fine.  Well not really.  Unknown to me I start bleeding.  I am not talking little drop or two.  I look down and see a small puddle of blood and some on my foot.  What the hell?  I did not expect this.  We stopped the blood and all is well.
Next thing I know I am getting placed in a wheelchair.  We finally make it to our car and the ride home.  I got smart so I backed my way into the back seat.  My revised knee was next to the seat backs and my back was next to the door.  Yes I did put on my seatbelt.  What was missing was my pain meds.  Why?  I could not get any meds for an hour and a half. 
We start driving off. Everything was good.  Smooth roads.  I am loving this.  As we leave the hospital we hit rush hour traffic.  Ok so we are not moving that fast.  Next thing we hit was construction.  Bump, bump, bump, and stop.  Bump, bump. Bump, stop.  Are you kidding me?  It took almost 25 minutes to drive what should take a couple of minutes.  I passed out because of the pain.  The next thing I remember was being close to home.
I finally got home.  Walked up the steps, made it to the futon, set up my pillows, and passed out.  What stinks is that I sleep on my side and for the next three weeks I had to sleep on my back.  On top of this I could feel all of my staples.  I never counted them.  My son asked how many staples I had.  I said 35.  He asked how could I know how many staples were in me if I did not count them or asked how many were in me?  I said I could feel each one individually.  That is how I could count them.  (Later on when the staples were removed the home nurse counted 35 staples).
I will tell you about what happens from here in a day or two.

Take care,
Mr.  F

Oh...what was the problem...scar tissue needed to be cleaned out, bone growth around the patella, and I tore a tendon.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 05, 2014, 11:54:35 AM
Sorry Everybody,
I am so sorry for not positing in awhile.  I did not read my last post so I will summarize what has been going on.  In December I had my knee revised.  This was the only knee surgery where I did not have a never block.  I had an epidermal (I do not know if I spelled that correctly).  After surgery I was in the recovery room and had to wait until I could move my toes until they would move me to my room.  Hours later I was finally able to move my toes.  Once I got up to my room the pain kicked in.  NEVER LET THE DOCTOR GO IN WITHOUT A NEVER BLOCK.  For the next 24 hours I was in the most pain I ever experienced.  Not medication would help.  I was released from the hospital the next day.
At home I had home health care visits and physical therapy.  The OS did a fantastic job.  Within one week I was up walking.  No, I do not mean I was up and using the walker.  I was walking.  I could actually walk.  The one issue was sleeping.  No matter what I tried all I could manage was 3 hours.  (This continued for months on end.  Terrible situation).  Pain meds, no pain meds, elevation, keeping the leg bent, keeping the leg strait, nothing worked.
On January 7 I returned to work.  That is how my leg progressed.  It was April that I was off the walker.  Before returning to work I purchased a fantastic pair of running shoes and inserts for arch supports.  This helped out.  Having the proper foot ware makes a huge difference.  Also at this point I was going a bit crazy sitting at home and doing noting.
My physical therapy was progressing.  The therapist I had was impressed with my ability to self evaluate and ask for different exercises.  Also I could basically predict what was coming next so he would point to an area and we would talk about what exercises and how many sets and repetations I would perform.  I was done with on site PT in May.  I am going to the gym 3-5 times a week and working out my legs.
As January turned to February the main issue was sleep.  Still only 3 hours.  As Febraury turned to March my main issue was sleep.  Now I could sleep more than 3 hours, but I would wake up after 3 hours and struggle to get back to sleep.  March turns into April and a major setback occurs.
In April I am preparing items for work and feeling stressed.  I go up to my room.  (We have an adjustable bed).  I adjust the head so it is angled up so I can watch a movie.  I adjust the feet so there is a bend and I am relaxing comfortably.  I put on my movie and watch.  At so point I fell asleep.  My wife comes in the room and finds me in a twisted, contorted, position.  My next is stretched to the left.  I rolled onto my right side with my right elbow under my body.
When I wake up the next morning I am in some pain.  By the time I get to work 3 fingers are numb and tingly, I can not lift up my right arm, my back is disalinged, and my neck hurts.  I call a chiropractor.  I go in and get x-rayed.  2 vertebrate in my neck, 4 vertebrate in my back, my shoulder, shoulder blade, 4 ribs, elbow, and wrist are disalinged.  On top of this (if that was not bad enough) I pinched a nerve, and messed up a tendon. 
I had to take off a week of work.  It takes another 7 weeks to clear up all these issues.  What was amazing is that after one adjustment the 3 fingers are fine.
Well this takes care of April and May.  As June approaches I am feeling better and decide it is time to go back to the gym and start working out (not just PT for my knees).  I get back into the weights.  Boy am I sores.  I get back into planking.  I do not know if I told you but I am a good planner.  To warm up I hold a 10 minute plank.  My record was 33 minutes. 
So here I am struggling to get to 5 minutes.  I believe my first plank was a record low of about  2 minutes.  I was hoping to get to 10-15 minutes by the end of June.  I am trying and trying and I can not break the 8 minute mark.  I finally got to 12 minutes by June 20.  Good but not the time I wanted.  It is the morning of June 27.  I am feeling good.  Feeling relaxed and ready to work out my abs.  I get to the gym and decided to warm up with a plank.  I set my music, timer, and plank.  I am holding the plank and feeling relaxed.  A guy who has no idea what he is doing comes in and puts on wrist and ankle weights.  He is flopping and twisting like a fish on a deck.  Slamming the weights on the mat everytime he moves. 
The was annoying as @ell.  But it was the distraction I needed.  I set a personal best time at 35 minutes.  3 days later I held a plank for almost 32 minutes (ran out of energy).  So as you can see I am feeling good.
As for the working out, I finally convinced my son to work out with me.  He has taken to it.  He even joined a running group.  They met every Sunday and prepared for a 5K.  My wife promised him that if he ran the 5K she would run with him.
He goes to the running group every Sunday.  On June 21 the 5K is a go (possible rain).  My wife is a teacher at our local gym and she can not find anyone to cover her class).  So guess who her replacement is.  You got it.  To celebrate 6 months post OP I walked and ran a 5K with my son.  (I never ran a 5K before).  41 minutes and 55 seconds later we cross the finish line.
While I was there I met a group of people who do something remarkable.  The group in Achilles International.  They help disabled people who want to take part in running events.  I am now a member of this organization. 
As we are in July I will have a birthday soon (and celebrate being 7 months post OP).  3 days after my birthday is another 5K.  My family, maybe some coworkers, and a close friend will be running (well I will be walk-running) this 5K. 
I was told I would never be able to run again when I was young (because of my knees).  About 30 years later I am taking part in a 5K.  What an amazing day.  An incredible feeling.  And a bonding moment with my son.
And yes I am working this summer.  Same thing as the past 2 summers.
Hope you are feeling well.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Yankee on July 05, 2014, 04:00:28 PM
I've been watching for an update from you - can't say how happy I am that you might be approaching "normal", you deserve it at long last - good for you!
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 05, 2014, 09:10:00 PM
Yankee (and everybody else),
I have been busy with work, family, PT, and trying to change jobs.  Very long hours at work.  Spending my weekends with my family.  Trying to get in shape.  All of us have been going to the gym 3-5 times a week.  On top of this training with my son for his 5K.  I would walk 2 miles and run about a half mile.  He would run and walk at least 2.5 miles.  My wife ran and walked at least 3 miles.
My son and myself went to the gym today.  He was on an exercise bike for about 10 miles, rowing machine for five, and did free weights for 25 minutes (worked out chest, shoulders, bicepts and triceps).  All this time I did one exercise.  I held a plank for 40 minutes.  (Yes this is not a typo).  I am somewhat of a planking expert.  Before my revision my best time was 33 minutes.  Last Friday I held a 35 minute plank, and on Tuesday I held an almost 32 minute plank.  My goal for the end of July was 40 minutes.  I guess I will have to up it.
My wife and I have been refurbishing an old chest.  We got it from a neighbor.  It was covered in wax.  Sanding it was a nightmare.  Finally done with this.  My wife painted it white.  We are putting a checker board on the top.  Then we will clear coat it.  Hopefully the ceader smell will dissipate. 
I hope you can find some comfort and peace Yankee.  I know how bad it can be with bad knees. 
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 06, 2014, 04:24:46 PM
Hello everybody,
Amazing two days in a row that I am able to post.  I wish every weekend was like this.  I hope your world cup team is still in play and you are ready for the semi-finals.
I do not know if you remembered about me posting that I am going to walk-run a 5K 3 days after my birthday.  My son and I did some training today.  We walk-ran a 5K this morning.  It was easy to see that my son was lagging behind from the get go.  How is this possible?  I have bad knees, too many operations, and a not so active life style (getting back to the gym after 9 months of down time).  We decreased our time by almost 6 minutes.  It did help that the area we did our training in is flat whereas the 5K we participated in was filled with hills.
Feeling good right now.  I have laundry going and a "honey do" list to get back to.  Just wanted to post another day so you all would know I am still living.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 08, 2014, 01:49:57 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I am training for a 5K.  Yes I am walking and jogging (slowly).  I joined Achilles International.  They help disabled runners.  I met up with my guide today and we walked and jogged 2.5 miles today.  (My son and myself walked and jogged a 5K yesterday).  My guide told me Fleetfeet would help train me, and my guide, for free (normally $95) and they will give me running shoes.  Can you say awesome.  I will be walk running another 5K in August.
So I will have a guide, a trainer, new running shoes and all I have to do is take part in two different 5Ks.  I am loving Achilles International and Fleet Feet.
If you want to walk a 5K and have knee issues get involved with Achilles International.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Lilalu on July 08, 2014, 08:21:48 AM
Hi Mr. F.,

I am glad to read you are doing so well!

I have no PFR in my knee yet and have not been able to do jogging for the past 20 years because of my malaligned patella and the damage it did! But I have always been able to walk almost any distance and also up and down mountains (down very slow!). Now I can´t even do that any more. I hope I will be able to go back into hiking again - maybe even with a PFR. It´does not have to be mountaineering or running. But I would love to hike for several hours again! It´s great to read about you success!!!

All the best!
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 11, 2014, 12:50:27 AM
Hello everybody,

I want to thank my local Achilles International Chapter, Achilles International, and Fleet Feet Sports.  Great organizations for disabled athletes.  I start my training with everyone on July 19.  Looking forward to the 5K in August.
In two weeks I will be taking part in my second 5K.  I have my family and a good friend running in this race.  Along with this I will have my guide from Achilles International running with me.  Or should I say walking fast and a slow jog.  I am looking at setting a 12 minute mile.  Nothing to fast but a nice pace for walking fast.
I will be training on Saturday.  Maybe my son and wife will come out and walk/run with me.
Oh, I had a job interview today.  Looking to move up into an administrative position.  Good company, great questions, and was able to incorporate humor into the interview.  Even some of the interviewers were joking with me.  Hopefully they see me as a good fit for their organization.
Last night we all went out to our local summer concert series.  It was a tribute band.  Good music and great food.  My wife made her pasta with garlic, chick peas, red peppers, onions, tomatoes, squash, chicken, and fresh herbs.  Unfortunately it started to rain.  We got to hear about an hour and a half of music.  Before the rain it was a beautiful night.  Next week jazz, funk, and soul.  We are looking forward to this concert.
Other than this nothing new and exciting.  Have a great day and remember to get out and enjoy the summer weather.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 12, 2014, 11:01:24 PM
Hello everybody,
I purchased a watch for time and distance, while walk-running.  It has a built in GPS.  So I set it up and go for my 5k training.  It takes 2 minutes to link up and off I go.  I jogged the first 0.45 miles.  Then some fast walking.  Total about 0.6 miles of jogging and 0.4 miles of fast walking.  My first mile was timed at 11 minutes.  I am feeling good.  The next time I look at my watch I figured I was close to 2 miles.  I look at my watch and it stopped timing at 1.1 miles and between 12 and 13 minutes.  I am extremely aggravated.
I timed my last mile at a little more than 12 minutes.  So I have over 23 minutes for 2 miles.  The middle 1.1 miles I have no time.  Which was a little bit of a let down.  I still do not have a solo time.  (Oh, I walk-ran during the hottest part of the day).  On a positive note my knees feel great.  I have not been this physically active, and feeling this good, in over 30 years. 
After this the family went to a local pool to cool off.  We spent about and hour and a half at the pool.  We (wife and I) are going out for Japanese tonight.  Last night I made pulled BBQ chicken sandwiches.
I hope you are enjoying your weekend.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 13, 2014, 02:18:48 AM
Hello everybody,

I do not know if I told you but I belong to several knee groups.  Several just on Facebook alone.  Lately I have been paying more attention to what people are posting.  What they are posting I have felt in the past.  What surprised me is that how much negative posts are going on (post surgery).  Along with this is a inherent overwhelming feeling of fear.  I am talking about the fear of simple things. 
As I am reading post after post after post it made me think.  Was I doing the same thing?  I am living in fear of basic living?  Is my life going to be sitting around and waiting for the worst? 
Well contemplating on this I have noticed several things.  I have lived in fear way too long.  I have been in fear of basic living.  I have let myself get to the point I feared doing anything or becoming active. 
Since my revision, in December, I have taken control  of my life.  My new motto is NO FEAR.  For the first time in over 31 years, yes this is true, I am out and living life.  I am physically active, without pushing the envelope.  I am doing what I can and trying the next time to do a little bit more.  I can not, and will not, go back to a life of fear.
At dinner tonight my wife pointed out that it is fantastic that I am becoming more physically active.  This also is impacting my outlook on life (which is always positive) and my attitude (for the most part is very happy).  She also brought up the simple fact that once I get to this point I need another surgery in 2-3 years.  My response was "when my knees go they will go".  Meaning it is not up to me.  I lived in fear and got 6 and 8 years out of my replaced knees before they were revised.
I did not do much.  I did not play any sports.  I did not do anything physically active so to ensure 10 years for each knee.  I guess that was not meant to be.  So now I am experiencing life.  Trying new things and doing things I have not done in decades.
After my walk-jog today I felt mentally, and physically, refreshed.  I can not wait until my next 5k and cross the finish line.  It is such an empowering feeling, a spiritual awakening, and physically draining (in a good way) that I can not explain it.
Remember when you are out this weekend, and think about this post, have NO FEAR.  Try something new or do something you have not done in decades.  Afterwards post it under this (and hopeful many other responses) so we can inspire each other.
Take care and be active,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Lilalu on July 14, 2014, 07:49:15 PM
Hi Mr. F.,

thank you very much for this interesting and very important posting!

When I got my diagnose and was told I most certainly will need a TTT along with a PFJR I was very much afraid! Of course I am still afraid and at the moment I am trying to delay any surgery - as long as it is possible and there is still hope to control the pain with other means.

For months now I have been sitting on the sofa facing fear and depression, but I also was thinking a lot ...

What I am afraid of most is inactivity. I always have been a very active and outdoor loving person. Hiking, bicycling, dancing and yoga are my life and when doing this things, I really feel alive! I decided, I will always be doing them! No matter what! I just won´t give them up! I will look for more easy hiking routes and try to go uphills more than down (because that´s better for the kneecap), but I will be hiking again and I am looking forward for the moment I can ride my bike again!

Why should I sit on a boring PT-bike and look at the same wall every day, when I also can go outside and use my beloved real bike? I just have to look for an easy route and will go along the river instead of uphills at first. At the moment I am trying to train my muscle (a bad inflammation - the first in my life - ruined it) by walking up hills and it seems to work. Downhill is still a problem - but there are hills, where I can go down by bus here. I am still in pain and have to be careful not to do to much - but the activity is really a good thing. For my knee and for all of my body and mind!

I am also planning a first small hiking trip to a mediterranean island in autum. My knee is still hurting, but as it is now (even with some pain) I will be able to do it! I will maybe only hike for 2-3 hours a day and only a few days and go swimming in the cool sea afterwards. I guess that´s much better for me and for my knee, than sitting at the sofa! The muscle won´t came back by inactivity and I will need it - without or for the surgery that´s awaits me!

But as long as I can do such a trip even with some pain, but without to many painmeds there won´t be any surgery! This will come, when I am no longer able to walk. Afterwards I will again start with mild hiking and bicycling again as soon as possible and doctors allow it. I guess they will, because the muscle has to be trained anyway and fortunatly my hobbys generally are kneefriendly as long as I don´t overdo it. Any metal and plastic parts will have to cope with my life and when they wear out, well they just do. I can´t stop them to do. I just can live my life!

All the best!!! And thanks again!!


Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 14, 2014, 10:09:20 PM
Lilalu,

I had TTT in 1989 and 1990 which lead to my bilateral PFR.  TTT served a purpose.  I do not know if I would have done it if I had the opportunity to do it all over again.

Thank you for your post.  Keep being active.  Do not do anything that will cause pain and inflammation in the knee.  Stay off pain meds as long as possible.

I was suppose to train for my 5k today.  We have flood warnings all nigh and into tomorrow.  So we will train this weekend with Fleet Feet. 

Remember to post what you are doing that you have not done in years or never did before.  This is the summer of NO FEAR.  Be active and stay healthy.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Lilalu on July 15, 2014, 07:36:39 AM
Hi Mr. F.,

thanks for your encouragement!

What I forgot to say: My knee has been that bad for years already. It just did not get inflammed, I did not have any pain and therefore I did not know anything! I had a very well trained muscle by hiking and a lot of bicycling and almost no problems with my knee for a very long period of time. A MRI was never taken! Now doctors tell me, this diagnosis does not develop within months but rather within a period of 20 or more years. I did all this things without knowing I had a bad knee! Thats why I am sure, activity is a good thing and mind and having no fear are very important! Just develop a good Feeling for your Body and your knee - see what it can do and than do it! Just don´t overdo it! That´s what I did at last (because I did not know!) and what caused this very bad inflammation. I will restart my activities now, but be a lot more careful!

All the best!
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 16, 2014, 01:49:37 AM
Hello everybody,
Tomorrow is the last day of work.  Long awaited vacation.  I start this weekend by training for a 5K.  On Monday I celebrate my birthday.  And on the 24th I walk-run my second 5k. 
At work I have been trying new things.  Going along with my summer of NO FEAR during work.  I have been delegating more responsibility, making others leaders and taking on different roles, and putting myself in roles that I need more experience with.
At work my 5k training is showing.  Nobody can keep up with me when I walk.  Yes I am still working on pacing myself.  As a result I have a new nickname.  I am called Flash.  It has slowly caught on.
Tomorrow night is night 2 of the local concert series.  I made pulled BBQ chicken for us.  Right now the chicken is swimming in BBQ sauce.  Tomorrow it is going to be fantastic.  We will be eating BBQ, listening to great music, and sitting out under the stars.  I can not wait.
We that is all for now.  Take care and get out and experience something new....
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 17, 2014, 12:09:12 PM
Good morning everybody,
Well the family went to our second summer concert.  Really good funk, soul, blues, etc band.  We were all dancing.  Yes as the summer of NO FEAR and trying something I have not been able to do in a while I danced.  Knees feel good and only experienced minor cramping. 
Up early (well up early for some sleeping an extra hour to 90 minutes for me).  Finishing up last minute details and going into work later today.  Finally going to be able to start my summer vacation.  (Its a long overdue vacation).  No plans for travel.  Just trainings and 5Ks (oh and going to the gym).
I can not recall if I posted this or not.  Going along with the summer of NO FEAR I started to plank again (after about 8-9 months off).  My goal in June was to hold a 15 minute plank.  By the 27th I held a 35 minute plank.  In early July I held a 40 minute plank.  I do not know what I will set my goal for next.  45 minutes by early August?
Other than this nothing new.  Remember to get out and try something new or do something you have not done in a while.  Share it with the rest of us to inspire each other to live this summer with NO FEAR.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 19, 2014, 03:53:58 PM
Hello everybody,
Up at 6:00am.  Ate breakfast (lots of protein and carbs).  Fueling up for my first real training and group run.  Get to the place around 8:15am.  My guide, from Achilles International, shows up shortly after.  We get outside and take a picture.  There is a brief discussion about  good running habits and form.  Then we stretch.  Of course I have to modify mine.  Too many squats and jumping.  Finally we are broken into groups.
Our group goes third.  First the walk only group.  Next is the run only group.  Finally we are up.  We head out front and cross the street.  Off we go.  Three minutes of running and two minutes of walking.
This morning was beautiful.  The temperature was perfect.  It was overcast so the sun was not an issue.  It was a little humid, which caught up to some people at the end.
Starting off I was pacing near the front of the group.  I know surprising.  How do you think I felt?  My guide was shocked.  I told her I do not like to run on tracks.  Because you see the same thing over and over.  And it gets too hot and humid.  Early on my guide was behind me trying to keep up (she ran a 5K a day ago).  I decided to slow down because I did not know if I would be able to keep up this pace.
After the third cycle (3 minutes running and 2 minutes walking) our group started to spread out.  The fastest group was 20 seconds ahead of us.  Next came my group and then there were 2-3 other smaller groups. 
Through our entire run I keep up with running for 3 minutes and walking for 2 minutes.  My guide, as well as myself and the organization that sponsored the run, were impressed with my pace.
We ran and walked 2.75 miles. I asked and our trainer said we were running at about an 11 minute mile.  Not bad for my first time running with this group.
Next week is going to be brutal.  I have a 5K on Thursday (during the night) and training on Saturday morning.  I have never run-walked this much.  On top of all this my birthday is on Monday and I have a job interview on Wednesday.
Later on today the family is going to our local pool to cool off.  I hope you have an enjoyable weekend.
Remember this is the summer of NO FEAR.  Get out and do something new or something you have not tried in years.  Post it and be an inspiration of all of us.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2014, 02:16:39 AM
Hello everybody,
Here I sit on the eve of my birth and continplate the past year.  Last summer at this time I was finishing up my summer assignment.  I was extremely successful.  I had a fantastic staff.  And we accomplished more than what was expected of us.  As a reward all my administrative privileges were stripped from me.  At the same time my left knee started to go.
Not exactly the way you want to celebrate.  It took several doctors and 5 months to take care of my knee.  The first doctor did not work on knees that have a replacement.  The second doctor was remarkable.  He looked at me as a person. Not a number or statistic.  (3 other doctors refused to do anything because of my age and the fear of a lawsuit).
A year later and I finished up my summer assignment.  This time knowing nothing can be taken I formed a better staff and pumped up the energy level.  I delighted authority and let them be creative.  I turned the tables on my administration.  Thus, knowing they either had to agree with me and let me take the lead or stand back and let me take all the credit (or bame).  They chose the second approach and left me alone.  Well this was the best, most productive, and smoothest running summer we have ever had.  Next year I have an entire staff ready, willing, and able to go. 
I went from being in constant pain.  Sitting on a couch and just surving, and sleeping my life away (dealing with the pain my body would shut down).  Now I am involved in 2 different organizations and running groups.  Completing in 5ks and keeping up with able bodied runners. 
How am I going to celebrate?  Tomorrow morning my son and I are training for Thursday's 5k.  We will be walk-running 3.1 miles.  Wow what a difference a year makes.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2014, 01:54:16 PM
Hello everybody,

Continuing my SUMMER OF NO FEAR my son and I walk-ran a 5k.  We just got back 4 minutes ago.  He was able to keep a decent pace.  I had to slow do for him.  On Thursday he and my wife will run together.  They have not trained together so this should be fun.  I will be running with my guide.  We have my pace down and my timing.  We will run for 3 minutes and walk for 2 minutes.  I am aiming for a 12 minute mile so I would like to come in between 36-38 minutes.

I am sitting and icing my knees.  We will be going out to breakfast and carbing up.

Take care and get out and be active,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 25, 2014, 03:25:19 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it is official.  I ran-walked my first 5k.  My time was 33 minutes and 22 seconds.  This is my first 5K of the summer of NO FEAR.  I maintained a 10:45 mile.  Here is how this worked out.  My first mile was at just over 10 minutes.  My second mile was reached at just over 21 minutes.  At this point the humidity was hitting me.  My guide (from Achilles International) asked if I wanted extra walking time.  At this point I knew it was gut check time.  If I walked an extra 2 minutes I would have lost my pace.  When I saw the time at the finish line I could not believe my eyes.
Prior to the race I was aiming for a 12 minute mile.  I was hoping for a 36-38 minute total time.  Now I need to rethink my overall goals for my next 5K.  I am now sitting on the couch icing my knees.  Feeling very good and ready for my Saturday morning training.  On Saturday I believe I will be run-walking 3 miles.  Let the summer of NO FEAR continue. 
My group who ran with me was impressive.  A family friend who ran with us kicked our butts.  He finished 3 minutes ahead of myself.  My wife finshed about 3 minutes behind me.  And our son finished about 11 minutes behind me.
This was an outstanding, refreshing, emotionally and spiritually uplifting experience.  I can not wait until next month.
Take care and post your experiences that will motivate all of us,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 27, 2014, 01:20:24 PM
Hello everybody,

Yesterday I had my training for an upcoming 5K.  (Remember I ran a 5K on Thursday).  Well Saturday morning I felt good.  No sore, muscles relaxed, and knees ready to go.  (I can not remember feeling like this).  I get ready for my training.
I am running with Fleet Feet. We ran 3.1 miles at a pace of 3 minute running and 1.5 walking. Our trainer was good, but the pace was too slow (I cannot believe I typed that). At one point my guide said Adam you are going to fast. Near the end I kicked up the pace and ran like I never did. I found a "gear" that blew past everyone. I even suprised myself. I got home iced my knees, two different times,and ate.
Later on, during the night, my wife and myself, were talking about the run.  (Yes she understands that running is not the best idea, especially for my knees).  She asked how I felt.  I had to take a moment to answer the question.  I realized that the way I felt, the pure freedom, the ability to run and not think, no pain, and pure joy...I have not felt this way in along time.  The last time I can remember running like this was when I was 10 or 11 years old.  It was truly an amazing feeling. 
If I never had the opportunity to run again.  If I had to give it up for any reason I am now a peace with myself.  I have no regrets.  Remember this is the summer of NO FEAR. Let us inspire each other.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 03, 2014, 02:38:01 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it has been a relaxing and rainy week.  Earlier this week my son and myself walked 3.1 miles.  We had a really long conversation and had a good time.  On Thursday the Achilles International chapter I belong to had a group run.  I did not go because I did not want to risk an injury.  (Remember I am training on Saturdays for a 5K at the end of this month).  I am trying to avoid running twice in a week.
So today was my weekly training.  The group I run with will run even if it is raining (not thundering and lightening).  Well it was raining today so we had our run.  After last week, with the group not moving at a pace I wanted, my guide suggested we run with the run only group.  I was not comfortable with this.  She said that we can set our own pace and would not have to worry about upsetting the run-walk group. 
We headed off with the run only group.  My plan was to run for 5 minutes and walk for 1 minute.  Off we went.  I was following the group (at the back of the pack)).  There was a person running that was at a great pace for me.  We got up to 5 minutes and I was feeling fine.  So I suggested we try for 8 minutes.
We hit 8 minutes and my legs were feeling fine.  I was able to keep the pace and the person was not increasing his speed.  Soon we were at 11 minutes and the guy took off.  This meant we had to figure a pace that I was comfortable with. 
I quickly found my own pace.  We were moving up the pack.  (Not going any faster.  Other people were stopping and walking).  11 minutes turned into 15 which turned into 20 minutes.  (At this point I was not sure how far we have traveled or how far we had to go).  We just kept on running.  What was nice was it was overcast and raining.  This helped to keep me cool.
My guide asked me if I wanted to walk.  I was feeling good and kept my slow and steady pace.  Soon we were at 25 minutes.  At this point I was getting tired but wanted to keep going.  I reminded my guide that I can hold a 40 minute plank (yes this is correct).  It is all mental I said.  If I can hold a plank for 40 minutes I can run for 40 minutes.
At one point we both noticed we were getting very close to the final road.  And with a right turn we were within a half a mile to the finish.  One of the trainers caught up with us and ran the final  three-tenths of a mile with us.
Overall we ran at least 3.5 miles in 39 minutes and 43 seconds.  It was an amazing feeling to complete this run without stopping.  (I have never in my life ran this far without stopping).  It was amazing to know after 8 operations, both knees being replaced and revised, my body can still do this.
I am now talking with others who have knee issues.  We are all talking about walking a half marathon.  Not this year.  Maybe next year.  We want to training some more.  One suggestion was to walk a half marathon while a marathon is going on.  This way we can have 5-6 hours of official time to walk the 13.1 miles.
Well I hope you got out and did something new or exciting this week.  Remember this is the SUMMER OF NO FEAR.  Please inspire each other and post what you did.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 09, 2014, 11:27:17 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today I ran a practice 5K (real 5K is in 2 weeks).  I was in a walk-run group two weeks ago.  Last week I ran with he run only group.  This week all running groups started together (10K, 5K, running, run-walk, and walking groups).  From the start I was keeping up with the 10K people.  I did not notice my pace.  But I was keeping one that met my needs and did not hurt my knees.  (It was hot and humid this morning).  At the 2 mile mark the 5K and 10K groups slit up.  Shortly after this there was an incline.  I could not run up the incline.  I walked up this area.  After which I started to run again.  (At this point I had no more energy).  The final mile was run purely on adrenaline.  Unofficially I ran a 34 minute 5K.
Not bad for running this area for the first time and breaking in a new pair of running shoes.  Several people in the run-walk group said I took off at the beginning and they finally saw me at a turn around point.  This felt good to know since 2 weeks ago I could not run 1 mile without stopping.
My wife and I are talking about walking a half marathon.  I would need a year to prepare for the 13.1 miles.  I will need a new guide from Achilles International.  (My guide does not run, or walk, more than 5 miles).  Speaking about my guide, this will most likely be the last ran we run together this year.  We have been talking and she is training for triathlons.  So we will be parting ways soon.  She was fantastic.  I hope I get to run with her in the future.
Oh, I was contacted by Achilles International (my local chapter).  I was asked if I was going to run in a local marathon and half marathon.  I laughed and said I am just getting up to 3 miles.  You want me to try 13.1 miles.  Not this year.  I was told that there is a 5K.  I am now interested.  Being an Achilles member I will be sponsored (cool).
After running I can home and iced my knees.  At least 3 times.  We went to the pool later on.  It is a community pool.  Do you remember, when you were little, and the ice cream truck came by.  All the kids running and getting excited.  Well the same thing happened today.  Tons of kids running and yelling, the ice cream truck the ice cream truck.  Then seeing all the smiling happy faces. 
Remember this is the summer of NO FEAR.  Go out and do something new or something you have not do in years.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 15, 2014, 01:46:40 AM
Hello everybody,

Well I have completed my two summer work projects.  One I have been in charge of for 3 years.  This was the best year so far.  I was left completely alone.  I got to do everything (hiring, budget, data, grant paperwork, payroll, etc). Incredible experience.  Everyone was impressed.  Community involvement was great.  Employees happy and wanting to come back next summer.  My boss, well that is a different story.  Not a word.
The other project was something I was helping a coworker with.  I ran her budget, hired over 80% of the staff! set up the work! and assisted her in running her project.  We finished today.  She has to run her data to see how successful she was.
I have a week off and then its back to work.  Tomorrow looks like a gym and pool day.  Hopefully I will not be so muscle sore that it impacts my running this weekend. 
Saturday is the final training prior to my next 5K.  We are running either 3.5 or 4 miles.  I will stick with 3.5.  I am looking into energy chews or gels.  At around 2 miles, 12-13 minutes into my running, my energy level starts to bottom out.  I need somthing to give me a boost.  I do not want to ingest chemical goo or tons of caffeine.  I eat healthy (no red meets, nothing white-bread, rice, potatoes-,no dairy, no soda, no alcohol, etc) and do not want to add something negative to get an energy boost.
Do any of you out there run?  If you do and have a suggestion for an energy chew or gel please pass it on.  I am going to ask and see if anyone in my running group can recommend one.  (I have a store credit and figured I would give one product a try this weekend).  Hopefully I will have an idea how it impacts my time prior to next week.
Other than this we celebrated my wife's birthday this week and we are celebrating our anniversary next week.  (Unfortunately I have to work that day.  A required professional development.  Part of a two day training).
Get out this weekend and have some fun.  Take care,
Mr. F

It's getting near the end of our SUMMER OF NO FEAR.  Try something new and exciting or do something you have not done in awhile.  Time is running out.  My last summer 5K is on the 24th (my third official 5K this summer).  My next two races will be in October.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 16, 2014, 04:34:34 PM
Hello everybody,
Well yesterday I worked out.  Held an 11 minute plank.  Then I worked out with the free weights.  I kept the weight on the bars low.  When I woke up today I was not in pain or sore.  But still a bad idea.
Today I got to my training early.  I asked a runner what energy chews or gels she would recommend.  (She eats very similar to me.  No chemical goo, processed foods, sugary foods, genetically altered.  We want local and all natural).  She recommend a gel that is all natural and no chemicals and no caffeine.  I tried the gel and it worked very good.  Kept my energy level up, no bottoming out, and at the end of the run I did not feel like I had to sit down and had no energy.
So I take the gel and wait for our group to exercise.  After this we are broken into 2 groups (the 3.5 or 4 mile run). I knew I could not make the 4 miles.  We head out to the street and the people do not understand how to run.  The slower people start forming lines 4-5 people across the sidewalk and street.  This blocks out the other runners.  I had to let at least 40 people get ahead of me.  I had to pass everyone to get up to the lead coach.  (She is a marathon runner).  She was impressed how I managed to get around everyone and not yell and scream.
When the group stopped running and started to walk we (my guide and myself) kept running.  So far so good.  Then the small inclines start coming up.  These take up some energy and are not that bad.  Then the hills start coming up.  I hate hills.  There is no way to run these with bad knees.  There were at least 3 big hills.  The energy you need for these are massive (that is why it was a bad thing that I worked out yesterday...but I did not know there would be these 3 hills). 
I told my guide I had to walk every time I reached one of these hills.  At the end I was walking and running.  Walking and running.  Walking and running.  By the time we got back my knees were feeling good.  My guide said she was happy I did not push myself and that I listened to my body.  She has run with people who push themselves and then end up injured.  I said I want to be able to walk to my car and drive home.  If I kept running I would be in physical therapy or a hospital.
Now I am home sitting on the sofa, icing my knees, and eating leftover pasta.  Carbing up so I will have energy for later.  Thinking about taking the family to the community pool.
Take care and get outside this weekend,
Mr. F
Next week is my final 5K of the SUMMER OF NO FEAR
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 23, 2014, 09:05:40 PM
Hello everybody,
I am getting ready for my third 5k of the summer (and my last 5k of the summer).  We did some "running" around today.  My son wants to run with me tomorrow.  So we need smaller water bottles (32 or 16 ounce bottles are to large to run with).  We had to make two stops to find what we are looking for.  (Tomorrow it is suppose to be in the low 60s during the run).
I am drinking lots of water throughout the day.  Later on I will ice my knees.  Eventually I will plug in my iPod.  I want to make sure I have the appropriate running music.
Tommorrow will be bitter sweet.  My guide, Cindy, is fantastic.  Achilles International matched me with the perfect person.  She had been upping my pace and motivating me.  Unfortunately this will be our last run together.  She is a tri-athlete and she needs to train for her upcoming events.  I am looking forward to our run together.
I am planning my upcoming events.  In October I have two 5ks planned.  One I am sponsored.  Achilles runners are getting sponsorship by the event.  The second one my family is a team and all three of us are running.  I am running at least one 5k in November.
As for training I am looking into a local running group.  I have already requested a new guide from Achilles.  I am looking to expand my distance.  I would like to take part in a 10k and next year a half marathon.  We have a local 10k at the end of October I might take part in.  As for the half marathon that would mainly be a fast walking pace.  I need a guide and trainer for this.
Well that is all for now.  I will let you know how tomorrow goes.  Take care and get out and be active.  The Summer of NO FEAR is almost over.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 24, 2014, 05:40:31 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today was the final 5k of the summer (and my third 5k of the summer).  I ran a personal best 32 minutes and 25 seconds (10 minute 26 second minute per mile).  It was a perfect day for a run.  In the upper 50s and a little overcast.  My son ran with me.  He did not as well.
I did have some issues.  Because of the weather my knees started to cramp.  My first mile was run at 9 minutes and 20 seconds.  During the second mile my knees cramped.  So I had to start to walk.  I kept up a fast pace.  I did some walking and some running.  For miles 2 and 3.  I was hoping to run a 31-32 minute 5k.  I came close. 
The next race I will take part in is in the capital area.  I need to see if there are any hills.  The following two 5ks will be in flat areas.  Hopefully I will be able to get my 31 minute goal.
So I am sitting on the sofa, next to my son.  I have ice bags on my knees and we are watching tv.  It is always a great day when you get to run with your kid.
Take care and get out and do something,
Mr. F
The Summer of NO FEAR is coming to an end and I am thankful for every moment.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 30, 2014, 01:35:58 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it's back to work and all the fun that it brings.  I will not get into the mess that we are dealing with.  It is disheartening that people can take such a hands off attitude and expect greatness while everything around is not working.
On a different note, this is the first weekend in awhile I will not be running.  Starting with a new running group this coming weekend.  (And so will my wife and our son).  I am going to get a new guide.  I was sent the names of two experienced runners and guides today.  I will be looking forward to adding more distance to my training.  This means more walking, and less running.  I am hoping to walk/run a 10k in October or November.  My ultimate goal is to take part in a half marathon next year.  (Again more walking, lots more walking, than running.
Other than this nothing exciting and new.  I am going to enjoy the start of the college football season.  Get out and do something this weekend.   
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 31, 2014, 05:59:17 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am back at the gym.  Wow am I sore.  I took some time off to train for my 5Ks.  Getting back into the swing of things.  My son joined me the last couple of days.  He likes to mimic me while we both work out.  All I have to say about this is wait until he is my age.
I received news from Achilles International.  I believe I have my new guide(s).  There are two guides who live near me and take part in the local running group.  I talked to one of them today.  He has an interesting background.  Iron man races, marathons, half marathons, triathlete, etc.  When we were talking and he figured out all I need is some assistance with pacing and increasing from a 5k to a 10K he was thrilled.  (Two weeks ago he completed an Iron Man so he is on the mend). And I quote "I need an athlete that wants to run a 5 or 10K with about an 11 minute pace.  I can keep up with you with no problem."  Nice.  He is going to help me with pacing and endurance.  I would like to move up to a 10K (no not all running.  Put I want an nice pace).
Next week we will be starting the running group.  At least this one will be local.  I will not have to drive 11 miles, one way, to run 3 miles.  I will walk less than .3 miles to run 3 miles (and more).  I am looking forward to this.
Other than this nothing exciting.  I am completing my honey do list.  Dishes, laundry, family time, and cleaning.  Not necessarily in that order.  I am down to laundry.  One last load in the washer and one in the dryer.  After this it is nap time.
Take care and enjoy the weekend (or what is left of it)...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 10, 2014, 02:52:56 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it has been a rough start to work.  Everything is messed up.  And to top it all off my bosses do not care.  This is not what I am going to post about.  This is the preview to my post.
I got home today stressed out.  I wanted to go to the gym.  But I was tired and did not feel like eating.  My wife belongs to a beginning running group in town.  (I guess I did have an impact on her and her running).  Normally I would never run twice in a week, but with my day and how limited the run was I figured this was better than going to the gym and lifting to much.  (Today they ran 1.5 miles at a pace of 2 minute running and 1 minute walking).  No problems.
What was amazing is how oblivious most people are.  I am walking and people at cutting in front of me.  Almost stepping on my feet and right on top of my legs.  We finally get to the running area. I move closer to the front and off we go.  The person leading the group starts to increase his pace and I keep up.  We start to increase the pace and I am feeling good.  We stop once and then twice.  By the third time we are walking a 14 year old girl is running on top of me.  I moved over and she got the message (we were running on a sidewalk).  We stop to walk again and this annoying couple is now moving up. We start to run and the guy is almost on top of me.  I had to slow down so he would no run next to me knees. 
We are near the end of the run and the group starts to walk.  The 14 year old girl wants to say she was first so she keeps running.  The guy who almost ran me over has to run ahead of her.  (To say he was first).  I was walking to cool down.  The guy comes running over asking about the time.  What was our time per mile?  I do not keep track of my time while training. This guy was such an [email protected]@.  He had to compete over everything. 
At the end of the run I made a contact for the Saturday running group.  Since I was new they wanted me to start with the beginners.  I am looking to increase my distance.  I need the intermediate group.  My contact and me were talking. Moshe realized my email did not go through the website.  She asks me to write my contact info down so she can send me and email about the running group.  She gives me a sheet of paper and a pen.  Once i have written my info down the [email protected]@ comes over and fills out his info.  (He had no idea why I was doing this).  I am so glad I will not be running with the beginning group on Tuesday.
I was talking with so coworkers who are runners.  I told them what I have been doing and that I want to train for a 10K.  There were amazed.  Last year at this time you could barely walk, you needed a walker or cane, and now you are running.  Incredible... Yes that was my thought.
31 years of hell, 8 operations, learning to walk with knee problems, post surgery, and regularly (at least 16 times), thousands of hours of PT, could not tell you the amount of times going to PT at an office, all the doctors, the visits, appointments, hospitals, prescriptions, ice, and crying.  All of that has lead up to this.  The pure joy of running on a sidewalk or road.  Hearing the footsteps, the uneven pace, feeling my heart racing, my body sweating, and muscles aching.  I have not felt this good, or happy, since I was a teen.  Incredible.
The summer of NO FEAR has ended and a new chapter will start soon...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 14, 2014, 02:19:17 AM
Hello everybody,
Wow what a Saturday.  I was up bright and early.  Well it was not that bright, but it was early.  (It was 53 degrees this morning).  I ate breakfast and got ready for the intermediate running group.  I walked over to the area where we all met up.  We joked around while stretching. 
My new guide, her husband, another woman, and me ran as a group.  There were other people but they ran faster than us.  We established about an 11-12 minute mile for our first 2 miles.  On the third mile there was a nice incline. This is where I had to slow down.  The other woman took off and I did not see her.  The third mile was ran in about 13 and a half minutes.  We started the fourth mile going down hill.  This is when we picked up our pace.
My guide was fantastic.  Her pacing was great.  She knew when to push and when to slow down.  But something changed on mile four.  She said "I will follow you".  Well I was feeling good and took over.  The fourth mile was back in the 11-12 minute pace. 
At this point I was in my zone.  The fifth mile was out of the scene of a movie.  I was moving master and faster.  And before you knew it I caught the other runner.  This was not the amazing part.  (Yes there is more).  After our run my guide told me she had her personal best mile at 9 minutes and 50 seconds (fastest mile she has ever ran).  This was mile 5.
There was sixtenths of a mile left.  I was still going strong.  My guide stopped at 5.25 miles.  I finished, the other woman finished, and then my guide.  (My guide's husband kept running, but he was behind all of us). 
I ran 5.6 miles in about 70-73 minutes. 
My running was not through.  The beginning running group took place in about 10 minutes.  So we headed over to where they meet.  I started in the back.  I was tired but determined.  We started running, well it was almost walking for me.  I increased my pace and was in the middle of the group.  Not even half way through the run and I was up front.  I finished with 3 others in the front of the group.  This group ran 1.5 miles.
So today I ran 7.1 miles.  I have never run this much in my life.  I am hoping this training will allow me to run a sub 30 minute 5k.  My goal is to run a 10k before 2015.  And next year run-walk a half marathon.
How was your Saturday?  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 14, 2014, 11:59:29 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I thought I did a lot of running this week.  I started off with 1.5 miles on Tuesday.  I ran with the intermediate runners on Saturday (5.6 miles).  Then I ran with the beginning runners on Saturday (1.5 miles).  Well I did some more running today.  I will get to this in a moment.
I have been researching running tights.  I figured there has to be some good qualities to them.  Personally I think men who running in tights look ridiculous, but I figured I can put shorts over them.  I went to a local running store to see what they had.  I purchased CW-X compression running tights.  Let me tell you what a difference they made.
My son belongs to a running group, for beginners.  He hates to run alone.  His mother drives him crazy when they run together.  So I reluctantly gave in.  I wore them and we ran 2.4 miles today.  I felt like I could run another 2 miles with no problems.  The compression tights are amazing.  My knees felt great and the cold weather did not bother my knees.
So this week I ran a total of 11 miles.  I have never ran 5.6 miles  without stopping, or 7.1 miles in a day.  I have never run 11 miles in a week.  I can not believe how luck I am to have just accomplished this.  Feeling amazing and thrilled.
I hope your weekend was as good as mine.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 16, 2014, 01:13:46 AM
Hello everybody,

Well it is the day after the 11 mile week.  I am considering running tomorrow night with my wife and her group.  If I do run I will drag our son.  He needs to train for the 5K in about a month.  The weather is getting colder so I can wear my new compression tights.
I told you that I belong to Achellies International, and my local chapter.  I am now one of the most active members of my local chapter.  What does this mean?  I am now on short lists for upcoming events.  Hopefully I will be able to pull some sponsorships for local and regional races.  Next year I will be able to put my name in for running, and sponsorship, for Boston and New York.  It would be amazing to run a half  marathon in Boston or New York.  (I do not know if I could run-walk a full marathon in  under 6 hours, and it would mainly be walking which would add more time).
As of now I am training all of Spetember, I have 3 races in October (two 5Ks and one 10k plus), and atleast two 5Ks in November.  I am training with my local running group.  I am aiming to run between 6-7 miles.  Once this group ends I want to start training for a half marathon. 
It is wild that a year ago I could not walk and I was in tears every night.  I was just trying to hold on and find a good OS.  Now I am planning a weekly run and helping others reach their goals.  Wow what a difference a year makes.
I forgot to tell you.  I went on a running site and found that there is a Lender Bagel run.  I found that funny.  (I grew up eating Lender Bagels).  Well that is all from here.
Take care and stay warm (in the low 40s here),
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?q
Post by: Mr.F on September 20, 2014, 03:27:44 PM
Hello everybody,
I came down with a cold on Thursday.  I took Friday off of work.  I was not sure if I could run today.  I got up at 4:30am to eat and stretch.  By 6:30 I was at the park waiting on other runners.  Everybody was running 11-15 miles.  (I am not up to that distance so I decided to run by myself).  My guide is training for a marathon so she needed to run 20 miles today.
After stretching with the group I headed out on my own.  (It was 47 degrees this morning).  I have never run in cold weather so I needed to figure out how to breath without having a dry throat or snot running down my face.  Out of the park I went, up a small hill, and to my right, up Main Street.  I was feeling good and my hands were numb.  I was trying to keep a pace of 11-12 minutes per mile.
At mile one I had a time of 11:39.  Not bad.  Mile two my average time was 11:07.  Nice drop.  Mile three had 2 hills.  One not so bad and one that is steep.  Last week we ran this mile in 13:49.  This week, by myself, I ran it in 12:09.  The next three miles were almost flat.  I did not pay attention to my time.  I wanted to run at least 6.66 miles. (I am running a Devil's run for Halloween... 6.66 miles).
I am approaching the park where I started and can feel the run.  I know I am close.  I turn left and pick up the pace.  Running through some twists and I get to the parking lot.  I have to run the parking lot twice and I know I will have the distance I want.
First time around the parking lot and I want to check my time.  No do not do it.  The second time around and I stop my distance, not the time.  I did not know I had to press the bottom twice.  I ran 6.7 miles in 74 minutes.  Not back for someone who has not run in 31 years and just started training in July.
After this I walked about a mile.  My wife and son came out for the beginning running group.  We ran-walked at least 2 miles.  At mile 9 or 10, for me, I had no more energy.  After we finished we all walked home.  Taking into consideration all the walking and running I did his morning I walk-ran 11 miles.
Now I am icing the knees.  Feeling pretty good and full of confidence.  Imagine what I could have done if I was not sick.
Oh the compression tights worked great.  I could not have done this without them.
I hope your weekend is full of firsts and excitement,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 25, 2014, 02:01:29 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I did not get to run on Tuesday.  I wanted to but there was a special function at work.  Which means it is mandated that you are here after hours.  My wife and son went running without me.
After months of training, three 5ks, and running almost 7 miles at a time I figured out what can destroy my knees.  So far it's not the running. 
Being at work at 6:30am, working all day, and then leaving work after 7:00pm is a start.  Try all of this in dress shoes.  Then coming home, cooking dinner, and then washing dishes (after 8:30 pm).  Spending over 14 hours in dress shoes killed me. 
When I woke up this morning I wore sneakers to work.  If not I would have had to call in sick.  Everyone at work commented on my shoes today.  And this trend will probably continue the rest of the week.
Other than this nothing is exciting and new.  Enjoy the rest of the week.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 27, 2014, 06:45:16 PM
Hello everybody,
If it is Saturday it must be running time.  I do not know if I have told you about my morning running routine.  I wake up 2 hours, or more, before the run.  I make a big breakfast (3 scrambled eggs, two slices of multigrain bared with one serving of crunchy peanutbutter per slice, and a tall glass of soy milk).  This is around 1000 calories.
Today I received the running directions for the intermediate group.  It was either 5.9 or 8.7 miles (the next level up was 11 plus miles).  I looked up the directions on google maps (nice to know where you are heading).  I printed out the directions and taped them up (makes them waterproof).  Then I tape the directions to my water bottle.  Easy to carry and see.
So I arrive at the area where we meet.  I am the only runner who is running under 10 miles.  I stretch and get moving (it's 54 degrees, foggy, and breezy).  After doing my stretching exercises I head out.
What I did not know is that there are many steep inclines and hills, where each mile ends, and how long it will take me to complete this run.  I set my clock and distance and off I go.
The first mile I am struggling to breath.  I am still sick and my nose is runny.  The cold weather is not helping me.  I do have on my running tights (helps protect my knees and keeps them warm).  At the end of the first mile my time is 10:38 (I did not pay attention to the time.  Found out about my pacing after the run).
The next two miles I am working on my breathing and pace.  I am looking for street signs and keeping an eye out for cars (very foggy).  There were 2 steep inclines.
After running through an area we almost purchased a townhouse I entered an area I never ran in, or drove in, before.  The scenery was great.  Kept me motivated.  Now I am in miles four and five.  Twisting roads, not much space, and limited sidewalks.  I am keep my pace between 11:20-11:50 per mile.
At mile six I am close to a school where I campaigned last year.  At this point the worse thing as a runner could happen.  No I did not hurt my knee.  No I did not have my breakfast revist me.  I had to use the restroom.
I was thinking what was open in this area.  Basically nothing.  No school activity and no stores open.  At this point I turned around and started to head back to my home.  I made it through mile 7 and I am starting to run out of energy.  I started to walk.  No energy. 
I had to place my mind somewhere else to keep going.  For the next mile I ran and walked it.  I had no idea home much time and distance was left.  I kept pushing on.  I finally got to my car.  Total time 1:44:25 (one hour, 44 minutes, and 25 seconds). Total distance 8.9 miles.
Here is the kicker.  After running with the intermediate group I volunteer with the beginning runners.  What time was it?  8:20 am and the beginning running group starts in 10 minutes.  I need at least 5 minutes to drive there.  (And my need to use e restroom is gone).  If I did not turn and change my route I would never have made it to the beginning running group on time.
I did run with my son, who is in the beginning group.  Where was my wife?  She was running a 5K this morning.  The beginning group ran 2 miles.  Their pace was 5 minutes running and 1 minute walking.  This was a massive challenge for me.  (Not having any food since breakfast).
I made it though the 2 miles and came home and iced my knees.  Wow what a run.
No Fear taken to the outer limits and beyond.  I hope you had an eventful Saturday.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 01, 2014, 03:04:59 AM
Hello everybody,

So work is stressful.  Things not going well.  Major problems and limited to no leadership.  With this in mind I joined my wife and son on their Tuesday group run.
It was overcast and the temperature was dropping.  Also ready to rain.  And this group will run in the rain.  We go there and I had to start stretching.  Knees were responding to the weather.
After stretching we walked to a certain area.  The front people took off.  I, being responsible, took it slow and was running near the back.  Our running pace was 7 minutes run and 1 minute walk.
The first time through this pace I was keeping a slow pace.  My heart rate was not increasing and I was not sweating.  The next cycle through I picked up my pace.  At this time I passed my wife and son.  I started passing people and guides.  By this time I was getting closer to the front.
The third cycle starts and I catch a guy going up a hill.  I pass him and a guide on the down side.  After this I passed a gentlemen who took off at the beginning of the run.  I was gaining ground on the leaders.  Around several turns and down the block.  We are entering the home stretch.
Getting to the final corner the whistle blows.  We are supposed to walk.  I kept on running.  I turned the corner and headed up a slight incline.  I looked and saw 4 people finished before I did.  Pretty incredible.
After everybody got back I was talking to one of the guides, whose wife runs the running group.  He said I had a nice pace going.  Epically when I "took off".  We talked and I said I want to run a sub 30  5k.  This means finishing a 5k in under 30 minutes.  If I can maintain the pace I had tonight I would finish sub 30.  After this I went home and iced my knees.
Tomorrow a group of Achilles International runners and our guides are getting together for dinner and being social before our big race in 2 weeks.
That is all for now.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 04, 2014, 03:17:15 PM
Hello everybody,
Sitting at home icing and laundry.  The morning, and all day weather, horrible.  I did not go for my long run.  I ran 2.5 miles today.  It started to rain half way through the run.  Ran with my wife and son.  Then we walked back in the rain.
Tommorrow I will be running with my new guide.  We will be running a 5K with Chris.  Weather will be cold, in the 40s, but sunny.  Looking forward to this run.
Next Saturday is the magic day.  There will be over 40 Achilles International athletes and guides running.  We had a dinner, fund raiser, and social time on Wednesday.
Other than this nothing new and exciting.  I hope you get a moment to go out and do something active.  I have two 5ks and a 10k in the next three weeks.
Have a great weekend,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 05, 2014, 02:50:32 PM
Hello everybody,

I just got back from A morning run.  I am 6 days away from an Achilles International related race.  I ran with my new guide.  He is fantastic at motivation, communication, and pacing.  We ran a 5K with a 10:30 (ten minute and thirty second) per mile pace.  Exactly were I would like to be.  Nothing exciting, nothing that will set a record, but it will mean that I can finish the race without injury or dehydration.
We ran in an area I have never been.  There was beautiful scenery.  Mountains in the background, farms, rivers, picturesque homes, and fresh fruits everywhere.  Not a bad way to spend your Sunday morning.  (It beat yesterday's rain, cold, overcast run.  Today was cold and sunny).
Now I am home icing my knees.  Later on today I will be volunteering with my wife.  We will be helping out a local running group.  They work with the local kids and get them involved in running.  I will be handing out Popsicle sticks as the kids complete their laps.  Every 5 sticks is one mile.  The kids get prizes for every mile they complete.  The 8 weeks of training ends with the kids running in either a fun run or a 5k put on by our local running group.  This will be  fun.
Oh, I almost forgot, the compression running tights are incredible.  Yesterday and today my knees felt great.  They were not bothered by the rain and overcast weather and today my knees were not bothered by the cold. (After our run, this morning, my guide said "You look really good.  You had a good pace.  And to top it off you are not limping or dragging your legs.")
Have a fantastic Sunday.  Get out and have some fun.
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 08, 2014, 01:06:02 AM
Hello everybody,
It's down to 4 days until the big race.  We have people coming in from 5 states.  Over 30 different athletes along with their guides will be running.  I am getting excited.  Some of the wheelchair athletes are going to show me their racing cycles/chairs.  I have never seen one up close so this will be exciting for me.
Tonight my wife and son went running with the beginning group.  I did not go.  They are getting close to 3 miles.  It is cold and raining here.  I did not want to risk injury so close to race day.  (Knowing my luck I would have slipped getting out or in the car.  This would have stopped me from running on Saturday).  They had a good time.
I am looking forward to having hundreds, maybe a thousand, people around me.  I am ready to get into my place in the pack.  I am ready to feel the pavement and hear my footsteps.  The beat of a steady pace.  The sun (hopefully it will not rain) warming up the cold air.  Seeing my breath and knowing a year ago this was not possible.  It was a faded dream.  Now my reality.  I can almost feel the joy and awakening of my soul as I cross the finish line.
Have a relaxing night,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 11, 2014, 02:27:59 AM
Hello everybody,
Time to carb up for tomorrow we run...
In less than 9 hours I will be at the big race.  Looking forward to running with my fellow disabled athletes and our guides.  I was not looking forward to driving into town and dealing with the traffic nightmare and then drive home (after running).  I received a call from my guide and he wants to carpool tomorrow.  He wants to drive so I will provide the best parking space, handicap parking.  So he does not have to park far away and I can relax on the way home.
Yesterday we received the maps and routes for the race.  Three different colors, depending on the race you are running.  Road closures all over the place.  Buses are changing their routes.  Police all over the place.  Should be fun (once you are downtown).
Oh I did not tell you the best part.  Tomorrow the temperature is going to drop and it is suppose to rain for several hours.  The rain will start 2 hours before and at least 2 hours during the race.
Have a fantastic weekend....get out and try something new,
Mr. F
PS-The summer of NO FEAR lives on...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 11, 2014, 08:03:47 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today was race day.  There were over 20 Achilles athletes running today.  I woke up at 3:30am and could not fall asleep.  I got up and looked over the route I was going to run.  Mentally I was thinking where I would be able to increase my pace and where I would have to conserve energy.
My guide said he wanted to carpool and that he would drive.  I provided the great upfront parking (handicapped).  So I was getting everything ready and headed out the door to wait for my ride.  It was 46 degrees and rainy.  I knew I was forgetting something but could not figure out what.  I stuck my head out to see if a car was coming and caught a face full of rain.  Now I remember I need a hat.  I ran upstairs and got my baseball cap.  By the time I got outside my ride arrived.
We arrived downtown around 6:00am.  Once we parked several Achilles members arrived.  We had a tent ready for us.  At least we are not in the rain.  We help set up the tent.  By 7:00am we were taking our group photo.  What was the problem?  We had to wait another hour to run.
Around 7:50 we walked to the starting walking to the starting line (for the 5K).  There were thousands of people waiting (the announcer said 20,000 people were running today...more than just a 5K).  We had to wait 10 minutes to start.  The runners start in front of us.  We had to wait 1:30 to start running.
Off we go.  It is amazing to see people run as fast as they can from the start and burn out.  What was the problem?  People using e force instead of paying attention.  One person flys by me.  A minute later he is directly in front of me.  He decides he is going to stop.  I had to put my hand up and show I was behind him.  (The left side of the road had nobody there).  Another female runner decided when I was passing her on the left to run into me.  (Nobody was to her right).
As we approached the first mile the newer runners were walking and fading fast.  My guide looks at his watch and says "mr.F you are starting a little hot".  I know my pace is normally between 10-11 minutes.  We are running at a 9:50 mile. 
During mile number two the only thing that was exciting was a runner decides he is going to tie his shoe in the middle of the course.  He turns sideways and blocks out my guide.  I thought my guide was going to hit the other runner and there would be a terrible accident.  Lucky my guide anticipated what was going on and jumped out of the way.  Near mile two marker we had a hill.  Nice incline and we kept the pace.  Coming down the hill and starting to increase the pace. 
We were running pretty quick, for me.  What was keeping me going?  I noticed another Achilles runner and I wanted to catch him.  In a half of a mile I was right behind my fellow runner.  I past him once and shortly after he passes me.  We are with a quarter mile of the finish line.  My guide tells me "buttercup it's time to suck it up and fly".  I hit the gas and we pass the other runner again.  And like before he passes me.  We are getting close to the finish line.  The other runner did finish the race before me.  But he started the race before me.
As we cross the second pad (the first pad does not stop your time) I look up and see 31:44. 
I am elated I just completed my first 5k that I did not walk (ran from start to finish).  I did not drink any water.  I put up with 46 degrees and rain.  So we hit the water fountains and walk over to an area where they gave out water bottles and medals.
My guide says "do you want your unofficial time?"  I said 31 minutes?  He told me we had to wait to start the race.   My watch says 30:25.  What?  In the sea of people, cold weather, and rain I set a personal best (officially 30:24).  Which means I ran a 9:47 mile.  Again a personal best.
We walk around and then head back to our tent.  While I am sitting around and talking to people several of our runners come back with awards.  They tell us we have to go to the awards tent to see if you have one.  As they are talking to us the rain comes down harder.  For the next hour or so we can not leave the tent.  Finally the rain calms down. 
We head over to the awards tent.  We talk to the person dealing with the times.  I guess I did not explain myself properly.  "No Mr. F you do not have an award."  I explain I have a handicap.  He looks in the papers, finds my category, and asks for my name.  Yes you have an award.  You are second overall in your division.  So I have my first running award.
Nice way to end a race.  Hope your weekend was as exciting as mine.  Take care,
Mr. F
NO FEAR continues
PS-icing my knee and watching college "football" (US version which is not football).
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 17, 2014, 01:58:25 AM
Hello everybody,
I did not post yesterday because I was stuck in bed.  And I took the last of my pain meds.  What happened Mr. F?  Did you go running and hurt your knee?  No.  Did you do something at work.  No.  Was it one of your chores around the house.  Nope.
Yesterday our son made Mac and cheese for dinner.  After he ate we told him he had to clean the kitchen.  He made a mess.  After he was done I looked at the pot he used and it was not clean.  So back he goes and washes the pot.  I came in to the kitchen to clean my plate (I had pizza).  On the way out of the kitchen I must have stepped in some water on the floor (you see where this is going?).
After leaving the kitchen I need to get something from the basement (shirt for work).  I start walking towards the stairs.  As I step down with my right leg my left foot gives way.  I go sliding down the steps.  I caught my balance after 3-4 steps. My wife and son come running over.
"Are you ok?  Are you ok?"  I do not feel any pain, at the moment.  I know this can change quickly.  I headed up to our bedroom and adjusted the bed so I can make my legs comfortable.  I took my medication and watched some tv.  After 30 minutes the pill took over.  I was able to sleep without any pain.
This morning I woke up with minimal pain.  Talk about being lucky.  I can not believe that I did not need to go to the hospital or needed x-rays.  My friends asked me if my knee swelled up.  My knee never swells.  That is one of the biggest problem.  When I am injured no swelling occurs so doctors think that I am making up my pain and discomfort.
I am taking it easy.  Elevating my leg when I can.  And lying down when I am home.
I hope your day is, and was, better than mine,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 19, 2014, 01:17:19 AM
Hello everybody,
Just relaxing in bed prior to week two of racing.  I love having an adjustable bed.  Legs raised and having my back and neck supported is great.  The adjustable feature has been a major help since my scare from a couple of days ago.
As I reflect on my race I have two goals have fun and do not get injured.  I am going into this race as I did last week.  No time expectations and no pressure.  This is the first race I will not have a guide running with me.  My first guide will be running in the race.  (My wife had an obligation and could not got out of it).  We, me and my first guide, will not run together.  I told her this is her race to have fun and run at her own pace.  She was very appreciative and is excited about running on her own.  (Last week her athlete at the marathon had to pull out at the last minute, equipment failure).
I have car bed up.  I might eat some more past prior to going to sleep.  I do not want to over do it.  I have some supplemental items I am going to try out tomorrow.  One is a meal replacement (I am going to use it as an add on and eat less) and the other is for energy (prior to the race).  I am wondering how they will impact me and how my body will react.
Today my son and I had an interesting day at a local festival (this organization is also sponsoring the 5k).  We got to walk with and campaign for our Governor, Lieutenant Governor, federal House of Representative member, Secretary of State, and a state Senator.  It was very cool spending time with these people.  Walking the festival and talking to people.  Seeing people react and respond to these people.  We had a lot of one on one time with these people.  An amazing time.
Well that is all for now.  Have a great Sunday and get out and run, walk, skip, etc.
Talked care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 19, 2014, 03:01:12 PM
Hello everybody,
Well we just got back from the latest 5K.  My son and I ran in this event.  My wife could not get out of her Sunday commitment so we gave the entry to one of my guides.  (Remember I get a guide to run with me from Achilles International).  Since the run was local I did not request a guide.  My guide got to have a relaxing run of her own.
So we all meet up at my place.  We walk over to the local park.  It is about 46 degrees outside.  My hands are getting cold.  It is cold, breezy, and to top it off overcast.  The last item impacts my running ability (or should I say inability).  If it would just rain I would be ok.  Not my luck.
We get to the park and stretch out.  Just a little background information where I live it is a big running community.  There are to many running groups and training organizations.  So this event is going to have some fast runners and competitive people.
With 10 minutes to race time we all move to the starting line.  The starting line had this small area to run through.  We pack ourself in like sardines.   2 minutes to race time.  Then we hear runners get ready.  3, 2, 1 go!  Off we go.
I started off with a good pace.  I feel that the pace was very fast.  People are passing me, and this is ok.  We turn right, go strait, and then hit our first major turn (left).  We are about .5 miles into the race.  My knees are doing ok.  I am starting to feel a little crampy.  We hit a major right and approaching one mile.  This is where my knees cramped and I had to slow down.
People were passing me.  But I kept running.  My cramping had nothing to do with my slipping and falling earlier this week.  It was weather related.  I could not get a good pace going and I felt this throughout my body.  I did not do anything stupid and I would not do anything to hurt myself.
I slowed down my pace and more people past me.  We keep running and I am looking for the water station.  (This is at 1.8 miles).  We are running in an area where there is one open lane for cars and another lane for runners.  We hit another major right turn.  Soon we will hit another major right.  We should be approaching 1.5 miles at this point.
My knees are cramping something fierce.  I am picturing a 35 minute race (at this point).  I cannot wait for the water table.  I cannot breath through my nose.  I keep blowing my nose and snot is running down my mustache.  (I am still getting use to running in the cold).  Finally I hit the water table.
It is amazing what a sip of water can do.  I finally am able to get a couple of breaths through my nose.  I use my rest and regain focus.  We hit a major left and in the home stretch.  Mile two is gone.
Less than 1.1 miles left.  People are still running by me.  Finally I can see the park.  All I need to do is make it to the entrance and the. Another .2-.3 miles left.  At this point I am thinking at best 32:00 and at worst 36:00 time.   
I am getting closer to the entrance to the park.  A woman passes me.  I am thinking she will be the last person to pass me.  I am still cramping and can not find my pace.  No problem.  I start to pick up my pace and pass her.  I see the 3 mile marker.  I look up and see my time.  I am thinking no f-ing way.  I kick it into another gear and fly past the finish line.  I have no idea what my unofficial time is since there were 3 different time displays.  Could I have set a new personal best time?  Could I have just finished with a sub 30 time?
We wait and times are finally displayed.  What is my time?  29:44 (with a per mile time of about 9:35).  Yes I now have a sub 30 race time.  Amazing since I started running in July (3 months and 17 days of training). 
On top of this my son set his new best time of 39:38 (12:47 per mile).
Next week I will be running in a Halloween themed 10K.  A fun run.  Two weeks after this the entire family will be running another local 5K.
I hope you have a terrific Sunday.  I did...
Take care,
Mr. F 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 26, 2014, 11:30:09 PM
Hello everybody,
Today was another running day.  My wife and I signed up for Halloween themed event.  We were planning to run 6.66 miles.  There was a mix up on the course and we ended up running 5.4 (and so did everybody else).  I finished with a time of 53:37 (9:56 per mile).  Not bad for a person who runs between 11:00-12:00 per mile, when running over 4 miles at a time. 
Today the weather was going to be cold but sunny.  No chance of rain.  Well that was a lie.  It rained around 4:30am.  When we got to the race it was overcast, no sun, and breezy.  We were dressed in appropriate clothing for cold weather and were still cold.  As race time approached the clouds rolled in.
I was cramping up early in the race.  I was considering DQing myself.  I did not because I wanted to see if I could run this course. 
People were passing me.  But I did not panic.  I kept my pace.  At one point a woman passed me and slowed down.  I paced off of her for almost the rest of the race.  There were several hills that had the potential to really slow me down.  I was able to conqueror each one without loosing much time.  The other problem were the down hill areas.  You tend to start to run much faster and use up too much energy (much faster pace).  I was able to handle these areas also.
When I saw the finish line in sight I was thinking man I ran this way to quickly.  As I saw my time I had to do a double take.  Noway did I finish 6.66 miles in less than 54 minutes.  Later I found out that we all missed a turn.  Not enough volunteers on the course.
Overall I had a good run.  And this is the second week I did not use a guide.  In two weeks I am running in an Achilles sponsored event.  So I will be running with my guide Chris.  He will push me.  And I am hoping to run a 29 minute 5k (if the weather is good).
I hope you had an exciting weekend.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 29, 2014, 01:46:53 AM
Hello everybody,
I was not planning on running tonight.  I had a very long and busy day.  Up before 5:00am.  Working at home.  Got to work around 6:30am.  None stop all day.  Finally got home after 4:00pm.  Up to this point in the day I ate a peanut butter and jelly sandwich, apple bar, and a some pretzels.  Once I was home I ate some cereal, banana, and milk.  I did not hydrate during the day or take in enough carbs.  But I was stressed out.
I was stressed because I had a meeting with my boss.  I had two proposals for him.  This is how I am suppose to be evaluated.  During our meeting all he did was go on his cellphone and check email.  I could have been saying blah blah blah blah blah and he would have agreed with me.
After talking with my son and wife I decide to join them in the beginning runners group.  We all met up at a park.  We stretched and walked over to the area we start our runs.  I did not have a goal but I did see what would happen (I pictured the end of the run with me leading it).
We hear the same words runs get ready and go...off goes the lead group.  I was not part of this.  (Oh our intervals were 15:00 minutes of running and 1:00 minute of walking).  From the beginning I have some ground to make up.  Since nobody has taken off, yet, I move up the pack quickly.
Wow I should not have said this.  There goes 4 runners breaking out away from the group. What the heck I think to myself.  I have nothing to worry about.  If I have to walk so be it. 
We start to put some distance and time between us 5 and the rest of the group.  The guide and another beginning runner are out pacing us all.  The next two runners are barely in sight (we started to run after 6:00pm and the sun is nowhere to be seen).  I am hanging on but barely.
I know if I do not do something I will be lost.  (I do not know the route and area we are running in).  I pick up my pace.  "Suck it up cupcake" is my new mantra.  (This was said to me by my guide in freezing cold and pouring rain during the final half mile two races ago).  So I give it some gas and catch the first group of two.
I finally recognize the area we are in as I pass this group.  I have the first group of runners in sight.  At this point I realize something.  One of the runners is gassed.  He is walking.  I finally catch up to him.  He has spent his energy.  I pass him and the guide.  (The guide went back to check on the runner who as now walking).
I am in the lead but have no idea where I am going.  I slow down and hear footsteps.  I yell back and get some directions.  From the area we are in and running a 5k near here I know we have about 1 mile left.  The guide comes running up to me and pushes the pace.  I respond by trying to keep up with him.  We hit a nice steep incline.  "Suck it up cupcake" is what I keep hearing as I eventually climb to the top and feel a breeze as I go down the other side.
At this point I noticed I could hear only two distinct footsteps.  Me and the guide.  I ask how close are we and he response close.  I can recognize a stop sign ahead.  I am elated.  So I kick it up a gear and think let us finish the some speed.  Only to recognize this is not the stop sign and we are not near the finish.  But it put some distance between us and the other runners.
As we are running the guide keeps saying good pace and keep it up.  I noticed a house and a stop sign that looks familiar.  We are near the end but I have very little in the tank so I wait until we are about .2 miles from the finish and give it all I have left.  We have just run 3.1 miles.  I am physically exhausted but feeling great.
We get to the top of the parking area and stretch.  As we are stretching I asked if the guide timed us.  He did not.  He said its around 6:35 so we ran for 35 minutes.  I said we stretched and then ran so maybe less time.
We are waiting and stretching and the third person to finish comes running up to us.  29:35 is her time.  She said we left here back at least 30 seconds ago.  Close to 30 minutes the fourth person comes running up (the guy who took off in the beginning of the run).
As I said earlier I saw myself finishing first.  Who could have imagined this occurring.  Limited food, no hydration, limited sleep, and stressed out.  But we finish with what I was told and I have to figure this out was a sub 9 minute per mile time. (I think we were running around a 9 minute 25 second mile).  Still a personal best.
I hope your Tuesday night was good...mine was great.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 01, 2014, 03:16:25 PM
Hello everybody,
I am celebrating a birthday yesterday and today.  No it's not my birthday.  No it's not a family member or friend's birthday I am celebrating.  It is the ninth birthday of my knee replacements.  On October 31, 2005 both my knees were replaced.  So what did I do to celebrate?  Keep reading and find out.
It was cold, windy, and overcast this morning (with the possibility of rain).  I woke up at 5:00am.  No rain and the ground was mostly dry.  So I made breakfast and prepared for my run.  (Yes I carbed up last night.  4 bowls of pasta and soy cheese).  I purchased a running belt that holds 4 water containers (10 ounces each) and has an area to hold gu and snacks.  Along with this I had my layers of clothing on.  I printed up the route for today's run and headed out.
I stretched and walked around and warmed up.  I used map my run to see my progression.  With no miles projected I started my run.
Wow with extra clothing and the running belt loaded up I was carrying extra weight.  I will have to adjust my running and not burn myself out.  Also I had to get use to having a belt on.  Weight around my mid section.
Mile one took 12:03.  Not exactly what I wanted.  Not bad but I wanted 11:45 or lower.  I am still adjusting to the extra weight and belt.  I am getting use to running in the cold.  I am able to breathe properly.  Also my nose is not running.  Which means I am not breathing out of my mouth.
Mile two and I am feeling good.  It is dark and hard to read the directions.  I am moving at about 11:45 pace.  Good make up of time.  I am getting into my zone.  I am moving along and hit mile three.  As I am running past an elementary school I am not sure if I missed a turn.  Two streets later I noticed I did miss a street.
I had to turn around and add some more distance to my run.  I make a left and notice my first nemesis.  A steep rolling hill.  [email protected]!t, it's starting.
I slow down and start to tackle the hill.  I keep going and going.  Will this hill ever end?  Finally I hit the top.  Running about .3 mile I hit my right turn.  Mile 4 is starting.  And what is less than .2 mile in front of me?  Another hill.  This one is steep and long.  I am thinking Ed I hate you (Ed makes the routes, but does not run them).  Again I start to tackle this hill.  Slowly I make it up the hill.  Finally I am at another turn and the hills should end.
Boy I was wrong miles 5 and 6 were even worse.  Long, winding, up hill roads that never end.  Turn and there is an incline.  Turn again and there is an even steeper incline.  Oh the road gets flat.  Sorry turn and another incline.  I grab my food and start eating.  Natural caffeine, carbs, and calories.  Boy my body needs this.
Now that my nemesis has not stopped me I can start enjoying the run.  Wrong!!!  Now I have to worry about the extremely steep declines.  (If you are not careful you can trip and fall).  If your strides get too wide it's all over.  I shorten my stride and take off.
Oh [email protected]!t I am hitting two sharp corners and noway to slow down.  Please no cars...no cars because I can not slow down.  One turn successful.  Turn number two and no cars.  I am in my groove.  I have no idea what mile I am at.  I hit a right turn and I know this road.
I know there are no drastic inclines (very small).  But there are some good declines.  Easy to control and gain some time.  I am enjoying this part of the run.  At the end of this road I have one road left.  Still a long distance but I am getting closer to the end.
I make my right and notice I need a pick me up.  I reach into the pouch and pull out some gu.  This is all natural and has caffeine.  (I learned from a marathon runner that if you hold the gu incorrectly and try to rip it the gu will spill out all over the place and possibly your face).  I am careful and open the gu.  No problems.  But then I am careless and drop it.  Good it lands in the grass unharmed.  I down the contents and some water and keep moving.
I make a right and notice the weather is changing.  More winds blowing and temperature dropping.  But it's getting close to the end.  I am looking up and pacing myself by landmarks.  At this sign I will drink some water.  At the mailbox I will reset.  At the crosswalk I will drink some Gatorade.  At the police station I now I am about a mile away.
I am getting closer when I pass the church.  I can feel the nine mile mark coming on.  I pass the local library.  I hit one of the two final left turns.  I am getting closer to the park.  A left turn.  Now all I have to do is follow this road to the parking lot and 9 miles down.  I have never run this far in my life.
I make the parking lot and check map my run.  Wait there must be something wrong.  I did not run 9 miles.  I am close to 10 miles.  I make two laps in the parking lot and I hit 10 miles.
Wow 10.01 miles.  I ran this in  1 hour 54 minutes and 33 seconds.  This is a pace of 11 minutes and 26 seconds.  Wow I blew away the 11 minute 45 second pace I wanted.  Happy birthday to my knees.
Wait a minute I am not done.  I run with the beginning runners.  I noticed a fellow Achilles runner.  I paced off of her.  I know she would be slow and I could handle this.  I did not keep time.  We ran the 5k (3.1 miles) that we will take part in next week.
So I ran 13.11 miles today.  It is my first half marathon.  Happy ninth birthday to my knees.  Then I walk a half mile home.  I am muscle sore and icing right now.
I hope your weekend is fun.  Get out and enjoy.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 07, 2014, 02:59:34 AM
Hello everybody,
I am sitting in bed and I am realizing that this weekend's run will be my 4th event since October 11 (October I ran 3 weekends in a row, I ran 13.1 miles last weekend, and this weekend a 5k).  I am planning on running in two, possibly three, events this month.  One of the events will be the last 10K of the year (here).  That will make 6 events in 2 months.  Not bad for a guy who could not walk a year ago. 
In June 2014 I joined Achilles International.  I have been truly blessed to find and be part of this organization.  I started running with them in July.  Now I am taking on a new position with them.  I am becoming a Regional Coordinator.  Since I have run in 4 events not sponsored with Achilles, and I tried to get the races involved with Achilles, my chapter president thought I would be a natural for this position.  Since I am already doing the work of regional coordinator.
What is nice about Sunday's race is it's around the corner from me.  I can walk to the race.  Spend as much time as I want there.  And I can walk home.  Also I will be assisting with the set up, and most likely, the breaking down of our tent. 
It is going to be great running with our athletes and guides.  I will be running with my guide from October 11.  He was great.  His is very sarcastic and motivates me.  I would like to have a fun and safe race.  If I could hope for one extra time it would be to set a personal best time on Sunday.  (Looking at the weather it is going to be cold and raining.  Not the best weather to run in).
Other than this i am waiting for the weekend to start. 
Take care and get outside and do something,
Mr. F
The winter of NO FEAR is upon us.  Take up a cause, set goals and accomplish something amazing. 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 10, 2014, 12:03:25 AM
Hello everybody,
Today was another race.  I took on a volunteer position with Achilles International.  I had to be at the event at 7:00am.  Setting up the tent, getting the tables ready, and making sure our athletes and guides are all accounted for.  The race was at 9:00am so we had time to talk and mingle.  It was great.  We had 39 athletes and guides running.
My guide was one I ran with several weeks ago.  He was the one who said "suck it up buttercup" while running.  I set my best time running with him.  So I was excited to see what we could do today.  Last time we ran together I ran a 5k in 30 minutes 24 seconds.  Last race I ran I was down to 29 minutes and 44 seconds.
We sat and talked prior to the race. I was looking for a  9 minute and 30 second mile.  This would bring my overall time closer to 29 minutes.
We get to the start and have to wait.  A sea of humanity is in front of us.  Finally we are off.  This woman comes running up right behind us, cutting to the left, cutting to the right, and almost running over people.  There are several groups of first time runners, little kids, and animals.  So we are bobbing and weaving and trying not to run into people.
We are maintaining a good pace.  I am feeling ok.  The weather is cold and the skies are overcast.  Not the best time to run.  We are at .7 miles and my guide says we are running off pace.  Like we are running slower than expected.  At one mile he looks at his watch and says...8 minutes and 50 seconds.  My fastest mile ever.  I am feeling good. 
At this point the clouds lower, get darker, and the temperature drops.  At about 1.1-1.2 miles my left and then my right knees cramp up.  I am having flashbacks to my third race.  (I had to walk most of the second mile because I could not bend my left leg...weather impacted it).  I am thinking if I walk now I will not be able to run the rest of the race.  At 1.5 miles we are on pace for 29 minutes (overall time).  But I am slowing down.  My knees are not cooperating and I do not want to cause an injury.
I push through mile two and head into mile three.  I had better time with the third mile.  We were able to pick up the pace.  We approached 2.5 miles and I was still cramping.  We are getting into the last .3 miles.  My guide turns and said this is where you kick it up.  I look at him.  He says knees, heart rate, breathing, or muscles.  My response...knees.  Do not do anything foolish.  Keep your pace he says.
As we hit a final turn I can see the time.  I am inspired and take off, the best I can.  I cross the line at 29 minutes and 31 seconds.  Not bad it's a new best time.
Wait one minute this is gun time not chip time.  Gun time is when the race starts.  Chip time is when you cross the starting line and your chip starts your time.
I am looking for the race results.  I can not find my chip time.  I am checking each sheet and the web site.  Only gun time.  29 minutes and 31 seconds at a per mile pace of 9 minutes and 31 seconds.  Still not bad since we were trying to keep a 9 minute 30 second pace.
When I got home my wife told me about an app that tracks the time.  (She ran in the event and I finished 6 minutes before her).  I looked up my time and found a 19 second time difference.  I finished the race in 29 minutes and 12 seconds.  My per mile pace was 9 minutes and 24 seconds.  Both times are a new best for me.
When I get home I need to wash clothes.  I had 7 loads of laundry today.  When I was taking down the last two loads I slipped on the steps and slid down a flight of steps.  I have some nice black and blue marks on my arms.  On top of this I have a sore knee.  So I am sitting in bed with a heating pad on my knee.
Hopefully you had an eventful Sunday.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 16, 2014, 12:58:00 PM
Hello everybody,
Remember I slide down some stairs last Sunday.  I have been nursing a bruised knee.  I have been using heat and elevating the leg.  I was not sure I would be able to run this weekend.  I was waiting until he last minute to figure out what I would do.
Saturday morning it was 27 degrees when I woke up.  Are you f-ing kidding me.  (At least it was sunny and not overcast.  There was a nasty breeze).  I decided I would run with our local running group.  There were several distances to choose from (3.1-9.3 miles).  I, being the crazy one, decided to run 9.3 miles.
We all meet up at a local school.  Everyone stretches out and takes off.  I was bring up the back trying to get my run app started (not fun when you are wearing gloves).  It finally starts and I start to pass most of the pack.  (My wife and son ran 3.1 miles).
We started off by going down a steep hill (there was no way I was going to run up this hill on the way back).  After 5 minutes I am near the front of the pack.  There are 2 runners who can run a marathon at 8 minutes per mile.  (No way I can keep this pace).  After mile one I was feeling good.  9 miles and 31 seconds.  Just like last week.  Mile two 9 minutes and 55 seconds.  Not a bad pace since I am in layers of clothing and have a belt on (40 ounces of fluid and snacks).  I am carrying an extra 10-13 pounds with clothing and everything else.
The wind kicks up and the temperature drops.  My pace slows down.  A runner passes me.  At this point my knees feel like they are 10 pound weights.
At mile three I am running at a 10 and a half minute pace.  The route is very tranquil and very beautiful.  We have passed a river, farmland, and old trees (along with some winding hills).  I am ready for mile 4.  This is where it gets confusing.  A fork in the road with no street signs.  I go one way and afterwards realize it was the wrong street.  Not so bad since I was not far off from the original route.
I take a winding road and pass a neighborhood I recognize.  Left turn and I am back on track.  Running and running I do not know where my next left is (it is a loop around road).  Not seeing any street names I turn left in a complex and loop around.  After I come out I take a left and about .5 miles I reach the original loop.
I am feeling good knowing I am about half way home.  I take the proper route back.  Along the way I need to pass an area with a ferry and a small park.  Nice area to run around.  Passing a farm I notice it looks familiar (I was later informed it was used in a music video).
Getting closer to the end of my run.  Only 3 streets left (2.6 miles).  I make my left as the wind picks up again.  I am sweating and freezing at the same time.  But I keep on pushing.  The road turns to more of gravel than pavement.  I come up upon another forked road.  No signs...what to do?  One road has some dips and the other is a steep incline.  I continue to the left.  No way I was going to take on that incline.  (Later I found out this was not the road I was suppose to take).
The road becomes narrow and has some blind spots.  Not that great to run on.  No sidewalks or any other areas to dip into incase a car comes.  As I run around a blind turn I hear a motor.  Some guy in a pickup comes flying around the corner.  He passes with little space between us.  I keep pushing on.  At the end of the road I make a right and continue.
I forgot how many miles until the end of my run.  I keep going  (mile 8).  I keep running and running.  Mile 9 and I am still on the same road.  I finally get to the last road and decide not to make the right.  I made up my mind I would see how long I could run.  I am at mile 10 and still running.  I make a right and loop it around a deadened road.  Coming out I make a right and keep running.  Shortly down the road I have a major decision.  There is a massive decline (which means I would have to run up the area on the way back).  No way and I turn around.
I run back to the area with the deadened.  I get back to the area I need to get back to the school.  I am starting to feel my muscles burn.  I run into the parking lot and head to the back of the school.  There is a small track.  I start to run around the track and go off into the PE filed.  I run around the field and head back to the track,
I check my mileage.  I am not there yet.  I run around the small track.  Now I am running to the front of the school.  I am close to my car.  I check my mileage again.  Almost there.  I run around a smaller parking lot and return to my car.
I did it.  2 hours 40 minutes and 57 second.  13.14 miles (a half marathon is 13.1 miles).  I ran the distance of a half. (Last week my son said I did not run a half since I ran 10 miles, stopped and stretched with the beginning runners, and then ran 3.1 miles).  So I ran 13.14 miles nonstop. 
I came home and started to recover.  Drinking lots of fluids and eating carbs.  When I woke up this morning I was feeling better. 
I hope your weekend was eventful....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 23, 2014, 01:08:31 PM
Hello everybody,
So let me think what is new since the last time I posted.  Oh, my boss and I finally had a civil and productive meeting and conversation.  It has been sometime since this had occurred.  My boss has been avoiding me and barely speaking to me.  Most of our communication has been through email.  This week we scheduled a meeting.  He and I talked.  We both listened.  And some very good ideas were shared.  Now let us see if we can continue this process and implement them.  (I am eager and ready to do this).
On the other hand we had more running.  I signed up for a not so local event.  I surprised my son and signed him up too.  We have not run together (I mean running at the same pace through an entire event) since June.  (This would be the first 5k either of us participated in).  He was excited. 
As you know I belong to Achilles International and this event is an Achilles event.  There were 4 of us competing.  2 athletes and 2 guides (I did not have a guide).  I also joined another running group.  There were at least 15 members of this group competing.  They welcomed me, and my son, with open arms.
We arrived early to get a decent parking spot.  We had no idea how many people were running.  When we arrived and got to the tables to get our bibs we noticed that there were numbers not letters to get your bibs.  Well there were 900 people running (our numbers were in the mid 700s). 
We were able to get something to eat, see the booths, get our shirts, and stretch prior to running.  It was bitterly cold yesterday (about 30 degrees and windy).  The forecast said sunny, but no such luck.  The course said it was mainly flat, but no such luck.  Not fun running in the cold and wind going up and down hills.
We were called over to the starting line.  With so many people we had to keep moving to the back.  Looking forward all we could see is a sea of humanity.
Prior to any run we set some goals.  One is to finish strong.  Another is to be safe (no injuries).  The last established goal is to have fun.  When we were talking I decided to make today all about my son.  We wanted to get him a new best time.  We were looking to shave 2 minutes off of his time.
As we are getting to the back of the lines we hear the announcer tell us the rules prior to the run.  The countdown begins.  The truck starts moving and we hear go.  Since there are hundreds of people infront of us we stand there.  We are waiting and waiting.  It is freezing, the wind is blowing, we are in the shade, and not moving.  Finally we take off.
Two other runners are trying to keep our pace.  Running with two other people is not easy.  We are trying to pass people and keep as a group is not fun.  When other people are trying to pass us it is difficult.  I am trying to get us into two groups of two but the other two will not listen.
At this point I pick up the pace.  We are getting closer to the end of the first mile.  As we reach the top of a hill the person at mile one is shouting out times.  12:07 is the time for our first mile.  Good for my son but nothing that great.  Mile two is going to make or break us.
My son runs for 15 minutes and walks for 1 minute.  At the 15 minute mark we are well into the first mile.  As we stop there is another hill.  We walk up it.  As the minute comes to an end there is a good half mile downward stretch.
This is the time to increase the pace.  I start to push (I was pushing him prior to this but down hill you can make up some time).  We are weaving in and out of runners.  (New runners will not move to let you pass).  You can ask someone to move to the left or right but they do not necessarily listen (only when there is space). 
My son wants to look at the pace timer and figure out how long he has been running.  I keep telling him that we are running at a fast pace and that looking at the time only messes up your pace.  He is struggling and I tell him that when we get to the left turn at the bottom of the hill we will walk.
He is fine with this.  As we take the turn we hit mile number 2.  Our time is 23:11.  This means we ran a faster second mile than the first.  He has a smile on this face but I know this will be short lived.  He stops to get some water.
I keep pushing him.  The 15 minute run and 1 minute walk is now over.  He is in some muscle pain.  When he needs to walk we walk.  When he wants to run we run.  Instead of walking slow I push the pace.  He sees he can do this.  He picks up the pace and starts to run. 
We know we are at 2.5 miles.  We hear music and run up to a speaker and a small sound system.  My son feels the need to walk.  He is picking up the walking pace.  We get out of a wooded area and see a familiar road.  He wants to run now.  One last up hill.  We are passing people.
I can see he wants to give up.  I am encouraging him to push through the last quarter of a mile.  We turn into the final stretch.  One small loop and it's over.  We make the final turn and see the clock.  Wow!
My son has never finished a 5k in under 39 minutes.  His goal was to finish this race in the 37 minute range.  We crossed the finish line with a time of 35:48.  This is the gun time.  We need the chip time.  For those of you who do not know the gun time is when they say go.  The chip time is when you actually cross the starting line.
Since we were in he way back of the line there was at least 20 seconds from the gun to our chip time.  So we ran closer to a 35:28 time.  This would mean we took about 4 minutes off of his best time.
I am a proud papa.  Afterwards we celebrated with hot chocolate, bagels, and fruit.  We stopped on the way home and got slurpies (yes he wanted a slurpie to celebrate his victory and to become freezing cold).  We stopped for more bagels along the way home. 
We had a fun day together.  Nice to run with him.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: cantel on November 26, 2014, 02:02:32 PM
How is your PFR ?  I am considering PFR, and looking for a long term PFR guy for guidance.

thanks
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 26, 2014, 09:18:18 PM
Cantel,
Let me start by saying hello and hope you are in good spirits.  I do not know if I am the long term person you want to talk to.  It took 8 operations, including bilateral PFR and both knees being revised, before I got to this point.
I will leave out all the prior surgeries and go right to the bilateral PFR.  (If you need both knees operated on do not do it one at a time.  If I had one knee operated and had to wait this is no way I would have gone in for the other).  In 2004 my knees started to ache and I had pain in both knees.  I went through almost 1 year of PT, injections (different products and nothing worked), pain pills, and braces.  Nothing did the trick.  My knees got so bad that I was stuck in bed or had to crawl or drag myself along the floor.
After surgery the pain was different.  I was under general (do not do an epidural) with never blocks.  I was placed on a passive motion machine at the hospital (I highly recommend this).  I was sent home with a cooler that pumps cold water into a cuff that is placed over the knee and 2 passive motion machines.  Again I highly recommend this.  Great for pain management and sleep.  At night I would strap my legs into the passive motion machines, find a good angle, and fall asleep.  After PT, and PT on your own, the ice and passive motion machine greatly reduces the need for pain pills.
During the first three months you will not see great leaps of movement in a single day.  But if you look back one to two weeks at a time you will see progress.  The first few months are painful.  Depending on the meds you will go on emotional rollercoster.  You will cry for no reason.  You will have a lack of energy.  And sleep well that is another topic.
Sleeping is something you have to experience to believe.  You leg muscles will spasm for no reason.  You will wake up with knee soreness, stiffness, and a different pain.  And if you are part of the small unlucky few (like me) there is this dull numbing pain that never goes away.  Pain pills do nothing.  Hot water, ice, exercise, pool, electric stim, and anything else you could think of will not make this pain go away.  My pain lasted over 20 months.
During months 3-6 your progress will come at a faster pace.  6-9 months you will start to feel a plateau.  At 1 year you will see a big change.
If you are having only one knee replaced I can not tell you about the recovery process.  You will have a good leg to stand on.  I did not have this.
During my second year I was in an automobile accident.  A car hit my car (from behind...at about 5-10 mile per hour).  There was less than $300 damage to my car.  The leg muscles in my right leg regressed.  I felt like I came out of surgery.  I could not lift 1 pound.  I had to go back to PT for 4 months.  My leg muscles also went when I kicked a ball with my son.  Again I had to go back to PT for several months.
I do my own PT at home and the gym.  The exercises I do are from years of PT and knowing my body.  I will not tell you what exercises to do because everyone heals differently.
In 2011 and 2013 I need each of my knees revised (right knee than left knee).  (When I was 13 I was told I would never run in my lifetime).  In June I took part in my first 5k.  It took me many, many, many decades and 8 operations to get to this point.
If my knees would go tomorrow I would have no regrets.  I still have soreness and craps.  I do have muscle spasms, knee buckle (if you never experienced this it is quit wild....your knee gives out for a second and you feel like you are going to do a face plant), at night my knees cramp up, and in the mornings I have to stretch out and exercise to make sure I am mobile during the day.
Would I recommend surgery for you?  This is not my decision.  You have to make this call.  My suggestions are make sure you have an outstanding OS and physical therapist.  This will make all the difference.  I would not be running if I did not find my OS and physical therapist back in August.
Take care and if you need to talk I am here for you...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 26, 2014, 09:31:31 PM
Hello everybody,
The weather has turned today.  The past few days have not been so bad.  40s in the morning and 60s during the day.  Toady the snow came in and has not stopped.  It is going to turn into winter mix and then rain (and possibly snow around 2 am).  So much for a nice half day at work.
Since the weather turned my wife made her famous beans and kale soup.  Along with home made bread.  Every time she makes this there is limited leftovers.  And never the bread.
Tomorrow I am running a Thanksgiving Day race.  Most people are running in a local 5k (15,000 runners).  Yes you saw the correct number.  Total insanity.  Worst off is that the overwhelming majority of the runners will be first timers.  This means they will have no idea what to do, how to pace, and rules.  I will be running in a 10k early in the morning.
I am looking forward to this event.  It will be my first 10k race.  Also it will be my first 10k on my own.  During the weekend there is a fun run for after Thanksgiving feast.  This is to run off some of what you ate.  This race sounds like a family race.  Also our local running group is going out on Saturday.  So I have this (3.1, 5 or 7 miles). 
Next week I go back to my OS for my one year follow up.  I can not believe that it has been close to one year since I had my surgery.  A year ago I could not walk.  I could not bend my knee.  I could not sit.  I am so great full to be at this point in my life.
Happy Thanksgiving,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 27, 2014, 05:25:53 PM
Hello everybody,
It is Thanksgiving and I am sitting on the sofa with an ice pack on my knees.  Guess what I did today?  I ran a 10k (6.2 miles).  I was up at 4:30am.  Ate breakfast and stretched out.  I got ready and crossed the black ice.  I dough out my wife's car prior to heading out for my race.  My car was in the garage.
I had a 32 mile drive to the race (and them the fun of 32 miles on the way back).  When I got to the race it was around 23 degrees.  Yes nice and cold, and no sun.
I was the only Achilles International runner.  I joined a new group and there was at least 10 members running in this event.  (One wants to be an Achilles guide and around mile three he ran with me.) I got to meet new people and potentially a new guide.  We took pictures and headed out to the race.
We all line up, about 500 of us.  Go...and we are off, or so we thought.  Everyone stops prior to the pads that set off the chip.  We are all confused.  Shortly after we found out why.
There is a massive backup and everyone stops.  There were 2 bridges within .4 miles of each other.  Both covered in ice.  You could not run across it.  You had to skate across it.  Lift up your feet and fall on your [email protected]@.  We start to run and experience this again.
Not knowing the course it was frustrating.  No idea how far you have ran and how much you need to run.  We hit the first water stand.  1.1 miles into the race.  Wow it's cold, ice on the bridges, and there is a breeze.  But you need to keep running. 
Finally mile two and the 10k people are running by themselves (5k people turned around).  There is a decline and we cross another ice covered bridge.  Keep going and moving.  At this point I see some 10k people coming back.  Oh the turn around must be close.
Not even close.  I still had another mile to run.  It was cold and brutal.  As mile three approaches I am feeling better.  I see the turn around and a water station.  This is where the guy from the other running group joined me. 
He was good at motivating me, pushing the pace, but needs some work on reading the course and making sure the athlete is not going to run into ice, snow, or another person.  He started to get the hang of this closer to the end of the run. 
Once the turn happened I knew what to expect.  Except one thing.  Now we were running into the wind.  Not fun.  But with my new friend, and potential guide, we talked and pushed the pace.  Finally mile four. 
Two miles to go.  Feeling better now.  I am motivated and need to see mile marker 5.
Once we see mile marker 5 I know there is 1 full mile left.  What I forgot is there was a steep incline left.  Where did this come from?  I suck it up and pick up the pace.  A moment of pain now and a down hill recovery on the other side.
Now we have the two ice covered bridges to cross.  Skating and running along with staking and running.  We are now within .3 miles.  We see the finish line.  People are screaming and encouraging us on.  I look at the timer and see my time.
I was hoping for a time of 70 minutes.  I did not get this.  I had an unofficial time of 63 minutes and ?? seconds.  (We did not start in the front).  Waiting for my official time.  This will be a new PR.  I am so excited.
So this is how I spent my Thanksgiving.  I hope your Thanksgiving was eventful.
The laundry is calling so I will let you go.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 29, 2014, 08:04:45 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I had another first today.  I ran in the hills and mountains preparing for a 10 mile road race.  Well actually preparing for two.  One in December and the other in January.  (The route I ran today will be the same for the January 10 mile road race).  My firsts: running in the hills and mountains, running in 19 degree weather, and running in multiple layers of clothing (added additional weight).  I ran 10.38 miles in over 2 hours and 5 minutes (12:07 per mile pace).
I drove to the starting area.  I got out and stretched.  Not so bad.  An extra layer for the legs (insulated running tights and an outer layer of running pants) along with an insulated long shirt with a running jacket.  After stretching I walked some to warm up.  Now Map My Run so I know my post run data.  Being in the mountains it took 20 minutes for the app to work. 
I start off.  Not so bad.  Some inclines.  Nothing insane.  Near the end of my first mile I hit a nice decline (thinking this is going to be hell on the way back).  Mile 1-2 had another incline.  Nothing bad.
Between mile 2-3 is where the fun begins.  Nice steep incline that goes on and on.  Finally climb to the top.  This is where I started to question my sanity.  Are you kidding me?  I still have about 7-8 miles and more inclines.
I am not going to go mile by mile with every incline just the insane ones.  In one area they were two massive up hill/mountain climbs within a half mile of each other.  The "nice" part was running down these areas.  If you are not careful you can end up doing a face plant.  Another area had a nice mountain climb that was slow and steady.  It seemed to go on forever.  When you reached the top you had to turn around and run back down (the view was incredible). 
In another area you ran into the base of the valley.  The weather warmed up.  Shortly after you made a right and there was another step, gradually rising hill.  Once you reached the top there was a short break.  The next sharp left had another insane incline.  Finally there was the second to the last right turn.  Home free.  Not so fast.  This road had 3 insane inclines (including the one I mentioned earlier in the post).  The first incline was layered.  Getting to the top was a victory in its self.  The next incline did not seem so bad, compared to the first incline, but it was intense.  And then the final incline and home free.
An incredible run, with amazing views, all while braving the freezing cold weather.  Fantastic way to spend a Saturday.  I hope your day was even better than mine.
I am doing the laundry (or what is left since I started washing the clothes onWednesday).
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 03, 2014, 12:23:06 AM
Hello everybody.
Today was an interesting and productive day.  I had my year follow up appointment with my OS.  I was up at 2:30am and had a difficult time falling back asleep.  (I was able to sleep from 5:30-8:30am).  I forced myself to get up or I was fearful I would sleep through my appointment.
Since I was up early I decided to make today productive.  I called a running store to see if they have the new Hoka's in (The Constant).  They did and I was off.  Drove 34 miles to the store.  After finding a parking spot and walking a couple of blocks I found the store.  (They opened 3 months ago).  They had a huge selection.  And some items I did not expect.
Getting back to the shoes.  Oh my god they are great.  Very light, cushion footbed, and great fit.  Once I put them on I wanted to go running.  (I did not want to get arrested so I ran around the store).  They have a treadmill.  I started to run and my knees felt great.  Needless to say i purchased these shoes.
After this I had some chores I had to do.  The good news is the places I needed to stop were along the way to my OS's office.  After these stops I was off to my OS.
When I got to the office I was taken to X-ray.  Three different views were taken.  I moved my legs to the appropriate positions prior to the X-ray taken.  The women were laughing and commented that I could do their jobs.  Only for knees was my response.  It is sad that I knew the 3 poses and when to hold the film on the last one.  Too many X-rays.
Doctor was impressed with my legs muscles, the knee and how it is tracking, and that I am mostly pain free.  He gave me the ok to run (jogging at a slow to moderate pace).  He looked X-ray and showed me the key points on my implants.  Everything looks good and the bone cement is holding everthying in place.
I am now on 2 year intervals.  I will need to go back in 2 years unless something happens.  This made me very happy.  I am finally feeling better and getting back to "normal" or normalish.
I hope your day was as eventful as mine...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 06, 2014, 08:42:31 PM
Hello everybody,
Today was another race day.  My son and me ran in a "Santa" race.  Apparently "Santa" races are really big this time of year.  We were up by 6:00am.  Eating breakfast and getting ready. The race was over 50 miles from where we live.  On top of this is was 40 degrees and raining.
The drive to the race was not that bad.  Limited people on the road at 7am (on a Saturday).  The main issue was the fog.  You could see up to a quarter to a half a mile in front of you.
When we got to the race we had to take a bus to the town square.  Parking downtown was limited so we had to park off site.  There was some confusion and the bus drivers were sitting for an hour before the runners arrived.  Not fun for them.
We get to the race and check in.  The town hall was open so we could stay warm and dry.  Eventually it was standing room only.  While talking with others this race day seemed like the race day from October 11.  Only there was no breeze.
There were 130 people running in this event.  It was the town's first ever "Santa" race.  We all get to the starting line.  And about 2 minutes later we are off running.
Reading online about this event it said it was a relatively flat course with one hill.  LIES!!!!!  My son was not happy.  (I have been training in the hills and mountains locally so I was loving it).  We kept his pace, with me pushing it slightly faster.  Every time he walked I walked faster.  He was huffing and puffing away.
Because of the lousy weather I did not bring my ipod.  No music (which stinks).  So I did not know what our pace was and how long we were running.  My son did not bring his pace timer.  (Prior to the race we set our goal.  It was to run a 34 minute 5K.  My son said he wanted a sub 30 and I laughed and said in about 3 races).
Along the way we were talking and he said we were moving pretty quick.  I felt we were moving slow.  He said "I figure we are running an 11 minute mile."  I thought that we were at a 12 minute mile pace.  (My knees were feeling good and ready to go.  I would not leave my son behind and take off).
When we hit mile 2 my son was not feeling so good.  I have on too many layers and I am feeling hot.  I told him to wait until we finish and he will be freezing once we stop.
We are getting closer and closer to the end of the race.  One more down hill and one more up hill.  We hit the sharp left turn.  Closer and closer to the finish line.  Less than .1 miles and one last right turn.  We are getting closer to the timer.  I turn and see a 3 ___:52.  Thirty some odd minutes and 52 seconds.  I am hoping for less than 38 minutes.  As the number starts to appear I can see an outline like part of a number 8.  But then the person moves and I see a 2.
Sub 33 I yell to my son.  I see his eyes light up and he takes off.  We both cross the finish line and he collapses into my arms.  Officially his time 33:13 (10:24 per mile).  A new PR and he beat his old PR by over 2 minutes (35:48 was his PR from the last race we ran).
We walked over to a food truck to celebrate.  As we were waiting for our food he starts to shake.  He is freezing (remember what I told him).  We get our food and a nice gentleman takes us into a fire station and allows us to eat.  My son warms up and come back to life.
We leave, go back to the car, change and head home.  He took a shower and now is sleeping.  I, on the other hand, am washing clothes.  2 loads of laundry going.
Hope your Saturday was as eventful as mine...
Take care,
Mr. F

Oh-I am train tomorrow in the hills and mountains.  If my knees allow me.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 07, 2014, 11:43:03 PM
Hello everybody,
Yesterday me and my son ran a "Santa" race.  What did I do today?  I trained for a 10 mile road race.  It is going to be in the hills and mountains.  So today I ran in the hills and mountains.  I tried my new running shoes.  Not impressed with the shoes, for someone who had had knee replacements.  Otherwise a fantastic shoe.  If you are a runner check out Hoka One One Constant.  Combination of the Clifton and the Bondi 3.  Light weight, wide, and thick padding.  Not enough support for a replaced knee.
I started out and took 7 seconds off my first mile.  I started out "hot" (running fast).  I pulled back and continued into my second mile.  I ran a sub 10 minute mile.  And I thought I slowed down.  At this point there were more declines than inclines.  And the inclines were no so bad.
I can not say this for mile 3.  Three major inclines.  Wow what a difference.  The first incline is drastic and long.  Once you think you are near the top you make a turn and see the real peak.  Not so fun. 
During mile four and into five all hell broke out.  First my left shoe lace becomes untied.  I can still run.  Next the breeze picks up and burns my eyes.  There is no way to avoid the wind.  I am having difficulty seeing.  That is not all, my iPod comes undone and is dangling.  Could I have more issues.  Yes I can.  My directions, which are taped to my arm comes undone and blows away.  Finally my hydration belt loosens up and starts sliding down.  Oh, I forgot that my phone is in an arm band and it started to slide to my elbow.
I had to close my eyes and run blind for a couple of seconds.  I had to keep looking down to run.  I left my sneaker alone for the time being.  I grabbed my iPod and clipped it to my jacket.  Since I ran this route a week ago I knew the rest of the route.  I adjusted my arm band.  As for my hydration belt I held it up as long as I could.  After this I took the belt off and placed it around my neck.
At this point I was running up a drastic, and steep, incline.  Once I got to the top of the road I paused my timer.  I tied my shoes, adjusted the hydration belt, took a deep breath, turned around, started my timer, and adjusted the arm band.  The downhill rum was fun. 
Mile 6 was uneventful.  I was just enjoying the view.  Mile 7 on the other had is hell.  As you hit an intersection you make a right and see the ever lasting incline.  There is another incline during this mile.
As I ended mile 7 and began mile 8 I had no more energy.  I started to walk.  As I continued mile 8 I mixed running and walking.  Near the end of mile 8 there is another drastic incline.  I walked and ran this. 
As I hit miles 9 and 10 there are three inclines left.  The first one is a long bumpy incline.  Again once you think you are near the top you are mistaken.  Then there is a drastic decline.  There is another incline.  Not so bad.  And then there is one more steep incline.  You end with a decline and back to the parking lot.
I ran, and walked 10.4 miles in 2 hours and 1 minute.   A per mile pace of 11:43. 
This was not the end of my activities today.  I went home and showered.  My wife and son were running in another "Santa" run today (3.5 miles).  I was going to surprise them by showing up and cheering them on.  (They went to the gym and were going to the race from the gym).  They surprised me when they showed up so my wife could get something to eat and a cup of coffee.
All of us went to the race together.  I had no plans to run (so you can see where I am heading with this).  As we get to the race my wife and son ask to run with them.  I filled out the paperwork and entered the race.  There were about 1,500 runners entered in this race.
We were called to the starting line.  We went near the back of the runners to start.  They call us to go and we stand there.  Some people try to run and get nowhere.  It took us 1 minute and 8 seconds to get to the starting pads.  Off we go.  Well me not so fast.  I walked the 3.5 miles.  My son ran this on his own.  He finished first with a time of 39:11.  My wife finished with a time of a little more than 43 minutes.  I finished last with a time of 46:20.  Not bad for a walker.
I went home and iced my knees.  17 miles of running in 27 hours.  This is the most I ran and walked in such a short period of time.
I hope your weekend is as eventful as mine,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 10, 2014, 05:47:48 PM
Hello everybody,
Before I start with my short entry today I wanted to let you know I being to several knee groups.  In one of these groups I tried to be the positive voice.  I tried to tell people to be active.  Even if that means keeping up with your physical therapy or walking a little extra once a week.  I told about my incredible journey from not being active to walking and running.  I was warned that my explores might cause people to do something that they should not do.  We are all adults who know our limitations.  Why should we be limited to life sucks and everything is bad?  Or the beginning of PT and getting around with great limitations.  I went on today and everyone was complaining.  We need positives.
Today I am meeting with other regional coordinators, with Achilles International, and we are planning some of our events.  It will be interesting to see what races we will take part in this year.  I have been in touch with 3 race coordinators (they have about 20 races) to see which ones our athletes will participate in.  There are two other races I am trying to get us involved in.  I want to get our group involved with two other running organizations.  This way we can expand across he state and have some incredible contacts.
I am waiting for a training to begin so I need to go.  I hope your day was fun and productive.  I hope my training on the new office software will be.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 12, 2014, 02:53:55 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I have to make another 35 mile drive this weekend.  It's not for a race (that would be nice).  I purchased my new Hoka Constant last week.  They felt great in the store and on the treadmill.  But when I went running they were good for a short distance.  I called the store where I purchased them and I am going to change them for the Bondi 3 s.  Great running shoes.  The Bondis have a rocker bottom and lots of support.
Also on Saturday I am going to run a new route.  One of the running groups I belong to (that sounds so strange to write or say) is running in the hills this weekend because of me.  I requested a hilly route last week and our "evil" course creator came up with a great challenging route.  I am so looking forward to this.  I will be running 10 miles.  My wife and son will be running 3.8 miles.  My wife is teaching a class at the gym and our son wants to go with her.
Just thinking about how many running groups I belong to.  There is the main group Achilles International.  They got me involved with a running group in a neighboring town.  From the second group I got involved in a third running group.  This group is in the town we live in.  And while running in this group another running group was suggested.  It's goal is to run in one sanctioned event in every town in the state.  So now I belong to 4 running groups.  Also I volunteer with a local kids running group (so 5 if you do not count the fact I do not run with them).
Well that is all from here.  Hopefully the weather by you is better than around here...
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 13, 2014, 01:20:16 AM
Hello everybody,

We just got back from the gym and carbed up.  Tomorrow will be a test of wills.  Will I conqueror the mountains and hills or will they conqueror me.  Going to sleep early tonight.  I will be up around 5am stretching, eating, getting in last minute cards and proteins, and off to the mountains.

Wish me luck,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 13, 2014, 08:56:04 PM
Hello everybody,
We all went running today.  I left early since I was running 10 miles.  My wife and son ran 3.5 miles.  They did not enjoy the cold and the hills.  It was too much work for them.  And the cold weather did not help.
On the other hand I loved every moment.  All the runners met up at a local elementary school.  We never ran in this area.  So when I got out of my car and saw the snow I knew we were in the mountains and hills.  I was layered up to keep warm.  Unfortunately this was not enough.  I was freezing while stretching.  I started the map my run app and head off.  Shortly after I had an issue with my armband.  Apparently I hit something and the app stopped.  (I did not realize this to much later).
The first mile I was running hot (fast).  I slowed down my pace.  I was enjoying the scenery and views.  I kept running and running.  I was caught up in the moment.  About 3-4 miles in I realized that map my run was not up.  (I was to focused on the hills and mountains). 
During the run I was on a road that changed names 3 times.  It was extremely hilly, with snow and black ice, that went on forever.  At one point I thought I missed a turn.  I recognized a road I need to turn on, on the way back.  About a half a mile up and down the hills was a road we needed to make a left.
Once I turned the temperature dropped about 10 degrees and the wind picked up.  This was the coldest area we were running in.  I made the loop and was turning around to head back.  Up and down the hills until I reached the turn.
This was the road I recognized on the way.  Make a right and head down the hill.  (We just had a nice incline to run up so this was relaxing).  And here is where my left knee cramped up.  I could not run on my left leg.  I could walk and bend it.  I could not run.
So the last 4 miles I had to power walk.  This is where everyone passed me.  It is frustrating when the mind and spirit are into what you want to accomplish and the body, my left knee, said no.  I enjoyed the views and scenery.  So peaceful and quiet.  And cold...very, very cold.
I made it back in 2 hours and 20 minutes.  Not bad for having to walk at least 40 percent of the route.  I want to run this again when the weather is warmer.  Maybe my knee got too cold.
I am on the sofa with an ice pack on my knee.  Such is life.  I can walk, apply pressure to the knee, and bend my knee with limited pain.  I guess my knee did not appreciate the run this morning.
I am not running until next weekend. 
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 19, 2014, 02:18:47 AM
Hello everybody,
As I sit here in bed I was thinking about where a year went.  I am celebrating 1 year post op today.  Waking up after my revision and feeling nothing.  4 hours later wanting to physically harm the person who said a never block was not a good idea.  Taking the highest dose of pain meds and getting no relief.  Wondering if I would be able to sleep, eat, or would the surgery be worth the pain.
Coming home was another ordeal.  I was given pain meds and then there was a delay for my discharge.  I could feel every little bump on the way home.  I forced myself to fall asleep in the car so I would not want to yell and scream in pain.  When we finally got home my wife had to go and get my pain meds.
Then there was that thing everyone wants,but us knee folks never get.  You got it, sleep.  I would be lucky to get 3 hours a night.  Not 3 consecutive hours per night.  Muscle spasms, twitching and tingling, and the painful cramps.  Wow those first 3-4 months were hell. 
Now a year late and I am running.  With everything I have been through I would say that my last surgery was well worth the aftermath.  And yes I am running on Saturday.  A road race where I will be representing two different running groups.
Take care and have a great weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 22, 2014, 01:17:00 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I celebrate 1 year post op this week.  And yesterday I celebrated the right way.  I ran what can be the most difficult road race in my state.  It is in the coldest part of the state.  The course went though the hills and mountains.  And there were several parts that were not paved.
My first obstacle was the drive.  I would have no problem driving there (50 miles one way).  It was the drive back.  I could not ask my wife or son since they were not going to run and it is in the middle of nowhere.  It was freezing cold.  So I was able to find a person, through one running group, who said she would drive.  I was so excited.
On Friday morning I found out that she wanted to meet 11.5 miles away.  This would be too far for me to drive home after the race.  On Facebook a friend who was not going to run this race had a change in plans and was able to go.  This was great for several reasons: one I had a ride and the other is he is an Achilles guide and wanted to run with me.
Saturday morning I was up around 4:30 am.  I had to keep myself occupied until 6:30 when the house was filled with runners (wife and son running with a local running group).  They chickened out after 3 miles because it was too cold.  I on the other hand was layered up and ready to go by 8:30.  I met up with my friend at a local store and off we went.
Never being in this area I was wondering if the statements were true (about being the coldest part of our state).  We drove through some beautiful scenery and some rural areas.  50 miles later, and the voice of the GPS telling us you have arrived, we were at the town hall.
Getting out of the car eased my curiosity.  I was freezing under all my winter running clothing.  Two pairs of socks (and one was thermal socks), two layers of running pants (thermal compression tights and fleece running pants), and 3 shirts (base thermal running compression long sleeve, long  sleeve running sweater, and my Achilles shirt).  No to mention I had on a running cap, a hoodie, and gloves.  I wind was bone chilling cold.
We got our bibs and had time to stretch, relax, and talk with other runners. 
What was great about this race is they let the slower runners, like me, start 30 minutes before everybody else.  So at 10:30 (which ended up being 10:33) about 12 of us started.  It was nice so we did not have to finish   later than everybody else.  (I did not mention that there were over 300 people with bibs on).
Mile 1 is a nice long run with a slight elevation.  We all we smiling at running at a slow and steady pace.  We were all joking about how we would all finish last.  My goal was 2 and half hours.  (What people were telling me was that it was grueling up hills followed by severe downhills). 
We are into miles 1-2 and the hills start.  Oh hill was our battle cry.  The dreaded downhill followed by its ugly twin the uphill.  This is how the race went for 10 miles.  I am not kidding you.  And when you thought you had a break the paved roads turned into gravel or dirt.  If you were on a road part of it was covered in black ice or potholes.  There was no escape.
At the end of mile one our time was under 11 minutes.  Nice we were feeling pretty good since I wanted to run around 15 minutes per mile.  So this extra time would be added to all those dreaded up hills.
During mile two we hit one of those insane inclines.  I was running and running and running.  It seemed to never stop. I had to walk.  So I stepped up the pace and pushed through the incline.  At the top of the hill/mountain I turned around and the scenery was incredible.  But I still had to push on.  I knew I gave up time to mile two.  Almost 24 minutes total.  Not bad, still less than 12 minutes per mile.  But could I take 8 more miles of this.  I started to question why I was doing this and my sanity.  I kept saying you will feel better at mile 7.  (Also the words of my second guide kept me motivated "suck it up buttercup").
During miles 3-4 my friend, and guide, decided he was going to push the pace.  We were talking more and more.  I decided to break out the chews (for the sugar and caffeine rush), take off the hood and running cap, and drink my electro lights and Ucann.  The combination of all of these made the next two miles fly by.  Again we were pacing around 11:50 per mile.  Way under the 15 minute mark I set.
Entering mile 5 there were some climbs and some severe declines.  The declines were killing me.  Because of how steep they were you had to put pressure on your knees and quad muscles.  I could feel this taking it's toll on my left quad.  It was impacting the knee.  At this point I was doing the calculations and figured the fastest runners from the second starting group should pass us shortly.  By mile 6.
Well shortly before mile six I had to walk because my left knee started to hurt.  And this is when we started to get passed by the fast runners.  Wow they were flying by.  Here I am huffing and puffing and trying to stay hydrated.  And these guys are running in shorts and shirts.  No liquids, no energy,  no chews, and not even struggling the slightest.  Very impressive.
At this point I am thinking I am going to give up some time each mile.  But I can still make the 2 and a half our goal.  We hit mile 6 sign.  I am thinking 72 minutes is 12 minute per mile pace.  I was walking most of mile six so 74 minutes.  No even close.  69 minutes and 20 seconds.  Still sub 12 minute miles.
Mile 6 to 7 I was feeling the high of maintaining the sun 12 minute miles.  I tried to run more than walk but those down hills were taking its toll.  Now more and more runners are passing us.  I would not give up.  I wanted to make that 7 mile sign by 84 minutes.  At mile 7 about 83 minutes.  Still a sub 12 minute mile.
Remember in mile 2 when I questioned my reason for running this race and my sanity.  Mile 7 would make everything better.  70% of the race was behind me.  The last 5k.  This is where I shine.  I love 5ks.
Oh HILL...no I mean oh my god look at the hill.  The next mile was a climb up a hill/mountain.  This is where everyone was walking.  It was amazing to see and hear everyone struggling.  I could not run this area.  It was too steep, the incline went on forever, and I was in pain.  My guide was talking to me, trying to motivate me, and would not let me give up.  I kept pushing and walking, walking, and walking.  Finally I was able to make it to the top of the hill/mountain.  I was sure I gave back time there was no way I was running sub 12.  94 minutes and I forgot how many seconds.  Still sub 12 minute miles. 
Miles 8 and 9 were going to be easy.  I made it through the toughest parts.  All I had to do was make it through the next several miles.  At he beginning of mile 8 my ear buds came out.  I was so cold I could not put them back in.  After playing around for 5 minutes I gave up.  At least I could enjoy a drink.  Wait my lips were freezing and water was going everywhere.  I tried to talk but my jaws were freezing and I could not get them warm.  (I felt like I came from the dentist and had a tooth pulled or a cavity filled).  I was thinking what else could go wrong?  And then I felt it.  My head (I shave my head) was going numb.  It was ice cold.  I put back on my running cap and the hood.  Mile 8-9 was a blur.  All I know is when we hit mile 9 the timer was on.
Me and my friend looked at each other and thought oh [email protected]$t.  We could run this in 2 hours.  Our total time was 107 minutes (1 hour and 47 minutes).
I started to run because 2 hour total time never crossed my mind.  I was feeling my left knee something fierce.  Every time I started to run my left knee said no way.  We were getting closer to the finish.  I did not want to walk to the finish line.  I reached deep inside and took off.  My friend was yelling and encouraging me.  We were not going to be denied.  And then my left knee fought back.  I had to walk.  This was not the last burst.  I did this one more time to get us closer to the finish line.  And at the end I walked across the finish line.  We did not cross in 2 hours.  We crossed in one hour fifty-eight minutes and 49 seconds.
Yes I can say I ran what is to be considered the toughest, most difficult, road race in my state on a 1 year old revised knee implant in less than 2 hours.  My friend wanted to run this race in less than 2 hours.  We both reached our goals in 1 hour 58 minutes and 49 seconds.
And if this was not enough.  Prior to the race starting one of the people who ran it last year (and did not want to disclose her time because it stunk...according to her) wanted a 2 hour time got her wish.  She said she got her 2 hour time by pacing herself off of me.  I actually helped someone achieve their goal by running off of  me.  I was happy to help her. 
By the time I got home my knees were cramping and locking up.  I took a shower and iced my knees.  I have been relaxing and taking Advil. 
Today I spent the morning in the basement doing laundry.  Not going up and down the stairs was helpful.  Other than this I have been in our adjustable bed relaxing and taking it easy.  I am hoping to be able to walk normally tomorrow.  And hitting the gym on Tuesday. 
When is my next race?  On Christmas.  There is a race for a local charity group.  No fees just food and donations.  It is a 5k and most likely will be my last race of this year (the entire family will be running this one).  On January 1 my son and I will be running in our first race of the new year.
I hope you had an eventful weekend....take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 25, 2014, 09:32:42 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am on a well need break.  It has been fantastic not to wake up to an alarm.  I could get use to this.
On another note we all woke up somewhat early and got ready for a Christmas race.  This one was unique.  There was no traditional entry fee.  You could bring in food, clothing, other items, or money.  All items go to a shelter and food bank.
This was a good race for me.  My wife and son, well not so good for them. Why, you are asking?  There were a lot of hills.  The thing I find somewhat ironical is that I asked people and they all said that the race was basically flat.  I ran with my son, since he hates hills.  We let my wife in the dust.  I pushed him and the pace.  Unfortunately I did not get the workout I would have liked.  (Last week the mountain and hills were steep and challenging).  This week the hills did not impact me.
I would have loved to run this race on my own.  My son would have been upset with me. So I kept up with him.  Prior to the race we discussed the time we thought we could run the race.  We said 35 minutes.  We crossed the finish line in 34 minutes 24 seconds (11 minutes and 7 seconds per mile).  My wife finished the race about 4 minutes after us.
I hope you are have a happy holiday season.  Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 28, 2014, 04:30:13 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am recovering and doing the laundry today.  You might be asking "recovering from what?"  Well I did something foolish.  No I do not need medical attention.  No I do not need to see a physical therapist.  And no I do not need to stop exercising.
On Friday I was feeling good.  I went to the gym to work out.  I have not planked in awhile so I started my routine with abs.  I held the plank for over 10 minutes.  I was feeling good so I decided to push the abs with several exercises (mixing low abs, upper abs, and sides).  Each exercise I did for 1 minute and rested for 30-45 seconds.
After my ab exercises I decide to do leg exercises (limited weights).  I worked out on 7 different machines (9 different exercises).  I used machines to eliminate injury and know if I was doing something wrong.  (Low weights and 10 reps per set, 3-4 sets, and I figured I was not pushing myself).  I felt good Friday and Saturday morning. 
Saturday we all went running with our local running group.  Early in the morning we all meet at a local school and stretch.  (My wife and son ran 3.5 miles.  I ran 7.3 miles.  My goal was 80 minutes).  This run would be in the hills and mountains (I did not realize this).  We all get to a certain area and off we run.
In the first mile there were 2 hills.  The first was a slow gradual incline.  No problem.  The second was a nice steep hill.  I got through these and kept going.
Mile two was up and down and up and down.  By the end of mile two my quads were killing me.  I did not know if I could go on.  I thought about turning around and going home (working out leg muscles the night before a run was not a good idea...even if you have limited resistance).  I decided to push on.
Mile three I regained my strength.  I ran the entire mile.  Miles four and five were a different story.  I walked about half of mile four.  My quads were killing me.  (And at this point I could not go back).  Mile five was the killer.  I walked almost all of this mile.  Some up hills and steep down hills (bad for the quads).
Finally I hit mile 6.  At this point I said f--- it.  I lost time to miles 4 and 5.  If I want the 80 minute time I need to run.  (Mile 6 was my fastest mile).  I ran into the first part of mile 7 and my quads began to scream.  I walked most of the way.
I finally hit the last part of the run.  I could almost see the school.  I started to run but my quads would not let me.  I reached deep inside.  I ran for about .2 miles.  It was the end.  My time was 81 minutes.  Not bad for a rough run. 
Note to self no leg weights before running...
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 31, 2014, 08:24:59 PM
Hello everybody,
I hope you have a fantastic new year celebration.  Hopefully 2015 will be a stellar year for you.  Do not celebrate to much tonight.
I will be carbing up.  Yes we are having friends over to celebrate.  But in the morning my son and I will be running in our first, of many, 5ks of the year.  We are out the door by 7:15 and at the race by 8:00.  It will be below freezing.  What an incredible way to celebrate the new year.
I am planning my 2015 race season.  The one issue I am having is deciding on what races to run.  Entry fees alone are killing me.  I am hoping I can find some offsets to help with expenses.  (This does not include gas, food, or shoes).  January is very inexpensive.  I am looking at 5-6 races.
I hope you have a relaxing new year.  I will be running.
Take care,
Mr. F
PS...how can you tell if you are addicted to running?  I have seen at least 3 signs in the past month.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 01, 2015, 07:46:20 PM
Hello everybody,
Happy New Year.  We celebrated by going to bed early and waking up at 6:00am.  New year and a new racing season.  You have to start strong.
The race we ran today we did not do pre registration.  I was not sure about the weather and wanted a clear day.  We, my son and I, left the house went to the bank and gas station prior to our about 40 mile (one ay) drive.
When we arrived at the race the weather was below freezing, and never reached 30 degrees.  It was sunny and breezy.  We paid the fess and got our bibs.  Around 350.  This means less than 350 people signed up before race day.  We saw people pouring in and going into line to pay for the event.  When the line was closed off all the numbers and then some were handed out.  There were over 800 people running.
The race did not start on time.  No big deal.  Once it did start it took us over 30 seconds to hit the starting line.  One major issue: this race was timed by gun not chip time.  This means that everyone started at the same time.  So not right.
We  had to run around people, duck, jump (my son not me), bob and weave to get around the slow people.  We had a good pace.  I got my son talking and it was all easy from here.  During the first mile he only walked once.  We hit mile one at 10:30.  The second mile he walked twice.  We were out in front of the slow people.  Mile two was at 21:05.  Mile three was the on that got to my son.  He made it up the one big hill.  But after this he was spent. 
I held his hand and asked if he could keep going.  He smiled and said don't let go.  He needed the emotional and physical support.  I had him talk about computers.  He was so focused on this he did not know we were closing in on the finishing line.
We hit a left turn and a quarter of a mile left.  Keep running keep moving.  We see the 3 mile marker and let it all go.  We cross the finish line at 32:26.  (This is a 10:28 per mile time).  A new record for my son.  He was so excited and still had some energy left.  I was so proud that he never gave up.  When he needed to walk he kept his pace up.  He ran up all the hills.  And now he knows he can push himself.
I hope your new year was exciting as mime...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 04, 2015, 02:54:56 PM
Hello everybody,
I was suppose to run this morning.  Last night it snowed and the rained.  Streets are covered with black ice.  The area I was suppose to run in had snow and rain.  By the time the run started the ice might have melted.  Not worth the risk.  I heard last year it was cold and ice on the roads.  The runners were sliding everywhere and falling.  My knees are not worth the risk on one 10k.  I will be running next week instead.

Have a fantastic Sunday.  Mine will be stuck inside (bad weather all day).  Just means more time with my family.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 10, 2015, 03:11:36 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it snowed here today.  I got to work early and an hour later the white stuff was all over the pace.  Initial weather reports said about 1 inch.  We got over three inches of snow.  When I left work it was oh so much fun sliding in dress shoes across the snow.  It was even more fun trying to get the ice off of my car.
With the weather getting colder and colder I am going to try the  to run in 14 degree weather tomorrow (4 degrees if you add in wind chill).  And it might be worse than this since I will be running in an area with hills and mountains.  I am planning my clothing as I type.
I have been thinking about this lately and I will come clean.  As an addict knows the first step in addiction is admitting you have a problem.  So here it ogives ...hi my name is Mr. F and I have a problem.  I am addicted to running.  I have 6 tabs open on my iPad that have race entry forms so I do not forget to enter them.  I have 2 tabs open for nutrition (gels and hydration).  I am involved in 5 different running groups and I am considering joining a sixth group.  My coworkers do not ask what am I doing on the weekend but ask where am I running.  And finally I have an excel spread sheet listing the 60 races I want to run in this year.
So hopefully early tomorrow I will be huffing and puffing my way through an area of town I have never run.  It will be cold and peaceful.  Hearing the pounding of my heart with the steady pace of my feet.
I hope your weekend is equally enjoyable,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 10, 2015, 04:48:45 PM
Hello everybody,
Oh my god was it cold out there this morning.  The temperature was 4 degrees.  Snow was on the roads from yesterday morning.  There was a 7 mph breeze.  A small group of our local running club met up at an elementary school to run.  I wanted to run 9 miles but never running in 4 degree weather I thought it was smart to stay with everyone else and not run off on my own.  If I got injured nobody would have been with me.
I figured it would be best to layer up today.  I had on: two pairs of socks (one pair was wool), compression thermal running tights, long thermal pants, thermal running pants, long sleeve compression running shirt, long sleeve thermal top, a running hoodie, and an underarmor hood for running.  When we started off I was sure I was not going to freeze.  I never thought about overheating.
Mile one I keep up the pace of the group.  10:35 per mile.  Nice, I did not speed ahead and fall back.  It was in mile two that I questioned my sanity.  This mile was basically running up hill.  If we were not running up hill we were turning and then running up hill.  This mile took 12:04.
It was at this point that I decided not to run 9 miles.  At this time I started to overheat.  The next 4.5 miles I was taking the underarmor hood on and off.  I was using the hoodie to warm my ears and head.  When my lips or face went numb I would put back on the hood.  It was very helpful.
Oh I forgot to tell you about the worse part of the run.  When I was getting ready I took out my iPod and tried to turn it on.  No battery life.  WTF???  I used it last week (I recharged it than).  I ran 4 miles with my son.  The battery should be charged.  I had no music to run to.  I now know I run better with music on long runs.
I was glad my wife and son did not run today.  Please do not get mad at me and let me explain.  They both hate running in cold weather.  They both complained when we ran in 28 degrees.  Also everyone ran at least 6.5 miles.  They like to run up to 5 miles.  So they would be running with each other complaining about the weather.  How long do you think they would last?
We ran 6.5 miles today with an 11:00 per mile pace.  Not bad for all those layers of clothing, a hydration belt, and no music.  Next week is 8.5 miles on Sunday.  Price for the event $2.  You cannot beat this price.  And yes it is chip timed.
I was given an article on how to run downhill with limiting the stress on the quad muscles.  I tried it out and it was helpful.  I am feeling it now but not as bad as in the past. 
I hope you had an enjoyable Saturday.  I clothes in the washer and dryer.  I have to fold the laundry.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 17, 2015, 02:44:05 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it is getting down to single digits here tonight.  And tomorrow it is going to be cold.  I am so glad I am not running tomorrow.  I will be taking part in a 8.5 mile event on Sunday.  I do not want to push my luck this weekend.  Sunday it will be in the upper 30s and lower 40s when we run.  The rain has moved into the afternoon.  So it should not be a bad run.
Other than this I am just working and looking forward to the weekend to run.  Next weekend's run is going to be insane.  It is one of the most difficult 5ks in the state.  It had two up hill climbs.  One is 500 feet and the other is 700 feet.  But what makes this race more difficult is that some people run back down.  No thank you I enjoy my knees.
Tomorrow night remember to carb up because Sunday we run.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 18, 2015, 08:37:01 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I was crazy and braved the lousy weather and ran today.  I travelled over an hour, driving slowly, to run.  It was in the low 30s, cold, breeze, and freezing rain.  The roads were covered in ice.  By the end of the race my socks were drenched, shoes water logged, and I must have been carrying 5-10 pounds of water.
I ran almost 8.6 miles. Around mile two I slipped and fell (on my butt). I got up and laughed it off. (Another runner slipped before I did. I was seeing if she was alright and followed her direction. She, like me, was a little embarrassed, had no issues and kept on going.). It was amazing to see what you can stand both mentally and physically on a day like today. I was moving at a good pace for the first 5.5 miles or so. Then my knee froze up because of the cold temperature and freezing rain. I guess this is the life of an Achilles runner. I set a PR today for this distance.
My time was 1 hour, 38 minutes, and 17 seconds.  My pace was 11 minutes and 26 seconds per mile.  (I wanted a time under 1 hour and and 40 minutes).  If my knee did not freeze I would have had an amazing time.  But this was not e case.  I was glad to keep the pace I did with all the horrible conditions.  I am looking forward to my first official half marathon next month.
Take care,
Mr. F
P.S.- stay warm and enjoy your Sunday.  The summer of No Fear had now turned into the winter of No Fear.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 22, 2015, 01:11:48 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I have been thinking about some of the races I have participated in and two that I will be running (one a week for the next two weeks).  I ran what was considered the most difficult 10 mile road race in my state.  Last week I ran 8.6 miles in freezing cold weather, pouring rain (which was ice cold), and roads that were covered in ice.  Amazing to think about how far I have come.  The week I will be running a difficult 5k.  There are two inclines (700 feet and 500 feet).  I will be testing my resolve again (and my son will be running with me and there is a possibility of snow the day before the run).  The following week is another grueling 10 mile road race.  This will take place closer to where I live.  I will be running up and down the mountains and hills again.  When you think about this it is truly amazing.
I am planning my events for February.  I have at least one half marathon planned.  I have one 2 mile race.  There are many, at least five 5ks.  I am hoping to set some PRs in February.
Looking forward to pounding the pavement.  Take care...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 24, 2015, 06:37:13 PM
Hello everybody,
Well it was snowing here, then rain, and supposedly more snow later.  This will lead to icey conditions.  Not suitable for running.  Our Saturday group was scheduled for  running earlier than normal on a Saturday.  But the snow coming in early but a damper on a Saturday run.
The icey conditions could linger today and into tomorrow which will make me think about running up a mountain/hill tomorrow.  There is a 5k were the runners have two drastic and distinct inclines.  One is 700 feet the other is 500 feet.  I am concerned about my footing.  I do have winter running spikes that strap on to the bottom of my shoes.  This should give me support and traction.
Other than hanging out at home, because the raods are such a mess, I have been washing clothes.  I am on my third load of laundry.  My wife is knitting and watching Orphan Black.  Wow are we exciting people.  Maybe later or I will put on my snow attire and venture out around the neighborhood.
The only thing good that comes of a snow day is my wife make homemade bread.  The oven is warming up and in about an hour the bread will be ready.  (Last night she made vegan chili.  There is a big bowl of leftovers which will go great with the bread.). I guess I should carb up tonight.
Take care and have an adventure,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 26, 2015, 01:44:01 AM
Hello everybody,
When I woke up this morning there was little to no ice on the streets.  So I thought to myself if I drove slowly and brought my spikes I could run this morning.  Who could pass up a 5k, or potentially 10k, event for free.  I mean you just have to run up a mountain in freezing cold weather, possibly some snow, and possibly some ice.  But hey who would pass up this deal.
I knew my wife and son would be miserable running in this event.  Last night my son asked about it.  He said he wanted to take on this challenge.  And again this morning he mentioned running.  I reminded him of the events that had hills and were cold.  He quickly changed his mind.
So early this morning I got into my car and drove 20 miles.  I arrived early and the parking lot was packed.  I guess I am not the only crazy runner out there (hello my name is Mr. F and I am addicted to running).  I saw about 100 people from one running group I belong to.  And as I am walking up to the building to sign up for the run a person comes over and asks if I am Mr. F.  He was from Achilles International.  Wow another disabled runner.  I never get to run with Achilles athletes.  One more runner and we could have had a catagory and placed.  (He had both knees replaced 6 years ago).  What are the odds that this athlete would drive about 1 hour to run with me and we would have the same disability.
I will skip everything in between and get to the start of the race.  It was cold, there was some snow, and very little ice on the course.  We start out running at a medium to fast pace.  There is beautiful scenery and I am taking pictures of the event.  Mile one has one or two inclines.  Close to mile two I start to overheat.  I did not hydrate properly Saturday night and the layers of clothing are holding in my body's heat.  I had to stop running.  (There are two inclines a 700 feet and 500 feet).  I was taking pictures all the way up the mountain.
At this point the other Achilles athlete takes off.  I am still pushing myself to move forward.  There are more inclines and some declines.  In The distance I can hear people screaming so I know I am getting near the top. 
I was hoping for a 40 minute run.  I see one of my friends so I know the end is near.  What was funny is that there was not a "finish" line.  The banner said "the end".  Why?  We were on the top of a mountain.  There was not much more area to run.  To finish the race you had to reach the castle.  The view up here was incredible.
We waited for others to finish and take a group photo.  There was a tree covered in snow and ice that looked out of this world.  It should have been dead but it was not.
All of our group was at the top and we took a picture.  At this point the local parks had there trucks come up so people could get a ride back down.  I was read to jump (like I could really do this) in the back and enjoy the ride.  5 of my running group friends said you are running down with us, right?  (I had no energy left).  One said we will make sure we all go slow and you will be fine.
So foolish me starts to run down the mountain.  At first I was just keeping up with everybody.  All of a sudden I caught my stride and my energy level shot up.  Down a steep idecline.a sharp turn, a slight incline,a other turn, and down another sharp decline, and wait was that just 2 miles?  Man we are killing it.  At this point it was just me and one other person (he is an Achilles guide).
Wow I am going to make it back down.  Around 2.5 miles down and I hit my wall.  I had to walk.  I have nothing left.  No energy and no strength.  All I could do was focus on the words of my guide in October (suck it up buttercup...a moment of hell and a lifetime of memories).  I started to run again.
I picked up the pace and ran past 3 people.  My guide picked up the pace and passes me to push me to keep going.  We approach the finish.  I am about to hit the floor I have nothing left in me.  I was physically drained.  I pushed myself, my body, and mind to finish strong.  Our time 32:15.  I waned a 33 minute time.
So now I am home, in bed, recovering from another race that tested me.  I can not wait for Saturday.  Another mountain run.  More snow, ice, and freezing cold weather.  Oh, did I mention that the race is 10 miles.  I am glad I can run even if it is just once a week.
Enjoying the Winter of No Fear....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 27, 2015, 01:40:29 PM
Hello everybody,
Woke up this morning to snow, snow, snow, and more snow.  And did I mention it is snowing here.  Obviously we are under weather advisors and massive closing.  Hoping that the snow lets up later on today.  I was joking around asking the family if they wanted to go running.  My son was joking around saying he wanted to run.
This morning the weather forecast is showing snow on Thursday night and early Friday morning.  We could have up to 2 feet of snow and then another 2-4 inches on Friday. 
You might be saying who cares.  Well I am running on Saturday morning.  With all this snow what areas will ice up and make the run miserable or turn it into a walk.  (Saturday we are running in the mountains and hills).
Nothing else here accept to stay warm and enjoy breakfast.  Enjoy your Tuesday.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 30, 2015, 01:25:46 AM
Hello everybody,
Oh my god...the weather is going from bad to worse.  We had at least 18 inches of snow the other day.  We are digging out.  And what is in the forcast tonight?  You got it more snow.  This is not the bad part.  Once the snow come in the temperatures drop drastically.  On Monday the low for Saturday was 4 degrees.  Now the forcast is saying down to negative 6 degrees.  Yes negative 6 degrees.  Freezing, freezing, freezing cold.
Now the question becomes should I run or not?  The first mile will be the most difficult.  I will need to get used to the cold.  I have a running hood that will keep my face somewhat warm (in below zero weather).  After the run it will be bad.  Layers of clothing, sweat, and body heat will not be fun in around zero degree temperatures.
I hope you have a good weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 31, 2015, 09:22:33 PM
Hello everybody,
Last night the weather took a turn for the worse.  Temperatures dropped severely and the winds picked up.  I was not sure if I would take part of the Saturday morning race.  The local weather was saying my area could see temperatures in the negatives, including wind chill.  How bad you might be asking?  Well there were reports of -25 degrees.  Wind gusts of over 40 mph.  This is why I did not know if I was going to run in the mountains and hills.
I decided that I would wake up early, hydrate, eat, and at least shops up and support those who are running.  After breakfast, water, electrolytes, and Ucann I got ready for the race.  Let me tell you I have never layered up so much to run.  I had on 2 pairs of long wool socks,  thermal compression running tights, thermal underware (micro fiber), winter running outer layer pants, thermal compression running top, thermal underware top (micro fiber), a running hoodie, my Achilles shirt, a running hood (looks like a ninja mask...all you could see were my eyes), two pairs of gloves (my running and a pair that I use to shovel snow),and a baseball cap.
I drove out to a local school were I decided to sign up for the race.  It was free so if I could not finish the race no big deal.  A half hour later we were called outside to start.  The temperature was 7 degrees.  -13 degrees with wind chill.  The wind was blowing at 18 mph.  Standing still was not recommended.
We start running.  My gps was experiencing some issues so I quickly became the last runner.  Finally it connects and off I go.  I am carrying a lot of extra weight, clothing, so I thought I was running slowly.  Yes I was passing people but nothing exceptional.  The end of my first mile I had a pace of 9:23.  Wow I was moving.
We keep going and going into the second mile you reach the first massive incline.  It goes on and on.  I had to start walking half way up.  At the top of the hill was mile 2.  I was expecting a 23 minute time.  Boy was I wrong.  My time was a little more than 20 minutes.
Going into mile three my pace slowed down some.  There were some smaller hills.  But there were many of them.  At the third mile I was at around 33 minutes.
I was looking at a new best time for a ten mile race.  I wanted 1 hour 45 minutes to 1 hour 50 minutes.  My pace was great.  I was moving and it was freezing.
Running to mile 4 there were some inclines and declines.  I was getting hot because of all the layers.  My pace slowed some.  I was running around 44-45 minutes.  And this is when everything changed. 
I was running back from a turn around (dead end).  One of the people from a running group I belong to was struggling.  I decided to turn around and run with him.
We started to talk and I let him set the pace.  He appreciated the fact I came back and ran with him.  We hit the turn around and a small hill.  At this point the winds pick up and we can barely see.  I think the breeze was at 35 mph (minimum).  We make a left and the winds die down.
Do not get too happy.  We are approaching 4.5 miles and the climb from hell.  We have to run up a mountain.  This as the worse timed mile we ran together.  Up and up we climb.  I was walking faster than he could run (he was an older gentlemen).  He started to walk and his paced picked up.  Finally we hit the top, get some water, and admire the view.
Now we have to run down the mountain.  Here we go.  Fast, faster, and faster.  We controll the pace and keep on moving.  Soon we reach mile five.  We are moving at a pace around 12 minutes.
For the next 3 miles we run anytime the road is level or down hill.  If it is up hill we walk unless the hill is small.  We are trying to make the 10 miles.  We are talking along the way and I am finding out about the other runner's life.
What I did not know is that he does not run long distances anymore.  Two weeks ago we ran 8.6 miles.  He struggled to complete this run and injured his IT band.  He could not believe I kept pushing him.  This 10 miler was very important to him.
We hit 8.5 miles and make a right and see the hill of death.  It has 3 tiers and a drastic incline.  We run some and walk almost 3/4 of it.  We get near the top.  I told him we are near 9 miles.  After we hit the top we look down and see the 9 mile marker.
We are excited.  1 mile left.  Still there are 2 more inclines and one decline.  We are pushing through.  Walking when needed and running when we had to.  We are getting closer and closer.  With about .4 miles left I start pushing the pace.  With .2 miles left I took off.  We crossed the finish line at 2 hour 1 minute and 20 seconds.  (My true 10 mile time was 1 hour 58 minutes and 26 seconds).  I ran .34 miles more than everyone else.
My running friend wanted to run the race at 2 hours.  He almost got it.  At the end of the race we talked.  He told me that if I did not run with him he would have never finished the race.  Wow, that is powerful.
I hope your Saturday was great like mine.
Take care and enjoy the Winter of NO FEAR,
Mr. F

Oh...I might run a 5k tomorrow with my son.  I know I am crazy.  The weather will be warmer.  Around 15-17 degrees.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 01, 2015, 08:47:45 PM
Hello everybody,
So after yesterday's killer 10 mile run (up and down the hills and mountains) I wanted to rest.  While I was home on the sofa my son wanted to know if there was a race for Sunday (today).  I told him there was a 5k.  He wanted to run it, even if I did not (but he wanted me there cheering him on).  I told him it depends on my knees but most likely I will go and cheer you on.
I woke up this morning early, by choice (no alarm).  My knees, leg muscles, core, and lower back felt great.  I went downstairs and ate breakfast.  At 7:00am I talked to my son and found out he did not want to run today.  So I got ready and headed down south.  Around a 30 minute drive.  I was singing along to the music and realized I forgot my iPod at home (two days in a row).  At least today I would run in positive temperatures.  (40 degree temperature difference -13 yesterday and 27 degrees today).
I was excited because today was my cool down run.  A 3.1 mile run.  One small incline and one minor hill.  I would be able to open up and run my own race for a change.  The last 3 runs have been up and down hills and or mountains (8.6 miles, 6.2 miles, and 10 miles).  I am so ready for this.
We get outside and the race director goes through all the welcomes. The Pledge, introductions, and speeches.  We are all getting cold and want to run.  Finally we hear runners ready, set, go.  And off we run.  I started way in the back because I run slow.
I have come to hate 3.1 mile races.  Mainly because of the tourist.  Tourist you ask?  These are the new runners who have no idea what they are doing.  They run 4-6 across, run side to side, cut you off, do not let you pass, run really fast and dead stop, and generally have no running sense. 
So here I am dodging and weaving through the other runners.  We come to our first left and I am feeling good.  We make a left and [email protected]  All I see is an incline that does not end.  I am thinking what little hill?  I ran up this hill for about 1.5 miles.  My legs and muscles were sore but I kept going.  I stopped only once to walk on the way up.  Only for 10-15 seconds.  And this was just before the turn around.
Now it is time to run down the hill.  I was much happier on the way down.  At two miles I was 20:40 seconds in.  I was motivated and kept running.
We keep on going and going.  Finally I had to rest again.  Another 10-15 seconds of walking.  Then back to running.  We get back to the final turn.  We make the right and now we can see the finish line.  One more incline.  I am pushing and pushing.  I can see the time and I cross the second pad.  Somewhere around a 30:33 time. 
This is unofficial I am thinking.  I did not start in the front and my chip should take away the excess time I stood around prior to starting (somewhere around 20-30 seconds).  When the times were posted there were no differentials.  Everyone started at the same time.  WTF?  Why am I paying extra for a chip when it is gun timed?  My time was 30:35 with a 9:51 per mile pace. 
Next week is a 20k and I am getting excited about running this.  I have my first half marathon at the end of this month.  So next weekend will be a good practice run (20k is the same as 12.4 miles and a half marathon is 13.1 miles).
I hope your weekend was full of friends, good times, and great memories....take care,
Mr. F 
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 08, 2015, 12:26:02 AM
Hello everybody,
Today our local running group started its beginner running group.  I am a volunteer so I joined in for the first Saturday run.  The new runners run for 1 minute and then walk for 1 minute.  The total distance we all ran-walked was 1.25 miles.  Since I knew I was not going to get a workout I made my way to the back of the pack and talked with two women.  It was nice not worrying about time or pace, just having fun.  (Also not getting snowed on). 
I did not run this morning, prior to the beginning group, for several reasons.  There was a 5k today.  It was over an hour from where I live.  I would have gone and ran this event except it started to snow and I did not want to drive an hour in the snow.  Also I figured the event would be covered in snow and ice.  I was not willing to risk injuring a knee, or two, just to get in a 5k.  I found out that not only was the event covered in snow there was ice.  One runner posted he was glad he wore his trail running shoes.  The other reason I did not run today is the event I want to run (which takes place tomorrow).
I have some friends who want to run a marathon and they are training through several events (a build up).  I missed the first event because of snow and ice.  The second event was snowed out and rescheduled (for a day I had a race planned).  So I am looking forward to tomorrow.  Hopefully I will be running a 20k (12.4 miles).  I am getting ready for a half marathon I am running at the end of this month.  As long as the weather holds out I will be running this tomorrow.  Wish me luck.
Other than this I washed several loads of laundry.  I am preparing for the days of snow to follow.
Take care and stay warm,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 08, 2015, 09:59:26 PM
Hello everybody,
Today there was a 20k scheduled (a build up to a marathon race). Between the snow and ice I did not want to risk driving over an hour to injury myself.  I received a message from another knee replacement friend, in another state, who ran a 5k in the hills.  She is now hooked.  She understands my obsession and passion when it comes to running in the hills and mountains.  I sent her an article about running in the hills.  She is excited about running in the hills.
This conversation got me motivated to run today.  I decided to run locally.  I started out at 11:30am.  I ran in areas I have not run in before.  At mile one I was feeling hot.  Too many layers of clothing.  I had to remove my running hood.  At mile two I was feeling better.  By mile three I was hot again.  I was ready to turn around and go back home.  (At this point all I wanted to run was 7-10 miles$. 
I turned right and started to run in an area I have not run in before.  It was a nice change.  I did not know how far I have gone and where I would end up (I know this area).  I kept on running.  The scenery was beautify, but slippery.
At one point I passed a school I see weekly off of a major highway.  I turn and hit a dead end.  I ended up running a loop and noticed I was by an area that I have run a 5k at.  I keep on running and running.  The road seems to go on forever.  The wind is picking up and my face, ears, and forehead is starting to freeze.  I put on my hoodie.  Finally I hit the airfield.
I turned around and started to head back.  I picked up my pace.  I passed the buildings.  I passed the 3 lights.  Finally I am back on a road I know.  I run and hit the intersection where I enter the town I live in.  I keep on running.
At a light I take a left.  I am running in another area where I ran a 5k.  I take another right.  Running another .3 miles and take a right.  I keep running.  I am running and running and do not see the intersection I need to be at.  Finally I hit the intersection. 
I have another 1.5 miles to the end of this section of my run.  My pace is slowing down.  The wind is picking up and the temperature is dropping.  I keep on pushing on.  I do not want to give up.  I am pushing my body.  My quads and calf muscles are screaming.  I keep on hydrating.  My motto becomes "keep on moving". 
I keep on pushing on.  I cross an intersection.  And figure 1.1 miles to go.  I keep on pushing on.
I feel my pace slowing down.  I know if I walk now I might as well turn around and go home.  I make a left and pick up my pace.  Shortly after I make a left.  I know I am getting closer.  I keep running and running.  I am getting closer and closer.
I make a right and can feel the end of my run.  I pick up my pace.  I am less than .5 miles from my house.  I am getting closer to the entry of where I live.  I make a right and then a left.  I am closer to my house.  I look down at my phone and Map My Run.  I ran 13.3 miles today with a time of 2 hours, 41 minutes, and 28 seconds (pace of 12:09 per mile).
An incredible run today.  I never walked.  I ran 13.3 miles (longest distance).  And the most time I ran without talking a break (2:41:28).  I love running in the winter.
I hope your Sunday was as good as mine.  My new motto is just keep moving.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 12, 2015, 10:14:07 PM
Hello everybody,
Well Tuesday night we had the beginning running group.  After another snow day Monday I forgot about this.  When I arrived home after work my wife was not happy about running in the cold.  (We volunteer to assist with the new runners).  What is so great about this program is that it is a free 9 week program.  All the beginning runners get support and training in hopes that they keep running.  (This is why I volunteer with the beginning runners).
I noticed that there was less than an hour before we needed to be at a local park.  I was trying very hard to convince my wife to run.  (She hates to run in the cold).  I even said I would run with her if she went.  I finally convinced her to go.  Our son is also involved in the running group.  So all three of of head out into the bitterly cold night.
When we get to the park it is difficult to find a parking spot.  Snow is piled everywhere.  We were careful when stretching and warming up.  We walked out of the park and close to the main road.  We give the new runners their instructions and tell about the time intervals (2 minute run and 1 minute walk).  The whistles blow and off goes the group.
Since I ran 13.3 miles on Sunday I figure I will run with the people near the back of the pack.  The pace was slow so I was in no pain or experiencing muscle soreness.  We are running 1.5 miles.  We run, we walk, we run, we walk, and then I noticed a group that was just walking.  They were not letting people pass them.  Why would they do this you ask?  Because on the way back there was a small hill that nobody wanted to run.
At this point we were walking but I wanted to run up the hill.  I passed the group and by the time the next whistle blew I was in a group that wanted to run. 
This was great.  I kept the pace with a woman who did this program before.  She is trying to get back into running.  Her family supports her.  I would love for her family to come and run with her.  I think it is great that she wants to get back into running and is choosing the most difficult time of the year to start her training.  (I told her by the time Spring comes she will be ready for all the 5ks and be a stronger runner).
As for this weekend there are races on Saturday and nome on Sunday.  We are all looking forward to a 2 mile run on Saturday (one of the many Valentine's Day races).  We are not sure this is going to occur because of the cold weather and possible snow storm.  Hopefully this weekend will not be washed out because of weather.
Take care and pound some pavement for me,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 14, 2015, 12:37:25 PM
Good morning everybody,
Is it wrong for me to want to go out and run even if it is -9 degrees here?  (Hello my name is Mr. F and I have a running problem.  Well isn't it the first step to admit you have a problem?  LOL).  Yesterday the family was thinking about running today in one of the many Valentine's Day events.  My wife and son were already out yesterday morning.  They did not tell me this but I figured it out when the weather was freezing and did not get much better throughout the day (high, with wind chill factor, -3 degrees.).
I was watching the weather on several channels and devices.  I was going back and forth on to run or not to run.  When I got home and it was -4 degrees (the sun was out) and I was freezing I made up my mind.  If tomorrow is suppose to be colder than today I am not going to risk running.  (This is my third event I did not run because of weather). 
Today the weather is going to get worse.  The temperature will drop and we could get up to 6 inches of snow.  We do not follow holidays and days like Valentine's Day the way most people do.  We do not purchase anything for the holidays or Valentine's Day.  We love each other, and our son, every day.  So no one day is more special than the rest.  This year my wife saw a Valentine's Day special dinner at a vegan restaurant and she wanted to go.  It looks like this will not be happening (we went out last night instead).
So here I am in bed.  Blankets all around me.  (We have an adjustable bed.  If you have knee or back issues I highly recommend a memory foam adjustable bed).  Bed adjusted so I can check weather, news, sports, FaceBook, and post here.  The heater is on and I feeling warm.
Now that you have been update with my situation I want to get back to my original statement.  I still want to get up, get ready, and run today.  Strange how 7 months, 3 guides, 15 races, and 4 running groups would change your life.
Stay warm and dry this weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 15, 2015, 02:40:25 PM
Hello everybody,
Today is a wash.  Snow, snow, snow, and more snow.  And when it is not snowing we have 30-50 mile per hour winds.  There are weather alerts, warnings, and watches where I live.  So I will not be running today.  This stinks since I could not run yesterday. 
My wife works at our local gym and she teaches 2 different classes.  She said the treadmills were very busy yesterday.  Since the weather is worse today I can only assume there will be a line for these.  (I hate treadmills but if there is nothing else I will use them).
Next weekend there are 2 events I want to take part in.  Guess what the weather will be like?  Freezing cold, windy, and snow.  I am not sure I will be able to run next week.  I will be going through some bad running withdrawal.
Hopefully tomorrow will be better.  I do not have work and I would like to get in 3-5 miles.  I know wishful thinking.
Enjoy your Sunday,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 15, 2015, 02:44:20 PM
Hello everybody,
I have not attempted to attach a picture.  I found a photo from my January 31 run.  It shows the view from one of the hills/mountains we ran.  (I want to test this option to see the quality of the picture).

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 18, 2015, 10:18:01 PM
Hello everybody,
I did not run this weekend.  Saturday was too cold.  Later on it snowed.  Sunday was cold and the ground was covered in ice (not safe to run).  Monday one of our cars had some issues and it took all day to take care of.  Tuesday I was in professional development.  So what did I do Tuesday night?  You got it I ran.
When I got home from work my son was excited about running with a beginning running group.  (My wife and me volunteer with this group).  My wife, on the other  hand, was not willing to go out and run.  She was not excited about running in the freezing cold, and the bone chilling wind.  My som and me convinced her to run.  (Real simple she wants to run a half marathon and is not training).
So last night we were at a local park by 6:00pm.  It was 13 degrees out.  A small group of beginning runners and volunteers were ready to run.  We were already warming up prior to the group exercises. 
We all stretched and walked to our starting area.  We ran 1.75 miles (3 minutes running and 1 minute walk).  I decided I was not going to run with the people in the back.  I started in the middle of the pack.  The  front group had a nice pace.  I wanted to run with them but I was running with two other runners.  As the time past one person started to slow down.  The other runner took off.
I stayed with the faster runner.  We caught up with the group in front of us.  The pace was good and I was enjoying this run.  I caught up with our son.  (At this point my wife was somewhere in the back of the pack).  There were a couple of small hills and we got to run up them. 
As we got closer to the finish our son started to slow down.  The cold weather caught up with him.  We were less than .3 miles to the end of our run when a car came up to us.  It was a beginning runner.  She had the incorrect starting time.  So as she arrived we were ending our run.  Well we will see her on Saturday.
I hope your week is warmer than mine....take care...
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 21, 2015, 03:29:19 AM
Hello everybody,
Well the weather is taking a turn for the worse.  Bitterly cold tomorrow along with afternoon snow.  Sunday warming up and raining.  Followed by freezing cold weather.  Not a good running weekend.  On top of this the Polar Bear Race on Sunday has been postponed.  More running withdrawals.
Tonight my running withdrawal got so bad a resorted to running on a treadmill.  Yes, I do not like using the treadmill.  Having all the cold artificial air hitting your face and neck is annoying.  I could not stop the fan.  I would love to be hot and sweaty than having that cold blast of air hit me.  Chilly, hot, chilly, hot, and the moving mat really annoys me.  But I did it.  1 hour and 5 miles.  A pace of 12 minutes per mile.
As you can see I needed a longer run today.  I am not sure I will be able to run this weekend.  Tomorrow the beginning runners head out at 8:30am.  I am not sure I am going to run (-6 degrees tomorrow).  I will be up and check out the weather.  My son has said no to running tomorrow.  My wife has an excuse, she is working tomorrow morning.
Hopefully pounding some pavement tomorrow.  Take care,
Mr. F
Follow me on twitter at @ctachillesrunn1
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 22, 2015, 02:02:52 PM
Hello everybody,
Well we have had another weekend of lousy weather.  We woke up to 4-6 inches of snow.  And the weather is nasty.  It looks like the top layer has turned to ice.  This is not good.
This means no running.  I am not willing to risk an injury because I slid on the ice.  Some of the roads have been plowed.  I can not use my running picks for the snow.  So I am sitting in bed contemplating what to do today.  Should I attempt another go on the treadmill?  Should I wait until later and see how the weather is?  Or just go back to sleep?  (Actually this is not an option).
Yesterday the weather did not cooperate.  It was in the negatives when I woke up and kept in the negatives most of the morning.  I know some people who ran yesterday and several fell.  I was not going to risk it.
This makes another weekend of race withdrawal.  Not good. 
There is a positive.  I hear the snow plows driving through my complex.  This means I will be able to go outside in 30-45 minutes. 
Next weekend, on Saturday, is my first half marathon.  Yes I have run this distance before, but never in an "official" race.  What does this mean?  Whatever my time is it is a PR for me.  I was told this is a tough race.  The final 2.5 miles are up hill.  (Do not use up extra energy starting fast or keeping pace with the leaders.).
Well I am off to start our laundry...
Have a fantastic Sunday,
Mr. F
Follow me on twitter @ctachillesrunn1
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 22, 2015, 10:49:43 PM
Hello everybody,
Well the weather started to calm down some today.  I had a window of opportunity to run.  I eat and consumed some fluids.  (I have bad acid reflux so drinking too much water could cause me issues while running).  I waited 45 and got ready.
It is amazing how warm 39 degrees really feels (when you are getting use to -6).  I made sure to dress appropriately so I would not freeze and I would not be to warm.  Prior to heading out I figure a 5-7 mile run would be fantastic.  I could stretch out my legs and not get to tired.  (Also there were puddles and ice everywhere).
I started out in my neighborhood and ran to a park.  From there I ran towards the next town over.  I entered the town and did not have a plan where to run next.  I was not going to run where I did a couple of weeks ago.  I need a new challenge.  So I turned around and headed back.
At this point I decided to pick up a route from a 5k.  I had to run about 1.5 miles to get to this route.  From here I would run to a local elementary school (I was at 7 miles already).
I ended up running through the center of town.  This is where it gets somewhat hilly.  (I need this practice because the half marathon I am running on Saturday has hills the last 2.5 miles).  I would run to the elementary school my son attended and then head back home.  Mile 8 was a breeze.  I was so into it.
Miles 9 and 10 , on the other hand, seemed like they never came.  Running up and down the roads.  Past lights and stop signs.
Mile 11 was where I hit my wall.  I did not carb up or hydrate last night.  (I did not know I would run this far today).  I kept pushing on.  Mile 12 was another monster to get through.  My leg muscles were revolting.  All I had on me was 18 ounces of Nunn (hydration).  And at this point I was running low.  As I came closer to where I live my calf muscles were revolting.
At 12.5 miles I was trying to save some for the final .2 miles.  As I entered my complex I noticed I was at about 12.94 miles.  Not enough for a half.  I had to loop around the circle and 13.1 would be by my door.  My estimation was correct.
I ran 13.12 miles today.  Total time 2 hours 35 minutes and 5 seconds.  With a pace of 11 minutes and 49 seconds.  I cut over 6 minutes off my best time for running 13.1 miles.
Now I am at home recovering, eating, drinking water, and relaxing. 
I hope you had a relaxing Sunday.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 24, 2015, 03:00:00 AM
Hello everybody,

Looking back at all the posts I have written and I have never told you much about the events I am running so here it goes.  This year I have a goal of running in at least 6 half marathons.  In January I signed up for three half marathons: Colchester, Cheshire, and Redding.  Today I signed up for the Triple Half Marathon Challenge: Harvard Pilgrim Middletown, Mystic, and Hartford Marathon Half marathons.  Looking forward to the challenges each run has to offer.
If you would like to follow me you can through social media:
  ctachilles runner on Facebook....friend me and tell me you follow me on the knee board
   @ctachillesrunn1

Now I am considering running a triple 5k challenge.  The events are all in about a weeks' period of time.  And after training for half marathons a 3.1 mile run is now a warm up for me.   What do you think?

Each of these challenges have special rewards.  Special swag after running the third race.  The other benefit is that you save money on entry fees.

Well that is my good news.  I am suppose to run with the beginning running group tomorrow night except the weather is going to be miserably cold tomorrow (-18 with wind chill in the morning). 

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on February 28, 2015, 11:26:35 PM
Hello everybody,
If you would like to follow me use the following:
FaceBook... Ctachilles Run (if you friend request me please let me know you are part of the knee message board)
Twitter...ctachillrunn1

I am sitting on my couch very sore after running my first half marathon today.  It was an amazing course.  Full of hills, snow, cows, goats, runners, hills, more cows, and more hills. 
I started with the early group today.  We started a half an hour earlier today because we thought that we might run a 3, plus, hour half.  So we get out to the starting line.  The assistant gives us our directions.  Limited signs and no volunteers out yet.  And off we run.
I am running at a moderate pace because of all the hills.  We hit mile one and we are looking for our right hand turn.  No street has this name.  WTF?  Where are we?  We stop and pull up a map.  We see a road that is on the map.  We make a right and keep going.  We run for about .3 miles and hit an intersection.  We take a right.
We are running looking for a certain street.  Still we do not see it.  However we see a group of runners stopped.  They are early starters and are lost also.  We finally figure our where we need to go.  All of us start running.
Finally we see the road we are looking for.  Looking up on the left a mile marker.  Mile number 2, and then Map My Run says we have been running for 3 miles (30 minutes).  So here we are a mile down and all 30 minutes wasted.  But we push on.
We run up and down drastic inclines.  We run past stinky cows.  We walk, well at least I walked, over icy roads.  My guide slipped twice.  And we are at mile 6.
At this point the roads become better.  Miles 7 and 8 have some ice.  We are able to run again.  We cross an intersection.  Finally we hit mile 9.
Well this is where it all changes.  Miles 9-11 is unpaved and sandy road.  What makes this worse is that the road is covered in ice.  This is very little sand.  Everyone is slipping and sliding.
I decided to walk these two miles.  The ice made the ground so cold that my feet start to freeze.  (I had on two pairs of wool socks).  Finally we are on pavement again.
At this point we are between miles 11-12.  (We actually ran 12-13 miles).  I am running out of energy.  (I carry a 10 ounce container of UCan on my hydration belt.  Unfortunately I lost this container between miles 2-5).  So I am running out of steam.
I am running, well walking, on pure will power.  Miles 12-13.1 are mentally as well as physically challenging.  I do not want to give up and my leg muscles are rebelling.  We have to climb up a steep hill.  I have nothing left. 
We are now within a mile.  There is one more incline and we are home.  We finally make it to the top of the hill.  One last turn and we are home.  14.12 miles in 2:47:42.  A per mile pace of 11:52.
I hope your Saturday was as eventful as mine. 
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 01, 2015, 07:46:13 PM
Hello everybody,
After running my first half marathon plus one mile I came home and relaxed.  My wife made me vegan Chili for dinner.  It was fantastic.  And it is full of proteins and good carbs.  I went to sleep around 10:00 last night.
This morning I was up early.  What was I doing?  Thinking about running a 5K today.  Yes I know why would I run a 5k after yesterday?  Well I am addicted to running and I have been told I am crazy.  I checked to see if my son wanted to run with me.  The answer is no (18 degrees outside)...to cold.
I drove over an hour to get to the race.  It was at a nice sports facility.  I arrived early and got the bin number I wanted.  It is around 9:00am and I head to my car.  I wanted to put my swag in the car and drink my Ucan.  When I get to the door the snow started to come down.  (Snow was in the forecast for noon not 3 hours earlier).
The Big Chili 5k starts at 10:00.  I belong to a running group, Run169, that has members at every race.  Today we had 5 people.  I was talking with Chris.  We talk about his races, upcoming races, and his plans for the next year.  We do the same for me.  It is about 9:50 am and everyone heads outside.
Since the race is gun timed I make sure to start near the front.  The snow is coming down a little heavier.  Not bad and it should not impact most runners.  At 10:00 the race starts.
We take off out of the parking lot.  We make a right.  Run for a small distance and make a left.  Are you f-ing kidding me?  There is an incline to run up.  More hills (not what I am looking forward to do).  I just ran up and down the hills of Colchester yesterday and now more hills. 
I planned on running the first mile and then walking.  As I kept running and hit another incline.  I thought to myself I will wait to the turn around and then I will walk.  As we approached the turn around I noticed another runner slide and take a nasty fall.  There were people around the area to assist the runner.
I run past the turn around and continue running.  I know I should be half way to the finish line.  People are passing me because I am slow.  I tried to keep up with one runner.  He had a faster pace than me. 
Around 1.7 miles into the race I am running with 3 other runners.  We all have the same pace.  Around the 2 mile mark I caught my second wind.  I take off and nobody follows.  I am hoping I did not waste all my energy too early (I have done this before).
I hear footsteps approaching.  Another runner passes me.  We are within .5 miles to the finish line.  I strike up a conversation.  We are now getting closer to the sports center.  We need to make a left and then we can see the finish line.  I hear people cheering for me.  Someone yells to us you are under ...  I look up and see the clock.
I wanted to run this race in a time between 33-35 minutes.  I was not running at my best today.
Someone yells to us you are under ...  I look up and see the clock.  It is 28:59.  I dig deep down and take off.  The other runner follows me.  I am not going to be passed at the finish line.  We run and run.  The clock keeps ticking.  (My best time for a 5k is 29:12).  I can not see the timer as I cross the second pad.  My time was 29:19.  Per mile pace of 9:26.  Amazing I ran 14.12 miles yesterday and today I came close to matching my best time for a 5k.
I am home recovering.  I ate some vegan chili.  I am washing 1 load of laundry.  And recovering.
I hope you have a fantastic Sunday.
Take care,
Mr. F
PS the winter of no fear continues...
Oh, this is the third month in a row I have run a race on the first and it is the second month I have run a long race on the last day of the month followed by a 5k on the first day of the following month.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 05, 2015, 01:08:24 AM
Hello everyone,
One question...will this snow ever stop?  Snowed last night and this morning.  And what goes better with snow?  How about more snow?  It is going to snow tonight and into tomorrow.   What makes matters worse is that we had 40 degree weather today so we ended up with "pounding".  (I grew up down south so we had puddles not pounding).
Anyway, I am taking up a new challenge this weekend.  I am running the Bolton Road Race.  It is a 5 mile race with two hills.  I was told the second hill is the killer.  Most people run fast up the first hill and leave no energy to climb "the hill".  I am looking forward to this.
Oh I did not mention that after the Colchester Half I have been getting FaceBook posts and comments on their page (Colchester Half Marathon Page).  People saw me running and I must have made a major impact on them.  One person has joined Achilles International as a guide after seeing me and my guide running.  The person I was messaging with had no idea what Achilles International did and he thought that this organization was amazing.  Helping bring down barriers so disabled athletes can participate in sports.
The other person commented that she was impressed by me.  As she wrote "I thought to myself as I saw you running, and I passed you, what a badass."  I never thought of myself this way.  It opened my eyes. 
Also during the race people were encouraging me all along the way.  People were yelling for me to keep up my pace, Go Achilles, looking good Achilles, way to go Achilles, keep it up Achilles, etc.  I never felt so much support.  Saturday was very inspiring and changed me.
I always saw myself as the slow runner.  The guy who finishes in the lower half of the page (or last page).  I almost never place.  The main objective for me is to finish, have fun, and be healthy.  Do not do anything foolish or hurt yourself trying to do something that will only end badly. 
As I think about what I have accomplished in such a short period of time it is truly amazing.  I need to stop comparing myself to all the able bodied runners.  (I have tried to do this but it is frustrating when you start 30 minutes before everyone and by mile 6 the lead runners fly by you like you are standing still).  On Saturday I just enjoyed the pure form of these runners as they passed me.  I encouraged them and they did the same for me.
So on Sunday as I run up and down the hills I will just be running in the moment.  Enjoying a 38-40 degree day and the scenery.  I have no time I want to beat.  I have no master plan.  Just enjoy the run and spend it with some good friends and food.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 07, 2015, 04:17:49 PM
Hello everybody,
If you would like you can follow me on FaceBook...send a friend request with the message knee board to Ctachilles Runner.  Or you can follow me on [email protected]

Last night our son said he wants to start training for a 10K.  (My wife is going to start training for a half marathon on Monday.  It is going to be interesting.  She has never run a 10k.  A big step up.  We are running the Mystic Half at the end of May).  So we talked and he decided to run this morning.  It was 12 degrees out when we left to run.
We met up with the intermediate running group (part of the Glastonbury River Runners).  We decided that our son would run with the intermediate group (3.3 miles) and then run 2.25 miles with the beginning group.  So we met up at a local elementary school.  We all talked about the previous week's races and the events we plan on running.  Then we stretched out and took off running.
My son and I were the only two running the 3.3 miles.  At first you have a slight incline.  We run forward and make a left.  This is the first challenge.  A slow inclining hill.  And my son is starting to slow down.  We have to stop and walk.  We make it to the apex and start the decline.  I show him a different form to run down hill.  Once we hit the bottom there is a small flat area and then another incline.  We finally get to the intersection.
We might a right turn and there is another challenge.  A bigger and even more steep hill.  We can only run up a quarter of the way.  He is not feeling the hills (he says he is not like me....hint you need to run in the hills to become better at it).   Once at the top we prepare to run down. 
We continued to run and walk this stretch of road.  There were many inclines and declines.  We are about half way there.  We make a right and run on one of my favorite roads (very hilly).  We pick up our pace.  We need to make a right and run a loop (more like a U).  I kept pushing the pace.  We made it to the road and made a right.
I figure our son was tired so we walked a fast pace.  We made it to a light and I pushed the pace again.  He was talking about a book he is reading.  I had him run in-front of me.  He was not paying attention to the pace or where we were.  He was in the moment.  I watched him pick up the pace and start to hit the running zone.  It was pure joy and pleasure to see this.  He ran down a hill and up another.  We turned right and run up and down one more hill.  Finally we got back to the elementary school.
We cooled down and headed to our other running group.  We stretched and met up with the other runners.  Again we discussed our races and we were glad to see each other.  We were running for 7 minutes and 1 minute of walking.  My son made it through the first cycle.  During the second cycle he was walking more than running.  By the third cycle he was just walking.  (Understandable since he has never run 5 miles). 
At this time we were bringing up the rear.  Finally our son started to run again.  He finished strong.
Tomorrow I am running the Bolton Road Race.  It is a five mile race with two hills.  I was thinking about running a 7 mile race in the morning, before the road race.  I decided not to run 7 miles and have no energy for the other race.  And the weather will cooperate tomorrow.  In the 40s.  Looking forward to this.
Have a fantastic weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 08, 2015, 11:54:14 AM
Good morning everybody,
It is race day morning and I am up and excited.  Looking at the weather forcast and I am smiling.  Today when I arrive and check in it should be around 36 degrees.  By race time it should be 40 degrees.  Wow that better than the 13 degrees we ran in yesterday.  I am looking forward to being able to run in compression tights, shorts, one pair of socks, and my Achilles International shirt.
Can not wait to tackle the hills and being able to say I ran the Bolton Road Race.

Take care,
Mr. F
Have a fantastic Sunday...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 09, 2015, 02:07:40 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I am home relaxing after running a hilly 5 mile road race.  Prior to telling you about my adventure I did some thinking about my previous races.  I have never thought about how many races I have taken part in since my first event (the Fire Cracker 5k).  In under 9 months I have taken part in 21 races.  And there are at least 3 other races I want to take part in this month.
Getting back to today, I was so excited about running in 40 degree weather.  Only wearing one pair of socks, compression running tights, running shorts, and an Achilles international shirt.  The sun would be out, and possibly a slit breeze.  I was so motivated I wanted to get to the race early and embrace the elements.
I arrived to the race 2 hours early.  I wanted check out the area and see the hills.  Once I got inside I met some people I have been communicating with on-line, through running groups, that I never checked out the route.
I checked in and sat down to post on FaceBook.  A woman who was volunteering came over and recognized me from my FB postings.  She was the first of many.  It was so nice to meet all these new people.  It feels good to spread the word about disabled athletes.  (On the other hand people kept coming over to me and asking who I am running with?  They thought I was the guide and wanted to meet the disabled athlete.  They were amazed to find out that I had 4 operations on each knee, each knee was replaced, and each knee was revised).
People from Fleet Feet, Glastonbury River Runners, and Run 169 Towns Society arrived and we all were talking.  It is great to belong to a community of runners who help and inspire each other.  This made the 2 hours fly by.
We all were called to head out to the starting area.  As we were leaving the skies turned dark, the winds picked up, and the temperature drops.  There goes our 40 degree sunny day.  We were broken into two sections.  The sub 9 minute mile people and everybody else.  Then the skies open up and it starts to snow.  WTF?
Yes we are all standing in the wrong running attire.  We are all prepared for a summer run not for snow.  The grunts and groaning start.  All I had to protect me were gloves and a light running jacket.  Oh well I will make do with what I have.
We all get ready and we are off.  I did not want to start hot and by mile one regret running to fast.  This I did not have to worry about.  Because of the overcast skies, the cold breeze, the snow, and the miserable weather my right knee starts to lock up.  I am having difficulties running.  I do not want to give up this quickly.  So I decided to run at a slow pace and see what happens. 
I am getting passed by everybody.  (There is another Achilles runner in our group and she passes me like I am standing still.  I run much faster than her).  Around mile 1 another runner from our group passes me.  I ask her our pace and she says 10 minutes.  As she is creating a hug gap between us.
At this point I am thinking about DQ-ing myself.  Then I think of the motivational words of one of my Achilles guides Chris L.  During a 5k when I was struggling he said "suck it up buttercup".  I use this saying as a mantra whenever I need to get back on track.
With the words "suck it up buttercup" floating in my thoughts I decided to push on.  (I forgot to mention that there was a nice hilly incline in mile 1).  At one point between miles 1 and 2 there was a decline. At this point my right knee loosened up and I could run.  I "drop the hammer" and fly down the hill  around a turn, and through a strait road.  I am passing person after person.  I am feeling great.  We hit a corner and pass the local high school.  People are cheering me on (calling out my name...wow this is wild...and yelling go Achilles).  We make a rune and run a little bit down the road.  And there is the starting line.
I know we should be approaching 3 miles soon.  I am now excited.  We are at the point where it is longer to turn around and go back.  But I am not close enough where I can slow down.  I have not hit the final 2 hills.  I keep pushing myself to go on.  During mile 3 two runners catch up to me.  One passes me and I am keeping up with the other.
I know I can not keep this pace up for the rest of the race.  But I am will to give it a try.  Now we are closing in on 4 miles.  I am trying to keep in the race mentally.  I am not thinking about how much time has passed since the start of the race or how many miles are left.  I am focusing in on where the final two hills are.  I know one should be coming up soon.
We are running around a corner and up the road.  No hill insight.  We run some more and spot the first hill.  Up we run.  At this point in the race I have not stopped running.  I am amazed.  With all the up hills I figured I would have walked more of the race.  But we have not hit the final hill.  We run some more and there is a drastic decline.
I know this is not a good sign.  If we go down severely we have to go back up.  And that is when we can see it.  The hill everyone talks about.  It is a nasty incline and continues on and on.  We try to conqueror the hill.  Running up it is futile.  All I can think about is making it to the top.  I stop running a quarter of the way up the hill. 
I figure if I walk up, close to the top, I will be able to run across the finish line.  So I start to walk.  I am trying to keep a fast walking pace.  The people who are running are starting to struggle and I am passing them.  Half way up and it seems like this hill will not quit.  We make it three-fourths up the hill.  I am now considering running.
If you make your move to quick you might not have enough energy to run across the finish line.  I see where I want to start running again. I get to the speed limit sign and take off.  Others around me do the same thing.  We are running up the hill and them there is .2-.3 miles left.  There are so many people standing around we can not see how much time had gone by.
I start running faster as we approach the crowd.  I can hear people cheering me on and yelling go Achilles.  It feels great to have such support.  I know nobody will pass me on the home stretch.  I still have no idea how much time has passed.
Pre race when I was thinking about the course I want a time of 55 minutes (11 minute per mile pace).  After mile one I was hoping for 1 hour (12 minute per mile pace).  I did not want to go over 1 hour.
As I am approaching the finish line I can see the clock and it is at 48:55 (48 minutes and 55 seconds).  No way did I run a sub 10 minute 5 mile hilly road race.  I hit the mats and hear the buzz for my chip.  Unofficially 49:03.  Not bad for me.  I had a decent run, I was not injured, had a good time, met new people, made new friends, and I have a lot of good memories.  Yes I will be running Bolton next year.
When I got home I could not find the times for this event.  My son and I were looking for them.  A minute later I get an email.  My official time was 48:50 with a 9:46 per mile pace.  Both of these are a new record time for me.
I hope your snow filled, cold breeze, and hilly 5 mile road race Sunday was as eventful as mine.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 14, 2015, 03:11:08 PM
Hello everybody,
Happy PI Day of the century...why did I say this?  Well if we use day and time we can make 3.141592653 (3/14/15 at 9:26 am with 53 seconds.  I know my inner geek is showing.  (As I aways say "I resemble that remark").
So this week the weather has finally improved.  We were in the 50s mid week.  The sun has been out and the snow has been melting.  I was looking forward to running this weekend.  (I did not look at the weather reports for Saturday and Sunday until Thursday).
Today I had on my calendar of running events two races.  One in the morning, which was rescheduled to next week, and another in the afternoon.  The freezing rain will create ice and later on it turns into rain.  So all the raods and event venues will have some slippery surfaces.  I am not willing to drive over an hour away in this weather.  And on top of this I am not willing to risk injuring my knees (slipping and falling).
The weather for tomorrow does not look good.  More rain and miserable weather.  I am hoping for some window of opportunity to go out running tomorrow.
There are some positives coming out of this messy weather.  I saved enough money to run a half marathon next weekend (Savin Rock Half).  I was able to revisit my race calendar and modify it.  I noticed that I wanted to run two to four 5ks per week.  The money I would spend is massive.  If I ran four 5ks it would be less distance than one half marathon and almost double the price. 
I looked up half marathons and listed them by month.  Then I went in to check price and starting times.  Wow what a difference.  I put together a wish list of races in January.  The total amount of money I would spend in entry fees $1645.  Since I modified my list and add half marathons instead of 5ks my total for entry fees is now $1098.  I still need the price of one race.  Still the savings is substantial.  And I am excited about running half marathons.
I am sitting on the couch with my son watching an episode of Cosmos.  It is raining outside.  The cats just joined us and should be sleeping soon.
I hope your weekend is more exciting than mine...
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 15, 2015, 08:53:43 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I started a post and was 6 paragraphs in.  I looked something up online, opening a new tab, and my post was cleared out.  I have done this numerous times and never had this happen.  Figured it would happen today.
The weather was not that good this weekend so I took a break from running.  I was not willing to risk an injury to run in water, ice, and slippery/slick conditions. I will save my knees for another day.
Since me and my son did not run on Saturday and I did not run on Sunday I had some extra money for races.  I signed up for my second, ever, half marathon on Saturday.  Also I signed me and my son up for a 5k on March 29 (I know the race director).  So I will be running the Savin Rock Half Marathon on Saturday and we will be running Bethany Fights Back the following weekend.
With having extra time to plan events I reviewed and modified my race calendar.  I noticed I was looking at entering a lot of 5ks.  1-2 per Saturday and 1-2 per Sunday.  This would mean I was running in 2-4 events per weekend. I would be running 6.2-12.4 miles.  The entry fees would be between $60-$120.  This would mean spending a lot of money for limited running.  So I looked at half marathons offered around the state.  I found if I ran 2-4 half marathons a month (if this amount was offered) I would run more miles at a decreased price ($60 per half marathon).  After putting my race calendar together I am running 20 half marathons and I have five 5ks lets for this year.  I am going to save about $500.  Not bad for modifying my races.
Along with this I found a new group I want to join.  (Look up half fanatics.com). This organization deals with half marathon runners.  You need to qualify to join this group (I believe you need to run 2 half marathons in 16 or 3 half marathons in 90 days to join).  That means by mid April I am going to send in my paperwork (three half marathons in under 90 days).  As you run more half marathons you can move up levels.  I am looking forward to this challenge.
I am looking forward to volunteering with the beginning running group on Tuesday.  My first run in a week.  I already told my wife and son that I am running with the fast group.  (Normally I run withy the middle to the end of the pack motivating the runners).  On Tuesday I want to push my pace and motivate the faster runners.
Other than this nothing new and exciting expet laundry.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 19, 2015, 12:56:11 AM
Hello everybody,
Well the weather turned for the worse.  On Monday night it started to rain.  And then most of Tuesday it rained.  Then the winds kicked in.  What made matters worse is that Tuesday is beginning runner night with Glastonbury River Runners.  When I left work the winds were picking up but not so bad.
When I got home my wife told me she was going to run to the park and that me and our son should meet her there.  (We would drive and bring her water and a snack).  Out the door she goes.  We are getting ready to go to the running group.  Not even 4 minutes later she returns.  It is too cold to run.  I do not have the appropriate clothing.  I asked what is the problem.  She tells me the wind is at least 20 mph and when it hits it is bone chilling cold.  She needs to get a running jacket.
I run upstairs, we'll walk fast, and get an extra outer layer of clothing.  The three of us pile into the car.  We went to a local store and got her a running jacket.  After this we headed out to the park.  By the time we got there we had 5 minutes to spare.  As we left the car a blast of cold air hits us.  Man I was glad to have on that extra layer of clothing.
As the running group always does we stretched before running.  We discussed the routes and headed to the enterance of the park.  The whistle was blown and off we run.  Tonight I get to run with the fast group.  My wife and son are running together. 
We take off passing all the other runners.  This is a great feeling.  Open road and people to pace me.  Oh @&$!, that was a cold blast of air.  The breeze must have been 20 mph.  That will keep you focused while running.  (We are running 12 minutes and walking 1 minute).  The four of us are now moving fast, my knees are feeling good, and the pace I can manage.  We make a right and keep running. We pass a local elementary school, and the next road we will make a left.
I know we ran more than a mile when the watch starts beeping.  It is our minute walk.  We make the left hand turn.  We walk a little more and beep-beep-beep it's time to run.  As we start running up a slow inclining hill I feel it.  My right knee tightening up.  (This is the life of a disabled runner).  I have to make a decision on the fly.  Run fast for a short period of time and then walk the rest of the way or slow my pace and finish running.  I decide on the smarter choice.  If I run fast and stop my right knee will most likely lock up and the walk will be extremely painful.
I slow down and tackle the hill one step at a time.  As the other three runners are creating some distance between us.  After the up hill is a down hill and another hill, and then a left turn.  By the time I made the left I could barely see the other group infront of me.
During this part of the run I am running directly into the wind.  Running up hill seems useless.  I feel like I am being pushed backwards.  I fight through the hills.  Eventually making a right hand turn.
On this road there is one big hill.  I know this because it was the last time I saw the group infront of me stop and walk.  When I got to the top of this hill the group infront was making it's final left turn.  They were getting close to the finish.
I kept on chugging along.  I kept my slow and steady pace.  My right knee was not cooperating.  I knew if I stopped I would regret this.  My knee would cramp up.  There was nothing left to do but place your mind somewhere else and keep moving.
I made it to the final left.  The raod is flat and curves.  Not bad until I get to a house with the driver who does not know how to communicate.  I am waiting for him to back up and he is sitting there.  (I do not trust cars with drivers who you can not see their faces).  I am running in place waiting for this guy to back up.  Finally a passenger gets out of the back seat and goes to the mailbox to check the mail.
I am back running.  I see my second to last right hand turn.  I can sense I am within half a mile of the finish.  As I hit the corner I start to feel a little better.  My right knee is still cramping but not as bad as before.  I can see the three runners infront of me.  I pick up my pace.  They made it back to the park.  I start to count 1001, 1002, 1003...1028 as I enter the park.
Not bad for being left in the dust.  At most the three runners infront of me arrived at the park 28 seconds before I did.  My right knee is still cramping.  We stretch and wait for the other runners.
When we got home I used heat and then a hot shower to help with the cramping.  I relaxed and fell asleep before 10:00.
This morning my left knee was cramping.  (I slept on my left side and this is what occurs). I spent the day stretching and try to keep mobile.  This normally helps with the cramping issue.  When I got home from work my knee was still cramping.
There is only one solution for this, ankle weights.  I use 10 pounds per leg.  This normally helps.  It is just enough resistance and weight not to hurt my knees and to help stretch out my back.  I have different exercises I use.  I am not putting up any exercises I do because this helps me.  I would hate for someone to copy what I do and hurt him/her-self.
Now I am feeling better.  Looking forward to Saturday and running Savin Rock.  I have a new guide and experienced runner.  It is going to be great picking his brain for 13.1 miles.  I am hoping we can pace between 10:00-10:30 per mile.  I want to pick up my spead without injuring myself.  Also I need to know how to run without taking so much hydration, gels, and chews with me.  Carrying less weight will increase my time.
In April Achilles Internatiomal will be holding it's first group race in Cheshire.  I am looking forward to this.  It will be 10 months since I joined Achilles and it will be my fourth half marathon.  I will be running this with my second Achilles guide.  His words of wisdom has gotten me far as a runner.  "Suck it up buttercup" has been my motivation and montra when I get stuck and think about giving up.
I hope you have a fantastic Thursday...I plan on this myself...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 21, 2015, 12:25:21 AM
Hello everybody,
How do we celebrate the fist day of Spring?  By getting 2-5 inches of snow.  No I am not joking.  When will the snow end?  It was suppose to snow around 5:00pm.  It started snowing somewhere around 3:00 pm.  So much for sunny weather the first weekend of Spring.
What am I doing tomorrow?  I am running my second half marathon.  This time is will be the Savin Rock Half Marathon.  I have a friend and new guide for this run.  Mike, my guide for the past 4 runs, hurt his knee (and he signed up to run the full marathon and had to sit this one out).  So I get an experienced runner and guide.  I was, and possibly still, looking at a 10:00-10:30 per mile pace.  I will need to see the conditions prior to setting a pacing goal.
So far the starting time has not been changed.  There was, and still is, a possibility that the starting time will be an hour later because of weather conditions.  (At this point I need to be up at 4:30am to be on the road by 5:00am).  I will be driving over an hour to the race.  I want to give myself extra time if the raod conditions are not good.
I am excited about this run.  It is the first one in 2 weeks.  Also this starts my half marathon stretch.  (1 in March, 2 in April, 2 in May, and 3 in June).  By the end of June I should have run 9 half marathons.  In April I will be able to join the Half Fanatics club.
I have been using my ankle weights and this has been helping my knees.  I will use my 10 pound weights.  After several weeks I will stop exercising.  Then my knees will start to get sore and I will start exercising again.  This time I want to keep up my exercises so I will not feel this discomfort.  Also I started drinking tart cherry juice.  It is suppose to be good for many things: gout (I do not have this), muscle soreness, recovering from long runs, joint pain, and helps with falling asleep.  I am on day 2 so we will see if this helps out.
Well I am getting ready for tomorrow.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 21, 2015, 08:37:04 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today I experienced the most mentally and physically grueling run I have had so far.  The weather today was suppose to be in the 40s and cloudy.  (Last night we had snow and it was going to end around 2:30 this morning).  This never occurred.  It snowed last night, into early morning, and pre race.  When's we lined up to start the race the snow came down heavier and the skies started to turn gray.  Throughout the race the temperature dropped, the skies remain gray, and the snow came down heavier and heavier.  This impacted my knee.
Getting back to my story, I left home very early because I thought the raods would be a problem, and they were.  I was driving slowly and watching the accidents all over.  Most of them I just missed.
When I got to the race the snow was barely coming down.  I had a guide today.  My Achilles guide was stuck in the traffic and made it with 5 minutes to spare.  It was amazing how many people entered this event.  They changed it from a 5k and half to a half and full.
So we all go outside and line up for the start.  The snow starts to come down and we all had flashbacks to Bristol Road Race.  But the snow did not end in mile two.  It just kept coming. 
We hear the words runners get set and go.  Off we run.  The snow is blinding us and visibility is narrowing.  We were running by the shore line.  So me being the scarcestic person yell out who brought the sun screen.  Everyone was laughing.  I was feeling good and keeping up with the pack.
I wanted a 10:00-10:30 per mile pace.  I had no idea how fast or slow I was running.  At the end of mile one we hear the map my run app 9:25 per mile.  Wow I was moving.  So we decided to slow down.
We head into mile 1-2.  We are moving and talking to the people around us.  Eventually me and my guide talk about our ventures into running.  I do not motice the time.  We hit mile two with a 9:35 pace.  Cool we are still moving.
We decided to slow down our pace so I will have energy at the end of the run.  Miles 2-3 and 3-4 were great.  My pace brought us to a 9:58 minute per mile pace.  Still sub 10 minutes.  We are feeling good until the unthinkable happens.  The snow picks up and the temperature drops.  No way!!!
Mile 4-5 was my last pain free mile.  We had one hill.  Not bad.  We ran half and walked half.  Now we hit mile five and everything changes.
At this point my right knee started to cramp (because of the weather).  I am still running and walking the hills.  Mile 5 was ok.  We are running at about 10:30 pace.  This was about to change.
We enter mile 6 and my right knee is tightening up.  I can feel a difference.  I am tying to keep running.  At hills we have to walk but our pace is pretty good. In the upper 10 minute to 11 minute range.
When we hit mile 7 I can feel my right knee locking up.  I am experiencing some bending issues. I am trying to continue running.  We are running and walking half of this mile.
By mile 8 I am walking almost the entire mile.  I walked all of mile 9.  Mile 10 was more downhill so we ran more than we walked.  (I believe this mile was run at a 10:39 pace). 
Miles 11-13.1 were a disaster.  The snow was heavy, puddles were everywhere, and visibility was less than a quarter of a mile.  I could not run at all.  We were walking up and down the hills.  Mile 12-13 was basically like walking without shoes in freezing cold puddles.  Not so much fun.  I have blisters on my blisters. 
We finally hit the park near the end of the run.  I am looking at the signs and thinking almost there.  Keep up your pace.  I see the 13 mile sign.  I decided to dig deep and run the final .1 mile.  I take off and realize the finish line is not close.  It is the longest .1 mile.  I turn to my guide and he tells me we are just hitting mile 13.  I can not take it anymore and have to walk.  I see the time and almost faint. 
I set a new PR for half marathons with a time of 2:31:36 (11:36 per mile).  Wow what a Saturday.  It's one I will not forget.
I hope your Saturday was exciting,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 25, 2015, 01:21:02 AM
Hello everybody,
I finally have a minute.  I will tell you about my day in a moment.  Yesterday was a different story.  I woke up and went down to the livingroom to watch the morning news and check ESPN online (we do not have cable).  Around 5:30 am I had a horrific acid reflux attack.  I did not realize how bad it would become.  I went through my morning routine and left for work.  At 7:30 am I ate breakfast.  Five minutes later I was in the restroom watching my breakfast come back to visit me.  By 10:00 am I was heading home.  I could not hold down food until 7:30pm.
This morning I was feeling much better.  I was able to hold down food all day.  Very busy day at work.  With a meeting that was less than exciting.  I helped several people who were writing papers.  After arriving home my wife had a list of places to run so I helped her (a sort of honey do list).  Our son had chess club today after school.  Around 6:00 pm we were at the beginning running group.
Tonight my run was truly amazing.  It was one of those runs that makes you want to run again.  I was caught up in the moment.  I was not running I was gliding.  I was floating.  My breathing was nice and easy.  My pace was not fast, but a pace I have never felt.  (I was running with an experienced runner.  He was huffing and puffing, panting all along the way.  He would pass me and I would float, glide, and catch up with him.  He would take off again and I would easily catch up and pass him).
I was on a running high tonight.  I am still feeling it.  Truly amazing feeling.  If I could not run ever again, I would be a happier camper.  I have not felt like this since.....well I do not know if I ever felt like this.  I was not focusing in on my feet and how they strike the ground, I was not listening to my pace, I was just feeling the moment.  I hope I can feel this the next time I run a half marathon.  Time will mean nothing, it would be a life changing experience just feeling this way for 13.1 miles instead of 3 miles.
Have a great night,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 29, 2015, 12:48:52 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it is the second weekend of Spring and what goes better with snow?  More snow.  Yes it snowed all of today.  The only positive was that the snow melted quickly.  No accumulation on the ground.  We have a lot of standing water (puddles or as they say pooling).
So today was a relaxing, and boring, day.  We, my son and me, are getting ready for a 5k tomorrow.  We will be running in the first inaugural Bethany Fights Back 5K (you can not have a first annual because it has never occurred before). My son wants to try for a new PR.  I am happy to be apart of this.  I will be pacing him.
As for the weather, I thought we left winter behind last weekend.  It is going to be in the low 30s (around 32 degrees the time of the race).  With the wind chill the temperature will feel like 22 degrees.  Well there goes the idea of wearing shorts and t-shirt while running.
Because I did not want to drive and run in the snow I decided to check out some running sites.  I love runningintheusa.com .  Fantastic site.  I found two 10ks that are $25 each and several half marathons to add to my race list for 2015.  I found the three 5ks I would like to run in July.  One is close to my birthday.  (I will celebrate my birthday like I did last year.  Running with friends and family.)
I am getting excited about my half marathon on April 12.  It will be my third half in less than 90 days.  I will be able to submit my information to join half fanatics.  By the end of the year I would be able to move up 2-3 levels.  I am waiting for my favorite run to open for registration.  I checked this weekend and the race director has not updated the site.  I will just have to wait.
Other than this nothing new and exciting.  I hope all is well with you.
Take care,
Mr. F
PS- I have been drinking two 8 ounce glasses of tart cherry juice a day.  I am seeing how this helps with muscle recovery and sleep.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on March 29, 2015, 10:43:52 PM
 Hello everybody,
I am home recovering, eating a soy pizza, and finishing laundry.  My son and I ran the Bethany Fights Back 5K today.  The weather cooperated and we did not get rain nor snow (but it did snow he night before).  The weather was in the low 30s, sunny, light breeze, and cold.  There was some ice and water on the course but nothing will stop us. 
We got to the race early to purchase some Run 169 Towns Society gear.  We were waiting and waiting.  Finally someone came in and told us that they were going to sell the gear after the race.  (I was thinking this would cause massive chaos. There as not enough space and hundreds of people wanting shirts, caps, and hoodies.  When the person with all the gear came in she decided to sell items early.  She remembered I was waiting 6 months for a hoodie or shirt. 
My son and I waited by the table.  All the boxes came in and they were ready to sell the gear.  One woman was waiting longer for a shirt.  (My son wanted an adult small).  She was asked do you need a small shirt?  We only have one left.  NO she said, I need a medium.  My son's eyes widened and he was excited.  He was going to get his shirt.  I got a cap.  (I run in an Achilles International shirt).
We all got together 15 minutes before the race to take our traditional group picture.  I have never seen more than 70 of us, but today we had at least 115 169ers running.
The run was very relaxing.  There were hills and nice scenery.  My son was struggling some.  This was because he has not run that much during the winter.  We started off strong.  When we hit the hills that is when he started to slow down.  He wanted to set a new PR today.
About two miles in and I knew this was not going to happen.  It was just a matter of how long would we be out on the course.  We hit an area where it was downhill and I got him running again.  We reached a stop sign and we started to walk.  We got to another downhill and noticed a police car.  That is one of 2 turns left.
We reached the police car and made a left.  I took off and he tried to keep up.  There was one last right and than the finish line.  I was thinking about 35 minutes.  I crossed in 33:20 and he crossed at 33:29.  Not bad for him.
So now we are sitting on the couch watching the history of video games.  He is fascinated with this.  I hope your Sunday was relaxing.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 03, 2015, 01:14:02 PM
Hello everybody,
It has been an extremely busy and long week.  The weather is starting to change.  I am still not sure for the better.  We are no longer experiencing the freezing cold, windy, and sometimes snowy (winter mix).  We are now experiencing cooler weather, winds, and rain.  We move from one form of moisture to another.
On Tuesday the family run with the beginning runners group.  There is a new group forming later this month.  So my wife volunteered to help lead the 10k group.  The River Runners want her to assist with this group because she is a fitness instructor and would motivate people.  She is not the fastest runner so she will be sweeping the group.
As we gathered as a group and started our exercises the rain started to fall.  Small amounts, at first, so we continued to warm up.  (At this point it was 47 degrees and a light breeze).  My knees were feeling like I could run.  We finish our last exercise and head out to the street to begin our run.
Runners ready, set, go...and we are off.  I decided to stay near the back.  Slow and steady pace so my knees will not hurt later.  I tried to strike up a conversation with one of the newer runners.  They do not understand that when you talk you have to take a breath.  I could not crack this person.  She basically said nothing.  So I continued my slow pace.
The skies decided to open up, somemore, and a breeze started to kick in, as well as the temperature dropping (the sun was no longer out).  I start to feel my right knee cramp.  Decision time, stay at the same pace and face the fact I will be walking within 20 minutes or take my change and increase my pace.  I decided to increase my pace.  (Just to let you know we are running in the hills).  I forgot to tell you this run you have the option to run 15 minutes and walk 1 minute or just keep running.
I start to put some distance between me and the slower runners.  I keep running up and down the hills.  Eventually I pass my son.  He tried to keep up but fell back.  I caught up to one of the leaders of the 5k group.  We make a left and hit a hilly road.  I am more determined not to walk.  I am thinking about Dory in Finding Nemo..."just keep movingly" (this becomes my saying).
I am running up and down more hills.  I see the fast group (not the fastest group).  I am gaining on them.  I figured that when we have to make our next right I will pass them.  We get closer to the right turn.  I start to make my move and accelerate.  I am noticing my right knee cramping worse than before.  I know if I stop running I will be walking the rest of the way.
I keep moving.  Running up and down more hills until wait, what is that I see?  Could it be?  It is the fastest group.  I can see the tallest runner.  I am inspired to go on.  We have two more streets to run on.  And more hills to conqueror.  I make another right and see them running up a steep hill.  I am ready to catch them.
And then it occurs.  The cruel fact of being a disabled runner.  Weather (cold, wind, and rain) take over.  My right knee is locking up.  I know if I stop running I will be in pain and have to walk back.  If I run I have to modify my stride and feel some discomfort.  I continue to run.
As I make the turn on the final road I can barely see the group infront of me.  There is no way I will catch up to them.  More distance is put between us as I slow down my pace.  I just want to finish without an injury.  I keep moving.  I am inspired by the words of one of my guide "suck it up buttercup".  I pick up the pace and finish strong.
The people in the fastest group tell me "great run".  I am thinking are you kidding me?  I made it back but that was not a good run.  The fastest group ran at a pace of 8:32 per mile (for a distance equal to a 5k).  I was somewhere around 9:00 per mile.  I have never finished a 5k that fast. 
I hope your week was full of adventure...
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 05, 2015, 03:06:16 PM
Hello everybody,
I am recovering from the Bradley International Road Race.  I ran the 10K portion yesterday.  For once it was not cold and snowing.  It was cold, overcast, and windy.  The skies were black.  I wish it would have rained before the race.  With these weather conditions my knees were not feeling good.
When we started the race I was able to run.  My knees were not complaining.  As I have learned throughout my racing experience (24 events), when the organizers say chip time it does not mean that they will subtract any time if you start in the back of the group.  I rushed my new Guide, Julia (who is a certified running coach and has competed in Iron Man events) up to the starting line.  She asked why and I pointed out there are no pads to run over.  She was surprised to see that this would be gun timed.
The other problem, which I did not have, was the 5K group was started in-front of us.  The fastest of the 10K runners ended up mixed in with the slowest of the 5K runners.  This occurred for only a short distance.
So were are running the first mile and I am in my zone.  I did not know how slow, or fast, I was running.  I was feeling the road and letting my body respond. (My Guide told me I was running fast.  I did not know what she was talking about.  She said for a stretch you were running at a 7:30 pace.  Not for long but you were running faster than I could keep up.)  At the end of mile 1 I was running a sub 9:00 mile.  Feeling ok and the knees were going to surprise me soon.
Mile 1-2 was ok.  The weather was getting worse.  We were running into the wind.  Working harder to get to the next mile.  At this point I was starting to drink my Ucann for energy.  I backed off the pace.  At the end of mile 2 we were still running sub 10 per mile.
And this is when the weather strikes.  The ultimate story of a disabled athlete.  You start off running a comfortable pace and the weather kills it.  My knees started to crap up.  I was feeling the weather.  My Guide asked if I wanted to walk.  I knew if I walked now I would not be running anymore.  We need to push on.  We made it to mile 3 with an average pace of sub 10 minutes.
During mile 3, around the 3.4 mile mark, I needed to walk.  I was not feeling the love of the road anymore.  We started to get passed by a lot of runners.  I was just trying to stay in the moment.  My Guide noticed she had to run to keep up with me.  (Not the first time this has happened).  We have a slight incline and then a nice decline.  I tell my guide lets go for it.  (The hill will either help me run or tell me that the rest of the race will be a walk).  We hit the apex and I take off.  Soon we are passing the runners who just passed us.  One person saw my Guide and said is it just you or is it...and at this point I came flying passed him...both of you?  And he started to laugh. 
I was back running.  I love hills when they can allow you to stretch your legs and regain your form.  Again when we hit the end of mile 3 our average time was sub 10 minutes.
Mile 4 treated us better.  We were no longer running into the wind.  We had a gentleman in-front of us whom I paced off of.  His stride was slightly longer than mine.  I could follow his line.  And he knew were were behind him.  This was great.  2 more miles like this and I would end the race on a great note.  We hit mile five with a sub 10 minute mile and an average of sub 10 minutes.
During the beginning of mile 5 that is when it all fell apart.  We ended up running into the wind.  Shortly after this there was a nice steep incline, hill, which I had to walk most of it.  As we got to the top I did not want to run anymore.  My knees were cramping something fierce.  I knew I had to keep moving.  The wind was picking up and I knew I had to run slower.  Mile 5 ended and my pace was horrible (over 10 and a half minutes per mile).
Mile 6 was not much better.  We were still running into the wind.  I kept pushing on.  I knew if I walked, at any point, I was not running across the finish line.  During this mile I lost my pacer.  He took off, or I slowed down, or a combination of both.  Near the end of mile 6 we had a down hill run through a parking lot (watch out for the speed bumps).  This got us close to the finish line.  There was only one more incline to conqueror.  No way was I walking this one.
I mustered up all the energy I could.  I started to run faster and push myself up that hill.  Finally I could see the crowed and hear them yelling for me.  (What a fantastic sport when the people who finished the race encourage others).  I ran as fast as I could across the finish line.  1 hour 2 minutes and 41 seconds with a 10 minute 6 second per mile pace.  (What was strange is that Julia and I both used our own timing devices and we both had a faster time... I had a 9:54 per mile pace.  I did not turn off my MAP MY RUN app until we found a spot to sit down.  Which added extra time and distance and still a lower per mile pace).
Whatever...it was a good race.  I accomplished my three running goals: 1)Have fun, 2)Enjoy the run and 3)Finish injury free.  This race makes me 24-0.  I have started 24 races and I have crossed the finish line injury free in all 24 (including having fun and enjoying the race).
Happy Passover and Easter.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 12, 2015, 12:23:19 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it's been a long week.  I did not run Tuesday night.  It was cold, the wind was kicking up, and it was raining.  I needed a run Tuesday but it was not going to happen.  I did not want to risk injury or getting sick.  My work week was stressful so I am looking forward to running tomorrow.
I will be running the Middletown Half Marathon.  I will have my guide from last weekend.  She did a great job.  What is going to be great is that this is the first time there will be pace leaders for this event.  Which means I will have someone running at a constant pace.  (And I know who the pace leader is for the 2:30:00 group).  The pace leader is an experienced runner who just became a guide for Achilles International.  She is a support of our runners, and myself.  So I am excited to run with her.
After this race I get to join another running group (along with the 5 groups I belong to now).  After my run I will be submitting my electronic paperwork for Half Fanatics.  I can not wait to join this group.  A year ago I would have said you are crazy, there is no way I would be part of this group.  (I would not have thought I would be able to run a 5k). 
So here I sit getting into my zone.  In a half an hour I will be using my leg weights and exercising my core.  Looking forward to tomorrow.  I will post tomorrow when I get home.
Have a great weekend,
Mr. F
Oh- the weather...no rain, no snow, no heavy winds, not overcast, and very sunny tomorrow.  Finally a beautiful day.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 12, 2015, 11:38:35 PM
Hello everybody,
So I am sitting on the couch recovering from today's run.  The weather was beautiful.  In the 60s, sunny, and a slight breeze.  Spring is finally here.  I was able to run in compression running tights, shorts, and a tech shirt.  Note to self when the weather is this good no more compression running tights.  Kept the heat in and I started to bake around mile 10.
The Middletown Half Marathon had pace leaders for this event.  Great idea.  We, me and my guide, started with the 2 and a half hour group.  (There was a 4 mile event as well as the half).  At the beginning of the run the people who are oblivious to life were running all over the course.  They were running on top of me and cutting me off.  I stayed with the 2 and a half hour group for less than a half mile.  I needed to run faster and get away from the other runners.
So we took off.  I was running strong.  This race was full of hills.  The up hills and the inclines were on most miles.  I did not pay attention to my time.  I was looking for a two and a half hour half.  The hills were too many and full of sever inclines (espically in miles 1, 7, 8 and 9.  I told my guide if I start running fast to let me know so I do not burn out prior to mile 8.  My guide had to let me know several times that I was running at 9:34 or 8:55 per mile.  (I did not know I was going that fast).
So miles 1-3 are down and we have to run the same loop again.  The hill at mile 1 and going into 4 nearly killed me.  Then we hit 2 other hills in miles 5 and 6.  But I am still moving forward.  The humidity and the compression running tights are taking its toll on me.  I am hot.  Every time we pass a water station I am pouring cups of water into my hat and all over me.
We get to mile 7 and there it is.  The hill of hell.  (What is it about mile 7 and hills?  The same thing happened at the Norfolk Pub 10 Mile Road Race).  I did not stop running.  We kept pushing and moving.  We conquerors the hill.
Miles 8 and 9 were not so accomidating.  The hills here started to take its toll and I had to walk.  I walk at an extremely fast pace.  Between 11-12 minute mile.  So we are still moving.  Slower put still moving.
Mile 10 was great to see.  At this point I was overheating.  I was pouring 3 cups of water into my hat.  I was pouring 4 cups of water on myself.  One of the kids who volunteered at the water station came over and dumped cups of water all over me.  I thanked her and continued running.
As we approached mile 11 there was a timing machine out.  I was hoping to see a time of 2 hours 11 minutes.  This would keep me at a 2 hour and 30 minute race.  This time was not close.  I could not believe my eyes.  We hit mile 11 at 2 hours and 1 minute.  I had the opportunity to run a sub 2 and a half hour half marathon.  No way!!!!
This made me refocus and push on through.  Miles 11-12 were more walking than running.  But I kept moving.  My strategy was to walk up the hills and run the downs.  This worked well.  I was feeling the humidity and baking inside the running compression tights.
Mile 12-13 was supposed to be all downhill.  What a lie.  We hit more uphills and I was feeling the heat.  One last water station.  I took cup after cup after cup of water and covered myself.
One last mile.  We had one more incline.  I walked this one.  Now to the downhills.  I was not pushing myself because we had .6 of a mile left.  I did not want to burn out before hitting the finish line.  At this point two college age girls passed us.  They were acting foolish.  I was getting annoyed with them.  Their pace was all over and they kept running on top of us. 
My guide saw the look in my eyes and knew I was about to take off.  I ran past both of them.  I was passing other people.  I was not going to let anyone pass me.  We hit the 13 mile sign.  WTF?  Is this really .1 miles?  It seemed like an eternity to the finish line.  Did I talk off too soon?  Would I burn out near the end?  I reached deep inside and continued my pace.  I crossed the finish line and grabbed some water.
I did not know my official time.  I rested and headed over to the results table.  I entered my bib number and saw my results.  No way...this could not be true.  My official time 2 hours 25 minutes and 16 seconds (11:06 per mile).  My first sub 2 and a half half marathon.  What a great feeling.
I am looking forward to having some time off of work so I can recover today and tomorrow.  I hope your weekend was eventful.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 13, 2015, 01:01:54 AM
Hello everybody,
I had to add a second post on April 12.  I applied for and got accepted into Half Fanatics.  I ran three half marathons in 44 days.  I am now at the Neptune level.  It is the lowest level but I accomplished something that I was told would be impossible.  At age 13, or 14, I was told I would never run again.  With the help of Achilles International, Run 169 Towns Society, Fleet Feet No Boundries Program, Glastonbury River Runners, and the support of my wife I accomplished this feet.  Great ending to an already unbelievable day.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 16, 2015, 10:42:35 PM
Hello everybody,
Well it's official and my number is 11247.  This is me in half fanatics.  At the end of May I can moon up and move up one level.  I will have run 6 half marathons in under 6 months (criteria is 6 half marathons in 6 months).  I am so excited about this.
This weekend I will be taking part in an Achilles International event on Saturday.  During this event Achilles International will pair up with a spinal cord injury organization.  We will be holding a fun walk, push, or run event, BBQ, several sporting events, and good times.  My son will be joining me.
I am not sure if I am going to run on Sunday.  There is a 10k event that helps veterans.  I am undecided since I am still removing from my hilly half.  I do not want to overdue it this weekend.  If I do not run in a sanctioned event this weekend this is ok with me.  I want to save my energy and strength for the following weekend.
On April 26 there is a half marathon.  What makes this race different is there will be a disabled runner category.  The top male and top female runners in these categories.  I would like to medal in this race.
The following week is another half.  This one is running with cows.  How cool is this?
Oh, I almost forgot...thank you Achilles International and the Hartford Marathon Foundation.  Achilles International was able to secure funds and our runners will be able to take part in the Iron Horse races for free.  I will be running the half marathon.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 18, 2015, 08:25:08 PM
Hello everybody,
Today my son and I took part in an Achilles International event held at Quinnipiac University.  It was an event to bring out awareness for people who suffered spinal cord injuries.  (In December and January I worked on updating our organization's database.). It was nice to finally put some faces to names I have seen.  Also it was nice to hear about others that I entered into our database.  Today was all about making connections and it went very well.
There was a walk and push 5K.  Our group had one person using a hand cycle and the other 4 of us walked.  I was keeping pace with one of our members who has lung issues (limited breathing so she was the last walker).  I did not want her to be walking by herself.  We had a very nice conversation and walked at a slow pace.  Since there was no timing and no bibs there was no pressure to run. 
My son, on the other hand, decided he was going to run.  He did two laps before most of the hand cycles and other people taking part in this event.  He wished that there was timing and awards.  He kept saying "I would have been first in my age group if this was a regular race."  If this was a race you would have been left in the dust by the hand cycles.
I was thinking about running a 10k tomorrow.  The major drawback is it is 50 miles away.  (100 miles of driving to run 6.2 miles).  I am not ruling this event out.  But it is on the back burner at the moment.  I do not see myself driving and driving and driving just to get to this event.  I will see how I feel later on and tomorrow morning.  The race is $30 which is not a bad price for a 10k (and the proceedes go to a wounded veteran fund, which is a good cause).
The weather has taken a turn for the good.  It was in the low 70s with a slight breeze today.  Beautiful weather for a change.  Tommorrow it will be slightly cooler.  And another beautiful day.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 19, 2015, 10:24:46 PM
Hello everybody,
As you all know I was contiplating running a 10k last night.  The 50 mile drive, one way, was a concern of mine.  I am not a fan of driving 100 miles to run 6.2 miles.  So I fell asleep not knowing what I would do today.
When I woke up this morning I told my wife I was not going to Guilford to run the Run For The Veterans 10k.  (This was at 7:30am).  I was online checking email and FaceBook.  I saw a post from a fellow 169er saying "see you in Guilford today".  I started to think about running.  What else am I going to do today?  Laundry and watch television. 
I did not notice the time.  It was 8:00am.  I need to get ready, pack some food and hydration, and get the GPS.  I headed out around 8:10am.  I got into my car and started the drive I did not want.  On the positive side there was no traffic.  Along the way I consumed a banana with peanut butter and 18 ounces of water and Ucann.  Protein and fuel for the run.  After about 50 minutes I hear my GPS say "you have arrived at your destination".  I stop and look.  There is nothing around.  The park is on my right, but where?  I do not see a sign or markings that would show a park is near by.  I spot a police car by a gravel path.  Could this be the park?  I turn right and follow the path.  Finally I see the park.  (Many people missed this turn because it is not visible).
I looked for a map of the run online.  I found one that shows the route, but does not tell the elevations.  I found an area on the map that shows the highest and lowest points.  Less than 150 feet difference.  Finally a race with limited elevations.  I could set a PR and maybe finish in under 1 hour.
So I walk up to the table, sign my paperwork, and pay.  The map of the course is near another table.  I go over and look at it.  A volunteer asks if I have any questions?  I ask about the course elevation.  She quickly replied, "this is a hilly course with a lot of ups and downs."  Of course I said.  Why should this race be different than almost every race in 2015? 
Around 10:00am we head out to the starting area.  What I loved was the organizers told the 5k group to line up behind the 10k group.  Finally a race where the people running the longer distance do not have to run through the 5k group.  Before we know it they start the race.  (Loving the fact we did not stand there for 10 minutes).
Off we go and I start my Map My Run app for knowing how far I have run.  I could care less about my splits until the end of the race.  As we move forward my right knee is cramping up.  I decided to push my pace to loosen up my cramping.  At the end of mile 1 this worked.  I did not know how fast or slow I was moving.  I did run up the first hill with no problems.
What I did notice is that there was a woman running at about the same pace I was.  During mile one we kept changing positions.  She was leading and I was following or I was leading and she was following.  We kept on pushing each other.
Mile two had a nice hill.  And me and the other athlete were still pushing each other.  What was nice about this race was I was passing more people than people passing me.  I did have a fellow 169er pass me.  This guy always finishes before I do.
Around mile 2.5 I passed my running buddy and did not look back.  I was following a rule another runner, and guide, told me.  You need to run using angles.  Do not run around the bends.  Look for a shorter angle and use this.  Save your energy and time.  We this was working.
As I approached mile three I noticed that another 169er has not passed me.  Chris always runs faster than I do.  He did not pass me.  Which I was not use to.  Shortly after thinking about this Chris passes me, and he was pacing another 169er.  Chris is great to run with.  He pushes me to run faster.
As we approach mile 3 there was a water table.  I grabbed a water to pour over me.  We had a turn around area.  There was a down and uphill area.  Mile 3 had one more hill.
Mile 4 was the mile of death.  There were two steep hills.  This mile kicked my butt.  The only mile I ran over 10:20 (actually over 11:00).  But I did not stop once.  Chris kept on stopping and walking.  I was able to keep up with him.
Mile 5 Chris took off.  All I could see was the back of his head.  At this point I noticed another 169er.  He was the one who passed me during mile 2.  I was catching up to him.  I did not want to pass too soon and run out of energy.  I paced behind him for sometime.  I timed my move and passed him.  There was a downhill area.  This allowed me to cruse down the hill and use this momentum to keep my pace.
At some point in mile 5 we pass a guy stopping traffic.  He yells out "less than a quarter of a mile left".  Boy he was wrong.  A quarter of a mile away and we were still running.  I do not know the area so I did not take off.  I did not want to use all my energy and have to walk across the finish line.
We are running and I noticed a police car.  Could this be the same police who was in the front of the park?  Yes it is.  One more left turn.  And then the gravel road.  (Boy do I hate running on gravel).  Next is a small area of grass and then the finish line.  As I approached the finish line I called out my traditional saying "GO ACHILLES INTERNATIONAL".
I did not get a PR today.  After running the first mile I noticed how hilly the course is.  Instead of an hour I wanted a time of 1 hour and 5 minutes.  What was my race time?  One hour, three minutes, and 15 seconds (a pace of 10:12 per mile).
I had a great race.  I paced myself, did not walk once, concoured the hills, and did not finish in the bottom third of the runners.  Great race considering I did not want to run today.
Feeling good and looking forward to next Sunday.  Another half marathon.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 25, 2015, 12:03:03 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am getting closer to running my fourth half marathon.  It is an amazing feeling knowing you can run long distances.  Even though some days are painful, some days it is difficult to get out of bed, and some days you feel great you know that one day you forget the week and just run.  It is an amazing feeling.
Normally I would not do this but my friend and Achilles International guide Mike is creating a poster for an event we are running in.  Over 20 athletes and 16 guides (or is it the other way around) will be participating in the Cheshire 5k and half marathon.  We are fundraising with a local Lion's Club.  Achilles International will receive part of the proceeds.  If you can please consider donating to us.  All money goes directly to supporting our athletes.  Nobody takes a salary and all positions (executive board, president, treasurer, etc) are volunteers.  (I am assisting with Athlete recruitment).  It is a remarkable organization with unbelievable people.  Our goal is to break down barriers that would impede disabled athletes from participating in sporting events.
Tomorrow I will be running with my good luck guide Mike.  Everytime we run in an event I set a PR (new best record for time).  So far we have set 4 PRs.  No pressure on Mike during tomorrow's run.  We are trying to come up with horrible puns, stupid humor, and bad joke to keep us motivated.  So if you have any of these please submit them.
Along with this we will be paced by another friend.  He is a member of Run 169 and is an Achilles Guide.  We will be taking selfies (because that is what Adam does) and high fiving each other.  To keep us motivated and on pace.  I am going to start with a group that is running faster than me.  My hope is to keep up with them for 4-6 miles and then back off the pace.  What are my goals?  To have fun, be injury free, and cross the finish line.  Time is not a factor.  This will come if all three requirements are met.
I look at running as a baseball, football (world and USA sports), and boxer would look at their records.  If I cross the finish line it is a win.  So far I am undefeated.  I am trying to keep this streak alive tomorrow.  I will keep you posted on my antics tomorrow.
I almost forgot my wife is now a co volunteer for our local 10k group.  Her and our son just left to run with the beginning 10k athletes.  I will not be running with this group for several weeks.  I have another half marathon next week.  On top of all of this my wife will be volunteering with the local Zoomerangs group.  (This is a running group for children up to 12 years old).  Which means I will be volunteering with this group.  Needless to say we are a family on the run (you see a bad pun).
Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 27, 2015, 01:31:08 AM
Hello everybody,
I am sitting in bed recovering from my half marathon today.  It was a somewhat great day.  I got to run with other disabled athletes and our guides today.  It has been 6 months since we all ran together.  In June some of us will be run together again.
As you know I am a member of Achilles International.  They were able to secure 16 athletes and 24 guides entry into the Cheshire Half Marathon and 5K.  I was excited because I was getting one of my first guides back.  Or at least this is what I thought.  He has a knee issue and is sick so I did not get a chance to run with him.  Instead I ran with my good luck guide. 
We all arrived around 7:25am.  It was great seeing other athletes I do not get to run with.  One gentleman, David, is a visually impaired runner.  He runs half, full, and ultra marathons.  He is one person who has inspired me.  We were talking today and he was impressed with how much I run.  And I got the impression I inspired him.  This was very cool.  There were other athletes that I have seen because they belong to the same running clubs as I do.  (It is always nice to see familiar faces).  And then there are the new guides.  (It is nice meeting them since I might be running with one of these people in the future).
While we were talking another group of people I run with passed by our tent.  It was the Run 169 Towns Society members.  (Three Achilles members are also part of 169).  So we all got together and took pictures.
The morning started off great.  Until the weather changed.  It was cold and breezy.  Then the sun was blocked out and the clouds rolled in.  Not good for my knees.  (At this point I was not impacted by the weather),
We headed over to the starting area.  Mike and I found our friend who was leading the 2 hour group.  I knew I would not finish with them but at least I could pace off of them for half or more of the race.  We finally get close to the starting line and off we go.
(The course description is a scenic flat run...ha ha ha what a joke).  We are keeping up with the group for mile 1.  During mile two there is a hill and I need to slow down.  We are still keeping up with the group in mile 3.  And this is when it happens.  My knees lock up.  Not one knee and later on the other.  I was not going to give up.  I had to modify my pace.
I was able to keep running.  At mile four we were still running sub 10 minute miles.  I do not know how.  At mile five we were keeping up this pace.  Mile 6 is when we were running 10 plus minutes per mile.  At mile 7 there was a hill and I was slowing down.  By mile 8 I was walking and running.
Then it was all over.  Mile 9 is when I started to walk more than running.  My knees were not cooperating.  Mike kept asking if there was anything I needed or if he could do anything.  Carring me would illegal and getting a car to drive me to the finish line would disqualify me from the race (which I was actually thinking about disqualifying myself).  I was in some pain and give it another mile before I made a decision.
Mile 10 was much better.  I was walking and running.  By the time we hit mile 11 we were at 1 hour 58 minutes.  I could set a new best record if I could run.  No such luck.  My knees would no cooperate.
Mile 12 was a fast walk.  Once we were at a down hill area I ran for a short time. 
Finally we truned off the street and close to the track.  I entered the track with no energy.  We were getting closer to the finish line.  People were passing us.  I reached deep inside and took off.  I started passing those who passed me.  As we got close to the finish line I yelled out "GO ACHILLES INTERNATIONAL.  AND GO 169."
We crossed the 2 mats and my time was accounted for.  I am 25-0.  I have finished every race I have started.  I accomplished my 3 goals: have fun, do not injure yourself, and cross the finish line.
My unofficial time was 2:26:11 (2 hours 26 minutes and 11 seconds).  Not bad with my knees locking up.  Not my best time, but very respectful.  About 57 secomds off a new best time).  Since there were no official times I left and do not think anything of this.
Hours later one of my 169 running friends posted a link for official results.  I click on the link and started to scroll through.  Scrolling down, and down, and down, and down.  Wow, there were a lot of people who ran the half today.  Finally I spot my name.  There is the start time with no adjustment.  And there is my adjusted time.  What the...?  2:25:21 (6 seconds away from a new best time).  Now my day has been made.
I hope you had an enjoyable Sunday...
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 28, 2015, 02:58:07 AM
Hello everybody,
I am recovering from the Cheshire Half Marathon nicely.  My knees are feeling good.  I have been hydrating and making sure to stretch.  So much better than the days following the Middletown Half.
I am looking forward to this weekend.  I will be running with the cows in Redding.  My only concern is the distance.  Not running, but driving.  This race is not close to me.  If my knees are feeling the hills after the race will make it driving home a unique experience.
On top of this I changed my registration from an early start to the regular starting time.  I am going to run with the 2 hour 15 minutes group.  This means I will be running about 10 minutes 18 seconds per mile.  I will be running with my good luck guide and another friend who will be pacing this group.  This will make it easier for me to keep this pace over the 13 miles. 
What I have been told is this course is hilly.  So I will have a hydration plan.  Yes water, Gatorade, and Nuun will top this list.  I will be carrying Ucann in my water bottle.  And I have Gus and Chews ready to go.  On top of this I purchased salt stick caps (I used this during Cheshire and it helped me keep going).  It is better to be prepared and not need something than get home and be in pain for several days.
I hope you have an eventful week...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on April 29, 2015, 03:44:24 PM
Hello everybody,
I found out my official race time 2:25:21 (6 seconds off a new record).  My guide and the person we followed for the first three miles helped me so much.  Also the race results have come in.  I placed third overall in my division.  On top of this I was the first male in my disability group to cross the finish line.  This is the first time I have come in first in any race.  I am feeling excited and ready to conqueror those hills in Redding.
On Sunday I will be running with the cows.  I am running the half marathon in Redding.  It is going to be a far drive.  I am fortunate enough to have a friend and guide driving most of the way.  This way I will not need to worry about my knees after running 13.1 miles.  The drive is going to be at least on hour.  This way all I need to drive is about 13 miles.
Yesterday I volunteered with my wife as she lead the 10K training program.  The runners were on a 2 minute run and 1 minute walk time interval.  I was running and talking with the other runners.  It was nice to be able to slow down my pace and help others maintain their pace.  The area we ran in had hills.  Most of the runners were complaining.  I asked where they were going to find a flat 10K. They had no idea.  (If you train in the hills when you run an event with hills you are ready for anything).
Near the end of the run there is a stretch of road near the local high school that has a nice incline.  I took off and ran almost full speed up the incline.  I have never tried this before.  It felt great climbing faster and faster.
Today my knees feel good....well as good as they are going to be.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 02, 2015, 02:53:29 PM
Hello everybody,
It is the morning before my half marathon.  I will be running two half marwthons within a week of each other.  It is an amazing feeling.  I will be hydrating and curbing up today and tonight.  The one issue I have is that the race starts early and I live over an hour away.  I did find a friend to carpool with.  I will drive 13 miles to meet up with him and he will drive the hour to our run.  Also he is the pace leader for the 2:15:00 group.  (I will be running with him).
So far this morning I am tackling the laundry (I did some last night) to free up my Sunday.  I will be waking up around 4:00 am.  I have to leave around 5:00am.  We will be arriving at the race around 7:00am.  Wow tomorrow will be a long day.
I am looking forward to running more hills.  At least the race director told the truth.  Not the a flat course or some rolling hills.  These are code words for we have hills and you will be sore afterwards.
And we have the kids running group my wife, and me, volunteer for Sunday afternoon.  If I am not to sore and in pain I will be there.
That is all for now.  Post more about the race hopefully tomorrow.
Take care and enjoy your weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 08, 2015, 02:38:33 AM
Hello everybody,
Sorry I have not posted in several days.  Recovering from my Sunday run in Redding.  Which was an amazing course, great venue, and fantastic group who made this run possible.
I was fortunate enough to find someone to carpool with.  It was a long ride out and back.  The out was not my concern.  It was the drive back after all the hills and heat.  So having someone drive almost all the way there and back was great.
At Redding I had a new Achilles Guide.  I do not know if it is my luck but I keep getting great people to run with me.  My guide has not run with a physically challenged runner before.  She did a fantastic job.  We discussed my plan, how to run with me, and what to do in case there is an issue on the course.  (The previous week I had to yell at someone who was using headphones and cutting me off).
I did not realize how many hills, the severity of some of the inclines and declines, and the heat of the day.  I wanted to set a new PR before the race.  I was excited and ready to run.  On top of this my friend was leading the 2:15:00 group.
The early start people got out at 7:30am.  Initially I was signed up for this group.  I changed my run to the 8:00am start.  We got into our starting groups and off we went.  We circled a farm and ran by cows, twice.  Then it was off to the streets.  This was the first time I was running without music, as a suggestion by a running friend (great advice).  I was enjoying the moment.
After 3 miles I was feeling good.  I was keeping up with the group, hydrating, and planning my Gus, chews, and Ucann.  Mile 4 was good until we hit the off road area.  The unpaved roads are normally not a concern.  This time it was.  There were no small pebbles and dirt.  There was medium sized rocks and this made running challenging.  My feet were not striking the unpaved roads flat, and I could feel the contact in my knees.
At mile five we hit the first massive incline.  Not fun.  I walked up part of it.  I was not giving up.  I would keep up with the 2:15:00 group.
We ran several more miles on this unpaved raod.  Up and down the hills.  I was keeping up with my group.  (I was hydrating, taking my salt stick caps, and gu).  By mile 8 the heat started chatching up with me.  I was dumping cups of water in my hat. 
When we got to mile 9 I could not wait for the water.  I need it to cool me down (body temperature was increasing).  When we arrived at the table there were no more cups.  Wait no water.  I did not want to wait for a cup so we left the table and slowed down our pace.
By mile 10 I was overheating.  No water in mile 9 did me in.  I was no longer close to the 2:15:00 group.  I was walking.  I tried to run some of mile 10 but my body would not let me.  I could not wait for mile 11.  I cold sponges.  We walked and walked and walked and walked and walked.  No mile 11.  But we did catch up to the early start people.  Also I almost ran over 2 kids.  The father and two kids were walking on the wrong side of the raod.  I was yelling disabled athlete please move, over and over.  Nobody was movimg.  I guess the father finally realized I am disabled and not going to move for you and your two kids.  He grabbed them by the hands and moved over to the side of the raod they belonged on.
We eventually hit mile 11.  The cold sponges were well needed.  I was covering myself in cold water.  I walked and ran mile 11.  Mile 12 was almost all walking.  As we got closer to the farm I reached deep inside and took off.  I raced down a hill, took a left, through the barn, and hit the final grassy area.  We crossed the finish with a time of 2:26:57. 
After I crossed the finish line I noticed an area for runners that had table and first aid.  I went over and got ice for my knees.  There were physical therapists at the table.  One looked at my knees and said nice scars.  I told her about my operations and that I started running 9 months ago (this being my fifth half in less than 3 months).  She was impressed and thought I was crazy.
I ended up with a big blister on my right foot.  It is a good time to recover since my next scheduled race is not until the 31st.  I have time to relax and recover (and run for the pure enjoyment of the sport).
I hope your week has been going well.
Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 17, 2015, 05:07:46 PM
Hello everybody,
Sorry I have not posted in sometime.  I have been working on something special.  I did not want to mention this until I had more information.
Several weeks ago I was approached by the Treasure of our Achilles Internatinal division (our state treasure).  He has raised thousands of dollars for our state through athletic events.  He has competed in and finished 2 Iron Man competitions.  The last one he took part in his daughter competed with him.
He has been wanting to do something big for Achilles Internaitonal but did not know what to do.  He has been following me on Facebook and through our chapter's emails and newsletters.  He saw that I went from struggling to compete in a 5K to running several 10ks.  Then he noticed I was able to compete in two 10 mile events.  And now I am able to take part in half marathons.
He now had his idea and wanted to let me know.  So we met several weeks ago.  He told me about the history of our Achilles International Chapter and how he go involved.  It was an interesting history lesson.  He told me about athletes, guides, and the board.  How a small group of people became is incredible organization with athletes and guides all over our state.
Then he talked about his idea.  He turned to me and said "what do you think about BOSTON?"  I went blank.  He wants to walk-run the Boston Marathon with me.  All I could think was are you f-ing kidding me?  I asked him if he was serious.  Me walk-running the Boston Marathon.  Wow, that would be amazing.
(Little back story.  I have never planned to nor will I ever plan a marathon on my own.  I know what I am capable and a marathon was never on my radar.  My son, on the other hand, said I would run a marathon in 2 years.  I said no way.)
I asked about time.  I could never complete a marathon in under 5 hours.  He said do not worry about this.  I asked about qualifying for Boston.  He said he would look into everything.  He just wanted to know if I would enter this event.  Of course I would, but I need to talk it over with my family.
I had one question, why me?  We have so many athletes and many who are able to take part in marwthons?  He answered this question.  Your story is amazing.  You are running, and walking, when you should not be taking part in athletic events.  The story of man versus event will be an "epic" story and journey.  People will be able to connect with you.
So now I have to talk with my family.  I know my son's answer.  My wife and I have a long discussion.  It all comes down to this...this is a one time deal.  Never again.  And I am fine with this.
Once we start getting the ball rolling on our journey we hit a major wall.  As a disabled athlete you need to qualify for Boston.  You need a certified marathon time of less than 6 hours.  This allows you to apply.  This does not mean Boston will accept you.  Ca you imagine running a sub 6 hour marathon and Boston says no.  I would be devistated.  Know we have to think what can we do to get into Boston.
Currently we are working on other options on how to enter Boston.  We have been talking with many people in different states coming up with a solution.
I am not giving up on our journey, our goal, and to be able to take part in a marathon.  Boston 2016 is our mission.  To get stronger as an athlete, take on the impossible, and help raise money for Achilles International.
I hope your weekend was eventful....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 24, 2015, 02:05:16 AM
Hello everybody,
It has been a long week at work.  I have a new position for the summer so this week I have been up early working.  It does not help that I was up early last Saturday to try the Galloway method for running.  And Sunday I was up early volunteering for Achilles International.  It has been over 2 weeks since I could sleep in.  (It does not help that I wake up every morning between 2:30-3:00am with one of my knees cramped up because I have fallen asleep on my side.
With a lack of sleep I was excited about the Achilles International fund raiser at the Hooker Brewery.  It would be a chance for athletes, guides, and our incredible leaders to show off what we do.  We had over 100 people show up.  We had a great time socializing.  My son got to assist with the raffles and was given a sweatshirt from Fleet Feet.  (They are an incredible organization).  When we got home I was contemplating running an event on Saturday.  The only problem was the race was far away (50 miles one way).
I set my alarm for 5:15am.  What I did not realize was the temperature change.  When I woke up this morning it was in the low 40s.  After hitting the snooze bar and thinking about reasons why I should not go I came up with the best reason why.  If I ran in this event I would have run at least one town in all 8 counties this year.  So I go my lazy bones up and ready.
By the time I left the sun was coming up.  Hopefully it would warm up.  The hour long car trip was ok.  What runners will go through for a PR and a banana.  I finally arrived in this small town.  It was beautiful.  Parking was not an issue.
I got the the church as some people were signing up for the race.  I was able to get bin 169 (go Run 169 Towns Society).  I explained to the volunteers the importance of obtaining this number.  Also I explained my shirt (Achilles International and that I am a disabled athlete).  My picture was taken to put on their website.
All I could think about when paying for my bib was wow it is cold.  The temperature was in the low 40s and there was a strong breeze. 
I went to my car and got ready for the race.  I walked up and down several streets to keep warm and enjoy the scenery.  I made my way to the church again.  Along the way I talked with an older woman.  We were stretching and talking about running.  Her stories were interesting.  I wanted to move closer to the church because announcements were being said.
Along the way I spotted a fellow 169er.  We started to talk.  I did not see her at any races.  (She was local to Windham County).  She explained that there were 3 hills to this race.  The first was not a bad incline.  It was a long steady incline.  (During the first mile) The second was not so bad.  But the third was the killer.  It was around 2.5 miles into the race.  Save your energy for this one.  Then it's all down hill.
So we all line up to start.  The race was gun timed so I made sure I was up front.  We all get ready and we are off.  People are flying by me.  I was not going to start off hot and fade away.  I am paying attention to my breathing and strides.  I am not concerned with my pace but the feeling of the race.  The cold and windy weather concerns me.
We made through the center of town, around a winding turn, and then the first hill hits us.  It is a long steady increase.  We climb, and climb, and climb up the hill.  Finally the hill is over and we are on flat raods.  I figured we had to pass mile 1 already.  No such luck.  I spot a sign to my right mile 1.  Well, I thought, there goes a PR.  With the wind and cold I would be happy for a 29 minute race.  But I am not going to give up.  I can make up some time and pull a 28 minute race.  (Last night I dreamt I ran this race in 27 minutes.  Yeah like this is going to happen).
At this point I am being passed by little kids.  8,9,10, maybe 13 year olds are running by me like I am standing still.  I keep my pace, listening to my breathing, and paying attention to my steps.  At 1.5 miles I see my fellow 169er.  (The day before she rwce the course in 28 minutes).  Great, I am thinking, I will use her to pace the rest of the race.  The little kids are still in front of me.  One is running backwards.  Man this is not funny.
We reach the second set of hills.  Not bad.  The inclines and declines keep me motivated and I am passing the little kids.  I am feeling good.  I have no idea what my pace is nor do I care.  I am running the race and enjoying the moment.  That is until we hit the final hill.
After passing mile 2 and having a nice downhill to pick up my pace I noticed the final hill.  There is a steep incline and a turn.  If we have to turn left I am walking.  I figured we would have to run right because if we made a left there would need to be an area to loop back.  As we ran up the hill we turned right and kept climbing.
At this point I was passing people.  I could see my fellow 169er and figured the finish line was coming up.  I kept my pace and listened to my breathing.  I started running a little faster.  I could see the timer.  What the ????  Was the time correct.  I thought to myself this is not true.  I was getting closer and wanted to sprint to the finish. I held back some because my knees were holding up in the cold and the wind.  (My hands were numb).  I crossed with a strong push.
I did not finish in 27 minutes.  I finished with a time of 27:19.  This is a new best time for me.  I took almost 2 minutes off my record time.  I could not believe this.  I would have been happy with a 28 or 29 minute time.  I was thrilled.  In a field of about 136 runners I came in 61st place. Along with this I was the eighth out of twelve males in my age group.  I was not in the bottom quarter of runners in the race and I was not the last (or next to last) in my age group.
The long ride home was miserable.  It was boaring and I set my cruse control so I would not get caught speeding.
I hope you had a productive Saturday.  Now I need to sign off so I can fall asleep.
Take care and enjoy your weekend,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on May 27, 2015, 02:14:09 AM
Hello everybody,
Being a disabled athlete has some benefits and some drawbacks.  The downfall of 8 knee operations  (including bilateral patella-femoral knee replacement and each knee being revised) is sleeping throughout the night.  I would give almost anything for 6-8 hours of uninterrupted sleep.  What my routine has been for almost a year is waking up between 2:30-3:00am in pain.  If I sleep on my left my left knee cramps up.  If I sleep on my right side my right knee cramps up.  If I sleep on my stomach both knees cramp up.  I can not sleep on my back.  Once I do this I roll.  If I could find away to sleep without cramping up this would be incredible.
So I am getting use to sleeping for 4 hours, or less, waking up, dealing with the cramps, falling asleep, and waking up in 2-2.5 hours.  It is not easy to get use to this way of sleeping.  I will not take pain killers or any narcotic drug.  This is not helping the situation.  All this does is get you addicted to something and mask the problem.
Enough with the negatives.  Tonight I volunteered with the 10k group.  We were running 4 miles.  We were running for 4 minutes and walking for 1 minute.  I was leading the front group.  Wow, I never thought I would be the fastest runner.  The advise I have been given has been working.  People who are experienced runners who are guiding me are really helpful.
After running 4 miles I was not tired.  I felt I could run 4 more.  What was more surprising is that it was about 87 degrees and I did not have much fluids.  (I hydrated prior to running and I was feeling good).  My son drank more of my Nuun than I did.
Well here I sit on the sofa with ice on my knees (just as a precaution).  Looking forward to running this weekend at Mystic.
Take care and have an adventure,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 01, 2015, 10:47:44 PM
Hello everybody,
Well my sinuses and headaches have taken over.  I have never experienced sinus issues.  This started on Saturday, continued on parts of Sunday (espically during the night), and really kicked in this morning.  It has continued all day long.  All I could think about today was being able to function without a massive headache.  I stopped on the way home to get an OTC sinus product.  I believe it is finally kicking in.
My Sunday was great.  I woke up at 4:00am.  Yes you read this correctly, 4:00am.  I set up everything I would need to run the first ever Mystic Half Marathon.  I was so excited.  I had my Ucann, hydration, gu, beans, breakfast, iPod (music for the drive), hat, sun screen, address for parking, pins, and other miscallenous items.  I prepared breakfast, hydrated, and got ready.  And right before I was ready to leave I realized I forgot the most important item.  I needed my bib.  (Without this I would not be able to run).
Now it was the hour long drive to get to Mystic.  The roads were basically empty.  Driving before sun rise I made sure I used cruse control.  I passed at least 3 police cars along the way.  Some of the roads were rural and did not have lighting.  I thought to myself you must be crazy to drive fast in certain areas.  (On my way home this area was closed down because of an accident.  A car was flipped and on its sid.). Finally I made it to Mystic.
Since nobody was around I found parking with no problems.  I got to the race with over an hour and a half to waste until race time.  (We started at 7:00am and yes the race started on time).  I was able to obtain my bib put had to pick up a shirt.  I was able to get this after 5:30am.  HMF puts on the most organized and incredible events.  I walked around and get to check out some of the shops.
I headed back to my car to consume some water and drink my Ucann.  I figured I needed the energy for the race.  I took one gu 30 minutes prior to the race.  I applied sun screen and got all my essentials for the race.  At this point more people were arriving.  I went out and was socializing with people.  Very few 169ers were there.  I caught up with some of the Glastonbury River Runners.  Also I found the pace leaders for the 2:30:00 group.
At this point I saw an Achilles International shirt.  I noticed that these two people were not CT members.  I shouted Go Achilles.  They were from New York (running the 10k).  It was really cool having othe Achilles athlete and guide running with us.
Now we were all heading to the starting area.  Along the way I passed a runner who asked "where do I pick up my bib"?  Oh no, he did not get the emails, read the posts, check the website, or talked to other runners.  No same day pick up.  I sent him to Athlete Info.  I hope he got to run.
There were over 1300 people taking part in the half marathon and I have no idea how many people took part in the 10k.  At the start we were divided into groups.  Slower runners in the back.  At this point my guide found me.  We kept on missing each other.  She knew we would meet up with the 2:30:00 group.  She is an active runner in this area and runs the course frequently.
We hear the words runs get ready...runners go.  The fast people take off.  We are in the back.  We planned our strategy.  I would use Jeff Galloway's method.  I would run 4 minutes and walk 1 minute.  We finally get close to the start.  Finally we cross the mat and take off.
There was a sea of humanity.  Oh man it was difficult to run.  People were running across the road.  Blocking people from moving and passing.  What is great is my guide.  I told her to yell disabled athlete and create a path for me.  And she did her job, and did it well.  We were running 4 and walking 1.  I did not have my map my run on, no iPod, music, or any external devices.  I did use my phone for interval timing.
We ran by some incredible scenery.  The water ways, bridges, fields, houses, hills, forests, etc.  I was enjoying my run.  Before you knew it we hit the first mile.  We did this in about 10 minutes.  My guide was loving the Galloway method.  Shortly after we passed a water station.  Since it was early on we pressed forward.  More moving in the sea of humanity.
My guide, knowing the area and runs tangents (if you do not know what this is look it up), told me what was coming up and where I should be (position on the road).  We were talking and following the timers.  So far so good.  No hills, well not yet.  We talked some more and I figured we should be close to mile 3.  I was off by 0.03.  We were making great time.  Or at least that was what I was told.  I was not looking at the time and I told my guide not to tell me our time.
We were coming up to a water stop.  I told my guide it is hot and humid so we need to get water.  She did not want to do this but was greatful I did this.  I asked the little kid to pour the two cups of water in my cap and I grabbed another.  He laughed and said put it in your cap?  I said yes.  He dumped them in and laughed and said mom he told me to put the water in his hat.  I put the cap on and they all thought that was brilliant.  Keeping my cool and hydration at the same time.  My guide said next stop I am doing the same thing.
We drank our water and kept moving.  We were passing people.  My guide was yelling disabled athlete and blocking a path for me.  She was doing a fantastic job.  Telling me what is coming up and where to run.  She is training for a marathon to qualify for Boston.  She is going to use the Galloway method.
We were entering the parts of the course that has the hills.  Our goal was to run downhill.  If we had to walk it would be uphill.  We wanted to take advantage of the downhill surge, push.  We were making good timing.  Before you knew it we were in mile 5.  Then 6.  There were some hills.  We took advantage of the downhills.  At this point we modified our 4-1 timing.  What was nice at mile 6 the 10k group took a turn away from the half.
Finally we hit mile 7.  This is my favorite mile in a half.  Why?  At this point you need less miles to get to the finish line than to the starting line.  I tried not to look at the timer but I did.  I saw 7-|-- (70 some odd minutes and some odd seconds).  I did not calculate my per mile time.  Once you do this I find I try to go faster and have nothing left for the last 3 miles.
We hit mile 8 and more hills.  At this point we saw the first male and female runners heading the opposite way.  They were flying.  The first place male finished the marathon in 1 hour 7 minutes.
Agian we were looking at pushing the downhill pace.  When we passed water stops I made sure two cups of water were poured into my cap.  My guide poured water over her head.  We drank gator aid twice, I used two Gus, and had half a bag of beans over the 13.1 miles.  We stopped to drink water or gator aid.
We got to mile 9. This is what I was told was the worse mile plus in distance.  It is an incline, that is winds, and kicks your butt along the way.  I did not want to stop and hurt my momentum.  I did not want to pick up my pace and dehydrate or have no energy at the end of the race.  We modified the 4-1 when needed. 
Normally I have no energy at mile 9 or 10.  I have never pushed all the way through a half marathon.  We got to mile 10 and I am in uncharted territory.
My guide asked me what my PR for a half marathon is.  I told her 2:25: and some seconds.  She smiles and starts to push me.  You need to be here.  Run along this side.  Move over and the road will turn shortly.  Forget the walk we are close to the downhill.  We are moving and pushing the pace.
At mile 11 there is a water stop.  Do you need water?  I am overheating.  I need water to cool off not to drink.  My guide takes off and get two cups of water.  She pours them into my cap.  Let's keep going.  We are moving and I am not sure how my body will react.  I am not use to getting this far and running at this piont.  I am feeling good because I am in less than a 5k away from the finish.
There is only one issue coming up.  I know what I need to conqueror.  Mile 12 has a nasty hill.  Then you can enjoy the down.  We are approaching the hill.  We do not stop.  I want to run the up and down.  We enjoy the down.  We are wishing a mile of the finish line.
My guide is pushing me.  You need to kick it up a gear.  I do not have it in me this far out.  No 4-1.  Keep moving.  Again she asks me what is your PR?  2:25:and some seconds.  We are within a half mile.  We are approaching a left turn.  I see mile 6 (for the 10k group).  We are within .2 miles (or so).  I know we are picking up the pace.  I hear people screaming and encouraging me on.  Other runners are behind me encouraging me to finish strong. 
I can see the finish line.  We are getting closer and closer. I am looking at the time 2:22:--.  Well it is a new PR.  I am excited.  I turn to my guide and say "I had a dream I ran a 2:20:00 half today.  2:22:-- is good.  She laughs at me and says look at my watch.  Time 2:20:00.  WTF?  Dead on by her account.  Officially my time 2:20:21.  Two weeks in a row I ran an event with almost the same time as my dream.
My guide is a very emotional person.  She was crying as we crossed the finish line.  She would not let me put on my medal.  She did this for me. 
I could not believe that I cut about 5 minutes off my PR time.  My guide was incredible.  She knew where I needed to be on the course, pushed me when needed, and let me run my race.  This was the most enjoyable run so far.
After we finished we went to the after race party area.  There was an EMS area.  I saw at least 6 runners taken to this area.  What baffled me were the athletes who had a finishers medal on with oxygen masks and IVs for dehydration.  So you finished the race but hurt your body.  Not a smart move.  Most people thought Mysic was flat and did not take into account of the humidity.  People did not hydrate properly and did not take into account the hills.  I did and I felt great after the run.
I am looking forward to this weekend when I will run the Iron Horse Half Marathon with other Achilles athletes and guides (we have sponsors for this race.  My son says I am an official athlete now that other people are paying my enter fees and medals). 
I hope you had an exciting weekend.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 12, 2015, 12:30:53 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it's been sometime since I posted.  Three races ago, a 5k, I had a dream that I finished with a time of 27:00.  I finished the race with an official time of 27:19.  Two races ago, a half marathon, I had a dream that I finished with a time of 2:20:00.  My official time was 2:20:21.  And this past week I had a dream I finished with a time of 2:16:55.  I was going to run my second, of three weeks in a row, half marathon.  Would I come close to this time.
Prior to this stretch of running my best time was 2:25:16.  To bring this down to a 2:20:21 was amazing.  Forget anout obtaining a time of 2:16:55.  I was running the Iron Horse Half Marathon.  My wife and son ran a 5k in the area and said it was flat.  Yes their course was flat, but not ours.
This race was a sponsored Achilles International event.  It was great having 14 athletes and 21 guides run in this event.  My guide was a friend and fellow runner.  He has guided me in my second half marathon.  So he was use to running with me.  Prior to the race he asked what was my strategy.  I told him I am using a Galloway 5:1.
He has heard of Galloway but he has never used it.  He was skeptical of this.  How could you run for 5 minutes then walk for 1 minute and keep up with everyone else?  I told him I ran a 4:1 last week and it was great.  He agreed to run-walk with me to see if this really works.
So we are at the starting line waiting to take off.  Runners get ready....go... And off goes the sea of humanity.  I am keeping my own pace.  Feeling the moment and breathing.  We are going and moving and then we hit the oh no!!!!!!! The 5k group.  WTF?  Why would you mix the half marathon and 5k runners?
Now I have to deal with the tourists.  You know the people who come in, mess everything up, and leave not knowing what they did.  I have to deal with people stopping to tie their shoes in the middle of the road, 6 slow people with couch to 5k shirts or we run this town who will not move, or my favorite earbuds in blasting music.  I am bobbing and weaving to get around these people.  My guide is doing the best he can to clear a path.
At five minutes we start to walk.  People are passing us, who we passed earlier.  The timer beeps and off we go.  Now we are passing people. 5 minutes later we are walking and some people pass us.  A minute late we are running.  5 minutes later we are walking.  And to the amazement of my guide the people we past are nowhere to be seen.  He is now a believer.
We did this mile after mile after mile.  I was feeling good.  At the water stations I was dumping water over me and pouring two cups in my hat.  Every 30 minutes I was taking a salt stick pill.  I do not want to cramp or dehydrate.
We were keeping a good pace.  Moving through the hills.  (The course is a double loop).  Mile 7 my guide needed to use the restroom.  He told me to run ahead and he would catchup to me later. 
Along mile 7 I hear lead runner coming through move right, move right.  I am waiting to see this guy.  He passes me as we are getting closer to mile 8.  My guide is not with me.  At one point he is running fast trying to catch me.  People thought he might be the lead runner by how fast he was going.  He catches me close to mile 8 and says you are really moving.  This 5:1 really works.
As we enter the park I was ready to walk.  After we pass the cheering crowd the timer beeps and we take off.  As we are approaching mile 9 I needed to change the interval time.  The heat and humidity were getting to me and there was no way I could keep this pace.  I changed my times to a 4:1.  That was much better.
We keep moving.  Hitting the same hills and climbing the same inclines.  I could not wait until mile 11.
We keep moving and pushing on.  We are passing the ambulance and restrooms.  We are getting closer to mile 12.  We hit the severe right hand turns and pass by some small inclines.  I know we are getting closer.  I can see the left turn and then we enter the road to the park.
We pass the 6 mile mark for the 10k group.  I can feel the end getting near.  I start to take off and realize we never hit the 13 mile sign.  I have limited energy and keep moving.
I see the area where the finish line is.  I dig deep and take off.  Crossing the finish line I yell "GO ACHILLES".  A picture is taken as we cross the second pad.  My unofficial time (are you ready for this) 2:16:55.  Dead on to my dream.  I can not believe it.  (I told my guide my dream during the second loop).
I was in no hurry to find my official time.  I was enjoying the moment.  My guide was amazed at how I was able to push the pace and walk fast.  (As he says I am the fastest walker he knows.  He has to jog to keep up). 
Eventually I am back at the stage area.  We are all listening to the official race winners.  Some unbelievable times.  In my age group the third place finisher has a time of 1:36:00.  I still did not know my official time but he was flying.  They announced all the times and places.  I figured the tents are dying down so I will get my result.  My official time is 2:16:00.  In two weeks I cut 9:16 off my half marathon time.
Now I am getting ready for this weekend's half marathon.  I have been emailing with my 2 new guides.  One is an experienced guide and the other is in training.  I tell them my time and they are not sure about their ability to keep pace with me.  I never considered myself fast. I was amazed by this.  The good news is we are working on a plan and both guides will be taking part in this race.
I hope you had an exciting week. 
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 21, 2015, 06:09:21 PM
Hello everybody,
I looked at my posts and realized that I did not post my last half marathon.  In a 15 days I ran 3 half marathons.  Wow, I never thought I would be able to accomplish this...let alone running a half marathon.
On June 14 I ran the Lime Rock Half Marathon.  On their website there was no elevation map and all it said was a mildly challenging course.  I signed up and thought this would be a good run.  Unfortunately there was some confusion with my guides.  Achilles set up two people to run with me.  Both run between 2:25:00-2:30:00 for a half.  I moved to a time of 2:16:00.  Both guides were nervous about running.  One had a last minute thing, and the other decided to run with me.
So the morning of the race we get to the race area early.  It was really cool that we get to start and finish a race on an actual race track (it was an auto race track).  The major issues were it was hot, humid, and hilly.  Let me compare it to running in a hot, wet, blanket. 
The race started at 9:00am.  At 8:55am we were at the starting line, baking on the track.  Get ready, get set, go...and off we ran.  It was cool running on the track.  By mile one my guide was struggling with the heat, humidity and hills.  By mile 1.5 she was no longer running with me.  (I did not know she stopped running the half and was heading back to run with the 5k group).
We had some hills on the race course.  The path took us out of the parking lot and onto the local roads.  We were all talking and complaining.  We noticed the roads were all heading up hill.  Once we got to the top it plateaued and headed up again.  This kept occuring.  We were talking about when will we hit the downs.  We did not know that this was just the beginning of all the uphills.
This was not the only issue.  I was running with a group of people for the first 3 miles.  One guy was telling his life story.  He mentioned how he got into running.  And all about his mother, him being 6, running a mile, and it was illegal for women to run more than 2 miles.  This guy told his story to anyone who would listen.  (Unfortunately he kept on catching up to me.  His life story over and over again motivated me to run.  He told the same story over and over again).
So I am running sweat dripping off me, sun pounding down, and an incline infront of me.  I am thinking mile 4 or 5.  I finally pass a marker and it says Mile 3.  Are you f-ing kidding me?  I still have 10 miles to go.  At the water stop at mile 4 I am pouring water into my hat, all over me, and drinking 2 cups.  Everyone is laughing at me.  What are you doing, they asked.  I am keeping myself cool.  The sun and hills are grueling.
At mile 5 we are still running up hill (with no decline in sight).  At this point I questioned my existance.  Why would I put myself through this.  At mile 5.5 I was passed by the leader. I was encouraging her.  As she passed I high fives her, she said something to me that I can not write.  (We were cursing at each other as we passed each other). 
I finally reached mile 6 where we turned off to a gravel path.  I hit the water station. Drenching myself and drinking two cups of water I headed down the path.  The volunteer yelled it's all downhill from here.  I am happy and take off.  I run down the first incline, then there is a flat area, and another decline.  We are all smiling.  Then it hit me.  You lying SOB...we have to run back up these two areas.
So I am running on the gravel.  3 minutes of running and 1 minute of walking.  I keep going through these cycles and think when will we turn around.  Finally  I hit the turn around.  There is a decline and a semicircle.  I am feeling good until I hit he incline on the way up.  And now I have the long path back to the two inclines near the top of the road.
I reach the hydration station and I look down.  What a fantastic sight.  It is all downhill.  One major problem.  My legs are sooooooooooo sore from the almost 7 miles of incline that I ran/walked.  At mile 8 my legs were like wet noodles.  I had nothing left in me.  I tried to run and this was not happening.  So I walked.
At round mile 8.5 I was caught by another 169er.  She was out of energy so she joined me.  She was thankful that she had someone to walk with.  By mile 9.5 she was complaining that I was the fastest walker ever.  She was jogging to keep up.
By mile 10 there were 4 of us walking together.  We were back into the race track area.  We need to enter the winding road, over the bridge, across the parking lot, and enter the race track.  We were all excited tone back on the race track.  That was until we noticed there was about 2 miles of running left.  (The sun, heat, humidity, and hills took its toll on us.  Now we are baking on the track).  There were 5 of us at this point.
By mile 12 a woman with red hair ran past us.  I was not going down that easy.  I took off walking.  I was able to keep up with her.  At mile 12.5 we could see the heat coming off the raod. 
One of the people I was walking with came running by me.  I picked up my pace and ran with her.  We passed the redhead and kept moving.  At this point nobody would catch up to us, or pass us.  We are approaching the breakdown lane where the finish line is.  We get to the cones.  We can see the timer, but not the time.  I kick up my pace and yell GO ACHILLES as I crossed the finish line.  My official time is 2:34:46.
I was thrilled not to have a time of 3:00:00.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 23, 2015, 03:09:03 AM
Hello everybody,
As runners we have good days and bad days.  On Saturday I had a great time with other physically challenged runners.  We all took part in an Achilles International event.  The event was a 5k.  After the run a local brewery sponsored us, so we all got a free beer. 
So what could be so bad?  Well the weather was suppose to be sunny and cool.  Great running weather.  What did we get?  Severely overcast, windy, and cold.  Not summer weather.  I had a difficult time keeping my knees moving.  The weather was messing with my knees. 
As we started the race I could tell I was going to have a bad run.  My knees we cramping up as soon as I took off.  By a half mile I could feel my knees locking up. By mile 1 I was having difficulty bending my legs.  My knees felt heavy.  I knew if I stopped running I would have to DQ myslef. 
By 1.5 miles I was in pain.  I did not think I would cross the finish line.  At mile 2 I was almost in tears.  I had a little more than a mile to go.  At mile 2.5 I was considering DQing myself.  I kept on pushing myself.  (I could hear my second guide Chris saying "suck it up buttercup").  I kept on moving.  At mile 3 all I could think about was crossing the finish line.
As I approached the finish I let out a primal yell "GO ACHILLES".....My time was 33:06.  By far not my best time.  In fact I ran my third race with a better time (this was my 33 race).  I will remember this one for a long time.  I had support from my fellow Achilles athletes and guides.  After the race the rain finally came and I was able to move again.
On Sunday I was a course marshal for a 5k and 10k.  I was at mile 2 for the 5k and mile 2 or about 5.5 for the 10k (there was a turn around so you had to pass me twice).  I was up on a hill looking down at the runners.  This was great.  I got to shout to the runners and get them motivated.  As they approached my I was calling out their numbers and encouraging them, giving them high fives, and telling jokes.  This was great.  I will volunteer for more events.  It was amazing hearing so many people saying "without you I would not finish the race". "You kept me going and motivated me to cross the finish line." 
On top of all of this happening me and my son ran 4 miles together.  He has set a goal of running at least 13 miles a week.  As of Sunday he ran 9 miles (including the 10k were he placed first in his age group).  So he asked me to run with him.  He tells me he runs better with me.  So we hit the high school track and ran 16 laps.  Not a bad way to spend Father's Day.
I hope you had an exciting weekend.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on June 28, 2015, 10:18:56 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today was my final scheduled race, in the past 6 weeks.  I ran two 5ks and four half marathons. During this time I PRed twice for half marathons and I set a PR for my 5k time once. I am looking at upcoming races.  The next half is in August.
Today I ran the Fairfield Half Marathon.  What is unique about this course is the seenic views and the hot, humid, and hilly course. Well today the weather was more like October not June.  Overcast, windy, and humid.  Most people would say that this was perfect running weather.  Not for me.  This weather is not good for my knees.
We started the race a 8:30am.  It took almost 1 minutes before I crossed the starting line.  There were thousands of runners.  In the first mile I ran my race and did not worry about time.  During mile 2 my right knee was acting up.  At mile 3 both knees were give me problems.  (My time was about 30 minutes).  How did I know?  A race marshal was yelling out the time.
I started the race using a 5-1.  Running for five minutes and walking one.  With the two hills in the first 3 miles.  I had two times when my walk was on the down hill.  Instead of walking I ran.  So in mile 4 I changed to a 4-1.  This was helpful.
Miles 4, 5, and 6 were painful.  I was trying not to think of my knees.  I did figure out how to be more efficient at water stops.  Normally I would stop at the table, take 2 waters and dump them in my cap.  Then I would drink a cup of water.  Today I had a volunteer pour the water in my cap.  Grabbed a water and pinched the top.  I took two sips and chucked the cup.  I did the same for the Ucann.  I could slow down and move through this area.  This kept me from increasing my time 10-15 seconds per water stop.
At mile six I noted my time.  I was not looking for it, but the way the course was set up, and how the runners were packed I needed to be on the right side.  You could not miss the timer.  61 minutes.  Wow a 10 minute 10 second pace.
Miles 7 and 8 were the same way.  4 minutes running and one minute walking.  Keeping a good pace.  Slwowing down for hydration.  At mile 8 I was in the same position as mile 6.  I noticed my time.  81 minutes.  My pace was 10 minutes 7.5 seconds.  Feeling good.  Yes my knees were in pain.
Now the temperature drops and so did my day.  Both knees lock up.  Bending and running become difficult.  I am walking more than running.  But my pace is still around 10 minutes per mile.
During miles 9-13 I was walking way more than running.  I started to give back some time.  Now a 12 minute per mile pace.  I was trying to run some but I could not.  At one point a runner passes me and says "you passed me twice and I caught you.  You need to pick up your pace."  I explained my shirt and that I am a disabled athlete.  My knees locked up and I am trying to finish without injuries.  She appoligized and felt like [email protected] 
I was getting passed by hundreds of people.  I was trying to stay in the race mentally and cross the finish line.  As we pass mile 12 I am motivated to pick up my pace.  I tried running and got .2 miles down before having to stop.  We are getting closer to the finish. At around 12.9 miles a runner passes me and says you can do it.  He makes eye contact and I know what I have to do. 
I reach deep inside and take off.  I start to pass runners and head for the finish line.  Like I always do I yell "GO ACHILLES" (several times) as I cross the two pads.  Unofficially 2:22:39.  Not bad.  I will take this time.  (Officially 2:21:47 with a 10:47 pace).  Not my best time, but having the elements working against you, I am happy with this time, I had a good time on the course, and I finished injury free.
Oh my PSA "take those [email protected] earbuds out.  Stop playing your music so loud you can not hear the disabled athlete."  I was passing a person on her left, which I yelled passing on your left multiple times, and she runs into me.  I can not stop nor side step.  I had to put my hands out and make sure she knew where I located.  Also there were people running across the road in a group.  Trying to pass you runners, again with earbuds, is impossible.  Create room.
I hope you had an eventful weekend.
Take care,
Mr. F
Oh- my wife and son ran a 5k today.  40:05 and 35:13.  They had a good time today.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 03, 2015, 02:53:01 AM
Hello everybody,
Well it's official.  I am training for a marathon.  I will be run-walking, or walk-running, with Achilles International.  Or state treasurer wants to something big for Achilles International.  He asked if he could guide me in a marathon.  I agreed.  So I am training for something I thought I would never be able to do.
This week is my first week.  Monday I did stretching and core.  Tuesday I walked 11.7 miles.  Wednesday I worked out on the elliptical machine for 75 minutes.  Today my son joined me and we walked-ran 9.1 miles (he never ran/walked more than 6.2 miles).
So I will be walking 2 days a week, running 1 day a week, in the gym 3 days for cardio/weights, and 1 day off (pool relaxing).  I have 16 weeks to train for my first marathon.
You can follow me on Twitter @ctachillesrunn1

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 03, 2015, 07:33:21 PM
Hello everybody,
Day 5 of training completed.  Follow me on Twitter @ctachillesrunn1.
I am feeling strong.  Not ready to run a marathon.  I am going to push my miles tomorrow.  I will post limited updates.  If you want to know about my daily trainings you will need to follow me on Twitter.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 06, 2015, 06:26:56 PM
Hello everybody,
Well it looks like I will be running my first marathon in November.  We were trying for Boston but it looks like this is not going to occur.  First Boston is super selective about who gets in and how.  They do not look at your disability.  You need to qualify like everyone else.  And even if your time is below what they want it does not mean you will get in.  Second I can not spend 4-6 months training and have Boston tell me no.  I do not think my knees could take this.  Finally we are trying to get in as a charity.  This means BAA would have to approve us, we will need to make a connection with a Boston organization, and we would have to raise $5000.  The most difficult parts are making the connection with our Boston chapter and having BAA set up their charity guidelines for the 2016 race.  Getting $5000 in donations will not be difficult.
Because New York City Marathon is 4 months away I have started my training.  It has been an adventure seeing what programs are out there and modifying them to meet my needs and conditions.  One benefit I have is that I have trained for and ran two 10 mile road races (which are the most difficult in the state) and 9 hilly half marathons.  All of these have given me a strong foundation to begin my 26.2 mile training program. 
Last week was the first week of my training.  It went surprisingly well.  I pushed my distances to see what my baseline is.  I can walk 11.7 miles with no problems.  I can perform 2.5 hours of cardio without any problems.  And I can walk-run 17.55 miles.  Not a bad start.
Along with this my son wants to expand his running (or run-walk) distance.  Both of us use Galloway's run-walk method for longer distances.  His longest race was a 10k.  He joined me on one of my walking days and we walked 9.1 miles.  Now he is ready to hit double digits.  We will walk on Tuesday and Thursday.  He is excited and wants to experience the half marathon distance.
Today our state President of Achilles International stopped by.  We are excited about New York.  She was impressed with my progression.  If all holds up we will be staying in the hotel with other Achilles athletes and guides from around the world. This will be incredible.  Having so many athletes and guides to talk with and share experiences.  This will be a once in a life time event.
Take care,
Mr. F
This is the summer of new experiences...tell me about your new experiences.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 09, 2015, 08:01:28 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am in week two of my marathon training.  Walking two days a week and running one has changed.  My son had joined me and I am training him to run a half marathon.  On Tuesday we walked.  The plan was 8-9 miles.  We left after 7:00am.  We start walking and talking.  We continue walking.  We entered the neighboring town.  We keep walking.  We walked back into our town and neighborhood.  We passed the local high school.  And by the time we got home we surpassed 13.1 miles.  My son now has the confidence he can run-walk (Gallowy) a half marathon.
The one issue I had on our walks was his hydration.  He carries a 22 ounce water bottle.  He has been finishing his bottle.  I, on the the other hand, have a 70 ounce hydration backpack.  (Which I love and highly recommend).  Once he is out of water he starts sucking down half my water.  I decided to get him a 50 ounce pack.  One problem, nobody had one in stock. We ordered a 50 ounce and it was not the one we wanted.  To make a long story short I bought him a 70 ounce hydration pack yesterday.
Today we stepped up his, and my, training.  We ran-walked a 10 mile extremely hilly course.  A local race is held on this course during the year.  I know the route and what to expect.  My son has never run on these raods.  What is nice about this area is the raods are paved and there are sidewalks.  The drivers in this area look out for runners.
My son took on this challenge.  He did not back down or give up.  He walked when he needed.  He joked around when he saw the big hills.  And at the end he pushed through the final hill and finished strong.  Running the final .3 miles.  I was very proud of him today.
One thing I did different was trying something new nutrition wise.  I brought along granola bars.  At mile 4 and mile 7 we ate our bars.  It was great having the extra fuel.  Next long run-walk or walk I will be eating a bonker apple bar along with my granola bars.
I hope you are enjoying your summer.  I am having a Summer of New Experiences.  What are yours?
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 10, 2015, 02:01:47 AM
 Hello everybody,
I have some race updates.  I will be running the Bristol Half Marathon.  This is a very hilly, challenging, course.  So what is new.  It is labeled as one of the, if not the, most challenging half marathon in CT.  On top of this I signed up to run the New Haven Road Race, 20k, in September.  In October I will be running the Hartford Half Marathon.  I will be up to 11 half marathons in October.  I need 2 more to hit my goal of 13 half marathons in 2015.

I will keep you posted if anything else comes up.

Oh, I am thinking of running the Rent 5k.  I ran this event last year to celebrate my birthday and it was my first 5k I actually ran.  Thinking about celebrating my birthday the same way this year.

Take care,
Mr. F
The Summer of New Expereinces (except for the Rent 5k)
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 12, 2015, 03:43:00 PM
Hello everybody,

Well I, we, signed up for two more races this week.  My son and me are heading out to the Rentschler Airfield 5k on Thursday.  Normally I would not pay the registration fees for this race, expensive for a 5k.  There is significant history at this race.  This was my first race I ran in (I walked the FireCracker 5k the month before), it was my first race as an Achilles International athlete, and it was a birthday gift to myself.  So this year we are celebrating one year of running, one year as an Achilles International athlete, and one year older.  My son is looking for a PR on this course.  It is one of the flat 5k in our neighborhood.

Along with this we are going to run an 11.6 mile race.  It is a free race held on August 1.  I will be running with my son and pacing him.  We are training to run our firsts together.  He is training for a half marathon and I am training for a full marathon.  This race will allow my son to see what distance running is like without any pressure.  The event is in New London with some "rolling hills" along the way.  Hopefully these are not the hills of death for him.

Our training is progressing nicely.  If you would like to follow us you can on Twitter.  @ctachillesrunn1

Have a fantastic Sunday.  I am enjoying my relaxing day sitting outside with one of our cats.

Take care,
Mr. F

The Summer of New Experiences is exciting.  What did you do today that was new?
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 13, 2015, 09:07:02 PM
Hello everybody,
I registered for the New York City Marathon today.  You can follow me and my training on Twitter @ctachillesrunn1.  I am so excited running with Achilles International.  One of the exciting parts is that we will start before the elite athletes.  This means the top men and women runners from around the world will run by us.  It also means we will not be sitting around for hours after the race starts waiting to cross the starting line.
Also when people ask what was your starting group I will be able to answer and blow their minds.

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 16, 2015, 01:37:57 PM
Hello everybody,
Well today is an exciting day. Almost one year ago I ran my first race ever (July 24, 2014).  I ran this race as a member of Achilles International.  I had an incredible guide (Cindy D).  We were brought together  by our chapter president.  Cindy trained with me.  Helped me pace myself.  And taught me the basics of running.  When I saw that there was a 5k around my birthday I wanted to give myself a special gift.  I would allow myself to run in an official HMF event.  (Prior to this I was scared to death to think about running a 5k.  What would happen to my knee?  Would I be able to get over my initial fears and enjoy the run?).  Well as they say in the movies "the rest is history".
Today I will be running this event again to celebrate a year of firsts. My first 5k, 10k, 5 mile, 8.6 mile, 10 mile, 11.6 mile, and half marathons.  (On November 1 I will compete in my first Marathon...New York City).  Today I celebrate 1 year with Achilles International, 1 year of running, and 1 year older.  My son will be joining me.  He is excited because we have been training and he is looking for a PR.  This is a flat 5k.  I am going out and enjoying the run.  My goals are simple: have fun, enjoy the run, and cross the finish line injury free.
Since the run is at 6:30pm I get to relax and enjoy my day.
Take care,
Mr. F
PS-go out and experience something new
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 21, 2015, 03:13:58 AM
Hello everybody,
Well my son and I paid the Rent.  Wow what a hot and humid run.  I do not believe I have had a more sweaty run.  The event had limited to no shade.  And only one water stop.  I did not bring water with me.  Not a smart move.  I had a race time of 28:05 (my son had a 35:09 time).  I ran my fist sub 8 minute mile (7:45).  I was hoping to break 27 minutes but with these conditions I was not going to be taken out on a stretcher to accomplish my first sub 27 minute 5k.
On July 19 we ran the Petit 5k.  It started at 9:00am.  By 8:30 we already drank one bottle of water. This was another hot, humid, and no shade event.  There were no hills but stretches of inclines.  People left their sprinklers on so we could run through them.  This was as hot and humid, maybe even more so, then the Rent.  I finished with a time of 28:23 and my son had a time of 35:46.  I was very proud of him.  One of the people we run with paced off of him the entire race.
Today I was asked by my regional coordinator to put something together for Achilles International.  They want me as the featured runner this month.  It is an honor to be the runner they spotlight.   So I am working on my story, running, and how Achilles International has played a role in my life.
Wednesday looks to be our next run.  A neiboring town is holding its summer family night time 5k.  It is $5 per person.  It will be nice to have the entire family run together. 
Tomorrow is another training day for me.  I will be run-walking solo.  I am going to push myself to see how far I can run-walk.  Time is not the issue.  So far I have run-walked 17.55 miles.  I would like to push to 19 miles (if possible).  I will not do anything foolish or anything that would cause an injury.
Take care,
Mr. F
The summer of new experiences continues...what will be your story.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 23, 2015, 07:17:02 PM
Hello everybody,
Well my last post never showed up so I will try and recreate the post.  If you would like to follow my New York City Marathon training and run I can be followed on Twitter @ctachillesrunn1.
My birth month is July so I celebrated by going out for a run.  I use a modified Galloway (from famed runnerJeff Galloway).  I can not follow a runner's program since I have had both knees replaced and revised.  I run for 4 and a half minutes and walk for 1 minute.  This means I walk at some point during ever mile I run.  It keeps the body fresh longer and this can possibly help avoid injures. 
So I started my journey at 6:00am.  I was not sure how long I could Galloway for and possible walk after.  My best is Gallowaying 13.55 miles and walking 4 miles.  My goal today was Gallowaying 15 miles and walking 4 miles.  This would get me over the mental block of 13 miles.  (I am use to running half marathons and 15 miles would get me past this mental block of I can not do it).
The first three miles are the most cumbersome.  You need to keep your pace you want to run for the long distance.  You have to get into your groove.  Your body has to adjust to the elements (today it was hot and humid).  Not having my son with me talking my ear off made this part of the run boarding.  I kept my focus, pace, and energy level strong.  What I did notice is that I needed water quicker than before.
Once I hit mile three I was feeling good and planning the next three miles.  I was taking my sale stick caps so I would not get muscle cramps.  I wanted to run in an area I have not been in for 8-10 months.  It was nice seeing new scenery.
At mile 6 I was getting near an area I knew I would need to eat.  I was running in a parking lot while trying to open a gronala packet.  During mile 7, and the sweat dripping off of me, I was struggling to open he gronala pack without one of the bars flying out.  Once I got the packet open I figured I would eat one bar within one minute.  Well I got the bar out and almost dropped the pack.  Once it was back in my pocket I could eat only half the bar within one minute.  I had to eat while running. 
Finally I was out of the parking lot and back on the "road".  I had to plan my next several miles.  At mile 9 I would eat the other granola bar and take one more salt stick cap.  I was keeping a good pace, faster than I planned, but my body did not like the slower pace.  I was hydrating and loving the 4.5-1 Galloway.
At mile 9 eating the other bar went easier.  I ate half the bar at a time.  I can eat half a bar in one minute.  I had to eat the other half while running.  I would take a salt stick cap in mile 10 or 11.
At this point in my run I started out in my town, ran into the neighboring town, and was entering my town.  I was feeling good and planning the next three miles.  I figured where miles 12 and 13 would be.  This is where I would have a mental block.  And I would need to get past this area.
I ran mile 10 and my pace was the same as miles 1-9.  Wow I was pacing strong and feeling good.  I hit mile 11 and thinking I can do this.  Well, my calculation for mile 12 was off so this means mile 13 will be off.  Insert curse word.
So I am starting to feel the running lag.  I need a pick me up.  I decided to use a Gu.  This was what I needed.  I was planning this mile.  Again mile 13 was not where I planned it.  So I recalculated mile 13.  When I arrived at the area I thought was mile 13 I was happy until I found out I was half a mile off.  I kept my pace and pushed through.  When I hit mile 13 my time was 2:15:00.  Not bad.  Now I needed to remain focused.
I ran out of a local park and onto a major road. 
I did not want to focus on the mileage, but on my pace and keeping my Galloway going.  At this point I had to have some extra time for walking.  During the next two runs I took a minute off of running time and added it to my walking time.  Also there was traffic so I could not hear my total running time, distance, and pace.  I could hear parts and not full parts.  An example would be running time of -:2-:-3.  Or distance --.3- miles.  Or pace of --:32 per mile.  I was not upset. This kept me focused.  I had no idea how far I Gallowayed.
I planned on running by our local high school.  I needed to make a left and follow this road.  I was slowing down some, feeling the heat and humidity,I needed to conserve my energy.  I was eating another granola bar.  Yes, one half at a time.  I hit the area where there is a down hill.  I love this.  You run with less energy used.
The one problem is that you have to run uphill to pass the high school.  I was near the base of the incline when I heard my mileage.  Your distant is 14.7 miles.  I was almost at my goal.  And I passed 13.55 miles.  The issue was getting up this hill.  I decided not to run all the way up.  I would run 3 minutes and walk 2 and a half minutes.  I did this until I got up the hill and passed the high school.  Soon I was running downhill.
I was running out of energy and water.  I kept up the 3 minute run and 2 and a half minutes of walking.  I was able to do this up to 16.1 miles.  At this point I decided to walk.
This was a smart move.  At 16.5 miles I ran out of water.  I decided to walk home and stop for a refill.  My body was happy to have more water.  I was about 17 miles in and wanted to walk 3 more miles.
I headed out.  Wow was I running out of energy.  Food and Gu would not help.  I needed to keep focused.  I would look for easy markers and setting small goals.  Finally I was coming up to a familiar intersection.  I know I could do a 2 mile walk back home from here.
I was walking and planning my next area to focus in on.  I was thinking about everything and anything to keep my mind off my energy level.  Finally I hit a light and knew I was 1.5 miles from home.  I crossed the street and kept my focus. 
I was coming up to an overpass and then two options.  One was taking a right and cutting down my distance.  The other was go forward and continue my journey.  I was getting tired and slowing down to a slow walk.  I did not want to give up so I continued forward.  I figured out where my 19 mile should start.
As I got to the end of the road I needed to make a right.  I hit 19 miles.  As I passed a construction area my app and phone died.  The battery life was drained.  I did pay attention to my time, distance, and pace.  All I had to do is continue my pace and arrive home.   I could determine the rest.
I made it to a major intersection and turn right.  All I had to do is follow this road.  I walked and walked and walked.  Passing a shopping center, senior living cente, and a local shopping plaza.  One more right and I am almost home.  I get into my complex and make a right.  Walking and walking.  Less than 0.1 miles.  So close yet so far away.  One last left turn and I can see my car.
20.1 miles in 4:04:33 with a pace of 12:10 per mile.  I finally got over my metal block of 13 miles.  I entered the 20 mile range.  I was out for over 4 hours.  All personal bests.  After charging my phone I found out that the app I was using did not save my workout.
Happy birthday to me....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 24, 2015, 05:02:06 PM
Hello everybody,
So I ran 20.1 miles to celebrate my birth month.  What did I do the next day?  You got it correct.  I went out and ran a 5K with my family.  We have a summer series that charges $5 per person per race.  Great value.  I signed all of up and we ran an event together.  It has been some time since all of us ran in the same race.
We were excited because it was a flat course, and a double loop.  What we did not know was the entire course, except for 50 feet, was grass.  For those of you without a knee replacement, grass is not the surface you want to run on.  With a paved surface you can see the problems in the road.  With grass you can not do this.
So we get to the race, stretch, and line up to start.  The course is described to us.  And they start the race.  Like all races the little kids and track team members take off.  I on the other hand, I am just keeping my pace.  Letting people pass me and chugging along.
But this race something strange occurred.  I was not getting passed by everybody.  I was holding my own.  But I was pacing off a little kid.  Every time I got close to passing her she would take off.  Eventually, before half the race I passed her.  Then I was pacing off another little kid.  This did not last long as I passed her within .3 miles.
Now I was trying to keep up with one of the track people.  She was pacing pretty fast.  I passed her as we entered the back half of the course.  From then on nobody would catch me.  I did pass two other people.
I was a challenge trying to keep my pace, footing, and determine the course.  I was able to finish strong and with a time of 27:58.  Not a bad race.

Take care,
Mr.F
PS-The summer of New Experiences continues...
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 26, 2015, 03:36:30 AM
Hello everybody,
Getting my son to run a 5k took sometime and me recovering from a knee revision.  In Jume of 2014 we walked-ran our first 5k.  Since then both of us have taken part in numerous 5ks.  Until recently he has never run anything but a 5k.  During June we got him into running a 10k.  My wife was co-coaching a 10k running group.  I was a volunteer with the group.  Our son wanted to run a 10k so he joined us.
Now that I am training for a marathon and have some vacation time he wants to take part in my training.  With this in mind he wants to run his first official half in October.  We have gone out for long walks 11, 8, or 15 miles.  Our long runs have been 7-9 miles.
Today we went out running with the Glastonbury River Runners.  The place where we met up was at a local school.  We walked 3 miles to get there.  Our run today, with the group was about 6.5 miles.  Then we were going to run home.
Before I go on with the story we I refer to run I am not saying we ran none stop.  When I refer to run I am talking about running using Jeff Galloway's methods.  My son uses a 4 minute run and a 1 minute walk interval when he runs.  So when I am telling you about our run keep this intervals in mind.
There was one other person who wanted to Galloway with us today so there were three slow people today.  My son's long distance pace is between 13-14 minutes per mile.  And to make matters worse we were running in a hilly area.  So the three of us head out.  Mile one was complete in about 12:20.  This is a fast pace. And it did not last long.
Miles 2-3 were much slower.  My son was not talking which men the was struggling.  Mile three was not pretty.  I thought he was going to give up.  He looked like he wanted to stop running.  From mile 3-4 he felt better.  Finally he started to talk and our pace improved.  (At mile three we were approaching a pace of 13:56 per mile).  No good.
Miles 5 and 6 he started talking up a storm.  At this point our pace picked up.  He was moving much faster and we were checking up the miles. His form was improving and he was having fun.
Between miles 6-7 we lost our running partner.  She had to go to her car.  We were running home in the opposite direction.  I did not want to tell my son our distance because according to him our longest run was last week and it was 9.33 miles.  He asked how far are we running and I said until we get home.  He asked how far we ran (to this point).  I said about 7 miles.
At this point he started to slow down.  I thought he might feel overwhelmed and give up.  He was holding out.  He had to use the bathroom and running made it worse.  So we walked a half mile and found a restroom.  We were back in business.
We were keeping a decent pace.  We were pushing 8.5 miles when we passed the running group at a local coffee shop.  We turned left and kept running.  My son asked where we were running.  I told him the route.  I picked this area because I knew we would get at least 3 more miles in.  And I was hoping to be at 12.3 miles by the time we got home.  We ran past our local park, supermarket, and a major road.  We were running who is normally our first 3 miles in reverse.
We were talking and changed our time to a 3 minute run and 1 minute walk.  We were slowly closing our our run.  My son wanted to know the distance we ran.  I kept pushing it off.  It we were at 10-11 miles he would stop and want to walk.  Soon we were at a familiar intersection.  About 1 and a half miles to home.
We were getting closer to the local bank.  I kept him moving forward.  We finally got to a right hand turn.  Two more roads and we are home.
We get to the road that leads home.  I said to my son this is the home stretch.  The final .6-.9 miles.  This is when you want to give up and walk.  You need to keep running and push through.  I told him when we reach our circle I will tell him our distance.
We keep running and pushing on.  Finally we hit the circle. I pull out my phone and call him over.  I told him I thought we ran 12.3 miles.  I turned on my phone and opened the app.  The distance said 7.5 miles.  (That was the last time I turned on the app).  It reset and said 13 miles.  My son was amazed.  I told him .1 to go.
He did not want to run.  He was exhausted.  He push on one more time 13.1 miles.  His time2:50:46 with a per mile pace of 13:02.  Now he knows he can run a half marathon.
Take care,
Mr. F
Still enjoying the summer of new experiences...tell me what is new with you.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on July 29, 2015, 06:41:00 PM
Hello everybody,
Well this week the heat and humidity kicked up.  Over 90 degrees and extremely humid.  This puts a damper on training.  If you do not get out by 6:00am, the latest, forget about walking or running.  It is easy to dehydrate or become light headed.  This could lead to other injuries.
On Tuesday my son and I went out walking.  We set out for 5 miles.  Since it was hot and humid we walked at a slow pace.  At mile 3.8 we stopped at a local convient store and got my son a drink.  Yes we were carrying water.  This was extra hydration for him.  We walked and walked.  He was talking to me about a game.  Eventually we were getting close to home.  We entered the complex and looked at our mileage.
We were aiming for 5 miles.  Our total distance was 5.3 miles.  Our pace was over 20 minutes. We started walking at 8:00am and finished as the overwhelming heat and humidity kicked in.
Today I went to the gym.  I started with weight training.  I am getting back into weight lifting.  I am starting off with light weights.  This way I will not be so sore I will not be able to move.  After 45 minutes I switched to cardio and legs.  I was on an exercise bike for about 30 minutes.  I did some core work.  After this I took a class my wife teaches at the gym.  This is a combination of cardio, weights, and core.
I had a great total body workout toady.  Later on tonight we are all going to a local concert series.  It is at a park.  There will be a Beatles cover band.  My wife and son are looking forward to this.
Well that is all for now.  Hopefully you are experiencing new things this summer.
Take care,
Mr. F
You can follow me on Twitter @ctachillesrunn1
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 02, 2015, 02:15:38 PM
Hello everybody,
This week was a good week for training.  On Tuesday my son and I walked 5.3 miles.  It was extremely hot and humid.  We had a blazing pace of over 19 minutes per mile.  At one point we stopped at a convince store for my son to purchase a drink.  (Yes we were carrying water on us).  He wanted something more than water.
On Thursday we were going to head out to Massachusetts for whale watching.  We love to do this at least once a year.  We headed out early.  Stopped along the way for breakfast.  But we did not foresee the issues coming up.  We knew there was some construction along the way.  We did not realize the traffic we were eventually end up in.  We watched the GPS and the arrival time.  It was jumping up every 5 minutes.  At one point it would take us over 1 and a half hours to reach our destination.  Well there goes whale watching.  We will reschedule for a different day.
Yesterday my son and I ran together.  This was his first race at double digits (10 or more miles).  It was the John and Jessie Kelley 11.6 Mile Road Race.  (Great event).  It was hot and humid yesterday.  And the course had limited shade.  We arrived early to check out the area and the beach.  Incredible venue and multiple activities to take part in after the run. 
While we waited we talked with other runners.  One person locked her keys in her car.  Others were talking about up coming races.  We found some friends and talked with them.  Other Run169 members.  We have not seen some of them in months.  While we were talking one member asked if we were going to run with our hydration packs.  We answered of course its hot and humid.  She was concerned since others were telling her there would be 8 water stations and no need for the pack.  (It was a good idea to take the packs.  Others were struggling with the heat and hydration, not us).
At 9am the race goes off.  This is a gun timed event.  We let the faster runners go first.  We set our own pace and let others pass us.  The first three miles were going well.  As long as my son talks he runs at a faster pace.  We had no watches or apps running so we did not know our pace or time.  One person who passed us told us our pace and miles (at mile 3).  We were moving.
As the miles added up, and not shade around, my son started to fade.  I was following his pace and encouraging him to keep moving.  We were following a 4-1 pace (run 4 minutes and walk 1 minute).  His walking pace was more like a crawl.  He was losing his focus and concentration.
At the water stops I was pouring cups of water over his head.  At mile 5 we finally hit a water station that had Gatorade.  This was the pick me up he needed (we had gummy bears and honey smacks for sugar and carbs).  He was ready to pick up the pace.
At mile 7 we hit some shade and a down hill area.  My son started to increase his pace.  He took off and began to talk.  We were now passing the people who passed us earlier.  In mile 8 there were 2 up hill inclines.  The first one he walked up slowly.  The second one he picked up the pace.  When we hit the apex he took off again.
We were passing people and he was loving life. I would not tell him distance, time, or pace.  He wanted to know this and I told him it was to early to know.  (If so he would start calculating distance and time and try to figure our his finishing time).
During miles 9 and 10 our 4-1 was thrown out the window.  We ran for some time and walked for some time.  This way we were still keeping our energy up and legs fresh.  The hydration packs came in handy here.  Most people were fading and we were going strong.  We were catching up to people who passed us in mile 3 and passing them.  (Even the guy who told us our pace and distance at mile 3).
When we were approaching mile 10 I asked my son what time did he think we would finish the race.  He said around 2 hours 40 minutes.  I laughed and said around 2 hours 20 minutes.  He laughed and said no way...not in this heat.  He asked to see the time.  We hit mile 10.  It was 11:02 (2 hours and 2 minutes running).  At that moment he hugged me.  A smile was on his face as he took off.
We had 1.6 miles to go and he knew he was going to finish the race under the time he thought.  We were following our own pace (4-1 was gone).  We started to pass more and more of the field.  We were passing runners we did not see since the start of the race.  As others struggled with hydration and heat we kept on moving and drinking water.
At mile 11 we could fell the finish line.  We were loving the views and could hear the band near the finishing line.  We were walking and running at my son's pace.  Up a small incline and we could see a police officer.  Turn left and follow the road down and into the park.  We knew we were close. As we got near the gate my son took off.  I could not keep up with his sudden burst of speed.  Only one problem.  He took off to soon.  I caught up to and passed him.
As I always do I yelled out "GO ACHILLES".  We crossed the finish line with a time of 2:19:23.  Our pace was 12:01 per mile.  My son set a PR with distance, time, and pace.  I was very proud of him.  He was thrilled.  How did he celebrate?  He went on water slides.  I had water and my recovery powder.  It was a great day and an incredible experience.  Looking forward to this event next year.
Take care,
Mr. F
What was your new experience this week?
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 07, 2015, 04:00:52 PM
Hello Everybody,

On November 1, 2015 I will be running/walking the New York City Marathon.  After 8 knee operations I never thought I would take part in any running event.  With the help of Achilles International CT Chapter last year I became a disabled athlete.  Now I would like to give back to the organization, athletes, and guides who have given so much to me.  Achilles International is a non-profit organization.  Everyone involved in the Connecticut chapter is a volunteer.  We need donations to keep our organization surviving and thriving. 

I am trying to raise a minimum of $5,000 for Achilles International CT Chapter.  I have setup a fundraising webpage through www.youcaring.com .  Please visit my page and make a donation, which is tax deductible.  Also, please share this message and link with others to help spread the word.  Emails, Facebook, Twitter and any other social media would be great.

http://www.youcaring.com/achilles-international-ct-chapter-407768

Thank you,
Mr. F

Adam Fleisher (AKA- Ctachilles Runner)
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 08, 2015, 05:12:52 PM
Hello everybody,
Remember to visit my youcaring page:

http://www.youcaring.com/achilles-international-ct-chapter-407768

I will be run/walking the New York City Marathon with Achilles International CT Chapter.  My charity partner is Achilles International CT Chapter.  Please donate to this cause.  All money donated goes to helping disabled athletes participate in mainstream athletic events.

Today my son and me had a training day.  We were planning on running with our local running group, the Glastonbury River Runners.  We met up with the other runners at 6:30am at a local elementary school.  I was excited about today's run.  The slower people were running 9 miles which meant the group would stay together.  We start running and about .3 miles in my son says "I dropped my gummy bears".  What?  He eats them for the sugar when he runs 6 or more miles. 
We turned around and searched for the bag.  We made our way back to the elementary school.  We searched the parking lot.  And that is when I realized he left the bag at home.
We headed back to the house.  When we got home I headed to the kitchen to find the bag.  To my shock and surprise the bag was not here.  My son went to the living room.  He found the bag on a table.
We gathered up our stuff and headed out.  We ran by ourselves.  We ended up running in a different area of town.  (We ended up running with a different running group- Hartford Marathon Foundation training group).  At one point we ran a different way.
We were running in a hilly neighborhood.  We were going up and down local roads.  (Also this added extra hills and miles).  Along the way we were passing runners.  One of the runners shouts "Are you Adam?" She was another 169 member.  She said "I see your pictures all over FB".  I have to admit it felt good to be recognized by another runner.
As we left this area and headed back to town my son was feeling the heat.  We had a good pace going.  We were running for 4 minutes and walking 1 minute.  Our pace was 12:28 per mile.  Other runners caught up to us.  We followed them and saw 3 motorcycles.  We commented about the motorcycle gangs in our neighborhood.  About 10 minutes later at least 40 motorcycles passed us.  OK now you have your motorcycle gang.
As we got closer into town we caught up to the other training group and ran by several members.  I asked a person how far are they running today.  7 miles was the answer.  We were pushing 8.  Nice job HMF training group.
We headed into town.  We past the local park.  We ran past the local supermarket.  We ran under a major highway.  And then we hit our magic spot.  We knew we had 3 miles until we reached home.  This area always makes us happy.  A 5K and then then run is over.  We have conquered the road.
Well we did not make it this far.  At around mile 11 my son was feeling the hills and heat.  He was dragging and walking more and more.  Instead of making him suffer.  I asked if he wanted to take the shorter way home.  He smiled and said yes.
We finished our run in about 2 hours and 28 minutes.  Our pace was 12:40 per mile.  We ran/walked 11.7 miles.  Not bad for a Saturday training run.
I hope you have a fantastic Saturday.  Remember to go out and experience something new.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 10, 2015, 08:56:05 PM
Hello everybody,
Remember to visit my youcaring page and make a donation:

http://www.youcaring.com/achilles-international-ct-chapter-407768

Well I hit the gym this morning.  I have been working on my leg muscles this month.  On Sunday I am going to have one terrific workout.  I will be run/walking a hilly half marathon, the Bristol Half Marathon.  A new Achilles International guide was assigned to me.  This will be my tenth guide.  Jon is a seasoned guide.  He runs races from 5ks through full marathons.  With all the time we will be running up and down hills I will be able to pick his brain for helpful tips to successfully running a full marathon.
Tomorrow my son and me are walking at least 7 miles.  Hopefully the heat and humidity will be at a minimum.  I need to look on line and creat a new route.  This way it keeps us fresh and we do not get distracted.
My wife is changing jobs.  She was hired by a new local running store (soundRUNNER).  The store is being worked on and construction is coming to an end.  Hopefully this week or next week the store will be opened.  I am trying to hold off purchasing items at different running stores. 
On Friday night soundRUNNER is holding a pub run with another store.  We are planning on attending this run.  After the event the pub has food that the entire family can eat.  This is amazing.  We are very picky eaters.  We all have different needs and tastes.  This will make life so much easier than our struggles to find some restaurant, we get frustrated, and the end up eating at home.
My son is not upset that we will not be running together on Saturday.  I can not run on Friday, then again on Saturday, and again on Sunday.  He would love to run with me on Sunday.  He understands his limits and does not want to kill himself on his first half. 
I am going to local stores/businesses (and online through Facebook) asking for donations and sharing my cause.  I have been to and been messaging with at least 30 different companies.  As Tom Petty says "the waiting is the hardest part."
Take care,
Mr. F
New experiences are good for personal growth.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 13, 2015, 02:06:35 AM
Hello everybody,
Well Tuesday was all washed out.  It basically rained all day and into the night.  So our walk day did not occur.  I spent the day answering emails, Facebook messages, and working on a new fund-raising idea.  (I am working on a site and days to do this.  I will post about this at a later date.  Maybe in September). 
Today was a gym day.  It was a great workout.  Hit all the major muscle groups through free weights, machines, and a class.  I kicked my own butt today.  Later on my son and I went for a swim.  Well he swam.  I put my legs in the freezing cold water and my knees were not happy.  Instead,of going all the way in I had my legs in the water and I sat on the side of the pool.  (We were at our local community pool). 
Tomorrow is another walking day. We are looking forward to tomorrow.  We plan on walking 7-10 miles.  Up early and out by 6:00am.  This way we have our walk finished by 9:00-9:30am.  We avoid all the heat and humidity.  Also we have the rest of the day to do what we want.  Most of the time I take a nap.  (With my knees I wake up 2-5 times every night.  At this point I would almost give anything for one night when I can sleep 7 hours uninterrupted.)
Well that is it from here.  I hope you had an eventful day.
Take care,
Mr. F
Experience something new...I did and my knees did not like it.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 13, 2015, 02:12:42 AM
Hell of everybody,
I forgot to add a link from a story I saw this morning.  She is an inspiration to everyone:

http://www.cbsnews.com/videos/a-77-year-old-transforms-her-life-through-crossfit/

Take care,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 15, 2015, 03:32:33 AM
Hello everybody,
Not a long post tonight.  My wife has been having issues with her IT band.  Going through shoes figuring out what she can run in.  So we did not take part in a pub run tonight.  Such is life.  What is the saying "happy wife, happy life."  I would rather take her out for a nice quiet dinner for two than having her complain for the next week why did you let me run.
My son and I signed up to run his first half marathon together.  It is on September 12.  He is excited.  We have taken part in an 11.6 mile road race and ran 13.1 miles on our own.  He wants an official half marathon time.  So we still have time to train for this run.
On Sunday I will be running the Bristol Half Marathon.  A very hilly race.  And it will be hot and humid.  The triple H of death.  I am not expecting a PR but it would be nice to finish the race between 2:25:00-2:30:00.
That is all for now....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 18, 2015, 10:55:31 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am back to running half marathons.  No, I did not take a break.  During July and up to August 15 there were no half marathons in our state.  On August 16 I took part in the Bristol Half Marathon.  I was excited since this course has the hills of "death".  It is considered one of the toughest courses. 
I arrived early because of parking.  While I was waiting for the bib line to open I was talking to other runners.  We talked about last year's Hartford Marathon and the weather.  I met a runner who had taken part in the New York City Marathon.  He was telling me about the course.  He asked about my qualifying run.
I did not need a qualifying run.  Why?  I am an Achilles International athlete.  We have a connection with the New York City Marathon.  I applied for, and got in the marathon.  He asked how I was considered disabled.  I told him my story.  He was impressed.
Little did I know Channel 3 news was at the race and the news reporter heard my story.  Awhile later the reporter asked if he could interview me.  How cool is this.  He said that he was impressed with my story.  Also he wanted to show a different side to running.  (Almost all the time the runner who is interviewed is an incredible runner.  I was the athlete nobody sees).  Around 7:30am I was interviewed.  I got to tell my story and represent Achilles International.
At 7:45am we were called over to the starting line.  The race director said we were chipped timed so we need to stay to the right when we start.  Little did I know we were gun timed.  PUBLIC SERVICE ANNOUNCEMENT... Do not say you are a chipped time race when everyone starts at the same time (so when I started 20-30 seconds after the people in the front that was great). 
We started out running down hill.  At this point people were taking off.  I held back knowing what was to come.  Miles one and two was like running in a steaming hot, wet, blanket.  I was so happy I brought my 70 ounce backpack.  By mile three I was dripping with sweat.  I was pouring water all over me at the stops.  Mile four approached fast.  The scenery was great.  We were running up and down hills, past historic sights, and beautiful parks.
As we approached mile five we were pushed over to the right side of the road.  Also we were running for 2 miles with no shade.  So I was feeling the heat.  I changed my interval from 5-1 to 4-1.  We were still moving.  As runners were coming about on the opposite side I was looking for the turn about.  Finally the cones were visible.  I was excited.  We hit the cones and made a left.  After this we were moved to the right.  I misjudged a step and my right foot landed awkwardly on a man hole cover. 
Oh [email protected]  I can not believe my luck.  At this point my main concern was my right knee.  I stopped running and bent my knee.  So far no pain.  Or was it my adrenaline kicking in?  I did not notice any pain.  At this point I made a decision.  No running for the next mile.  If I felt good I would walk most of the way.   
So I was walking for the next mile.  My guide, who it was his first time guiding me, was surprised on how fast I was walking. He was running to keep up with me.  He was concerned and kept checking to make sure I was ok.
At mile 7 the hills started.  He ups and downs were fun on this hot and humid day.  At this point I was keeping up with 2 other runners.  I would make up ground when they walked.  As soon as I got closer and closer they would take off running.  And again I would have to make up ground.
Somewhere in mile 8 the uphill climb started.  The heat and humidity make this climb worse.  The sweat was pouring out of everyone.  People were starting to slow down.  Around mile 9 there was a downhill and a turn and another uphill climb.  In the downhill a runner sat down and we were worried she had minor heatstroke.  She said she was ok.  We made sure to talk to a police officer and he checked on her.
During mile 9 the two runners in front of me were starting to slow down.  It was frustrating that I could not catch them.  The inclines in mile 9 were difficult.  By mile 9.4 I was able to catch and pass one of the people I was following.  By mile 9.6 I caught the other runner.  And by Mile 10 they were both behind me.  I was feeling the heat and humidity.  My legs were feeling the hills.  It was great hitting the water station.
Oh, I forgot at mile 9 the local cheerleaders were out on the course.  They were saying you are almost there.  The two drummers actually gave me a rush to keep moving. At mile 10 there were more cheerleaders saying you are almost there.  (Nobody should say you are almost there until mile 11).
Miles 11 and 12 were still uphill.  I was keeping motivated by not having any knee issues.  I was hoping for a 2:30:00 half marathon. At mile 12 the down hill finally arrived.  I was walking.  I decided to check my knee and ran about three-tenth of a mile.  I waking until mile 12.6.  (Oh, I forgot to mention the runner who sat down caught up to us.  She was fine.  And one of the people who I paced off of caught up to us).  With half a mile left I ran. 
As always getting close to the finish line I yelled GO ACHILLES.  It was great having people cheering me on.  As we crossed the finish line I looked up.  2:34:55 was my time.  I was happy with this time.  I walked close to 7 miles, and it was hot and humid.
I am happy to report my right knee is feeling good.  My tenth half marathon, and thirty-ninth race, was successful.  So now I am twining for New York, and a 20K.
Take care,
Mr. F
PS- the summer of new experiences is almost over.   What have you done?
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 20, 2015, 01:22:20 AM
Hello everybody,
Tuesday was a training day.  It is one of my walking days.  I am back at work.  So I rearranged my day.  If I wanted to go for a walk with my son, without the heat  and humidity affecting us, we would have to leave by 4:30am. I did not want to get to work and feel tired.  We made arrangements to walk around 6:30pm. 
I was at a training yesterday.  It is amazing that people who present have no ability to put a PowerPoint or Prezi together.  After work I went home and did some reading.  Around 6:30pm I checked with my son if he was ready to walk.  He did not want to go (hot and humid).
I got ready to go.  I took my hydration pack and salt stick caps.  I went outside, stretched, and turned on my running app.  It was hot and humid.  So my goal was to walk 2-4 miles. 
It was around 6:35pm when I took off.  I was not in the mood to walk so I decided to run the first mile.  I was at a nice steady pace. The heat was hitting me early on.  When I got to mile 1 my body was feeling good and I wanted to keep running.  Between miles 1-2 the humidity was starting to kick in.  Also some small hills started.  I was thinking about the last time I ran not using an interval (and a distance longer than a 5k).
At mile 2 I wanted to see if I could make it to the local high school.  More ups and downs.  I was trying to keep a steady pace.  I did not want to push to hard going up and I did not want to take off going down the hills.  As I approached the area near the high school I decided to go to another neighborhood.
I took a right and hit a hilly residential area.  What I would do is go up on street, and make a right on a perpendicular road.  I would take this to the next intersection and make a right.  I kept this up.  Running up and down hills.  Up, across, down, and across.  I was running through this neighborhood.
During this time I was taking my salt sick caps.  I was thinking that I should have run about 5 miles.  I was not running using intervals.  I would keep running as long as my body would let me.  I would not push myself.  I was enjoying the run.
I would pick an area and run to this point.  If I felt good and could keep going I would focus on my next area I would run to.  Also I was thinking about the intervals I ran.  This kept me focused.  I could not believe I was not stopping.
Before I knew it I was leaving this area.  I would run back to where I live.  I crossed a major intersection and headed back to the center of town.  I was moving and feeling good.  I was hitting some more hills.  The ups were taking its toll on me.  My quad muscles were screaming.
As I ran I was not thinking about my pace, miles, or overall time.  What was great was my app had the volume turned down.  It was open and running, but I could not hear the info.  This let me stay focused.
Eventually I was back in the center of town.  Now I would turn left and hit the park.  I turned left into the park.  I followed the road into the parking lot.  I ran the outer loop.  And then I ran back to the intersection.
I made a left and continued running.  At this point the sun set.  It was not completely dark.  A slight cool breeze occurred.  This is what I needed.
I ran past the local boat house and park.  I passed the senior center.  I hit the next intersection.  I made a right and continued running.  I eventually came up to another intersection.  It was perfect timing.  As I got close to the intersection the walk symbol went on.  I ran across the street.
I made a right and continued running.  Now it was completely dark.  I was feeling good.  No issues and I wanted to continue running.
I headed up the street to the next intersection.  Here I made a left.  I ran on this road until it dead ended.  I turned left.  A little while up was a 3 way stop.  Here I made a right.  I followed this road to a stop.  Here I made a right.  The darkness was an issue.  I could not tell what was close to me or what was on the ground. 
I followed this road to a stop and made a right.  I followed this road to an intersection.  Here I made a right.
I was feeling good, but my pace slowed down.  I followed this road to where I live.  As I approached the right turn to enter my complex I decided to run 1 loop around the circle.  I thought I ran at least 10 miles at a pace of 11:09 per mile.
As I ran around the cicle I looked at my app.  I ran 10.1 miles at a pace of 11:13 per mile.  Wow not bad.
I wanted to walk 2-4 miles and ended up running 10.1 miles.  Yes I was happy.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 22, 2015, 12:11:01 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I am back to work this week.  I enjoyed my stay-cation.  Tuesday was a training day and I took full advantage of it.  Thursday was another training day.  Unfortunately I was in a horrible training and by the time I arrived home it was hot and humid.  I waited until the sun was setting to go running.  Instead I passed out on the couch.
 So today was my new training day.  My son and I planned on waking up early and being on the road by 6:00 am.  When we woke up at 5:00 it was raining.  We postponed our run.  Well 6 turned into 7 which turned into 9 and before you knew it noon.  We were not putting off our training.  It was raining all day.  We waited and waited.  Eventually my wife came home from work and we took a class at the gym (there is no track at our gym). 
Tomorrow it is suppose to be better weather.  My son and I will be running with our local running group.  We will run 9.3 miles with them.  This will not include the walk to our meeting point and the run home.  I am hoping we can get 12-13 miles of gallowaying tomorrow.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on August 29, 2015, 04:27:16 PM
Hello everybody,
Well its been a stressful week at work.  So I needed today's run.  Before I get into this I am going to tell you about the 2 training days of walking.  Tuesday and Thursday are my walking days.  My son joins me and we have great conversations about life, science, video games, school, politics, movies, books and other issues.  Monday night until Tuesday morning I ended up sleeping 3 hours.  After work I was a wreck.  When I got home I joined my wife on the patio.  While we were talking I was fall asleep.  (She was laughing at me.  I am surprised no pictures were placed on FaceBook). 
On Wednesday I felt better.  When I got home my son was waiting and wanted to go for a walk.  We were not setting any records for pace.  We were walking slow and enjoying the walk.  Our pace was over 20 minutes per mile.  We were walking in a hilly area, and it was hot and humid.  We ended up walking 7.25 miles.
On Friday we decided to take another training walk.  This time we left the house earlier. We walked in a similar area as Wednesday.  This time our pace was just under 20 minutes a mile.  We walked 7.68 miles.  This time the conversation was about game theory and youtube videos.
I was determined to wake up early and get out before sunrise.  I did not want to run in the heat and humidity.  I woke up at 4:00am, ate breakfast, and got ready.  I was out the door, warmed up and stretched out, around 5:00am.  And I was off running.
I did not pay attention to the weather last night.  Oh my gosh I was cold.  It was around 55 degrees this morning.  Not what I expected.  But I figured I would start running feeling cold and as I warmed up I would be fine (no extra layers).
As you know I use a modified Galloway.  I normally run 5 minutes and walk 1 minute.  My longer run pace is between 11:30-13:00 minutes per mile.  And today I was looking to run between 16-17 miles.
I could not believe how little cars were out at 5:00am.  I was able to cross intersections without any problems.  The only issue was lighting.  In my neighborhood there is limited street lights and this made running on the sidewalks an adventure.  (Not being able to see where you are running).
I tried to look several feet in-front of me.  No luck.  I tried looking less than a foot in-front of me.  No luck.  I decided that I would run in the road.  (I am not a fan of this but it was this or walk).
I wanted to run in the area my son and I ran in last week.  There were hills, grassy areas, gravel, pavement, and sidewalks.  Nice mixture of surfaces and beautiful scenery.  It would be a 3.7 mile run to get to the area.  I figured I would run to the church and then Galloway the rest of my run.
So here I am about a mile into the run. I knew my pace was over 12 minutes per mile.  I am contemplating when I should Galloway already.  To keep me focused I started to set smaller goals.  Running to an area .3 miles away.  Once I got here seeing how I felt.  Now running to an area .4 miles away.  I kept doing this and I was over 2.5 miles before I knew it.
Now I was hitting the hills.  What would happen?  Would I start walking up the hills and running the down?  Or would I take on the hills and win?  For once I was able to conqueror the hills.  Now I was in the dangerous area.  No lights and it is still dark outside.  Yes I did have a light on me so cars could tell I was on the road, grass, or sidewalk. 
I was coming up on 3 miles and feeling strong.  I did not know my exact pace put I could tell I was moving.  More hills, no problems.  Soon I was at 3.5 miles.  I could see the light and the church where I needed to make a right.  Short time later I was in the area I wanted to run.  (Last week we Gallowayed 9.5 miles in 2 hours). 
I make my right and continue running.  I decided that I would run until I felt I needed a break.  (I was hoping I could get to 8 miles).  Along the way I am eating gummy bears (the sugar is necessary and taking a salt stick cap about every 30 minutes).  This combination has been working out great for me (no more UCan).  (I love UCan but it sits heavy in your stomach). 
I am running up a slight incline and then there is a nice decline.  Run with it.  Feel the increased pace.  Enjoy the run downhill (we are not like the people on bicycles who can stop peddling on the downhill).
I make a right and I am in a residential area with farms.  It is very quite and dark.  I can hear the birds and people working in the fields.  I am following this road for about a mile.
Then I turn right.  Passing a farm that has tobacco drying.  I was told that Billy Joel made one of his videos on this farm.  I have never seen the video so I do not know if it is true.  If it is true it is a beautiful farm.  The road eventually dead-ends. (If you keep going you end up in a river).  I make a left and head into the gravel path.  There is a loop that is surrounded by trees and plants.  After going around the loop you have to go back the way you came.  (This road and loop adds about a mile to your run).
I hit the intersection and turn right.  I am feeling strong.  I can keep running.  (Also I am nowhere near 8 miles).  So I continue down the road.  (Last week we were walking in this area so it took forever to get to the next road).  Today it seemed like no time and I was turning left.
This road has a mix of surfaces, hills, and blind spots.  I was thinking this might be the area where I start to Galloway.  I hit the first hill.  I keep repeating a moment of hell for a lifetime of glory along with my inspiration "SUCK IT UP BUTTERCUP" (this was told to me by one of my guides and every time I think of giving up I repeat it).  Hill one down.  Now the gravel.  Next more hills and blind spots.  (I can not imagine living in this area.  No lights. limited visibility on the roads, and terrible streets).  Finally I am back on pavement.  One last hill to tackle.  I keep repeating what I said above.
I make a right and I start to take off.  Where did this kick come from?  This is not me.  I am not this type of runner.  (Normally hills wipe me out and I need to walk).  I have to hold myself back.  I do not want to burn out.  (During this entire run I keep slowing myself down).
I am on the road that seemed to go on forever (during last week's run).  There are several hills.  I figured one of these hills would get to me.  I was ready to stop and take a break.  My mind and body said noway.  Keep moving you will be fine.  So I kept on running.  I noticed that I am close to where I have to make a right.  Not bad this time around.
I am getting close to an elementary school.  I know I am around 8 miles into my run.  (I reached my goal).  I continue to run.  As I pass the elementary school I am around mile 9.  This is where there are 2 big declines.  Again I am going to enjoy the downhill runs.  Unfortunately the first decline is sever.  I have to watch out and control my pace and form.  (At one point I felt like I was going to lose control but I figured out what to do and nothing happened.)  The next downhill I enjoyed the run.  I was flying.  I felt strong.  (After this point I could not hold myself back.  I would slow my pace down but I was moving).
As short time later I hit the intersection.  I made a left and headed into the area with the local "Yatch Club" (this is on a river).  I love this area.  It is very quiet and once you pass the dump very picturesque.
The roads are not in the greatest of shapes.  There are no sidewalks in this area.  I make it to an area with an abandoned house (or at least this is the way it looks.)  The pool is drained and is full of leaves.  Short run up the road and you hit a turn-around. 
Now it is time to run back.  At the end of this neighborhood is another small hill with a steep incline.  Shortly after this you pass the dump, some farms, and then you are back to the intersection.  I figured I am 10-11 miles into my run.  I am feeling good and continue to run.
At this point of the run the river is to your left and the houses and farms are beautiful.  It is an enjoyable area to run through.  I keep moving on.  There are some hills and declines.  I run past more farms.  Finally I hit the boat house.  I know I am getting close.
I keep running.  I reach the area where the road dead-ends.  I do not turn down this road.  I pass more farms.  Now I am at the area where the roads divide.  I make a left and head up a hill.  Oh my gosh is this steep.  Will this be the point when I stop and rest?  My mind and body say push on.  So I keep running.  Once I reach the top I can see the local library.  Next I can see the traffic light.  This would be about 13 miles in.
Once I reach the light I make a left.  I know I have run the distance of a half marathon.  How much more can I go?  I feel my pace slowing down.  It is much lighter than several hours ago.  But I can still see my breath.  I keep pushing on.
I have the hills to tackle.  I take them one at a time.  Remembering what I did to get to this area I set smaller goals.  I take run up and down the hills.  No problems.  Now I would like to make at least 15 miles before I start to walk.
I figured I am around 14 miles into my run.  I have never run 14 miles without stopping.  I push on.  I am running better than 12 minute miles so I figured this is the time to consume my only Gu.  (This was the best decision).  Wow what a rush.  I am motivated and back on whatever my pace is.
Before I knew it I was near the traffic light that I needed to make a right on.  (This is the major local road.  I have several more miles to go).  I feel the rush of knowing I made it back to this point. 
As I am running I noticed two people.  They are from a local group training for a marathon in October (Hartford Marathon). 
I crossed the street and kept moving.  As I was running more and more of the group was passing me (running in the opposite direction).  I was saying hi and having small conversations.  This kept me going.  Before I knew it I was at the intersection that would take you to the local high school.  I have about 1.5 miles to go to get home.
I started setting my small goals.  My legs were starting to feel heavy.  But my pace and form never faded.  I hit one goal and then another.  Soon I was near the local park.  Next was a local restaurant. After I crossed the street I could see the traffic light.  One last right and I am home.
I finally got to the right and crossed the street.  A left and I entered my complex.  So close I could feel it.  I ran past my house and looked at my app.  17 miles, 3 hours 5 minutes and 49 seconds, with a pace of 10 minutes and 56 seconds.  Wow I was moving.
Before today I would not say I was a strong runner.  After today I will tell you differently.
I hope you have a fantastic day,
Mr. F
The summer of new experiences is coming to an end, but not the experiences.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 05, 2015, 01:42:03 AM
Hello everybody,
Wow this work week was stressful.  I am glad it is over, and that we have Monday off.  Tuesday and Thursday were training days.  You know what that means.  My son and I were out walking.  We walked 6.7 and 7.2 miles.  We talked about life, school, video games, and some other items.  (I will try and keep at least one walking day after the New York City Marathon so we can have our "guys time".). Our pace on walking days is, to say the least, consistent.  We walk at about 20 minutes per mile. 
One day after our walk we ended up at Ben and Jerries.  I do not eat this, but my son loves their milkshakes.  So we stopped and and he indulged.  The next training day we ended up in Whole Foods for chicken salad and pizza.
Tomorrow the family will run 3.5 miles together.  This may sound like an extremely short run.  There are several reasons for this.  First my wife is finally back to running.  She experienced some health issues (running injuries).  Second I have a 20k on Monday.  Finally we are volunteering with the beginning running group (through Glastonbury River Runners).
I was thinking about this and realized I need new inserts.  The ones I have been using have been with me since I purchased my first pair of Hokas. (I am on my fourth pair and getting ready for number five).  The shoes I have been training with have over 260 miles on them).  So I am looking to purchase new inserts this weekend.  If I get them Saturday I will need to break them in before running a race.  (Which means I can use them during the 20k).
The other night I was watching television.  I started thinking about the marathon and singing Billy Joel's New York Sate of Mind.  And I realized that I am coming up on the 10th anniversary of my knee replacements.  How will I celebrate this milestone?  By running a marathon.  (Yes this is unique and unorthodox,and an extremely cool way to celebrate).
On Momday I will be running in New Haven.  There will be a group of Achilles International athletes and guides.  We were sponserored for this run.  Which, according to my son, makes me a professional athlete.  (I like the way he thinks, but no I am not).  I am looking forward to running with my friends and mentors.  It has been almost 3 months since Achilles had an event.
Along with all of this I am trying to set up a virtual run along with a fun run at a local school.  I want to create a fund-raiser that enables everyone to participate.  I am working on the week for the virtual part and a day that people can meeting up at a track and run whatever distance they want.  I will let you know more about the event as I can establish a "race" day.
Well that is all from here.  Have a fantastic weekend and get out and be active.
Take care,
Mr. F
Changing the summer of new experiences to Get Out And Be Active
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 13, 2015, 12:27:20 AM
Hello everybody,
I noticed I did not post about my 20k.  Well let me tell you it was an experience.  I ran the New Haven 20k with other Achilles International athletes and guides.  It was nice seeing people I have not seen in awhile.  We all have different medical issues.  Some are more visible than others.  Some of our athletes are in wheelchairs.  Those of us who are not and have a TBI or knees that have been replaced are not as easy identifiable.  We still have our own daily issues.  We struggle to be mobile, walk, and run.  What amazes us the most is when people say "you do not look disabled" or "who are you guiding today".  When someone says "you do not look disabled" I want to reply "you do not look like a moron". 
So after our rants and discussions about families and lives we all head to our table.  We take our group photo and find other friends to hang out with before the race.  My guide, Mike, and I head out to find the 169 group.  (This is another running group we belong to).  We take the group photo and head out to the starting area. After 5 minutes of speeches and what not we are off.
We the people in the front are running.  We are not even walking.  Finally the sea of humanity moves forward and we start running.
I will not go mile by mile.  I will tell you about the major points.  Early on the weather is hot, there is shade, and a nice breeze.  I am pacing about 10:20 per mile.  I am Gallowaying a 5-1 interval.  People are commenting on how great we are running and how impressive it is to see us using this method.
Miles 4-6 are going great.  But the sun is now starting to bake us.  There is limited shade and the breeze is turning into warm air.  I am pouring cups of water over my head to keep from overheating.  There are some inclines during the race but nothing major.
During mile 6 and all the way through mile 9 we are directly in the sun.  There is almost no shade.  The breeze is warm.  And the humidity has kicked in.  People are using their hoses to squirt, spray, water over the runners.  Some people love this but not me.  Once your shoes get soaked you are prone to blisters.  So I try to avoid the water.
Around mile 9 my right knee starts to ache some. (At this point I am pacing around 10:25-10:30 per mile).  I am trying to push forward.  The heat and humidity are getting to everyone.  Before mile 10 my right knee gives up.  I am walking.
Miles 10-12 are almost all at a walking pace.  What early success I had is now all dissappearing.  My per mile pace is climing and my overall time is going up.  I keep hearing your average pace is 10:45 per mile, then 10:50, then 10:53, and 10:58 per mile.  I am walking as fast as I can.  I will not give up.  I can not give up.
At mile 12 I decide to run.  The last .4 of a mile was the worse.  It felt like it was taking forever to end.  I can finally see the finish line.  I make a dash.  2:18:31 (11:15 per mile). 
Not my best time but I will take it. 
This was my first 20k race.  Hopefully not my last.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 14, 2015, 02:22:15 AM
Hello everybody,
I did not mention the half marathon that me and my son ran yesterday in the post from Saturday.  I wanted to keep this post separate from the 20k I ran.
On Saturday I had the privillage and pleasure of running with my son.  What made this so special is that this half marathon was his first.  He wanted a different half to be his first.  We trained all summer long for this moment.  I signed him up for the Sam Elpern Half Marathon last month.  During our training time he did the distance of a half on two different occasions.
So we get to the event early.  It was held 70 miles from where we live.  My son was excited because he loves geese and there were geese all over a field.  The one issue I had was there were no porta-potties nor was a door open to the building to use the restrooms.  (The building was reported to open at 6:30am, and the building opened at 7:30am).
We waited for another half hour and at 8:00am the race started.  It was a beautiful day.  The sun was out, there was a breeze, and there was shade on almost every area of the course.  Also the course was a double loop.  The hills were not so bad, and not many of them. We brought our hydration packs with us so we were all set with water. 
We start near the front because the race was gun timed.  We are running a 4-1 Galloway.  When we started off my son would not talk.  When he talks he runs better.  So I am trying my best to get him to say something.  He was focused in on his pace.  He did not want to get out too hot.  He wanted to run at a pace of 12:30 per mile.  We got to mile 1 around 11 minutes.
Neither of us turned on a run app on our phones.  I wanted my son to feel his pace and enjoy the run.  Not listen to an app and feel the pressure of the time.  Also I did not want he burning himself out early on.  (I knew he would finish before 3:00:00).
We were talking, pacing, and enjoying the first 3 miles.  My son commented about how good the first 5k went.  He was keeping a good pace, hydrating, and fueling up.  He felt good and was leading us.  We were in a group and using several people as markers.  (Where to go and maintain a pace).
During the next three miles my son kept up a consistence pace.  He was leading us.  I was looking at the course and determining the best points to walk and run.  When needed we slowed down or did some extra walking.  At mile six my son wanted to know our pace.  I would not tell him until mile 8.  (He loves to figure things out and he would determine his finishing time based on 6 miles.  This would not turn out well).
As we hit mile 7 we were near the building we started out at.  My son was not happy.  "We have to run the same area again.  I hate this."  When we passed the church and made a right he smiled and realized running the loop again was a good thing.
During miles 8-9 he picked up his pace and started to pass people.  He wanted to know his per mile pace.  I told him 12:30 per mile to keep him going.  He was running and was trying to pick up the pace.  I told him that mile 10 is where he might hit a wall.  I wanted him to keep up a pace he was running. 
And like I said he hit the wall.  He needed cold water poured over his head and neck.  He was overheating.  (The water stop that he needed was not operational because there was no water).  During this mile he was walking more and at a slower pace.  I was encouraging him.  He was not focusing and people were catching up to us (they never passed us).
Finally we hit a water station.  One person pours cold water over his head and neck and my son feels revived.  (Initially my son was against this but I insisted).  Now we are back in business.  My son picks up his pace and calls mile 10 "the walk of shame".  He wants to redem himself.
We are moving again.  He is catching up to and passing people we have not see in 6-7 miles.  During mile 12 he flies by two women.  They are cheering him on.  We are about a half mile from the finish and I can tell he is running out of energy.  I am pushing him.
We are in an area where I know we are close but he is fading.  We hit some bushes and I can see the finish line.  I point the area out and I see his eyes light up.  He starts running.  We pass one last runner.  I finish first so I can take some pictures of his finish.  He lunges forward to a cheering crowd.  2:44:21 with a pace of 12:33 per mile.  He did a fantastic job of pacing us.
After finishing he grabbed a frozen icecream Snickers.  He goes over to the results table.  He checks his age group and finds out he placed.  Second in his age group.  So he goes home with a finisher's medal and a second place medal.  Great day and even better time.
We ended up celebrating at Friendly's restaurant.  He wanted French fries, chicken, and icecream.  This is how we celebrated his first half marathon.
It was a great day.  I hope your weekend was as good as mine.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on September 23, 2015, 05:07:45 PM
Hello everybody,
Well the training has been going well.  Last week was my most productive so far.  Monday I ran 13.45 miles with a pace of 10:23 and walked 3.6 miles (pace over over 14:00).  Tuesday I walked 6.5 miles in 90 minutes and ran 2 miles with the beginning running group.  Wednesday my son and I walked 6.85 miles.  And on Saturday we ran 6.5, ran over 2 miles with the beginning group.  I ran-walked over 40 miles last week.  It was incredible.

This week has not been so good to me.  On Sunday I was slammed by a cold that is going around.  By Monday morning it was horrific.  I took the day off of work.  Yesterday I went back to work.  My son had cross country practice and open house.  So no training.  Today I am home sick.  No training for me.  My son has events for the next 2 days and I have a work thing on Thursday night.  So my training for this week is lagging.  I will be running with my guides on Saturday.  This should be between 15-18 miles.

Other than this nothing new and exciting.  I hope all is well with you.

Take care,
Mr. F

If you can please check out my youcaring page, read my story, and make a donation to a worthwhile cause...
https://www.youcaring.com/achilles-international-ct-chapter-407768#goto-gallery

Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 18, 2015, 11:33:36 PM
Hello everybody,
I am organizing a fund-raiser. It is the inaugural Achilles International CT Chapter 5K-10K-whatever Fun Run. All proceeds go Achilles International CT Chapter. The virtual event will take place from October 19-October 25, 2015.

A $15 donation gets you into the Fun Run. You can sign up via my youcaring page. Please place Fun Run in the comment area.

Once you have completed your run please message me your distance and time.

If you are not running please donate to an incredible cause. Any amount is appreciated.

https://www.youcaring.com/achilles-international-ct-chapter-407768#goto-gallery

Thank you,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 30, 2015, 03:37:57 AM
Hello everybody,
I am so sorry for not posting in sometime.  I have been extremely busy.   Work is, well let me see, work is work.  It's been stressful the past couple of weeks.  The one thing that has kept me going is focusing on my running and the New York City Marathon.
Two weeks ago I ran (Gallowayed 5-1) 20 miles.  I was feeling good that morning.  38 degrees out.  Running at 4:30am.  I paced out at 11:06 per mile.  3:42:00 overall time.  The next day I ran a 5k with my son (31:04).  Not bad for this old man.  (On top of this I did several training walks.  Overall almost 48 miles this week between walking and running).
Last week was my tapering week.  I went out for a 4-5 mile walk and ended up walking 2 miles and Gallowaying 8 miles.  Last Saturday was my final run.  10 miles in 2:02:00.  This included on stop to ask hunters where the other hunters were.  (Trail running on a Saturday near the opening of hunting season is not recommended).  We entered the trails, ran about 0.3 miles and turned around.  Also there was a bathroom stop included in this time.
Tomorrow I am off to New York with my guide.  This year the New York Marathon and/or Achilles International has implemented a policy of each Achilles athlete needs 2 guides.  So another local volunteer, who has run NY marathon, will be joining us.  This will give me some perspective of the course while running.
I will be celebrating the 10th anniversary of parts of my original knee replacement.  Other parts have been revised.  What will I be doing during my celebration?  I will be running and walking all over NY.  Amazing.
My wife and I were talking and thinking about 2 years ago.  I was not physically active and at most went to the gym to lift weights.  I would mope around the house after work.  My knees in pain and not much that I could do about it.
Now I have a second chance at life.  We both agreed that I am on borrowed time.  We have no idea how much longer I will be able to run.  Also this will be my first, last, and only marathon.  There is too much impact on the knees to run multiple marathons in one year.  My wife did say that she supports me in running as many half marathons as I would like.  You have to love a supportive woman.
Well that is all for now.  If I have access to a computer in NY I will post an update.  Be on the lookout for a possible picture.

Take care,
Mr. F
If you would like to follow me you can download the NY City Marathon mobile app (tcs New York City marathon).  My bib number is 18865.  Go Achilles International.
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on October 31, 2015, 02:21:49 AM
Hello everybody,
Today was a travel day.  Headed to New York.   Arrived around 2:00pm.  We checked in to the hotel and them the expo.   I headed to the athletes with disabilities table.  My guide got his bib first.   I had to walk over to another table.   There was a group of people from outside the United States.   They were being filmed.   I was standing near one person.  The cameraman was filming me.  I moved my jacket and he filmed my Achilles International shirt. After this I got my bib.
We entered the New York City Marathon Expo.   It was a cool experience.   You had to go to an area to get your shirt.  Then you were shuffled to the merchandise.   (Its all about the merchandising. ..Spaceballs).  My guide saw two people working the expo that he knew.  I saw a runner from one of the groups I belong to.
After this we went over to the Achilles International table.  We checked in and got our Achilles shirts.   Always good to have an extra Achilles shirt. 
After this we went to the Achilles International pasta dinner.   It was amazing to see hundreds of Achilles International athletes and guides.   People came from all over the world.   We met the man who started Achilles International.
When we got back to the hotel my guide looked at hisvfit bit.  15,000 steps.  I was informed that 2,000-2,200 steps equal one mile.  So we walked about 7.5 miles today. 
Relaxing at the hotel.  Looking forward to Sunday.  Hopefully posting tomorrow.   I will try and post something about the marathon on Monday or Tuesday.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on November 27, 2015, 03:59:44 AM
Hello everybody,
Wow it's been sometime since I last posted.  I am sorry for not posting about the New York City Marathon.  So I will get you up to date with what happened.  On Saturday we, me and Chris (my Achilles Guide) took it easy.  We went back to the NY City Marathon Expo.  It was an amazing event.  Chris saw people he knew and we hug out at several of the vendor booths.  After this we hung out at the Achilles International table. 
Since we did not want to do much walking we did not travel at far from the hotel.  We met up with other Achilles athletes and guides for dinner.  Who knew you could have a nice meal, table service, in New York for $13?  Food was great and the company was better.
Sunday we had to get up at the crack of dawn to get to our bus.  I called baggage check to see if someone would be there early so we could drop off our bags and get them after the race.  I was told there would be someone around 5:00am.  Well this did not occur.  We were luck that Chris's daughter came to NY on Saturday.  She was able to check the bags later.
We met up with another Achilles athlete and her two guides.  (The other guide, Peter, who ran with us was meeting us at the race).  We walked to the area where the disabled athletes would catch the bus.  Little did we know there was over 283 disabled athletes, and their guides.  There were busses as far as the eyes could see and then some.  We did not know this but the founder of Achilles International ended up on our bus. 
We took off with a police escort.  It was amazing going around New York so quickly.  Not stopping for red lights, tolls, stop signs, etc.  We were headed to Staton Island. 
When we got to the area there were tons of police.  Some had AK47s and other assault weapons.  There were medal detectors.  It was impressive.  We were let out near the Achilles tent.  Yes we had a tent.  As everyone else was standing, sitting in the grass, or on the payment we were out of the winds and cold temperature.  (It was in the low 40s and windy).  We were all socializing and taking pictures.
If we followed last year's schedule we would start at 8:30.  This year was different.  At 8:30 we were still in our tent.  The wheelchair athletes were not called out until after 9:00am.  I do not know if they started from the top or bottom area of the bridge. The physically challenged mobile athletes were not sent to our starting area until after 9:30.  Around 9:50 we said the Pledge of Allegiance.  (At this point I saw somebody's most embarrassing moment.  This guy moves to an area where nobody would pay attention to him.  He starts to go to the bathroom.  The pledge starts and everyone turns to look left, for the flag.  We did not see a flag, but 7,000 people watched this guy peeing).
Around 9:55 there were some announcements.  The wheelchair athletes were sent off.  Shortly after this I noticed clothing being thrown over the bridge.  The elite athletes were getting ready to start the race.  We watched them take off.  And that was the only time we saw them.  (All the clothing was donated to I believe Good Will).
We heard some commands and off we went.  Well not really.  Not to get caught in the sea of humanity we moved to the back of the pack.  This way we could run our race at our pace.  So as everyone pushed for position and fought for space we waited and took off with no problems.
Running on the bridge was amazing.  There were few spectators.  Police, department of transportation, and some other state employees were cheering us on.  You could see limited people in-front of you and no one behind you.  To the right and left were limited boats.  You could see New York but there was nobody out.  As you talked you could hear your own voice.  The area that should be congested, noisy, and full of life was empty.  It was like it was the end of the world.
As we got off the bridge and onto city streets we saw more people.  They were cheering us on.  (Chris told me to put my name on my shirt.  I asked why?  He said so people can cheer you on.  So I used the tape he brought and put my name on my shirt).  As we were running people were yelling go Chris, go Adam, and go other guy (Peter did not put his name on his shirt).  As we hit mile three I was feeling good and the crowd was lining up by the street.  The little kids were excited to see the runners so I high fived one kid.  The crowd went wild and I was a high-fiving machine.
The people were amazing.  They were screaming your name, cheering you on, inspiring you to continue, high fives were everywhere, and people were offering you food and drinks.  All I can compare it to would be a 26 mile block party.  With great djs and bands.
At mile 3 we hit our first aid station.  There was water and Gatorade.  I made an executive decision.  At every aid station we would take our time and walk through this part.  This would give us time to digest and rest.  Also I am not a fan of Gatorade but I drank 4 ounces of this (Gatorade Endour) and 4-8 ounces of water.  (Yes we used the nasty port-a-potty several times).  Oh, I forgot around mile 1-1.5 a runner went down with a muscle cramp. He was from Spain.  I felt bad for him.  It looked like he was going to DQ himself because of this issue.
Around mile 4 I hear my guides talking.  They are saying he will never be able to keep up this pace.  He started off hot and has not backed down.  He is going to burn himself out.  (I was looking to run a 6 hour marathon.  I was running sub 13 minute miles.)  I felt great and kept on going.  The crowd, music, and weather was perfect (63 degrees, overcast and breezy.  I was wearing shorts and my Achilles International tech shirt).  I brought 5 Gus and enough salt stick caps for 6.5 hours. 
Around mile 6-7 Chris caught the high five bug.  He was leading us the first 13.1 miles.  He was loving it.  (Peter kept saying you do not know what you could catch shaking so many hands).  We did not care we were having a blast.  Again my guides talked to me about my pace.  I was hydrating at every aid station, taking my salt stick caps, started using the Gu.  I was feeling fine and trusted my training.
We were experiencing New York like no other experience.  There were thousands of spectators, volunteers, and police.  Every time I passed a police officer I thanked him or her (I did the same for the volunteers).  The police looked at me like I had 7 heads.  The volunteers smiled and waved or high fived me.  Eventually I saw some police smile, way, or gave me a high five.  The joke I said was officer there is about 30,000 people chasing me.
We were moving as we passed miles 8-10.  Then we had to stop.  All the liquid caught up to us.  The nasty bathrooms.  A necessary evil on the long runs.  The lines were not that bad.  And we did not waste that much time.
The live bands and local music made the run go by faster.  Along with talking with the spectators and high fiving everyone.  The little kids and the old women loved this.  They would cheer you on the most. 
As we passed mile 13 I could not believe we were half way there.  My half marathon time was 2:38:16.  Not bad for someone who predicted a 3:00:00 half.  Chris and I were saying the marathon does not start until mile 20.  (All the running, and your time does not matter, because most people hit the wall around mile 20 and give back their time.  Meaning you walk slowly or run at a slow pace).
Somewhere between miles 14-15 I passed Alicia Keys.  We were running on a bridge and we heard people shouting Alicia.  I kept on moving and left her behind.  My guide Peter needed to use the restroom so he ran a head of us.  When he got back Chris said I led the first half now it's your turn.  I guess Peter felt better and took off running.  Chris and I laughed.  There was no way we could keep up this pace.
Peter can run a marathon at about a 8:00 minute per mile pace.  We would be dead after one mile.  We needed him to slow down.
As we were around half way through the 59th street bridge we could hear the crowd.  As we turned off the bridge and saw the crowd there was a huge eruption of noise and people shouting your name and cheering you on.  It was amazing.  I felt like a rock star or famous athlete.
At mile 17 we met up with Chris's daughter.  She took pictures of us.  (What we did not realize at this point was Chris was experiencing chafing.  For those of you, males, that never experienced this be thankful.  Women do not experience this because they have sports bras.  Nipple chafing is the worse feeling.   Chris did not know, nor did all of us see, he was bleeding.  Pictures from the run shows this).  She would run a mile or two up, take pictures, and do this over and over).
At mile 18 the sun came out from the clouds.  I was not happy.  People were excited to see the sun.  After baking for 2 hours the sun was blocked by clouds and I was a happy camper.  Now we were at mile 20.  The make or break mile.  The mile were most new marathon runners hit the wall.  And I conquerored this mile like the 19 before it. 
At mile 21 my legs felt like wooden pegs.  I was not sore but all the running and walking was catching up to me (I was using my 5-1 intervals.  Running 5 minutes and walking 1 minute.  This way I knew I could finish the race).  At this point and time I set a new distance and time record.  I never ran-walked this long and for this amount of time.  I kept saying I know I can finish this race all I have to do is finish mile 21.  It seemed like 15 minutes passed before I saw mile 22.
At this point I did not look at time nor distance.  My focus was the minute I was running or walking.  I know I was slowing down on the run, but I was walking fast.  How fast you might be asking?  My guides could not keep up with me.  They said that they needed to run to keep up with my walking pace.  So they let me walk as fast as I wanted and they would catch up with me when we ran.
I did not have on any music.  I did not have on any map app nor a GPS watch.  The only electronic device I used was an interval timer.  At this point Peter came over and said to me "you are a f&[email protected] machine".  I asked why he would say this.  He told me my splits were almost dead on and that my pace for the entire race was almost even.  When my running paced slowed down my walking pace became much faster.  Chris said most people could not plan even splits like this.  This was not common for a first time marathon runner.  One of two things need to occur.  Either you kept your first half pace slow or you trained well and know your body.
So I kept pushing on not looking at the times, distances, nor asking about my pace.  I was enjoying the moment.  Feeding off of the crowd's energy.  And high fiving people.  I was using the pacing as away to count seconds and minutes.  We kept on moving and passing people who passed us earlier.
We ran and ran.  We eventually turned into Central Park.  The home stretch.  I know there are hills, elevations, but we are close.  At this point I was not high fiving anyone and I was not responding to all the spectators calling my name.  All I wanted to do is finish, and finish strong.  I kept pushing my walking pace faster and faster as my running pace slowed down.
I figured we were at mile 25.  I was feeling good about this.  About 1 mile to go.  I can handle this.  I see a timer and mileage sign coming up.  I wanted to see 25 miles.  As we approached the sign I was shocked.  What the $&@!.  We are at mile 24.  2.2 miles to go.  Are you kidding me.  I had to dig deep inside to keep my mind focused.  But there was some hope.  I turned to Peter and asked him if the time was correct.  He said yes.  The race clock was at around 4:53:00.  I could run a sub 5:30:00 marathon.  This did give me hope and energy.
I kept moving and wanting to get back the mile I thought I ran.  I was feeling tired and needed one more Gu.  I was out.  I was using the salt stick caps instead.  I was not going to have my muscles cramp up.  As we hit mile 25 I saw so many people with muscle cramps.  If you think it hurts when your muscles cramp that day wait until the next day or two.  Unbelievable pain and agony.  (This happened to me at the Middletown Half Marathon.  I could not walk back to the car.  For 3 days I was in extreme pain and could not walk or run for 5 days). 
I was within 1.2 miles of completing my first marathon.  I had a new source of energy.  Mile 25 felt good.  Around 25.5 miles I started to take off.  I felt a serge of energy and wanted to finish strong.  Little did I know Peter and Chris were stuck behind people.  Peter caught up to me, but I did not see Chris.  Peter told me he was stuck.  We slowed down and Chris was yelling and saying for me to take off and finish strong.
There was no way I was leaving Chris behind.  He was the reason we were running a marathon.  He was the reason we were in NY.  He was the reason why I became a better runner.  And there was no way I was crossing the finish line without him.
Chris caught up with us.  The three of us took off and crossed the finish line. Our time was 5:17:33 (pace 12:07 per mile).  Wow I crushed that race.  Chris was hoping we would finish between 5:300:00-5:45:00.  My initial time of 6:00:00 was not close.  We were elated and exhausted.  We got our medals, took some pictures, and got a bag (food, drinks, and other race stuff like a tinfoil sheet to protect you from the cold).  We made it to our post race tent.  There was more food and drinks.  We took pictures and talked with each other.
The New York City Marathon was a life changing event.  I am so glad I ran this marathon as my first, last, and only marathon.
The only issue I had after the race was minor quad muscle pain.  This went away by Wednesday.  On November 14 I ran a very hilly, cold, and windy half marathon with my son.  Our time was 2:31:20.  I will tell you about my races after NY City in my next post. Oh, I have a new nickname..."the bionic marathoner".

Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 13, 2015, 08:30:57 PM
 Hello everybody,
Well I need to catch up with all my running.  I noticed I left off after the New York City Marathon.  As I have told you this will be my first, last and only marathon.  Well this week I thought my wife was testing me.  She asked me this question "if Chris to,d you he wanted to run one last marathon before his knee surgery what would you tell him?"  (Background...Chris is my guide, mentor and friend.  He has a bad knee and will need an operation to fix his issue.  He has been very active with Achilles International and most likely would like one last major race before surgery.  He is pushing off surgery as long as possible).  I told my wife I am not planning to run another marathon.  I would walk it with him.  She said "you would not run with him.  I expect you would."  I told her I ran my one and this is what you and I planned.  She said "well if this is Chris's last marathon I could see you running it with him."  Is this a window of opportunity opening?
When I got home from New York it took 3 days for my quad muscles to fully recover.  (I could run a race on November 7 or 8).  This weekend I volunteered with my running group (Glastonbury River Runners).  I did early bib pick-up on Saturday and bib pic-up and registration on Sunday.  I got to cheer on the runners.  Also I got to cheer on the Achilles International athletes and guides.  It was great.
The following weekend was set for running.  My son and I ran the Roxsbury Half Marathon.  This was a great run.  Very hilly, cold, and some wind.  This was the third half in three months for my son.  I was making him move.  He was holding back because of the hills.  He was trying to keep his pace.  (He did not hydrate or full appropriately).  This was evident by mile 11.  He was running out of energy. 
He sucked it up and pushed through.  We finished with a time of 2:31:22.  Not bad.  His PR, at this time, was 2:30:19.  Afterward we celebrated at his favorite post race resturant Friendlys.  This would not be my first choice.
Sunday we headed out to Scotland to run the Scotland Scoot (4 mile road race).  Again cold, windy, and full of hills.  We registered for the race on Sunday.  Everyone was suprised to see us.  Since I ran New York and Roxsbury and since my son ran a hilly half the other day.  (Since running a full I now have running respect). 
We did not plan on running for speed.  We wanted a nice pace and to enjoy the run.  We finished with a time of 42:00 (paced at 10:50).  No bad for two hilly races.
On Thnaksgiving the entire family got to run a race together.  We ran the Madison Turkey Race (5 miles).  My wife works at a running store and they sponsored the race.  What was a surprise, the company paid for all of our registrations.  My son and I ran together.  It was a nice course with over 4000 people running and walking. 
Again my so did not hydrate nor full properly.  He was struggling on the course.  There were no hills.  He did not have enough energy to survive on the course.  He was eating along the way.  Also he was drinking Nuun and eating gummy bears.  This was causing his acid reflux to kick in.  We finished the race with a time of around 53:00.  No bad, but we could do better.  My wife finished in under 1 hour (great run for her).  She has been nursing an IT Band issue.
After this my son and I had a conversation, well conversations, about fulling your body and hydration.  Also we talked about his running times.  He finally listened and was open to new ideas.  We have been changing his diet, how much he eats and what he is eating, along with hydration.  He started to feel better and mixing carbs, protein, trying new foods, and drinking more water.
Our next race was Thompson Half Marathon (December 6).  He fulled up and hydrated properly.  We started 3 days out.  We ran a cold and hilly half marathon.  What I told him is he will most likely be the only person in his age group.  We drove for almost 1 hour to get to the race.
We started out and finish on a race track.  (This was so cool).  We ran a 4:1 interval.  We were enjoying the race track and then running out into the community.  We noticed a runner from his first half.  This guy runs to music and is all over the place.  We passed him before mile 2. The race took you into a residential community, and then trails, back onto roads, and then in the middle of a residential neighborhood you turned around and ran back to the track.
Early on we were passed by most runners.  This does not bring us down.  It motivates us to keep our plan and pass people during the race.  It keep my son focused I had him talk to me about anything.  This keep him breathing and his mind occupied.  He did not ask about time nor pace.  This was the first time he did not ask.
As we were passing people everyone was asking him "how old are you?"  or high-fiving him.  When people found out he is 12 they were amazed.  And they were blown away when he told them this was his fourth half in four months.  He was a running machine.  He did not back down at any time.  Moving, listening, walking at a moderate pace, and running when I told him.
When we reached the race track again he kept his pace.  We were passing people right and left.  With about half a mile left he took off.  Nobody could catch us.  I told him he was going to set a new PR.  We crossed at 2:23:25 (10:58 pace).  His first sub 11 minute pace half.  He was thrilled.
After the race we talked with the race director.  My son told him he set a PR today.  The race director said in the 5K.  My son said "no the half, and I had a sub 2:30:00". The race director was impressed.  He gave my son a glass (each person who places gets a special glass).  And when results came out he was listed as first place.
This race was one of his birthday gifts.  The other one is on Saturday December 19.  We will be running the Norfolk Pub 10 Mile Road Race.  We trained locally for this yesterday.  He is excited to be tackling anoer hilly run (and one of the most difficult runs in our state).
Well that is all for now.  Take care,
Mr.F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 20, 2015, 10:10:13 PM
Hello everybody,
Well I am recovering from some leg and back issues.  With my knees I occasionally end up with lower back issues.  So I have been going to a local chiropractor.  He is working on my spine, knees, and hips.  I have feeling better since going to him.  I have been able to run during this time.
Yesterday my son and I ran the Norfolk Pub 10 Mile Road Race.  It is considered to be one of the most difficult runs in Connecticut.  it was cold and windy on Saturday.  The wind speed was 18 mph.  And to make matters worse we ran into the wind.  Imagine running up and down hills into 18 mph winds.
This was the first time my son ran this race.  He was pacing us.  There was an early start and a regular start.  The difference was if you think you need more than 1 hour 50 minutes to complete the course start early.  I asked my son and he was confident about starting at 11:00 am (regular start).
Our goal was to run the race our way.  We line up (gun timed) and we are off.  I have my son start talking to me about anything.  He is blabbing away.  We are going up and hills, and from paved streets to dirt and rocky roads.  He has a timer on his phone set for a 4:1 interval.  We keep running and see the mile 1 marker (9:47).  We look at each other and think that we could not be at 1 mile.
Mile 2 was another story.  More up hills than down hills.  And some big up hills.  He was walking slow up the hills.  Mile 2 was over 12 minutes.
Miles 3 and 4 were better.  My son was feeling the run.  He was not paying attention to the interval timer.  He was walking the ups and running during the downs.  He kept a steady pace.  He was paying attention to his breathing, hydration, and nutrition.  He was talking up a storm.
Miles 5 and 6 have some nice inclines.  He was starting to feel it so I had him eat gummy bears and take a Gu.  He did not notice but when we were walking I picked up the pace.  It forced him to walk faster or start jugging. 
Mile 7 is where most people smile and think less than a 5K left.  Once you run past the sign and look forward you see it.  Pure insanity.  For one mile all you do is run up.  Up a hill and then it turns and goes up, and turns and goes up.  It is a time killer.  You have limited space to run without using up a ton of energy.  So I made sure he was talking.  (At one point he stopped and I made sure he was talking).  We finally hit mile 8.
Mile 8 on the other hand is almost all down hill.  You are able to use gravity to help you increase your speed.
It was a fun mile.  Then you hit mile 9 and see the board showing you your time.
Mile 9 was not bad.  My son wanted to walk some because he was feeling the hills.  I pushed him a little because we had one more hill to conqueror.  Once we got to this hill we saw everyone walking.  I made sure he was talking.  After the up hill we started to run.  When we got to the base I had my son look forward.  You can see the finish line sign.  I told him to take it easy and not to kick it up, not yet.  As we got closer I said lets go.  He kicked it and took off passing 2 people.  I kept up motivating him to keep going. 
This was the first race I could not pass him.  We crossed the finish line.  We look up and see 1:50:12.  His first time conquering the hills and did it in the time required to  be part of the regular start.  He is planing for next year.
Today we ran a 5K to pick up a new town and county for him.  We ran the Go Far Jingle All The Way 5K.  It was cold, windy, and extremely hilly.  The course was an out and back.  (We planned on a 36 minute time.)  Most of the out was up hill.  We were walking the ups and running the downs.  We finally hit the turn around point.  We are walking way more than running.
On the second half we hit some longer areas to run down hill.  Around mile 2.4 we hit the final up hill.  It was brutal.  We finally have some flat area and then the final .4 miles was down hill.  We talked about the point where we would left it go and use gravity for an extra kick.  Off we go. My son starts flying down the hill.  He starts passing people.  I am close behind him.  He goes faster and faster.  I did not want to push it and either fall or injury myself.  This was the first time he finishes before me, by 2 seconds.  Our times 32:20 and 32:22.  Not bad for a predicted time of 36:00.
I hope your weekend was full of fun and hills.  We have one run planned for next week.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 24, 2015, 11:37:40 PM
Hello everybody,
Well it's my son's birthday.  This month we have run a half, 10 miles road race, and a 5k for his birthday.  Tomorrow, being Christmas, we all were planning to run the Scrooge Scramble 5k.  On Wednesday he hurt his right foot.  He is having some issues.  So he will not be running tomorrow.  He wants to come along and cheer us on. 
We are hoping he will be able to run on New Year's Day.  That is our first half marathon of 2016.  My goal is to run in at least 24 half marathons.  My son is aiming for 12.  Pending his injury whe would reach his goal by running one half per month.  Now we are waiting to see what happens.  (We are hoping to get an appointment on Monday).
Along with this I talked with the president of Achilles International Ct Chapter today.  She is putting together the data for 2015.  I am the most active runner.  38 races this year.  333 racing miles.  10 different guides.  34 towns in all 8 counties.  I ran more half marathons, 14, than any other distance (12 5ks).  Along with this I raised over $1,200.  And I recruited the most athletes for our group.  Not bad for 2015.
I am looking forward to an active 2016.  Happy New Year.  And get out and enjoy.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 28, 2015, 01:57:37 AM
Hello everybody,
I did not recall if I told you about the injury situation.  My son is dealing with a foot issue.  About 4 days ago he injured his foot.  How?  By jumping up in the air when he found what he thought he lost.  As he lands he moves his foot and injures himself.  He has been keeping off of it and soaking it.  Hopefully we will see a doctor and/or a physically therapist tomorrow.  As for me I am dealing with knee, hip, and lower back issues (I believe my hamstring is tightening up causing all the issues).
On December 25 the entire family was going to run together at the Scrooge Scramble.  This would make second year we all ran this event.  Since my son is nursing an injured foot he came as moral support and a cheering section.  My wife was running this event to see if she could bring down her 5K time.  I want to use this run to get into the Manchester Road Race.  I want to be seeded.  If not you start in the back with thousands of runners who do not run up hills.  (The first mile or two are up hill).
There is only same day registration for this event.  You get there early and socialize with the other runners.  It was a beautiful day.  Slight breeze in the air.  And more hills to conquer.  I believe there was around 230 runners.  (If I had to guess it was a record for this event).
As in almost every race I am the only Achilles International CT athlete.  There are 2 other running groups I belong to.  One of them has little representation there (my family).  The other group has a very strong turn out.  I was talking with newer members I we have some strong runners.  One was a 9 year old who has run a sub 22:00 5k.  Wow I feel like a slow runner.
We all line up and wait.  The Pledge is sung, then the speeches, and finally the start of the race.  I do not go out hot.  I am hoping to run a 25:00-26:00 race.  The first mile goes by and I am feeling good.  Keeping my pace and using others to push me.  (Last year at mile one we were being passed by the first place runner).  I am moving through the hills.
One thing I should tell you is you have a nice incline to get through mile 1.5.  The climb up is not so bad.  Oh, there is no water stations in this event.  So you use the down to propel you and make up some time.
As you approach mile 2 you see the incline.  And that is where it occurred.  I have no idea what happened but I had to walk.  My lower back muscles tightened up and I could not run.  I spent most of mile 2 walking up the incline.  I was giving up time and places.  People that I passed awhile ago are now passing me.
I finally make it up the hill.  I try and run but my back is hurting.  I walk somemore and start to stretch out.  Lifting my hands above my head and then rubbing my lower back seems to work.  I combind running and walking.  At this point I would be thrilled with a sub 30 minute race.
I am noticing the street names and realize that I am close to the finish.  I muster up all the strength I have in me.  One last run and I am at the finish line.  I dig deep down and say no one will pass me from now until I cross the finish line.
I start running again.  I am passing several people.  I do not have the ability to end with the kick I normally use near the end of a race.  I am in a pack of 4 people.  I am holding my own.  I look up and see the timer.  There is no way this is the correct time.  It is impossible.  With all the walking, no kick at the end, and I am crossing the finish line at 27:42.  I was thrilled.
If this time is allowed I have my seed time for the Manchester Road Race.  I need to find out this week.
So I ended my 2015 race season.  On Jamuary 1 we start our 2016 race season.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 28, 2015, 02:09:56 AM
Hello everybody,
Here are some statistics from my 2015 race year:
I ran in all 8 counties and 34 towns
  Two counties only had 2 races each and another two counties had 9 races each
I ran in 2 states
I ran 333 miles (in events only)
I ran in 6 sanctioned Achilles International events:
   One marathon, one 20k, one 5k, and three half marathons
I had 10 different Achilles International Guides
I ran in my first marathon
Race events
   12-5k
   1-4 miles
   2-5 miles
   3-10k
   1-8.6 miles
   2-10 miles
   1-11.6 miles
   1-20k
   14-half marathons
   1-marathon
I raised over $1200 for Achilles International
In October I became the athlete on our Achilles banner

In 2016 One of my goals is to run in at least 24 half marathons.  My son will be joining me in 12 half marathons.  We are dedicating this year to Achilles Internatiomal.  My other goals are to show people what a disabled athlete can accomplish while raising money for Achilles International CT Chapter.  My son and I are trying to raise $2000. 

I will let you know when our new fundraising campaign has kick off.  I am looking forward to an exciting 2016. 

I hope to see you up and moving....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on December 31, 2015, 11:15:39 PM
Hello Everybody,
Happy New Year....2016 is on its way.

I am carbing up today.  Tomorrow I start off the new year with a half marathon (Chilly Willy Half).  My goals in 2016 are to run in at least 24 half marathons, raise money for Achilles International, and show people what disabled athletes are able to accomplish.  My son wants to run in 12 of these events. 

I hope you have some health related goals in 2016.

Take care and talk with you next year,

Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 01, 2016, 10:22:36 PM
Hello everybody,
Today I ran my first of at least 24 half marathons.  It was the first Chilly Willy Half Marathon and 5K in Seekonk, Mass.  I drove 88 miles, each way, to run in this event.  My son planned on running with me.  Several days ago he injured his foot.  He has been doing his physical therapy and soaking it.  We hoped it was going to get better.  His injure has improved but it was not worth risking a bigger injury if he ran.
So I tried to give away the bib.  I asked 5 of my Achilles guides.  No takers (two are out of town, and the other three had new year races).  I asked some friends on FaceBook.  No takers.  I posted on FaceBook.  I placed it in 3 different running groups.  Still no takers.  I put out one last message and nobody wanted a free race.  (Note to self there are so many new year races that nobody will be able to use a free bib).
I ran today by myself.  It felt strange not having my son talking to me.  Telling my about game theory, school, or movies. 
I got to the race early.  Not knowing a single person I did talk with other runners.  They were surprised that I was not a Mass resident.  They were more suprised I traveled 88 miles to run a half.  I met a man that has no idea what an Achilles runner goes through to run in an event.  His words "I saw this guy running in a half and thought he was the worse runner I have ever seen.  Then I eprealized he was an Achilles athlete and notice what a great job he was doing."  (We run in a bright yellow shirt with the words Achilles International on it...how can you miss this?). A long with this he told me he was finishing a half and sees a guy stumbling across the finishing line, so he  grabbed the runner.  The runner yelled at him.  The runner was an Achilles athlete who was missing half a foot.  (Really grabbing a runner?)
The race started at 10:00am.  I got outside around 9:50.  It was cold, not so windy, and the sun was out.  We are all moved to the starting line.  There was some instructions given to us.  Then we were off.  I had my plan and figured I could stick to this.  Not having to motivate another person.
I set my interval timer at 5:1.  I did not have a set time I wanted to accomplish.  I wanted to see how I would run by myself.  I did not stop for any intervals during mile 1.
I was feeling good and wanted to see what I could handle without stopping to walk.  Before I knew it mile 2 appears.  I would try to make it to mile 4 before walking.  (I did slow down for water stations, taking salt stick caps, and gu). 
Mile 3 was going well.  I was paying attention to my intervals.  I did not need to stop.  I found several people to pace off of.  There were inclines.  Not so sever but you could feel them.
At mile 4 I felt good.  I would continue to run.  Soon we hit the side loop.  This was not so much fun.  There was 2 areas of inclines and one area of decline.  (We hit Mile 5).  Coming out of the loop took some energy.
At mile 6 I took my first walking break.  I decided I would not necessarily follow the 5:1 intervals.  I would walk when I needed and run the rest of the time.
I was thrilled to hit mile 7.  This was the magic mile.  It is easier to continue forward then turning around and running back to the start.  I was still following one of the people I started pacing with miles before.  He was a great pacer.  (No he did not know I was pacing off of him).
Miles 8 and 9 had some inclines.  I did walk during these miles.  I did keep up a good pace.  At one point I saw a younger runner (about 18-20 years old).  He was walking and looked frustrated.  We talked.  I told him if you need to walk, walk and regain your energy.  This will help you finish strong.  He smiled and thanked me.  I paced off of him for one mile.  (I passed my original pacer and never looked back).
Mile 10 had one last, and bigger, incline.  At this point the temperature declines, the sun disappeared, the winds pick up (and you were running into the winds), and it became overcast.  This worst weather.  This impacts my knee(s).  My left knee decided it was time to stop running.  As I am trying to run up an incline my knee locks up.
At this point I know what is coming up.  I will be walking the final 5k.  At this point I am hoping for a sub 2:30:00 finishing time.  Mile 10 was tough.  There was  finial inclines.  And walking this took time.  Then in mile 11 was a nice decline.  Not being able to bend my knee that much it was difficult to control the down.  People are passing me.  I am starting to feel frustrated.  I can not run and I am not able to walk at a fast pace.
Finally I see mile 12.  It is a comforting sign.  But I still need to keep moving.  I pass the area with the volunteer and policeman.  I know I have about 0.7 miles left.  I am hoping for a 2:36:00 finishing time.  I am in some pain.  I am frustrated because I want to run or walk fast and I can not.  People are passing me.
I see the cones that mark the turn into the parking lot.  After this there is one last left turn.  I reached the parking lot at the YMCA.  I make the left and hear footsteps.  More people are going to pass me.  I dig down deep.  Not now, not near the end of the race.  I have no idea where I got the strength.  I started to run.
I am holding off the other 2 runners.  As I make the final left I can see the timer.  I am trying to make out the time.  I can not believe my eyes.  There is no way this could be the time.
I accelerate forward yelling "GO ACHILLES...GO ACHILLES".  I crossed the finish line with a time of 2:17:28.  I can not believe this.  I walk a mile at 12:00 at a fast pace and I was not walking fast.  My pace was around 13:00 minutes per mile. 
3.1 miles at 13:00 minutes per mile means you can take away at least 39 minutes from my time (137:28 is my overall time).  Take away 39:28 and you have 98 minutes at the 10 mile point.  I was running at a 9:48 pace before my knee locked up (possibly faster).  I never run like this.  I am thrilled to finish under 2:18:00 and walking 3.1 miles.  It gives me hope that I can run a 2:08:00 half marathon.
I hope your new year was exciting....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 09, 2016, 01:01:47 AM
Hello everybody,
Well I got some amazing news.  In 2015 I ran the most miles, and races, from the Achilles International CT Chaper (disabled athlete).  Considering I started running in July 2014 and I ran in 13 events that year.  In 2015 I ran in 38 events including my first marathon and 14 half marathons.  Looking forward to an amazing 2016.
On some other news, I am still nursing a back issue.  I have been going to a great chiropractor.  Without him I would not be up and moving.
On the half marathon front, I signed myself and my son up for 4 half marathons (Colchester, Middletown, Mystic, And Hartford).  We are going to run a virtual half in 2 weeks.  He is excited about running in at least 12 half marathons this year.  On top of these I signed myself up for Redding Half Marathon.  Getting ready to run with the cows again.
Through emails I made some great contacts.  The race director for Colchester is possibly allowing Achilles International CT Chapter a table at his event.  This is a very popular race with, what I would guess, would be over a thousand runners and spectators.  Hopefully we will get a lot of visibility.  Along with this the Redding races put out a news letter.  I sent my story in and it looks like I will be the featured athlete for the first news letter.
Tomorrow I am, hopefully, running with my local running group (the Glastonbury River Runners).  As long as we do not have icy roads.  I am looking forward to running 5.6 miles.  It will be great running with the group again.
Sunday my son and I are looking to run a 4 mile race in Morris.  We will be running with another organization.  Two of the members are running in their 169th town.  So they will become kings in Run 169 Towns Society.  This is special because it takes years to run one sactioned event in every town.
And if this was not enough on the 17th my son and I are running 8.6 miles in the People's Forest Run.  I did this last year.  There was snow and freezing rain.  The streets and sidewalks were ice.  And near the end of the race you had to run through 2-3 inches of ice and water.  Hopefully this year the weather will be better.
To round out the month the entire family is running in an event.  This one is special because it is longer than a 5k.  We are running in the King of Pain.  It is a 10 mile road race put on by our running club.  (Unless invited, you have to be a club member to participate).  The race has a limited number of runners.  My son wants to see how much time he can beat his mother by.  I am going to enjoy the run.  (Last year it was -13 degrees and 40 mph wide gusts).  I am looking forward to better weather than last year.
Enjoy your weekend and get out and be active...take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 09, 2016, 06:38:48 PM
Hello everybody,
What is the crazy with the Fitbit?  Up to $250 for a device that I can use my phone and free apps to do the same.  I do not get it, but if it gets you up and active I am for it.
This morning I went out for a 5.6 mile run with the Glastonbury River Runners.  It was 36 degrees and overcast.  It felt like 31 with a 7 mph breeze.  When I got to the local elementary school I was the third person to arrive.  So I got out of my car and stretched out.  (That was desperately needed). 
When everyone arrived we were talking about our new year's run and how far we were running.  I saw a friend I have not run with in months.  She was running 7 miles so I decided to switch my distance.  I asked her what she wanted to accomplish today and what race was she training for.  She is running the King of Pain.  (The 7 very hilly miles is a good training run).
Today was the first time I did not use a 5:1, and I did not have my son.  It was nice being able to run with a group and talk with adults.  (My son is nursing a foot injury and we are running tomorrow).
So everyone starts out on the same route.  The 3.5 and 5.6 mile runners break off after a mile.  So we all are talking, and someone mentions the King of Pain.  Individual people are running this event.  I mentioned that my family has all 3 people are running this event.  One other person is running this with her husband, but no kids.  Then someone mentioned if anyone has registered for 5 half marathons.  Nobody replied.  I said I was registered for 6 half marathons.  Everyone was surprised.
With knee issues people do not think I am able to run in so many events.  One person asked how many half marathons do you plan on running?  My sresponse...at least 24 half marathons.  I want to show people what a disabled athlete can accomplish.  Everyone was impressed.
As we ran the people running the smaller distances broke off.  The rest of us pushed on.  Up and down the hills.  (There was more ups than downs).  Several people mentioned that my running form has improved  were impressed with what I was able to accomplish.  Running up all the hills was not easy.  Not taking a walking break and keeping up with everyone was a nice accomplishment.
When I was running with 2 other members one person asked about my training, hydration, and nutrition.  She asked why I was not taking any salt stick or Gus I told her I was taking it easy today.  If I pushed myself I would have left her miles ago.
We pushed on going up and down the hills.  Finally we were less than 2 miles left.  Now we were hitting more down hills than up hills.  It was good to get some rest.  Finally we see the left turn and the road we started off on.  I decided to kick up the pace.  I could see the parking lot.  Entering the area where we parked and I started to walk.  My 2 running partners finished about half a minute later.  What was our time?  1:26:28 with a pace of 10:55.
I wanted to run somemore put I did not want to push it.  Tomorrow my son and me are running in Morris (4 mile road race).  This should be fun since it will be raining and it is very hilly.  Also there is a 17 mph breeze.  The temperature will be in the 40s.  It should be a good run.
I hope you weekend is going well....
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 10, 2016, 11:24:52 PM
Hello everybody,
Well it's another running day.  Not sunny, 20 mph wind, rain...rain...and more rain, mud, rocks, puddles, and hills.  The one good thing was the temperature was in the 40s.  We ran in the Morris Marsh Point 4 Miler.  There were two new kings in Run 169 today.  Hundreds of us showed up, braved the weather, and enjoyed the run.
My son has been sidelined with a foot injury for three weeks.  He has become a couch potato.  During the run today he kept asking for a walking break.  (Also I believe he did not hydrate properly and he did not fuel up.  No carbs and a lot of junk food). 
Around 11:00am we were moved to the starting line.  Directions were given and off we went.  Almost immediately we had a hill.  Nice way to start the run (espically after running 7 hilly miles yesterday).  My son was not ready for this.  We ran up part of the hill.  We would fight the hills and rain throughout the first mile.  We hit mile one in about 10:40.
The course took us off roads and onto some trails.  The one bad thing about the trails were they were muddy and full of rocks and puddles.  We started this area with a nice long down hill.  It was a good chance to recover.  After we went around over half the loop we hit the nice uphill part of the trail.  Mud, puddles, and rocks is not a good way to start the uphill portion.
After we got up the hill we hit a down hill area.  My son was not feeling this.  I would walk some and run some.  Making him keep up.  I did slow down my pace.  I wanted my son to keep going and moving.  We finally hit the mile 3 sign.
The final mile had more downs than ups.  So it was a nice run.  We finally hit the final right turn.  Again we had to run through mud, rocks, and puddles.  I decided to "kick it" during the final .2-.3.  During this portion I passed 4 other runners and finished strong.  Official time 44:14 (11:04 per mile). 
Not a bad way to spend my Sunday.  I hope your weekend saw some outdoor activities and family time.
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 18, 2016, 01:31:46 AM
Hello everybody,
So I have been nursing a bad back for some time now.  I injured myself in early December.  Exercise and stretching does help some.  Amazing to find that running helps more.  I am not sure why but at least I can get out and do something I love.
Since January 1 I have been thinking about going back to my training like I did when I ran the New York City Marathon. This was very helpful and made me a stronger runner.  I am walking at least 2 days a week and running one day.  This week has been the exception.  I walked at least 3 days (not long walks) and ran 2 days. 
Saturday morning and up until noon it rained.  I was not planning on going for a run.  Around 3:30 I was feeling my legs cramping up.  I decided to go out for a 3-5 mile run.  Nothing fast, strenuous, or lenghty.  I comfortable run around my neighborhood.  During the run I did not use intervals.  I was feeling good and the pace was perfect.  I had on a mapping app on my phone.  I turned off the volume so I would not be influenced to run at a certain pace.  As I was returning home my calculations were off by a little.  Instead of running 3-5 miles I ran 5.57 miles.  My pace was 10:11 per mile.  Not bad.  I needed to save some energy for Sunday.
On Sunday I ran in one of my favorite Connecticut races.  It is the People's Forest Run (8.6 or 17.2 miles).  It is put on by the Hartford Track Club.  The race is $2.  There are no shirts, medals, or bibs.  It is old school. 
Last year this race was one of the most difficult because of the weather.  There was snow, ice, freezing rain, puddles, wind, and hills to compete with.  People and cars were sliding all over the roads.  I remember running behind salt trucks so I could have traction while running.  My overall time was one hour 38 minutes and 37 seconds (pace of 11 minutes 28 seconds per mile.
The weather was better today.  The temperature was 32 with 7 mph winds.  The temperature did drop around 5 degrees.  No ice, snow, or rain.  My goal was to run the 8.6 miles at a pace of 10 minutes per mile.  So I was looking for a 1 hour 26 minute race.
Around 10:00am we all are called to the starting line.  The race is started and I turn on my map application.  I noticed something come up.  I am thinking I am not going to be able to get my miles, overall time, splits, and elevation.  Instead of fooling around with the phone I focused on the run.  Next I set my timer so I can run my intervals.  What I forgot is that the volume was turned off.
Around a mile to a mile and a half in I realized the timer has not gone off.  I was playing with my phone (it is in a holder around my arm.  I can not get to the volume button.  (I keep my phone in a plastic bag so it will not be impacted by the weather.  I have to take off a glove, remove the strap, and open the bag to set the  volume (and do everything in reverse to get it back on my arm).
Now I am set and can run my intervals properly without guessing.  As the first proper internal ends I hear my pace 9:34 per mile.  Can this be correct or did my map app start later on?  The next interval had me at 9:37 per mile.  I am at 2.7 miles.  Still early on so I am not concerned.
As I go from mile 3 to 4 my pace drops.  I am running 9:33 per mile.  Still not bad.  There are many up hills and I am enjoying the run.  So people have passed me but I can still see them.  The temperature drops.  I am heating up so I remove my gloves, unzip my running jacket, and roll up my sleeves.  That does the trick.
Through miles 4 and 5 we are hitting the first bridge and turning back.  Now we hit more down hill areas.  I love to run down hill.  I am keeping a steady pace and not paying attention to the other runners.  I am enjoying the scenery and the course.  My pace is around 9:28 per mile.
Now I am in the no turning back point of the course.  I am holding my own.  Nobody is passing me and I can still see people in front of me.  We are in mile 5-6.  This is where everything changes.  Yes I am still running my 5:1 interval.  All I have taken is water and 2 salt stick caps.  I think I am slowing down.  I am feeling the run.  But my pace says otherwise.  I am running at 9:22 per mile and dropping.
When I hit 6.33 miles I am at one hour.  This means I ran my first sub 60 minute 10k.  (I can not believe this).  During mile 6 to 7 my pace drops to 9:20 per mile.  We pass the other bridge and are heading for the finish line.
Shortly after mile 7 the temperature drops and the clouds move in.  Like other races the weather changes everything (sounds like the Chilly Willy half).  My left knee locks up.  Are you kidding me.  I am going to give up so much time in the final 1.4 miles. 
I make a quick decision.  I am not running intervals.  I will run when I can, walk, and then when I can run again I will do this.  I have no idea what happened next.  But there was another runner pacing off of me.  She was close enough that I could hear her footsteps the entire race.  She caught up to me and we talked.  This helped me get through over a mile.
She passes me and heads towards the finish line.  I have no kick.  She crosses before I do.  I dig deep and run across the finish line yelling "GO ACHILLES".  I stop my map application and look at the time.  Then I asked about my official time.  Official time 1 hour 21 minutes 58 seconds.  This is a 9 minute 32 second pace.  (My time was off by 15 seconds but my pace was dead on). 
This was my first long run that I pace under 10 minutes per mile.  I am on cloud 9 (as the saying goes).
I hope you had an enjoyable weekend. 
Take care,
Mr. F
Title: Re: PFR-Knee pain-Who has had this?
Post by: Mr.F on January 20, 2016, 11:04:49 PM
Hello everybody,
I have